第3品 优檀阇耶品巴利
3. Yudhañjayavaggo
优檀阇耶行注巴利
1. Yudhañjayacariyāvaṇṇanā
1 第三品第一经中,“amitayaso”的意思是拥有无量的眷属与财富。“王太子于檀阇耶”这句里,在可爱城中,有一位名叫一切施的国王,他的儿子名叫于檀阇耶。巴利
1. Tatiyavaggassa paṭhame amitayasoti aparimitaparivāravibhavo. Rājaputto yudhañjayoti rammanagare sabbadattassa nāma rañño putto nāmena yudhañjayo nāma.
这座波罗奈,在《乌达亚本生》里叫做须润陀那城,在《小须陀素摩本生》里叫做善见城,在《首那·难陀本生》里叫做梵增长城,在《破米家本生》里叫做花城,而在这部《优檀阇耶本生》里,则叫做可爱城。就这样,它的名字有时会变来变去。因此注释里说:“所谓‘王太子’,就是可爱城里一位名叫一切施的国王的儿子。”那位国王有一千个儿子,菩萨是长子,国王封他做副王。他也像前面说的那样,天天举行大布施。日子一天天过去,有一天清早,菩萨登上最上等的宝车,在盛大的荣华排场中前往园林游玩。途中,他看见树梢、草尖、枝头,还有蜘蛛网上,挂着像珍珠网一样的露珠,就问:“御者朋友,这是什么?”御者回答:“王子,这是寒季落下的露珠。”他在园林里玩了半天,傍晚回来时,却看不见那些露珠了,又问:“御者朋友,那些露珠去哪儿了?我现在怎么看不见了?”御者回答:“王子,太阳一升起来,它们就全都破灭消失了。”听了这话,他心想:“这些露珠刚生起就破灭,众生的生命行法也是这样,就像草尖上的露珠一样。所以,我应该趁还没被病、老、死逼迫的时候,辞别父母,出家修行。”他就以那露珠为所缘,看见三界像着了火一样,回到自己家中,走进装饰妥当的审判堂,来到坐在那里的父亲面前,礼敬父亲后站在一旁,请求出家。因此说:巴利
Ayañhi bārāṇasī udayajātake (jā. 1.11.37 ādayo) surundhananagaraṃ nāma jātā. Cūḷasutasomajātake (jā. 2.17.195 ādayo) sudassanaṃ nāma, soṇanandajātake (jā. 2.20.92 ādayo) brahmavaḍḍhanaṃ nāma, khaṇḍahālajātake(jā. 2.22.982 ādayo) pupphavatī nāma, imasmiṃ pana yudhañjayajātake (jā. 1.11.73 ādayo) rammanagaraṃ nāma ahosi, evamassa kadāci nāmaṃ parivattati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘rājaputtoti rammanagare sabbadattassa nāma rañño putto’’ti. Tassa pana rañño puttasahassaṃ ahosi. Bodhisatto jeṭṭhaputto, tassa rājā uparajjaṃ adāsi. So heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva divase divase mahādānaṃ pavattesi. Evaṃ gacchante kāle bodhisatto ekadivasaṃ pātova rathavaraṃ abhiruhitvā mahantena sirivibhavena uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchanto rukkhaggatiṇaggasākhaggamakkaṭakasuttajālādīsu muttājālākārena lagge ussāvabindū disvā ‘‘samma sārathi, kiṃ nāmeta’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘ete, deva, himasamaye patanakaussāvabindū nāmā’’ti sutvā divasabhāgaṃ uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhakāle paccāgacchanto te adisvā ‘‘samma sārathi, kahaṃ te ussāvabindū, na te idāni passāmī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘deva, sūriye uggacchante sabbe bhijjitvā vilayaṃ gacchantī’’ti sutvā ‘‘yathā ime uppajjitvā bhijjanti, evaṃ imesaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitasaṅkhārāpi tiṇagge ussāvabindusadisāva, tasmā mayā byādhijarāmaraṇehi apīḷiteneva mātāpitaro āpucchitvā pabbajituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ussāvabindumeva ārammaṇaṃ katvā āditte viya tayo bhave passanto attano gehaṃ āgantvā alaṅkatapaṭiyattāya vinicchayasālāya nisinnassa pitu santikameva gantvā pitaraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Ussāvabinduṃ sūriyātape, patitaṃ disvāna saṃvijiṃ.
我就以那件事作为主导,不断增长自己的悚惧紧迫感。
礼拜了父母之后,我就请求允许我出家。巴利
‘‘Taññevādhipatiṃ katvā, saṃvegamanubrūhayiṃ; Mātāpitū ca vanditvā, pabbajjamanuyācaha’’nti.
在这里,所谓“日光”就是以太阳为因的热,也就是阳光接触所生的相。也有写成“以日光”的读法。“见到落下的”意思是见到消失:先前挂在树梢等处、像珍珠网一样显现的露珠,被阳光一照就消失了,用智慧之眼观察它灭去。“生起了悚惧”意思是:就像这些露珠一样,众生的生命也是迅速迅速坏灭的,以这样的无常作意而生起了悚惧感。巴利
Tattha sūriyātapeti sūriyātapahetu, sūriyarasmisamphassanimittaṃ. ‘‘Sūriyātapenā’’tipi pāṭho. Patitaṃ disvānāti vinaṭṭhaṃ passitvā, pubbe rukkhaggādīsu muttājālādiākārena laggaṃ hutvā dissamānaṃ sūriyarasmisamphassena vinaṭṭhaṃ paññācakkhunā oloketvā. Saṃvijinti yathā etāni, evaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitānipi lahuṃ lahuṃ bhijjamānasabhāvānīti aniccatāmanasikāravasena saṃvegamāpajjiṃ.
我把那露珠的无常当作主导,当作首要,当作先行,同样地反复作意一切有为法只能短暂停留、时间极其有限,于是一次生起的悚惧感,通过一再生起而不断增长。我请求出家:我心里想,众生的生命就像草尖上的露珠一样不能久住,我应当在还没有被病、老、死压倒的时候出家,去寻找那没有这些的不死大涅槃。这样想完之后,我走到父母面前,向他们顶礼,请求说,请允许我出家。我就这样请求了出家。当这位大士这样请求出家时,整座城市发生了巨大的骚动,人们都说,听说副王于檀阇耶想要出家了。巴利
Taññevādhipatiṃ katvā, saṃvegamanubrūhayinti taññeva ussāvabindūnaṃ aniccataṃ adhipatiṃ mukhaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā tatheva sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ ittaraṭṭhitikataṃ parittakālataṃ manasikaronto ekavāraṃ uppannaṃ saṃvegaṃ punappunaṃ uppādanena anuvaḍḍhesiṃ. Pabbajjamanuyācahanti ‘‘tiṇagge ussāvabindū viya na ciraṭṭhitike sattānaṃ jīvite mayā byādhijarāmaraṇehi anabhibhūteneva pabbajitvā yattha etāni na santi, taṃ amataṃ mahānibbānaṃ gavesitabba’’nti cintetvā mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā ‘‘pabbajjaṃ me anujānāthā’’ti te ahaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāciṃ. Evaṃ mahāsattena pabbajjāya yācitāya sakalanagare mahantaṃ kolāhalamahosi – ‘‘uparājā kira yudhañjayo pabbajitukāmo’’ti .
那时,迦尸国的居民为了拜见国王,来到罗摩城住下。他们全都聚集在一起。于是,国王带着随从、城里的居民和乡野的百姓、菩萨的母亲王后以及所有后妃,都劝阻大士说:“亲爱的王子,请不要出家!”国王说:“如果你觉得欲乐还有欠缺,我来替你补足,今天你就登基执政吧。”大士回答他说——巴利
Tena ca samayena kāsiraṭṭhavāsino rājānaṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgantvā rammake paṭivasanti. Te sabbepi sannipatiṃsu. Iti sapariso rājā negamā ceva jānapadā ca bodhisattassa mātā devī ca sabbe ca orodhā mahāsattaṃ ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta kumāra, pabbajī’’ti nivāresuṃ. Tattha rājā ‘‘sace te kāmehi ūnaṃ, ahaṃ te paripūrayāmi, ajjeva rajjaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti āha. Tassa mahāsatto –
大王,请不要阻止我出家,您是最殊胜的御者。
我被欲乐灌醉,被衰老制伏。巴利
‘‘Mā maṃ deva nivārehi, pabbajantaṃ rathesabha; Māhaṃ kāmehi sammatto, jarāya vasamanvagū’’ti. (jā. 1.11.77) –
他对自己说了自己想出家的意愿之后,听到那个(意愿)后,母亲和妃嫔们一起悲伤哀哭,于是说道:巴利
Attano pabbajjāchandameva vatvā taṃ sutvā saddhiṃ orodhehi mātuyā karuṇaṃ paridevantiyā –
恰如草尖的露珠,在太阳升起时消散;
人的寿命就是这样,妈妈,请不要阻拦我。巴利
‘‘Ussāvova tiṇaggamhi, sūriyuggamanaṃ pati; Evamāyu manussānaṃ, mā maṃ amma nivārayā’’ti. (jā. 1.11.79) –
他讲了自己出家的原因。虽然他们用种种方式恳求他留下,但他内心的紧迫感越来越强,心意已无法被牵绊。面对最亲爱的庞大家族和显赫的王权,他内心毫无留恋,就这样出家了。因此说:巴利
Attano pabbajjākāraṇaṃ kathetvā nānappakāraṃ tehi yāciyamānopi abhisaṃvaḍḍhamānasaṃvegattā anosakkitamānaso piyatare mahati ñātiparivaṭṭe uḷāre rājissariye ca nirapekkhacitto pabbaji. Tena vuttaṃ –
他们合掌向我恳求,连同市民和国中百姓;
今天你就去治理吧,亲爱的儿子,这片富足、繁荣又辽阔的大地。巴利
‘‘Yācanti maṃ pañjalikā, sanegamā saraṭṭhakā; Ajjeva putta paṭipajja, iddhaṃ phītaṃ mahāmahiṃ.
连同国王、大臣、民众和整个国土,
众人悲泣哀号时,他毫无牵挂,全都舍弃了。巴利
‘‘Sarājake sahorodhe, sanegame saraṭṭhake; Karuṇaṃ paridevante, anapekkho pariccaji’’nti.
在这里,“合掌”就是举起双手合掌。“和市民、国人一起”是指:所有国王的侍从和市民以及国中居民一起,都恳求我说:“大王,请您千万不要出家。”而父母则恳求说:“儿啊,就在今天出发吧!为了让村庄、城镇和都城的增长与圆满,为了获得丰厚的财富与精华,为了庄稼等丰收,请您治理这片繁荣的大地,撑起王伞,行使王权吧!”所谓“和国王一起”,就是和国王在一起;同样,“和后妃一起”“和市民、国人一起”也是如此。当大众这样悲叹哀号时,即使是听到的人也会生起极大的悲悯,更何况亲眼看见的人呢。然而,他在这一切当中毫无贪恋、心无执着,以此表明:“我那时就出家了。”巴利
Tattha pañjalikāti paggahitaañjalikā. Sanegamā saraṭṭhakāti negamehi ceva raṭṭhavāsīhi ca saddhiṃ sabbe rājapurisā ‘‘mā kho, tvaṃ deva, pabbajī’’ti maṃ yācanti. Mātāpitaro pana ajjeva putta paṭipajja, gāmanigamarājadhāniabhivuddhiyā vepullappattiyā ca, iddhaṃ vibhavasārasampattiyā sassādinipphattiyā ca, phītaṃ imaṃ mahāmahiṃ anusāsa, chattaṃ ussāpetvā rajjaṃ kārehīti yācanti. Evaṃ pana saha raññāti sarājake, tathā sahorodhe sanegame saraṭṭhake mahājane yathā suṇantānampi pageva passantānaṃ mahantaṃ kāruññaṃ hoti, evaṃ karuṇaṃ paridevante tattha tattha anapekkho alaggacitto ‘‘ahaṃ tadā pabbaji’’nti dasseti.
5-6 现在,为了说明他当时是抱着什么目的,才舍弃了如同转轮王威荣一般的王权富贵、比亲人还亲的亲属、亲密无间的眷属随从,以及世间所推崇的广大名声,并且毫无留恋地全部抛弃,他说了两首偈颂。巴利
5-6. Idāni yadatthaṃ cakkavattisirisadisaṃ rajjasiriṃ piyatare ñātibandhave pahāya siniddhaṃ pariggahaparijanaṃ lokābhimataṃ mahantaṃ yasañca nirapekkho pariccajinti dassetuṃ dve gāthā abhāsi.
在这里,“唯”是指毫无保留。意思是:当他以出家的决心舍弃整个后宫和以大海为边界的大地时,心里想的是“这样我就能证得正自觉”,纯粹是为了觉悟的缘故,他对此外的任何事都不去挂念,对那里的一切众生也不生一丝一毫的执著。“因此”是说:因为对我来说,父母和那广大的名声与王权并不是可厌的,它们本身就很可爱;然而,比这些可爱百倍、千倍、十万倍的,是一切知智。所以,那时我便连同母亲等亲眷一起,舍弃了那王权。巴利
Tattha kevalanti anavasesaṃ itthāgāraṃ samuddapariyantañca pathaviṃ pabbajjādhippāyena cajamāno evaṃ me sammāsambodhi sakkā adhigantunti bodhiyāyeva kāraṇā na kiñci cintesiṃ, na tattha īsakaṃ laggaṃ janesinti attho. Tasmāti yasmā mātāpitaro tañca mahāyasaṃ rajjañca me na dessaṃ, piyameva, tato pana sataguṇena sahassaguṇena satasahassaguṇena sabbaññutaññāṇameva mayhaṃ piyataraṃ, tasmā mātādīhi saddhiṃ rajjaṃ ahaṃ tadā pariccajinti.
菩萨为了出家,把这一切全都舍弃,正要离开时,他的弟弟优填提罗王子礼敬了父亲,请求允许出家,得到同意后便跟随菩萨而去。两人一起出了城,把大批随行的人劝回去,进入雪山,在一处赏心悦目的地方搭起修行茅舍,出家做了仙人,修成了禅那和神通。他们一辈子靠林中的根茎果实过活,命终之后都投生到了梵天界。因此,世尊说:巴利
Tadetaṃ sabbaṃ pariccajitvā pabbajjāya mahāsatte nikkhamante tassa kaniṭṭhabhātā yudhiṭṭhilakumāro nāma pitaraṃ vanditvā pabbajjaṃ anujānāpetvā bodhisattaṃ anubandhi. Te ubhopi nagarā nikkhamma mahājanaṃ nivattetvā himavantaṃ pavisitvā manorame ṭhāne assamapadaṃ katvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā jhānābhiññāyo nibbattetvā vanamūlaphalādīhi yāvajīvaṃ yāpetvā brahmalokaparāyanā ahesuṃ. Tenāha bhagavā –
两位王子都出家了——优檀阇耶和优填提罗。
舍弃了父母,斩断了死魔的束缚。巴利
‘‘Ubho kumārā pabbajitā, yudhañjayo yudhiṭṭhilo; Pahāya mātāpitaro, saṅgaṃ chetvāna maccuno’’ti. (jā. 1.11.83);
在这里,“截断了死魔的系缚”是指:贪、嗔、痴的系缚是死魔的助缘,所以叫“属于死魔的”。他们以镇伏的方式断除了这贪嗔痴的系缚,两人都因此出家了。巴利
Tattha saṅgaṃ chetvāna maccunoti maccumārassa sahakārikāraṇabhūtattā santakaṃ rāgadosamohasaṅgaṃ vikkhambhanavasena chinditvā ubhopi pabbajitāti.
那时,他们的父母都出身于大王族。优填提罗王子就是现在的阿难长老,优檀阇耶就是现在的世间主(佛陀)。巴利
Tadā mātāpitaro mahārājakulāni ahesuṃ, yudhiṭṭhilakumāro ānandatthero, yudhañjayo lokanātho.
他在出家之前所行的大布施,以及舍弃王国等一切,就是布施波罗蜜;守护身体和言语的律仪,就是持戒波罗蜜;出家以及证得禅那,就是出离波罗蜜;从以无常作意开始,直到证得神通为最终目标的慧,以及辨别布施等诸法是有益还是无益的慧,就是慧波罗蜜;在一切处都能促成目标实现的精进,就是精进波罗蜜;以智慧信受法义的忍,以及忍受身心之苦的耐忍,就是忍耐波罗蜜;不违背承诺,就是真实波罗蜜;在一切情况下都不动摇的坚定誓愿,就是决意波罗蜜;对一切众生怀有利益之心,以慈梵住的方式安住,就是慈爱波罗蜜;以平等心观照众生与诸行所造作之变迁,以舍梵住的方式安住,就是舍波罗蜜。这样,就具备了十种波罗蜜。尤其应当知道,这里以出离波罗蜜为主。同样,就像在《阿基提行》中那样,这里也应当根据情况指出大士那些稀有的功德。因此说:“这些大仙确实如此稀有,如此未曾有……他们依照法而随法而行。”巴利
Tassa pabbajjato pubbe pavattitamahādānāni ceva rajjādipariccāgo ca dānapāramī, kāyavacīsaṃvaro sīlapāramī, pabbajjā ca jhānādhigamo ca nekkhammapāramī, aniccato manasikāraṃ ādiṃ katvā abhiññādhigamapariyosānā paññā dānādīnaṃ upakārānupakāradhammapariggaṇhanapaññā ca paññāpāramī, sabbattha tadatthasādhanaṃ vīriyaṃ vīriyapāramī , ñāṇakhanti adhivāsanakhanti ca khantipāramī, paṭiññāya avisaṃvādanaṃ saccapāramī, sabbattha acalasamādānādhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramī, sabbasattesu hitacittatāya mettābrahmavihāravasena ca mettāpāramī, sattasaṅkhārakatavippakāraupekkhanavasena upekkhābrahmavihāravasena ca upekkhāpāramīti dasa pāramiyo labbhanti. Visesato pana nekkhammapāramīti veditabbā. Tathā akitticariyāyaṃ viya idhāpi mahāpurisassa acchariyaguṇā yathārahaṃ niddhāretabbā. Tena vuccati ‘‘evaṃ acchariyā hete, abbhutā ca mahesino…pe… dhammassa anudhammato’’ti.
2. 喜悦行的注释巴利
2. Somanassacariyāvaṇṇanā
7 第二首偈里说“在因达帕塔这座最上城”,就是指在名叫因达帕塔的这座殊胜城市中。“所欲者”,是说父母等人长久以来一直盼望“真希望有一个儿子出生”,这样经过很长时间所渴望的人。“所爱者”,就是被疼爱的人。“名为喜悦者”,就是闻名之人,也就是以“喜悦”这个名字而广为人知。巴利
7. Dutiye indapatthe puruttameti evaṃnāmake nagaravare. Kāmitoti mātāpituādīhi ‘‘aho vata eko putto uppajjeyyā’’ti evaṃ cirakāle patthito. Dayitoti piyāyito. Somanassoti vissutoti ‘‘somanasso’’ti evaṃ pakāsanāmo.
8 具戒者:就是具足十善业道之戒和行仪之戒。功德成就者:就是具备信、多闻等功德,或者说圆满具足这些功德。具善巧辩才者:就是具备由成就种种应做之事而来的善巧方便,也就是具备殊胜的辩才。尊敬长者:对父母、家族中的长辈等生年较长者,以及对因戒德等功德而年高德劭者,养成尊敬的习惯。有惭者:就是具有以惭耻恶行为特征的惭。善于摄受者:就是善于以布施、爱语、利行、同事这四种摄事,随顺适当的方式摄受众生。意思是说,当我成为具足上述诸德的、名为雷努的俱卢国王之子,以“喜悦”之名闻名于世时——应当这样连接上下文。巴利
8.Sīlavāti dasakusalakammapathasīlena ceva ācārasīlena ca samannāgato. Guṇasampannoti saddhābāhusaccādiguṇehi upeto, paripuṇṇo vā. Kalyāṇapaṭibhānavāti taṃtaṃitikattabbasādhanena upāyakosallasaṅkhātena ca sundarena paṭibhānena samannāgato. Vuḍḍhāpacāyīti mātāpitaro kule jeṭṭhāti evaṃ ye jātivuḍḍhā, ye ca sīlādiguṇehi vuḍḍhā, tesaṃ apacāyanasīlo. Hirīmāti pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇāya hiriyā samannāgato. Saṅgahesu ca kovidoti dānapiyavacanaatthacariyāsamānattatāsaṅkhātehi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi yathārahaṃ sattānaṃ saṅgaṇhanesu kusalo. Evarūpo reṇussa nāma kururājassa putto somanassoti vissuto yadā homīti sambandho.
9 那位国王对他加以侍奉。因为那位俱卢国王认为应当经常侍奉他,所以他成了国王的亲信和宠臣。所谓“诈伪苦行者”,是指一个靠伪装具有并不存在的功德这种欺诈手段来维持生活的苦行者,他成了那位国王应当恭敬供养的对象。所谓“园”,就是果园,里面种着甜瓜、葫芦、南瓜、黄瓜等藤蔓果实,以及叫作檀度勒亚卡的青菜等。“花丛”是指素馨、茉莉等花木,用这个来表示花园。这里应当这样理解:他开辟了一座园子,在里面种上所说的花丛和果丛,把从那里得到的钱财收集储存起来,以此维持生活。巴利
9.Tassa rañño patikaroti tena kururājena pati abhikkhaṇaṃ upakattabbabhāvena patikaro vallabho. Kuhakatāpasoti asantaguṇasambhāvanalakkhaṇena kohaññena jīvitakappanako eko tāpaso, tassa rañño sakkātabbo ahosi. Ārāmanti phalārāmaṃ, yattha eḷālukalābukumbhaṇḍatipusādivalliphalāni ceva taṇḍuleyyakādisākañca ropīyati. Mālāvacchanti jātiatimuttakādipupphagacchaṃ, tena pupphārāmaṃ dasseti. Ettha ca ārāmaṃ katvā tattha mālāvacchañca yathāvuttaphalavacchañca ropetvā tato laddhadhanaṃ saṃharitvā ṭhapento jīvatīti attho veditabbo.
这里有一段按顺序讲的故事:那时,有一位名叫大护的苦行者,带着五百名苦行者随从,住在雪山。为了食用盐和酸味的东西,他们到各地游行,到了因达帕塔城后,就住在王家的园林里。大护和随从们为了乞食而游行,来到王宫门前。国王看见这群仙人,对他们的威仪生起信心,就请他们在装饰华丽的大殿平台上坐下,用上好的饮食供养他们,然后说:“尊者,这个雨季就请你们住在我的园林里吧。”说完,就和仙人们一起前往园林,为他们建好住处,给了出家所需的资具,然后才离开。从那时起,他们所有人都在王宫里吃饭。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – tadā mahārakkhito nāma tāpaso pañcasatatāpasaparivāro himavante vasitvā loṇambilasevanatthāya janapadacārikaṃ caranto indapatthanagaraṃ patvā rājuyyāne vasitvā sapariso piṇḍāya caranto rājadvāraṃ pāpuṇi. Rājā isigaṇaṃ disvā iriyāpathe pasanno alaṅkatamahātale nisīdāpetvā paṇītenāhārena parivisitvā ‘‘bhante, imaṃ vassārattaṃ mama uyyāneyeva vasathā’’ti vatvā tehi saddhiṃ uyyānaṃ gantvā vasanaṭṭhānāni kāretvā pabbajitaparikkhāre datvā nikkhami. Tato paṭṭhāya sabbepi te rājanivesane bhuñjanti.
国王却没有儿子,一直盼着能有儿子,可儿子始终没有出生。雨季过后,大护心想:“我们该去雪山了。”于是向国王辞行,得到国王的供养和礼敬后便出发了。走到半路,正午时分,他离开道路,带着随从们坐在一棵枝叶浓密、遮荫很好的树下。苦行者们聊了起来:“国王没有儿子,要是他能得到一个王子,那该多好啊。”大护听到这话,心里琢磨:“国王到底会不会有儿子呢?”他观察后知道“会有”,就说:“你们不用操心,今天黎明时分,会有一位天子从天界命终,投生到国王王后的肚子里。”巴利
Rājā pana aputtako putte pattheti, puttā nuppajjanti. Vassārattaccayena mahārakkhito ‘‘himavantaṃ gamissāmā’’ti rājānaṃ āpucchitvā raññā katasakkārasammāno nikkhamitvā antarāmagge majjhanhikasamaye maggā okkamma ekassa sandacchāyassa rukkhassa heṭṭhā sapariso nisīdi. Tāpasā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘rājā aputtako, sādhu vatassa sace rājaputtaṃ labheyyā’’ti. Mahārakkhito taṃ kathaṃ sutvā ‘‘bhavissati nu kho rañño putto, udāhu no’’ti upadhārento ‘‘bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘mā tumhe cintayittha, ajja paccūsakāle eko devaputto cavitvā rañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbattissatī’’ti āha.
那个狡诈的苦行者听了这话,心想:“这下我就能成为王室的近侍了。”等到苦行者们要出发的时候,他装作生病躺了下来。有人对他说“走吧,我们出发了”,他就说“我走不了”。大护知道了他躺下的原因,就说:“等你能走的时候,再来吧。”然后带着那群仙人直接去了雪山。那个骗子转身折返,快步赶到王宫门口站好,让人通报国王:“大护的侍者——一位苦行者来了。”国王急忙召见他,他登上宫殿,在铺好的座位上坐下。国王向他行礼,退坐到一边,问候了诸位仙人的安康,然后问道:“尊者,您怎么这么快就回来了?是为了什么事回来的?”巴利
Taṃ sutvā eko kūṭajaṭilo ‘‘idāni rājakulūpako bhavissāmī’’ti cintetvā tāpasānaṃ gamanakāle gilānālayaṃ katvā nipajjitvā ‘‘ehi gacchāmā’’ti vutte ‘‘na sakkomī’’ti āha. Mahārakkhito tassa nipannakāraṇaṃ ñatvā ‘‘yadā sakkosi, tadā āgaccheyyāsī’’ti isigaṇaṃ ādāya himavantameva gato. Kuhako nivattitvā vegena gantvā rājadvāre ṭhatvā ‘‘mahārakkhitassa upaṭṭhākatāpaso āgato’’ti rañño ārocāpetvā raññā vegena pakkosāpito pāsādaṃ abhiruyha paññatte āsane nisīdi. Rājā taṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisinno isīnaṃ ārogyaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘bhante, atikhippaṃ nivattittha, kenatthena āgatatthā’’ti āha.
大王,那些仙人安坐下来后,就说起了话:“要是国王能有一个守护王统的儿子,那该多好啊!”我听到这番话,就用天眼观察:“国王到底会不会有儿子呢?”结果看到一位有大神力的天子命终后,会投生到善法正宫王后的胎里。我心想:“不知情的人可能会堕胎,我还是先去告诉他们这件事。”我就是为了这件事才来告诉你们的。现在话已经说完了,我该走了。国王听了,满心欢喜,生起清净的信心,说:“尊者,您不能就这么走!”于是把那个诈伪的苦行者带到园林里,给他安排好住处,并交给他。从那时起,他就在王宫里吃饭、居住,“天眼者”就成了他的名字。巴利
Mahārāja, isigaṇo sukhanisinno ‘‘sādhu vatassa sace rañño vaṃsānurakkhako putto uppajjeyyā’’ti kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Ahaṃ taṃ kathaṃ sutvā ‘‘bhavissati nu kho rañño putto, udāhu no’’ti dibbacakkhunā olokento ‘‘mahiddhiko devaputto cavitvā aggamahesiyā sudhammāya kucchimhi nibbattissatī’’ti disvā ‘‘ajānantā gabbhaṃ nāseyyuṃ, ācikkhissāmi tāva na’’nti tumhākaṃ kathanatthāya āgato, kathitaṃ vo mayā, gacchāmaha’’nti. Rājā ‘‘bhante, na sakkā gantu’’nti haṭṭhatuṭṭho pasannacitto kuhakatāpasaṃ uyyānaṃ netvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidahitvā adāsi. So tato paṭṭhāya rājakule bhuñjanto vasati, ‘‘dibbacakkhuko’’tvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi.
那时,菩萨从三十三天命终,就在那里结生。他出生后取名那天,人们给他取名叫“喜悦”。他受到王子的待遇,渐渐长大。那个诈伪的苦行者也在园林的一角种下各种能做汤菜的蔬菜和果藤之类,卖给菜贩,积攒钱财。后来菩萨七岁时,国王的边境发生了叛乱。国王嘱咐说:“孩子,不要疏忽那位有天眼的苦行者。”把王子托付给他之后,就前去平定边境了。巴利
Tadā bodhisatto tāvatiṃsabhavanato cavitvā tattha paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi, jātassa ca nāmaggahaṇadivase ‘‘somanasso’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. So kumāraparihārena vaḍḍhati. Kuhakatāpasopi uyyānassa ekapasse nānappakāraṃ sūpeyyasākañca phalavalliādayo ca ropetvā paṇṇikānaṃ hatthe vikkiṇanto dhanaṃ saṃharati. Atha bodhisattassa sattavassikakāle rañño paccanto kupito. So ‘‘tāta, dibbacakkhutāpase mā pamajjā’’ti kumāraṃ paṭicchāpetvā paccantaṃ vūpasametuṃ gato.
10-13 有一天,王子想:“我要去看看那个结发苦行者。”于是去了园林。他看见一个狡诈的结发苦行者,下身穿着袈裟色的裙子,上身披着另一件袈裟色的衣,两手各提一个水壶,正在菜地里浇水。王子明白了:“这个狡诈的结发苦行者不好好修自己的沙门法,却做起了卖菜的营生。”于是让他羞愧地说:“卖菜的居士,你在干什么?”说完,连礼都没行就走了。巴利
10-13. Athekadivasaṃ kumāro ‘‘jaṭilaṃ passissāmī’’ti uyyānaṃ gantvā kūṭajaṭilaṃ ekaṃ gandhikakāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā ubhohi hatthehi dve ghaṭe gahetvā sākavatthusmiṃ udakaṃ siñcantaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ kūṭajaṭilo attano samaṇadhammaṃ akatvā paṇṇikakammaṃ karotī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘kiṃ karosi paṇṇikagahapatikā’’ti taṃ lajjāpetvā avanditvā eva nikkhami.
那个诈伪的结发修行人心里盘算:“这人现在就已经这么厉害了,以后谁知道他会干出什么事来,还是现在就把他除掉为好。”于是,趁国王快要回来的时候,他把石板扔到一边,打碎水罐,把草庵里的草撒得乱七八糟,用油涂满身体,然后走进草庵,连头一起蒙住,像受了极大痛苦似的躺在床上。国王回来后,右绕城市一圈,连自己的宫殿都没进,就说:“我要去见我的尊长、那位有天眼的人。”他走到草庵门口,看见那副乱七八糟的样子,心想:“这到底是怎么回事?”便走进去,看见那人躺在那里,于是一边抚摸他的脚,一边问道:“尊者,是谁把您害成这样的?今天我就把那个人送到阎魔世界去,快告诉我。”巴利
Kūṭajaṭilo ‘‘ayaṃ idāneva evarūpo, pacchā ‘ko jānāti kiṃ karissatī’ti idāneva naṃ nāsetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti cintetvā rañño āgamanakāle pāsāṇaphalakaṃ ekamantaṃ khipitvā pānīyaghaṭaṃ bhinditvā paṇṇasālāya tiṇāni vikiritvā sarīraṃ telena makkhetvā paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā sasīsaṃ pārupitvā mahādukkhappatto viya mañce nipajji. Rājā āgantvā nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā nivesanaṃ apavisitvāva ‘‘mama sāmikaṃ dibbacakkhukaṃ passissāmī’’ti paṇṇasāladvāraṃ gantvā taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho eta’’nti anto pavisitvā taṃ nipannakaṃ disvā pāde parimajjanto pucchi – ‘‘kena, tvaṃ bhante, evaṃ viheṭhito, kamajja yamalokaṃ nemi, taṃ me sīghaṃ ācikkhā’’ti.
听了这话,那个诡诈的结发苦行者呻吟着从床上起来,说:大王,我因为看见你、信任你,才落得这般惨状,我就是被你的儿子这样折磨的。国王听了这话,就命令刽子手:去,把王子的头砍下来,再把他的身体剁成碎块,一条街一条街地撒开。那些人就把已被母亲打扮好、正坐在母亲膝上的王子硬拖走,说:国王已经下令处死你了。王子被死亡的恐惧吓住,从母亲膝上站起来,说:带我去见国王,我有该向国王禀报的事。那些人听了王子的话,不忍心杀他,就像用绳子拖牛一样,把他拉到国王面前。因此才有“我见到那个骗子”等话。巴利
Taṃ sutvā kūṭajaṭilo nitthunanto uṭṭhāya diṭṭho, mahārāja, tvaṃ me, passitvā tayi vissāsena ahaṃ imaṃ vippakāraṃ patto, tava puttenamhi evaṃ viheṭhitoti. Taṃ sutvā rājā coraghātake āṇāpesi – ‘‘gacchatha kumārassa sīsaṃ chinditvā sarīrañcassa khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā rathiyā rathiyaṃ vikirathā’’ti. Te mātarā alaṅkaritvā attano aṅke nisīdāpitaṃ kumāraṃ ākaḍḍhiṃsu – ‘‘raññā te vadho āṇatto’’ti. Kumāro maraṇabhayatajjito mātu aṅkato vuṭṭhāya – ‘‘rañño maṃ dassetha, santi rājakiccānī’’ti āha. Te kumārassa vacanaṃ sutvā māretuṃ avisahantā goṇaṃ viya rajjuyā parikaḍḍhantā netvā rañño dassesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tamahaṃ disvāna kuhaka’’ntiādi.
在这里,就像一堆没有米粒的谷壳,又像一棵树,里面空空洞洞的。我看见那个像芭蕉树一样没有实质的苦行者,他没有戒律等真正的核心,也不具备真正善人所拥有的禅定等品质。为什么呢?因为他已经从沙门的状态、沙门的身份,乃至仅仅持戒这一点上退失、脱离了。也就是说,他已经抛弃了名为惭愧的善法。所谓“为了活命的原因”,意思是“他仅仅是为了活下去,才披着这苦行者的外形到处走动”——这是在说明他当时是这样想的。关于“因边地居民”等:“parantī”是指以边地为住处的人,也就是“parantino”,即住在边境的人。正是那些边地居民,让边境地区陷入了骚乱。我的父亲俱卢王为了制止和平息那场边境骚乱而前往,那时他这样教导我:“喜悦王子,对我的主人——那位修习严酷苦行、诸根极为寂静的结发苦行者,千万不要怠慢。他可是能赐给我们一切所欲的人,所以你要随他的心意,尽量顺着他的喜好去做。”这段话就是在显示这一点。巴利
Tattha thusarāsiṃva ataṇḍulanti taṇḍulakaṇehi virahitaṃ thusarāsiṃ viya, dumaṃva rukkhaṃ viya, anto mahāsusiraṃ. Kadaliṃva asārakaṃ sīlādisārarahitaṃ tāpasaṃ ahaṃ disvā natthi imassa sataṃ sādhūnaṃ jhānādidhammo. Kasmā? Sāmaññā samaṇabhāvā sīlamattatopi apagato parihīno ayaṃ, tathā hi ayaṃ hirīsukkadhammajahito pajahitahirisaṅkhātasukkadhammo. Jīvitavuttikāraṇāti ‘‘kevalaṃ jīvitasseva hetu ayaṃ tāpasaliṅgena caratī’’ti cintesinti dasseti. Parantihīti paranto paccanto nivāsabhūto etesaṃ atthīti parantino, sīmantarikavāsino. Tehi parantīhi aṭavikehi paccantadeso khobhito ahosi. Taṃ paccantakopaṃ nisedhetuṃ vūpasametuṃ gacchanto mama pitā kururājā ‘‘tāta somanassakumāra, mayhaṃ sāmikaṃ uggatāpanaṃ ghoratapaṃ paramasantindriyaṃ jaṭilaṃ mā pamajji. So hi amhākaṃ sabbakāmadado, tasmā yadicchakaṃ cittaruciyaṃ tassa cittānukūlaṃ pavattehi anuvattehī’’ti tadā maṃ anusāsīti dasseti.
14 我没有违背父亲的话,为了去侍奉那位诡诈的苦行者而前往。我看见他在菜地上浇水,认出“这是个菜贩”,就对他说:居士,你还好吗?居士,你身体还好吗?身体好正是好啊,正因为这样,你才在菜地上浇水。还是说,你有什么金银财宝进账了?正因为这样,你才过着菜贩的生活呢。我说了这番话。巴利
14.Tamahaṃ gantvānupaṭṭhānanti pitu vacanaṃ anatikkanto taṃ kūṭatāpasaṃ upaṭṭhānatthaṃ gantvā taṃ sākavatthusmiṃ udakaṃ āsiñcantaṃ disvā ‘‘paṇṇiko aya’’nti ca ñatvā kacci te, gahapati, kusalanti, gahapati, te sarīrassa kacci kusalaṃ kusalameva, tathā hi sākavatthusmiṃ udakaṃ āsiñcasi. Kiṃ vā tava hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā āharīyatu, tathā hi paṇṇikavuttiṃ anutiṭṭhasīti idaṃ vacanaṃ abhāsiṃ.
15 他因此生气了:因为我说了“居士”这个称呼,那个倚仗我慢、执著于我慢的骗子就对我发火、动怒了。他发怒之后说道:“我今天就杀了你,或者把你赶出国去!”巴利
15.Tenaso kupito āsīti tena mayā vuttagahapativādena so mānanissito mānaṃ allīno kuhako mayhaṃ kupito kuddho ahosi. Kuddho ca samāno ‘‘ghātāpemi tuvaṃ ajja, raṭṭhā pabbājayāmi vā’’ti āha.
在这里,“你今日”的意思就是“你今天”,指的是现在、国王刚来的时候。巴利
Tattha tuvaṃ ajjāti, tvaṃ ajja, idāniyeva rañño āgatakāleti attho.
16 平定边境之后,他尚未进城就立刻去了园林,见到那个骗人的苦行者,问道:“尊者,您还舒适吗?是否仍有人恭敬供养您?”意思是,王子是否仍在恭敬供养他。巴利
16.Nisedhayitvā paccantanti paccantaṃ vūpasametvā nagaraṃ apaviṭṭho taṅkhaṇaññeva uyyānaṃ gantvā kuhakaṃ kuhakatāpasaṃ kacci te, bhante, khamanīyaṃ, sammāno te pavattitoti kumārena te sammāno pavattito ahosi.
17 那个恶人对国王说:就像王子该被杀、该被处死一样,他也该被那样处置。国王下令说:“主人,我有这天眼苦行者在,我还有什么办不成的?所以儿子对我没用,这个苦行者比儿子更好。”这样想过之后,就下了命令处死王子。巴利
17.Kumāro yathā nāsiyoti yathā kumāro nāsiyo nāsetabbo ghātāpetabbo, tathā so pāpo tassa rañño ācikkhi. Āṇāpesīti mayhaṃ sāmike imasmiṃ dibbacakkhutāpase sati kiṃ mama na nipphajjati, tasmā puttena me attho natthi, tatopi ayameva seyyoti cintetvā āṇāpesi.
18 18. 怎么呢?就在那里砍断头:意思是,你们在哪里见到那个男孩,就在那里砍下他的头,把他的身体砍成四块,然后拖着他在一条条街道上游行,从一条街到另一条街,一路抛撒示众。为什么?因为这就是轻视结发者的趣:凡是轻视这位结发者的人,他们的趣、他们的果报、他们的成熟就是这样的。或者,“轻视结发者”也可以理解为:因为轻视结发者而招致那样的结果,这就是他的成熟。此处应当这样理解其含义。巴利
18. Kinti ? Sīsaṃ tattheva chinditvāti yasmiṃ ṭhāne taṃ kumāraṃ passatha, tattheva tassa sīsaṃ chinditvā sarīrañcassa katvāna catukhaṇḍikaṃ caturo khaṇḍe katvā rathiyā rathiyaṃ nīyantā vīthito vīthiṃ vikkhipantā dassetha. Kasmā? Sā gati jaṭilahīḷitāti yehi ayaṃ jaṭilo hīḷito, tesaṃ jaṭilahīḷitānaṃ sā gati sā nipphatti so vipākoti. Jaṭilahīḷitāti vā jaṭilahīḷanahetu sā tassa nipphattīti evañcettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
19 这里说的是:在那位国王的命令下,或者在那位苦行者受到轻蔑的时候。行刑者就是刽子手,也就是处死盗贼的人。粗暴,就是凶残。酷虐,就是极其狠恶。无悲悯是它的同义词;巴利语也写作“akarunā”,意思是没有怜悯。坐在母亲膝上,是指坐在我母亲善法天后的膝上。“坐在”用的是不敬语气的属格。拖拽着带走,是说那些刽子手一奉王命,就像拖牛一样用绳子把由母亲打扮好、让她坐在自己膝上的我拖向刑场。当那个男孩被带走时,善法天后被一群女奴簇拥着,和后妃们一起,市民们也说:“我们不会让他们杀害这个无罪的男孩。”于是便跟着一起去了。巴利
19.Tatthāti tassa rañño āṇāyaṃ, tasmiṃ vā tāpasassa paribhave. Kāraṇikāti ghātakā, coraghātakāti attho. Caṇḍāti kurūrā. Luddāti sudāruṇā. Akāruṇāti tasseva vevacanaṃ kataṃ. ‘‘Akaruṇā’’tipi pāḷi, nikkaruṇāti attho. Mātu aṅke nisinnassāti mama mātu sudhammāya deviyā ucchaṅge nisinnassa. ‘‘Nisinnassā’’ti anādare sāmivacanaṃ. Ākaḍḍhitvā nayanti manti mātarā alaṅkaritvā attano aṅke nisīdāpitaṃ maṃ rājāṇāya te coraghātakā goṇaṃ viya rajjuyā ākaḍḍhitvā āghātanaṃ nayanti. Kumāre pana nīyamāne dāsigaṇaparivutā saddhiṃ orodhehi sudhammā devī nāgarāpi ‘‘mayaṃ niraparādhaṃ kumāraṃ māretuṃ na dassāmā’’ti tena saddhiṃyeva agamaṃsu.
20 那些正在紧紧捆绑的人,就是执行捆绑的那些行刑人。我有该向国王禀报的王事,是我应当向国王禀报的。所以我对他们说:快把我带去见国王。巴利
20.Bandhataṃ gāḷhabandhananti gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhantānaṃ tesaṃ kāraṇikapurisānaṃ. Rājakiriyāni atthi meti mayā rañño vattabbāni rājakiccāni atthi. Tasmā rañño dassetha maṃ khippanti tesaṃ ahaṃ evaṃ vacanaṃ avacaṃ.
21 他们把我带到国王面前。因为那个国王亲近了那个自己品行恶劣、行为下贱的假苦行者,所以他们把我带到那个亲近恶人的国王面前。父王俱卢王见了我之后,我说:“大王,为什么要杀我?”他反问:“那你为什么像对待居士那样对待我的主人——那位有天眼的苦行者,还做出这样那样的不敬举动?”我说:“大王,我只是说‘居士’这个词而已,我有什么错?”于是我让人在他的住处种上各种花圃,又安排卖花人、卖叶人每天从他手里买花、叶、果、根等物去贩卖,嘱咐他们:“你们要把花本、叶本保管好。”然后我进了他的草庐,命人搬出他卖花等所得的钱袋,以此点醒国王,让他知道那是个假苦行者。通过这番说明,国王心想:“王子说的确实是实话,这个假苦行者以前装得少欲知足,如今却积攒了这么多财物。”国王对那苦行者生起厌离,转而听我的话,我就这样让国王随顺了我的意愿。巴利
21.Rañño dassayiṃsu, pāpassa pāpasevinoti attanā pāpasīlassa lāmakācārassa kūṭatāpasassa sevanato pāpasevino rañño maṃ dassayiṃsu. Disvāna taṃ saññāpesinti taṃ mama pitaraṃ kururājānaṃ passitvā ‘‘kasmā maṃ, deva, mārāpesī’’ti vatvā tena ‘‘kasmā ca pana tvaṃ mayhaṃ sāmikaṃ dibbacakkhutāpasaṃ gahapativādena samudācari. Idañcidañca vippakāraṃ karī’’ti vutte ‘‘deva, gahapatiññeva ‘gahapatī’ti vadantassa ko mayhaṃ doso’’ti vatvā tassa nānāvidhāni mālāvacchāni ropetvā pupphapaṇṇaphalāphalādīnaṃ vikkiṇanaṃ hatthato cassa tāni devasikaṃ vikkiṇantehi mālākārapaṇṇikehi saddahāpetvā ‘‘mālāvatthupaṇṇavatthūni upadhārethā’’ti vatvā paṇṇasālañcassa pavisitvā pupphādivikkiyaladdhaṃ kahāpaṇakabhaṇḍikaṃ attano purisehi nīharāpetvā rājānaṃ saññāpesiṃ tassa kūṭatāpasabhāvaṃ jānāpesiṃ. Mamañca vasamānayinti tena saññāpanena ‘‘saccaṃ kho pana kumāro vadati, ayaṃ kūṭatāpaso pubbe appiccho viya hutvā idāni mahāpariggaho jāto’’ti yathā tasmiṃ nibbinno mama vase vattati, evaṃ rājānaṃ mama vasamānesiṃ.
于是大士心想:跟这样愚痴的国王住在一起,还不如进雪山出家去。便对国王说:大王,我住在这里已经没意义了,请您允许我出家。国王说:孩子,我没弄清楚就下令杀你,请原谅我的过错。大士原谅了他。国王又说:今天你就来继承这个王位吧。王子说:大王,人间的享受有什么意思呢?我过去在很长的时间里享受过天界的福报,对那个都不贪著。我一定要出家,不愿住在这样愚痴、被别人牵着走的人身边。说完这番话,为了教导他,便说偈颂——巴利
Tato mahāsatto ‘‘evarūpassa bālassa rañño santike vasanato himavantaṃ pavisitvā pabbajituṃ yutta’’nti cintetvā rājānaṃ āpucchi – ‘‘na me, mahārāja, idha vāsena attho, anujānātha maṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘tāta, mayā anupadhāretvāva te vadho āṇatto, khama mayhaṃ aparādha’’nti mahāsattaṃ khamāpetvā ‘‘ajjeva imaṃ rajjaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti āha. Kumāro ‘‘deva, kimatthi mānusakesu bhogesu, ahaṃ pubbe dīgharattaṃ dibbabhogasampattiyo anubhaviṃ, na tatthāpi me saṅgo, pabbajissāmevāhaṃ, na tādisassa bālassa paraneyyabuddhino santike vasāmī’’ti vatvā taṃ ovadanto –
没有经过审察就做的事,没有站稳脚跟就琢磨的事;巴利
‘‘Anisamma kataṃ kammaṃ, anavatthāya cintitaṃ;
药物的效用若被错用,果报是恶劣的。巴利
Bhesajjasseva vebhaṅgo, vipāko hoti pāpako.
经过审察思虑之后所造的业,以及为正当目的而深思熟虑的事,
正如药物的成就,果报是好的。
懒惰的居士沉迷欲乐,这样不好;出家却不受约束,也不好。
国王不审慎行事,这不好;一个有智慧的人却动不动就发怒,这也不好。
刹帝利做事要先想清楚,身为一方之主,绝不能不加思索就行动。
大王,审慎行事的人,名声和赞誉都会增长。
国王应当先审慎考虑再施加惩罚;如果一时冲动就动手,身为大地守护者的他事后会痛苦懊悔。
正确立愿就是人的利益,这些事后不会令人后悔。
确实,那些在世间辨别各种业的领域之后去做的人,做的事不会让他们后悔。
那些被智者称赞、能带来快乐的事物,佛陀也认可它们。
守门人和持剑者来了,他们要用袈裟杀死我,人主啊!
我正坐在母亲的怀里,他们却突然把我拖走了。
大王啊,我遭遇了剧烈的苦迫,陷入了难熬的困境,又获得了甘甜可爱的生命。
今天我终于从死亡中挣脱出来,心里只向往着出家修行。巴利
‘‘Nisamma ca kataṃ kammaṃ, sammāvatthāya cintitaṃ; Bhesajjasseva sampatti, vipāko hoti bhadrako. ‘‘Alaso gihī kāmabhogī na sādhu, asaññato pabbajito na sādhu; Rājā na sādhu anisammakārī, yo paṇḍito kodhano taṃ na sādhu. ‘‘Nisamma khattiyo kayirā, nānisamma disampati; Nisammakārino rāja, yaso kitti ca vaḍḍhati. ‘‘Nisamma daṇḍaṃ paṇayeyya issaro, vegā kataṃ tappati bhūmipāla; Sammāpaṇīdhī ca narassa atthā, anānutappā te bhavanti pacchā. ‘‘Anānutappāni hi ye karonti, vibhajja kammāyatanāni loke; Viññuppasatthāni sukhudrayāni, bhavanti buddhānumatāni tāni. ‘‘Āgacchuṃ dovārikā khaggabandhā, kāsāviyā hantu mamaṃ janinda; Mātuñca aṅkasmimahaṃ nisinno, ākaḍḍhito sahasā tehi deva. ‘‘Kaṭukañhi sambādhaṃ sukicchaṃ patto, madhurampiyaṃ jīvitaṃ laddha rāja; Kicchenahaṃ ajja vadhā pamutto, pabbajjamevābhimanohamasmī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.227-234) –
他用这些偈颂来说法。巴利
Imāhi gāthāhi dhammaṃ desesi.
在这里,“不思察”就是没有审察。“无决定”就是没有确定。“破坏”就是衰败。“异熟”就是果报成熟。“无防护”就是没有律仪、犯戒。“施加”就是施行。“速疾”就是以迅疾、猛然的方式。“与正誓愿”就是通过正誓愿——以如理安住的心所作的事,人后来不会追悔,这就是其义。“分别”就是“这些应作,这些不应作”,以智慧这样加以分别。“业处”就是诸业。“佛所许可的”就是被智者认可、没有过失的。“辛辣之苦”就是苦、不可意、逼恼、困苦,“我已遭遇死亡之怖”。“得到”就是凭自己智慧的力量获得生命。“唯乐于出家”就是我正是以出家为心意所向、心向出家的人。巴利
Tattha anisammāti anupadhāretvā. Anavatthāyāti avavatthapetvā. Vebhaṅgoti vipatti. Vipākoti nipphatti. Asaññatoti asaṃvuto dussīlo. Paṇayeyyāti paṭṭhapeyya. Vegāti vegena sahasā. Sammāpaṇīdhī cāti sammāpaṇidhinā, yoniso ṭhapitena cittena katā narassa atthā pacchā anānutappā bhavantīti attho. Vibhajjāti imāni kātuṃ yuttāni, imāni ayuttānīti evaṃ paññāya vibhajitvā. Kammāyatanānīti kammāni. Buddhānumatānīti paṇḍitehi anumatāni anavajjāni honti. Kaṭukanti dukkhaṃ asātaṃ, sambādhaṃ sukicchaṃ maraṇabhayaṃ pattomhi. Laddhāti attano ñāṇabalena jīvitaṃ labhitvā. Pabbajjamevābhimanoti pabbajjābhimukhacitto evāhamasmi.
大士这样说完法之后,国王就对王后说:“王后,你去让王子回心转意吧。”可王后也赞同王子出家。大士向父母行礼,说:“如果我有哪里做错了,请你们原谅。”求得原谅后,他向大众辞别,便朝雪山方向走去。大士走后,众人把那个诡诈的结发修行人痛打一顿,要了他的命。菩萨虽然被城里的大臣、随从等王家人员流着泪跟在后面送行,他还是让他们回去了。众人回去后,天神化作人形前来,引导菩萨越过七重山岭,在雪山中一座由毗首羯磨变化出来的树叶茅屋里,出家修起了仙人行。因此说:巴利
Evaṃ mahāsattena dhamme desite rājā deviṃ āmantesi – ‘‘devi, tvaṃ puttaṃ nivattehī’’ti. Devīpi kumārassa pabbajjameva rocesi. Mahāsatto mātāpitaro vanditvā ‘‘sace mayhaṃ doso atthi, taṃ khamathā’’ti khamāpetvā mahājanaṃ āpucchitvā himavantābhimukho agamāsi. Gate ca pana mahāsatte mahājano kūṭajaṭilaṃ pothetvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpesi. Bodhisattopi sanāgarehi amaccapārisajjādīhi rājapurisehi assumukhehi anubandhiyamāno te nivattesi. Manussesu nivattesu manussavaṇṇenāgantvā devatāhi nīto satta pabbatarājiyo atikkamitvā himavante vissakammunā nimmitāya paṇṇasālāya isipabbajjaṃ pabbaji. Tena vuttaṃ –
他在那里向我请求原谅,把大王国交给了我;
我粉碎了那黑暗,出家过无家的生活。巴利
‘‘So maṃ tattha khamāpesi, mahārajjaṃ adāsi me; Sohaṃ tamaṃ dālayitvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriya’’nti.
在这里,所谓“摧毁那黑暗”,是指摧毁与“观见欲的过患”相对立的愚痴黑暗。“我出家”:即走向出家。“无家”:就是出家。巴利
Tattha tamaṃ dālayitvāti kāmādīnavadassanassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ sammohatamaṃ vidhamitvā. Pabbajinti upāgacchiṃ. Anagāriyanti pabbajjaṃ.
23 现在,为了说明当时舍弃王权到底是为了什么,他说出了“并非我所憎厌”这最后一偈。它的含义和前面所说的一样。巴利
23. Idāni yadatthaṃ tadā taṃ rājissariyaṃ pariccattaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘na me dessa’’nti osānagāthamāha. Tassattho vuttanayova.
当这位大士出家之后,直到十六岁那段时期,天神们一直化现为侍女的模样,在王宫里服侍他。他在那里修成了禅那和神通,命终后投生到梵天世界。巴利
Evaṃ pana mahāsatte pabbajite yāva soḷasavassakālā rājakule paricārikavesena devatāyeva naṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. So tattha jhānābhiññāyo nibbattetvā brahmalokūpago ahosi.
那时,欺诳者就是提婆达多,母亲是摩诃摩耶,大守护苦行者是舍利弗长老,喜悦王子就是世间怙主。巴利
Tadā kuhako devadatto ahosi, mātā mahāmāyā, mahārakkhitatāpaso sāriputtatthero, somanassakumāro lokanātho.
他的十种波罗蜜,应当完全按照《优陀阇耶行》(Cariyā. 3.1 等)中所说的方式来确定。在这里,出离波罗蜜尤其殊胜,所以特别以它作为教导的内容。同样地,他年仅七岁时就能胜任国事;能识破那位苦行者的假发髻伪装;当受那人怂恿的国王下令杀害他时,他毫无恐惧;他走到国王面前,用种种方式在大众中揭露那人的过失,表明自己清白无罪,并指出国王容易听信他人、愚昧无知;即使国王因此请求他原谅,他对留在国王身边、享受王权富贵仍生起厌离;尽管国王以种种方式请求他留下,他还是把已经到手的王位荣耀像一口唾沫一样吐掉,对任何地方都心无贪恋,于是出家;出家后乐于独处,不久便毫不费力地生起禅那与神通——应当这样阐明这位大士种种功德的威力。巴利
Tassa yudhañjayacariyāyaṃ (cariyā. 3.1 ādayo) vuttanayeneva dasa pāramiyo niddhāretabbā. Idhāpi nekkhammapāramī atisayavatīti sā eva desanaṃ āruḷhā. Tathā sattavassikakāle eva rājakiccesu samatthatā, tassa tāpasassa kūṭajaṭilabhāvapariggaṇhanaṃ, tena payuttena raññā vadhe āṇatte santāsābhāvo, rañño santikaṃ gantvā nānānayehi tassa sadosataṃ attano ca niraparādhataṃ mahājanassa majjhe pakāsetvā rañño ca paraneyyabuddhitaṃ bālabhāvañca paṭṭhapetvā tena khamāpitepi tassa santike vāsato rajjissariyato ca saṃvegamāpajjitvā nānappakāraṃ yāciyamānenapi hatthagataṃ rajjasiriṃ kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya chaḍḍetvā katthaci alaggacittena hutvā pabbajanaṃ, pabbajitvā pavivekārāmena hutvā nacirasseva appakasirena jhānābhiññānibbattananti evamādayo mahāsattassa guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第3品 铁屋行注释巴利
3. Ayogharacariyāvaṇṇanā
24 在第三首偈颂里,“在铁屋中长大”的意思是:为了避开非人造成的灾祸,他们建了一座四方形的巨大殿堂,整座屋子全用铁造成,他就在那里长大。“他名叫铁屋”——因为他就出生并成长在铁屋中,所以“铁屋王子”这个名字就传开了。巴利
24. Tatiye ayogharamhi saṃvaḍḍhoti amanussaupaddavaparivajjanatthaṃ caturassasālavasena kate mahati sabbaayomaye gehe saṃvaḍḍho. Nāmenāsi ayogharoti ayoghare jātasaṃvaḍḍhabhāveneva ‘‘ayogharakumāro’’ti nāmena pākaṭo ahosi.
25-6 那时,迦尸王国王的王后在过去世中,曾是一个女人的情敌。那个女人发愿说:“愿你生一个我就吃一个。”发完这个愿,她就投生成了女夜叉。后来她找到机会,在王后每次分娩时,先后两次吃掉了王后生的儿子。到了第三次,菩萨投生到王后的肚子里。国王心想:“王后每生一个孩子,就被一个女夜叉吃掉,到底该怎么办?”他和众人商量后,大家说:“非人都怕铁屋,应该建一座铁屋。”于是国王命令铁匠,从柱子开始,全部用铁件建了一座巨大的方形铁屋。铁屋建好后,他让怀胎足月的王后住在里面。王后在那里生下一个具足福相的儿子。大家给他取名叫“铁屋王子”。国王把孩子交给乳母们,安排了严密的守护,然后把王后接回了内宫。那个女夜叉后来去取水,在为多闻天王运水时,寿命到了尽头。巴利
25-6. Tadā hi kāsirañño aggamahesiyā purimattabhāve sapatti ‘‘tava jātaṃ jātaṃ pajaṃ khādeyya’’nti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā yakkhiniyoniyaṃ nibbattā okāsaṃ labhitvā tassā vijātakāle dve vāre putte khādi. Tatiyavāre pana bodhisatto tassā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Rājā ‘‘deviyā jātaṃ jātaṃ pajaṃ ekā yakkhinī khādati, kiṃ nu kho kātabba’’nti manussehi sammantetvā ‘‘amanussā nāma ayogharassa bhāyanti, ayogharaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vutte kammāre āṇāpetvā thambhe ādiṃ katvā ayomayeheva sabbagehasambhārehi caturassasālaṃ mahantaṃ ayogharaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā paripakkagabbhaṃ deviṃ tattha vāsesi. Sā tattha dhaññapuññalakkhaṇaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi. ‘‘Ayogharakumāro’’tvevassa nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Taṃ dhātīnaṃ datvā mahantaṃ ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahitvā rājā deviṃ antepuraṃ ānesi. Yakkhinīpi udakavāraṃ gantvā vessavaṇassa udakaṃ vahantī jīvitakkhayaṃ pattā.
大士就是在铁屋里长大的,到了懂事的年纪,也在那里学会了一切技艺。国王知道王子已经十六岁了,心想“我要把王位交给他”,就命令大臣们:“把我儿子带来。”大臣们回答:“是,大王。”他们让人把城市装饰起来,带着用各种装饰打扮好的吉祥象,到了那里,给王子打扮好,让他坐在象背上,绕城右转一圈之后,带去见国王。大士向国王行礼后站在一旁。国王看着儿子身体的光彩,生起强烈的父爱,拥抱了他,然后命令大臣们:“今天就让我的儿子灌顶登位。”大士却向父亲行礼,说:“王位对我没有意义,我要出家,请允许我出家。”就是因为这件事,才说了“以苦才得到这个生命”等偈颂。巴利
Mahāsatto ayoghareyeva vaḍḍhitvā viññutaṃ patto, tattheva sabbasippāni uggaṇhi. Rājā puttaṃ soḷasavassuddesikaṃ viditvā ‘‘rajjamassa dassāmī’’ti amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘puttaṃ me ānethā’’ti. Te ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti nagaraṃ alaṅkārāpetvā sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ maṅgalavāraṇaṃ ādāya tattha gantvā kumāraṃ alaṅkaritvā hatthikkhandhe nisīdāpetvā nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ kāretvā rañño dassesuṃ. Mahāsatto rājānaṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Rājā tassa sarīrasobhaṃ oloketvā balavasinehena taṃ āliṅgitvā ‘‘ajjeva me puttaṃ abhisiñcathā’’ti amacce āṇāpesi. Mahāsatto pitaraṃ vanditvā ‘‘na mayhaṃ rajjena attho, ahaṃ pabbajissāmi, pabbajjaṃ me anujānāthā’’ti āha. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dukkhena jīvito laddho’’tiādi.
其中,“以苦”是说:亲爱的孩子,你的两位兄长被同一个女夜叉吃掉了;而你能从非人的怖畏中逃脱,是靠着极大的辛苦、极大的艰难,才保住了这条命。“在逼迫中养育”是说:靠着种种防备非人的办法,从出生起就在封闭的铁屋里,一直长到十六岁,都是在逼仄的环境中养大的。“孩子,今天你就去统领这整个大地”是说:在饰有金环的白伞下,把你安置在珍宝堆上,随着三声螺号响起为你灌顶——这整个以大海为边界的大地,连同其中的国土、城镇,以及无量眷属大众,孩子,今天你就去继承,去做国王吧。“顶礼刹帝利后,合掌说出这番话”是说:我向刹帝利种的迦尸国王、我的父亲顶礼,向他合掌致敬,然后说出了这番话。巴利
Tattha dukkhenāti, tāta, tava bhātikā dve ekāya yakkhiniyā khāditā, tuyhaṃ pana tato amanussabhayato nivāraṇatthaṃ katena dukkhena mahatā āyāsena jīvito laddho. Saṃpīḷe patipositoti nānāvidhāya amanussarakkhāya sambādhe ayoghare vijāyanakālato paṭṭhāya yāva soḷasavassuppattiyā sambādhe saṃvaḍḍhitoti attho. Ajjeva, putta, paṭipajja, kevalaṃ vasudhaṃ imanti kañcanamālālaṅkatassa setacchattassa heṭṭhā ratanarāsimhi ṭhapetvā tīhi saṅkhehi abhisiñciyamāno imaṃ kulasantakaṃ kevalaṃ sakalaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ tatoyeva saha raṭṭhehīti saraṭṭhakaṃ saha nigamehi mahāgāmehīti sanigamaṃ aparimitena parivārajanena saddhiṃ sajanaṃ imaṃ vasudhaṃ mahāpathaviṃ ajjeva, putta, paṭipajja, rajjaṃ kārehīti attho. Vanditvā khattiyaṃ. Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravinti khattiyaṃ kāsirājānaṃ mama pitaraṃ vanditvā tassa añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā idaṃ vacanaṃ abhāsiṃ.
27 凡是这大地上的一切众生,都叫“大地上的有情”。“低劣、殊胜、中等”是指低下的、最好的,以及因为处在两者中间而称为中等的。“在各自的家中”是说他们全都住在自己的家里。“与亲族一起”是指他们和自己的亲属和睦相处,安心自在,没有烦恼,按照各自的条件而成长。巴利
27.Yekeci mahiyā sattāti imissā mahāpathaviyā ye keci sattā nāma. Hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhimāti lāmakā ceva uttamā ca, ubhinnaṃ vemajjhe bhavattā majjhimā ca. Sake geheti sabbe te sake gehe. Sakañātibhīti sakehi ñātīhi sammodamānā vissaṭṭhā anukkaṇṭhitā yathāvibhavaṃ vaḍḍhanti.
28 这在世间是超胜的,而这在此世间是无与伦比的,是我独有的。那是什么呢?就是在压力下养育我,也就是在狭窄困苦的环境里把我养大。正如所说:因为我在铁屋里长大,在没有日月光明的铁屋里,我就是在这样的环境中被养育长大的。巴利
28.Idaṃ loke uttariyanti idaṃ pana imasmiṃ loke asadisaṃ, mayhaṃ eva āveṇikaṃ. Kiṃ pana taṃ saṃpīḷe mama posananti sambādhe mama saṃvaḍḍhanaṃ. Tathā hi ayogharamhi saṃvaḍḍho, appabhe candasūriyeti candasūriyānaṃ pabhārahite ayoghare saṃvaḍḍhomhīti saṃvaḍḍho amhi.
29 29. “充满腐烂尸体”:母胎里充满了各种散发腐臭的尸体,就像粪坑地狱一样。“在母胎中生命危在旦夕,我要怎么才能脱身出来?”接着,“从此更加可怕”:比起住在母胎里,被关在铁屋里更加可怕——就像被投进铁屋,如同被关进牢狱一样——因为不得自由的囚禁之苦,所以更加可怕。巴利
29.Pūtikuṇapasampuṇṇāti pūtigandhanānappakārakuṇapasampuṇṇā gūthanirayasadisā. Mātu kucchito jīvitasaṃsaye vattamāne kathaṃ muccitvā nikkhamitvā. Tato ghoratareti tatopi gabbhavāsato dāruṇatare, avissaṭṭhavāsena dukkhe. Pakkhittayoghareti pakkhitto ayoghare, bandhanāgāre ṭhapito viya ahosinti dasseti.
30 这里“若”只是一个语气词。“像那样”是指:就像前面说的那样,遭遇了那种极其可怕的苦之后,如果我还贪著王位、享受王位之乐,那么这样一来,我就会成为那些邪恶、卑劣、下贱之人当中最高的——其实也就是最下贱的一个。巴利
30.Yadihanti ettha yadīti nipātamattaṃ. Tādisanti yādisaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, tādisaṃ paramadāruṇaṃ dukkhaṃ patvā ahaṃ rajjesu yadi rajjāmi yadi ramissāmi, evaṃ sante pāpānaṃ lāmakānaṃ nihīnapurisānaṃ uttamo nihīnatamo siyaṃ.
31 我已经厌离了这具身体——这具还没有摆脱住胎等苦、腐臭不堪的身体,我感到厌倦、厌烦。我对王位也毫无兴趣。就算从女夜叉手里逃了出来,我也做不到不老不死,那王位对我有什么用?王位这东西,就是一切祸害聚集的地方,一旦坐上去,就很难再脱身。所以我不去碰它,我要去寻找寂静——在那里,死神压不垮我;我安住在那里的时侯,具大威力的死王压不垮我、罩不住我、胜不了我。我要去寻找那寂静,那无死的大涅槃。巴利
31.Ukkaṇṭhitomhi kāyenāti aparimuttagabbhavāsādinā pūtikāyena ukkaṇṭhito nibbinno amhi. Rajjenamhi anatthikoti rajjenapi anatthiko amhi. Yakkhiniyā hatthato muttopi hi nāhaṃ ajarāmaro, kiṃ me rajjena, rajjañhi nāma sabbesaṃ anatthānaṃ sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha ṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya dunnikkhamaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ anupagantvā nibbutiṃ pariyesissaṃ, yattha maṃ maccu na maddiyeti yattha ṭhitaṃ maṃ mahāseno maccurājā na maddiye na otthareyya na abhibhaveyya, taṃ nibbutiṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ pariyesissāmīti.
32 我这样思惟之后:也就是像前面所说的那样,通过观察轮回中种种过患、又看到涅槃的功德,如理地思惟之后。在悲泣的大众中:在那以父母为首、因为无法忍受与我分离之苦而号哭哀泣的众多人当中。如象断除束缚:就像一头力气很大的象王,轻松地扯断比它弱小的绳索束缚一样,我也同样断除了对那些人——以亲属等关系聚集起来的人——的渴爱束缚,斩断了系缚,为了出家而进入了名为丛林的茂密森林。末尾偈颂的意思已经说过了。巴利
32.Evāhaṃ cintayitvānāti evaṃ iminā vuttappakārena nānappakāraṃ saṃsāre ādīnavaṃ paccavekkhaṇena nibbāne ānisaṃsadassanena ca yoniso cintetvā. Viravante mahājaneti mayā vippayogadukkhāsahanena viravante paridevante mātāpituppamukhe mahante jane. Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvāti yathā nāma mahābalo hatthināgo dubbalataraṃ rajjubandhanaṃ sukheneva chindati, evameva ñātisaṅgādibhedassa tasmiṃ jane taṇhābandhanassa chindanena bandhanaṃ chetvā kānanasaṅkhātaṃ mahāvanaṃ pabbajjūpagamanavasena pāvisiṃ. Osānagāthā vuttatthā eva.
这时,大士明白了自己出家的心意,国王问他:“孩子,你为什么要出家?”他回答说:“大王,我在母胎里住了十个月,就像住在粪尿地狱里一样;从母胎出来以后,因为害怕那个女夜叉,十六年都住在像牢房一样的屋子里,连往外看一眼都做不到,就像被扔进了近边地狱。就算从女夜叉那里脱身了,我也不是不老不死的,这个叫‘死’的东西,谁也没法战胜。我已经厌离了生死轮回,趁疾病、衰老、死亡还没到来,我就要出家修行。王位对我来说毫无意义。大王,请允许我出家。”说完这番话之后——巴利
Tattha ca mahāsatto attano pabbajjādhippāyaṃ jānitvā ‘‘tāta, kiṃkāraṇā pabbajasī’’ti raññā vutto ‘‘deva, ahaṃ mātukucchimhi dasa māse gūthaniraye viya vasitvā mātu kucchito nikkhanto yakkhiniyā bhayena soḷasavassāni bandhanāgāre vasanto bahi oloketumpi na labhiṃ, ussadaniraye pakkhitto viya ahosiṃ, yakkhinito muttopi ajarāmaro na homi, maccu nāmesa na sakkā kenaci jinituṃ, bhave ukkaṇṭhitomhi, yāva me byādhijarāmaraṇāni nāgacchanti, tāvadeva pabbajitvā dhammaṃ carissāmi, alaṃ me rajjena, anujānāhi maṃ, deva, pabbajitu’’nti vatvā –
青年在母胎中安住的最初那一夜,
他刚一起身就径直往前走,走着走着绝不回头。巴利
‘‘Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ, gabbhe vasati māṇavo; Abbhuṭṭhitova so yāti, sa gacchaṃ na nivattatī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.363) –
他用“第一夜……”等二十四首偈颂给父亲说法,然后说:“大王,您的王国还是归您,我不需要这个。就算和你们在一起说着话,疾病、衰老和死亡也一样会到来。你们留下吧。”说完,他像一头醉象挣断铁链,又像幼狮撞破金笼,舍弃欲乐,礼敬父母之后便离开了。这时他父亲心想:“这位王子尚且想要出家,何况我呢?我也不需要王国。”于是舍弃王位,和他一起走了。当他离开时,王后、大臣、婆罗门、居士等全城居民也都舍弃财物,跟着出走。聚集的人非常多,随行大众绵延十二由旬。这位大士便带着他们进入了雪山。巴利
Ādinā catuvīsatiyā gāthāhi pitu dhammaṃ desetvā ‘‘mahārāja, tumhākaṃ rajjaṃ tumhākameva hotu, na mayhaṃ iminā attho, tumhehi saddhiṃ kathenteyeva byādhijarāmaraṇāni āgaccheyyuṃ, tiṭṭhatha tumhe’’ti vatvā ayadāmaṃ chinditvā mattahatthī viya, kañcanapañjaraṃ bhinditvā sīhapotako viya, kāme pahāya mātāpitaro vanditvā nikkhami. Athassa pitā ‘‘ayaṃ nāma kumāro pabbajitukāmo, kimaṅgaṃ panāhaṃ, mamāpi rajjena attho natthī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya tena saddhiṃ eva nikkhami. Tasmiṃ nikkhamante devīpi amaccāpi brāhmaṇagahapatikādayopīti sakalanagaravāsino bhoge chaḍḍetvā nikkhamiṃsu. Samāgamo mahā ahosi, parisā dvādasayojanikā jātā, te ādāya mahāsatto himavantaṃ pāvisi.
帝释天王知道他已出家,就派毗首羯磨去建造一座长十二由旬、宽七由旬的修行处,又让人备好所有出家人用的物品。在这里,这位大士的出家、给予教导开示、趣向梵天界,以及大众的正确修行,这一切都应该按照《大瞿频陀行》里所说的方式来理解。巴利
Sakko devarājā tassa nikkhantabhāvaṃ ñatvā vissakammaṃ pesetvā dvādasayojanāyāmaṃ sattayojanavitthāraṃ assamapadaṃ kāresi, sabbe ca pabbajitaparikkhāre paṭiyādāpesi. Idha mahāsattassa pabbajjā ca ovādadānañca brahmalokaparāyanatā ca parisāya sammā paṭipatti ca sabbā mahāgovindacariyāyaṃ (cariyā. 1.37 ādayo) vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
那时,父母是大国王族,随众是佛陀的弟子众,阿育哈智者就是世尊。巴利
Tadā mātāpitaro mahārājakulāni ahesuṃ, parisā buddhaparisā, ayogharapaṇḍito lokanātho.
他其余波罗蜜的确定和威神力的展现,也应当按前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Tassa sesapāraminiddhāraṇā ānubhāvavibhāvanā ca heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.
第4章 比萨行(莲藕行)的注释巴利
4. Bhisacariyāvaṇṇanā
第四首偈颂说“当我在迦尸国最殊胜的城中时”,意思是:迦尸国因为“迦尸”这个词是复数形式而得了这个名字,在它的最殊胜城市波罗奈里,我在某个时候出生、长大并住在那里。“姊妹和七个兄弟,出生在善诵的家族中”,意思是:优波金等六个兄弟加上我,一共七个兄弟,还有最小的妹妹名叫金天女。我们八个人,都是因为专心致力于讽诵,那时出生在一个以讽诵闻名、崇高伟大的婆罗门家族里。巴利
Catutthe yadā homi, kāsīnaṃ puravaruttameti ‘‘kāsī’’ti bahuvacanavasena laddhavohārassa raṭṭhassa nagaravare bārāṇasiyaṃ yasmiṃ kāle jātasaṃvaḍḍho hutvā vasāmīti attho. Bhaginī ca bhātaro satta, nibbattā sottiye kuleti upakañcanādayo cha ahañcāti bhātaro satta sabbakaniṭṭhā kañcanadevī nāma bhaginī cāti sabbe mayaṃ aṭṭha janā mantajjhenaniratatāya sottiye uditodite mahati brāhmaṇakule tadā nibbattā jātāti attho.
菩萨当时出生在波罗奈,是一位拥有八亿家财的大婆罗门长者的儿子。家人给他取名叫“金童子”。在他已经能走路的时候,又生了一个儿子,家人给他取名叫“优波金童子”。从那时起,大家就称这位大士为“大金童子”。就这样依次有了七个儿子,最小的则是一个女儿,家人给她取名叫“金天女”。大士成年后,前往塔迦尸喇学成一切技艺,然后返回家乡。巴利
Bodhisatto hi tadā bārāṇasiyaṃ asītikoṭivibhavassa brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Tassa ‘‘kañcanakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Athassa padasā vicaraṇakāle aparo putto vijāyi. ‘‘Upakañcanakumāro’’tissa nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Tato paṭṭhāya mahāsattaṃ ‘‘mahākañcanakumāro’’ti samudācaranti. Evaṃ paṭipāṭiyā satta puttā ahesuṃ. Sabbakaniṭṭhā pana ekā dhītā. Tassā ‘‘kañcanadevī’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Mahāsatto vayappatto takkasilaṃ gantvā sabbasippāni uggahetvā paccāgañchi.
那时,他的父母想用在家生活把他绑住,就对他说:“我们要从和你同一种姓的家族里,给你娶一个姑娘回来。”他说:“母亲、父亲,我不需要在家生活。对我来说,整个世间的聚集都像着了火一样可怕,像牢狱一样把人困住,像粪坑一样让人厌恶地摆在眼前。我的心不贪恋欲乐。你们还有别的儿子,让他们去过在家生活吧。”虽然父母一再请求他,又让朋友们来劝他,他还是不肯答应。于是朋友们问他:“朋友,你到底想要什么,才不愿意享受欲乐呢?”他就把自己想出离的心愿告诉了他们。因此才说:“他曾是这些人的长兄”等等。巴利
Atha naṃ mātāpitaro gharāvāsena bandhitukāmā ‘‘attano samānajātikulato te dārikaṃ ānessāmā’’ti vadiṃsu. So ‘‘amma, tāta, na mayhaṃ gharāvāsena attho. Mayhañhi sabbo lokasannivāso āditto viya sappaṭibhayo, bandhanāgāraṃ viya palibuddhanaṃ, ukkārabhūmi viya jiguccho hutvā upaṭṭhāti, na me cittaṃ kāmesu rajjati, aññe vo puttā atthi, te gharāvāsena nimantethā’’ti vatvā punappunaṃ yācitopi sahāyehi yācāpitopi na icchi, atha naṃ sahāyā ‘‘samma, kiṃ pana tvaṃ patthayanto kāme paribhuñjituṃ na icchasī’’ti pucchiṃsu. So tesaṃ attano nekkhammajjhāsayaṃ ārocesi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘etesaṃ pubbajo āsi’’ntiādi.
那时,我是他们七个人——优波金等——的长兄。“已经来到惭与白法”:因为白法的果报,也因为净化了心相续,所以充分达到了白法,也就是以厌弃恶行为特相的惭,极度厌弃罪恶。意思是:当时我已深深厌弃罪恶。
“见到有(轮回的存在)之后,因为怖畏,而乐于出离”:从欲有等各方面来看,一切有都像一头猛冲过来的狂象,像举着刀要来杀人的刽子手,像狮子,像夜叉,像罗刹,像剧毒,像毒蛇,像燃烧的炭火,我看到它充满危险、极其可怕;为了从那里解脱出来,我乐于出家,于是出了家,心里想着:“我要怎样才能圆满法行和正行道,成就禅那与等至呢?”意思是:那时我就是这样一个乐于出家、乐于善法、乐于初禅等境界的人。巴利
Tattha etesaṃ pubbajo āsinti etesaṃ upakañcanakādīnaṃ sattannaṃ jeṭṭhabhātiko ahaṃ tadā ahosiṃ. Hirīsukkamupāgatoti sukkavipākattā santānassa visodhanato ca sukkaṃ pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇaṃ hiriṃ bhusaṃ āgato, ativiya pāpaṃ jigucchanto āsinti attho. Bhavaṃ disvāna bhayato, nekkhammābhirato ahanti kāmabhavādīnaṃ vasena sabbaṃ bhavaṃ pakkhandituṃ āgacchantaṃ caṇḍahatthiṃ viya, hiṃsituṃ āgacchantaṃ ukkhittāsikaṃ vadhakaṃ viya, sīhaṃ viya, yakkhaṃ viya, rakkhasaṃ viya, ghoravisaṃ viya, āsivisaṃ viya, ādittaṃ aṅgāraṃ viya, sappaṭibhayaṃ bhayānakabhāvato passitvā tato muccanatthañca pabbajjābhirato pabbajitvā ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho dhammacariyaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ pūreyyaṃ, jhānasamāpattiyo ca nibbatteyya’’nti pabbajjākusaladhammapaṭhamajjhānādiabhirato tadā ahaṃ āsinti attho.
36 “被派遣”是指被父母派来。“同心同愿”是指志向相同——过去和我一条心、做让我欢喜的事,但因为是父母派来的,他们就说些我不爱听、不喜欢的。说“他们用欲乐来劝我”,意思是这些朋友用欲乐来劝我。“你要延续家族血脉”,意思是:你应当安家过日子,延续并稳固自己的家族血脉——这就是他们用欲乐劝我的意思。巴利
36.Pahitāti mātāpitūhi pesitā. Ekamānasāti samānajjhāsayā pubbe mayā ekacchandā manāpacārino mātāpitūhi pahitattā pana mama paṭikkūlaṃ amanāpaṃ vadantā. Kāmehi maṃ nimantentīti mahāpitūhi vā ekamānasā kāmehi maṃ nimantenti. Kulavaṃsaṃ dhārehīti gharāvāsaṃ saṇṭhapento attano kulavaṃsaṃ dhārehi patiṭṭhapehīti kāmehi maṃ nimantesunti attho.
37 “他们所说的那些话”,意思是我那些亲爱的朋友所说的话。“在居家生活中带来安乐”,意思是:一个人处在在家人的身份、站在居家者的位置上,因为随顺正理,能带来现世与后世的安乐,所以叫“带来安乐”。“那对我来说是粗硬的”,意思是:朋友和父母的那番话,因为我完全乐于出离,所以在我听来并不可爱,因此对我来说极为粗硬、刺耳,就像白天被烈日烤得滚烫的犁头,仿佛在烧灼我的两只耳朵一样。巴利
37.Yaṃtesaṃ vacanaṃ vuttanti tesaṃ mama piyasahāyānaṃ yaṃ vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Gihidhamme sukhāvahanti gihibhāve sati gahaṭṭhabhāve ṭhitassa purisassa ñāyānugatattā diṭṭhadhammikassa samparāyikassa ca sukhassa āvahanato sukhāvahaṃ. Taṃ me ahosi kaṭhinanti taṃ tesaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyānaṃ mātāpitūnañca vacanaṃ ekanteneva nekkhammābhiratattā amanāpabhāvena me kaṭhinaṃ pharusaṃ divasaṃ santattaphālasadisaṃ ubhopi kaṇṇe jhāpentaṃ viya ahosi.
38 那时,我的朋友们借着我父母和他们自己的名义,一次又一次地拿种种欲乐来劝我,我却把这些欲乐向上抛开、扔掉、拒绝。他们看到我这样,就问我。他们问我:我所追求的、比这更清净的愿望到底是什么?他们问我心里那个愿望:朋友,既然你不享受欲乐,那你到底求什么呢?巴利
38.Te maṃ tadā ukkhipantanti te mayhaṃ sahāyā mātāpitūhi attano ca upanimantanavasena anekavāraṃ upanīyamāne kāme uddhamuddhaṃ khipantaṃ chaḍḍentaṃ paṭikkhipantaṃ maṃ pucchiṃsu. Patthitaṃ mamāti ito visuddhataraṃ kiṃ nu kho iminā patthitanti mayā abhipatthitaṃ mama taṃ patthanaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ patthayase, samma, yadi kāme na bhuñjasī’’ti.
39 Atthakāmo 的意思是希求自己的利益,也就是害怕作恶的人。巴利文本中也写作 Attakāmo。Hitesinaṃ 指的是为我寻求利益的好友。有些人读作 atthakāmahitesinaṃ,这种读法不太好。巴利
39.Atthakāmoti attano atthakāmo, pāpabhīrūti attho. ‘‘Attakāmo’’tipi pāḷi. Hitesinanti mayhaṃ hitesīnaṃ piyasahāyānaṃ. Keci ‘‘atthakāmahitesina’’nti paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ.
40 我的朋友们知道我已经下定决心要出家、不会再回头,就把我的意思转告给我的父母,对他们说:“父亲、母亲,你们要知道,大金童子一定会出家,谁也没办法用任何手段把他拉回欲乐里去。”父母听了朋友们转述的我的话之后,就这样说:“贤者们,如果大金童子喜欢出离,那么他喜欢的,我们也一样喜欢,所以我们都出家吧。”“bho”是他们对那些婆罗门的称呼。也有版本写作“Pabbajāma kho”,意思就是“我们都出家”。其实,当优波金等六位兄弟和妹妹金天女知道菩萨有出家的意愿后,也都有了出家之心。所以当父母用居家生活来劝留他们时,他们根本不愿意。因此他们才说:“贤者们,我们都出家吧。”巴利
40.Pitu mātu ca sāvayunti te mayhaṃ sahāyā anivattanīyaṃ mama pabbajjāchandaṃ viditvā pabbajitukāmatādīpakaṃ mayhaṃ vacanaṃ pitu mātu ca sāvesuṃ. ‘‘Yagghe, ammatātā, jānātha, ekanteneva mahākañcanakumāro pabbajissati, na so sakkā kenaci upāyena kāmesu upanetu’’nti avocuṃ. Mātāpitā evamāhūti tadā mayhaṃ mātāpitaro mama sahāyehi vuttaṃ mama vacanaṃ sutvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘sabbeva pabbajāma, bho’’ti, yadi mahākañcanakumārassa nekkhammaṃ abhirucitaṃ, yaṃ tassa abhirucitaṃ, tadamhākampi abhirucitameva, tasmā sabbeva pabbajāma, bhoti. ‘‘Bho’’ti tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ālapanaṃ. ‘‘Pabbajāma kho’’tipi pāṭho, pabbajāma evāti attho. Mahāsattassa hi pabbajjāchandaṃ viditvā upakañcanādayo cha bhātaro bhaginī ca kañcanadevī pabbajitukāmāva ahesuṃ, tena tepi mātāpitūhi gharāvāsena nimantiyamānā na icchiṃsuyeva. Tasmā evamāhaṃsu ‘‘sabbeva pabbajāma, bho’’ti.
说完这些话,他们又把菩萨叫来,向父母说明了自己的想法,然后对菩萨说:“孩子,如果你真想出家,这八亿家财就归你了,随你高兴怎么处理吧。”于是这位大人物把财物都布施给了穷人和乞丐等,行了伟大的出家之举,进入了雪山。父母、六位兄弟、妹妹,还有一个男仆、一个女仆和一位朋友,也都舍弃了在家生活,跟着他一起出家了。因此才这样说:巴利
Evañca pana vatvā mahāsattaṃ mātāpitaro pakkositvā attanopi adhippāyaṃ tassa ācikkhitvā ‘‘tāta, yadi pabbajitukāmosi, asītikoṭidhanaṃ tava santakaṃ yathāsukhaṃ vissajjehī’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha naṃ mahāpuriso kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ vissajjetvā mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā himavantaṃ pāvisi. Tena saddhiṃ mātāpitaro cha bhātaro ca bhaginī ca eko dāso ekā dāsī eko ca sahāyo gharāvāsaṃ pahāya agamaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
我的父母两人,还有妹妹和七个兄弟;
舍弃了无量的财富,我们进入了这座大林。巴利
‘‘Ubho mātā pitā mayhaṃ, bhaginī ca satta bhātaro; Amitadhanaṃ chaḍḍayitvā, pavisimhā mahāvana’’nti.
不过,《本生义注》(Jā. Aṭṭha. 4.14.77《藕本生注》)里说:“父母去世后,菩萨为他们办完该办的事,就进行了大出家。”巴利
Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (jā. aṭṭha. 4.14.77 bhisajātakavaṇṇanā) pana ‘‘mātāpitūsu kālaṃkatesu tesaṃ kattabbakiccaṃ katvā mahāsatto mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamī’’ti vuttaṃ.
他们就这样进入雪山,以菩萨为首,依傍着一处莲花池,在风景宜人的地方搭了茅庵,出家后靠林中树根和野果维持生活。他们当中的优波金等八个人轮流去采集果实,回来在一块石板上把自己和其他人的份分好,然后敲钟示意,各自拿了自己那份回到住处。其余的人听到钟声,也从树叶搭的茅屋中出来,取走各自应得的那份,回到住处吃完后,就修习沙门之法。巴利
Evaṃ himavantaṃ pavisitvā ca te bodhisattappamukhā ekaṃ padumasaraṃ nissāya ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge assamaṃ katvā pabbajitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpayiṃsu. Tesu upakañcanādayo aṭṭha janā vārena phalāphalaṃ āharitvā ekasmiṃ pāsāṇaphalake attano itaresañca koṭṭhāse katvā ghaṇṭisaññaṃ datvā attano koṭṭhāsaṃ ādāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisanti. Sesāpi ghaṇṭisaññāya paṇṇasālato nikkhamitvā attano attano pāpuṇanakoṭṭhāsaṃ ādāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā paribhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonti.
后来,他们采来莲藕,也照样吃。就在那里,他们修着极严酷的苦行,根门调御到极处,持续修习遍作相。那时,由于他们戒德的力量,帝释天的天宫震动了。帝释天知道原因后,心想:“我要试探这些仙人。”就用他的神通力,让菩萨的那一份连续三天消失不见。第一天,菩萨没看到自己那份,心想:“大概我的那份被忘掉了。”第二天,他想:“一定是我有过失,也许是因为行礼的缘故,才没给我留那份。”第三天,他想:“等我问清原因,再请求他们原谅。”于是傍晚时敲钟为号,等大家因这信号都集合后,说明了这件事。听说这三天大家都把最长者的那份留出来了,菩萨便说:“你们给我留了那份,我却没拿到,这到底是什么原因?”大家听了这话,全都生起了悚惧。巴利
Aparabhāge bhisāni āharitvā tatheva khādanti. Tattha te ghoratapā paramadhitindriyā kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontā vihariṃsu. Atha nesaṃ sīlatejena sakkassa bhavanaṃ kampi. Sakko taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ime isayo vīmaṃsissāmī’’ti attano ānubhāvena mahāsattassa koṭṭhāse tayo divase antaradhāpesi. Mahāsatto paṭhamadivase koṭṭhāsaṃ adisvā ‘‘mama koṭṭhāso pamuṭṭho bhavissatī’’ti cintesi. Dutiyadivase ‘‘mama dosena bhavitabbaṃ, paṇāmanavasena mama koṭṭhāsaṃ na ṭhapitaṃ maññe’’ti cintesi. Tatiyadivase ‘‘taṃ kāraṇaṃ sutvā khamāpessāmī’’ti sāyanhasamaye ghaṇṭisaññaṃ datvā tāya saññāya sabbesu sannipatitesu tamatthaṃ ārocetvā tīsupi divasesu tehi jeṭṭhakoṭṭhāsassa ṭhapitabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘tumhehi mayhaṃ koṭṭhāso ṭhapito, mayā pana na laddho, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti āha. Taṃ sutvā sabbeva saṃvegappattā ahesuṃ.
在那座草庵里,树神也从自己的天宫下来,坐到他们旁边。有一头大象从人手里逃出来,跑进了森林;还有一只用来逗弄蛇的猴子从耍蛇人手里逃出来,得了自由;这一头大象和一只猴子跟这些仙人很熟,那时也来到他们跟前,站在一边。帝释天也想“我要试探一下这群仙人”,就隐身站在那里。就在那时,菩萨的弟弟优波金苦行者站起来,向菩萨顶礼,又对其他人表示敬意,然后问道:“我能不能立个誓,只清净自己?”大家说“可以”,他就站到仙人中间,发誓说:巴利
Tasmiṃ assame rukkhadevatāpi attano bhavanato otaritvā tesaṃ santike nisīdi. Manussānaṃ hatthato palāyitvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho eko vāraṇo ahituṇḍikahatthato palāyitvā mutto sappakīḷāpanako eko vānaro ca tehi isīhi kataparicayā tadā tesaṃ santikaṃ gantvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Sakkopi ‘‘isigaṇaṃ pariggaṇhissāmī’’ti adissamānakāyo tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiñca khaṇe bodhisattassa kaniṭṭho upakañcanatāpaso uṭṭhāya bodhisattaṃ vanditvā sesānaṃ apacitiṃ dassetvā ‘‘ahaṃ saññaṃ paṭṭhapetvā attānaññeva sodhetuṃ labhāmī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘āma, labhasī’’ti vutte isigaṇamajjhe ṭhatvā sapathaṃ karonto –
愿他在这里得到马、牛、银、金,还有合意的妻子;
愿那个偷走你藕茎的人,婆罗门啊,有儿女和妻子相伴。巴利
‘‘Assaṃ gavaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ, bhariyañca so idha labhataṃ manāpaṃ; Puttehi dārehi samaṅgi hotu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsī’’ti. (jā. 1.14.78) –
他诵出了这首偈颂。他之所以这样说,是为了批评对物欲的贪著:“有多少可爱的东西,和它们分离时,就会生起多少痛苦。”巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Imañhi so ‘‘yattakāni piyavatthūni honti, tehi vippayoge tattakāni dukkhāni uppajjantī’’ti vatthukāme garahanto āha.
听了这话,那群仙人捂住耳朵说:“朋友,别说了,你的誓言太重了!”菩萨也说:“你的誓言太重了。孩子,你不要拿,坐到你自己的座位上去吧。”其余的人也都依次立誓——巴利
Taṃ sutvā isigaṇo ‘‘mārisa, mā kathaya, atibhāriyo te sapatho’’ti kaṇṇe pidahi. Bodhisattopi ‘‘atibhāriyo te sapatho, na, tvaṃ tāta, gaṇhasi, tava pattāsane nisīdā’’ti āha. Sesāpi sapathaṃ karontā yathākkamaṃ –
愿他佩戴花环和迦尸产的栴檀,愿他儿子众多;
愿那个拿走你藕茎的人,婆罗门啊,对诸欲生起强烈的贪恋。
愿他财富丰足,身为农夫,享有名声,有子在家,财富具足,享受一切欲乐;
婆罗门啊,愿那拿走你藕茎者看不见衰老,住于家中。
愿他成为刹帝利,行事果决有力,做王中之王,强大又声名远扬;
愿他统治以四大海为边界的整个大地——婆罗门啊,那个偷走你藕茎的人。
愿那个婆罗门还没有离贪,仍忙着计较片刻的吉时与星宿运行。
愿有名声的国王们来礼敬他——婆罗门啊,那个拿走你藕茎的人。
愿全世界都把他看作精通一切吠陀的诵学者、苦行修行者;
愿各地的人们聚集起来礼敬他——婆罗门啊,就是那个拿走了你藕茎的人。
愿他凭帝释天的恩赐,享用这座由四方传令者宣扬、繁荣富足的殊胜村落;
愿那个还没放下贪爱的人去承受死亡吧——婆罗门啊,是他偷走了你的莲藕。
愿他在朋友中间当上村长,伴着舞蹈和歌声尽情欢乐;
他从国王那里得到了一些灾祸,婆罗门啊,就是那个偷走你莲藕的人。
作为征服大地的独一之王,愿他在千名女子中将她置于首位;
愿那个拿走你莲藕的女人,婆罗门,在所有束发女子中成为最殊胜的。
当众仙人齐聚一堂时,她会毫无畏惧地享用美味;
婆罗门啊,就让那个拿走你莲藕的女人,靠着自己的所得得意洋洋地到处走吧!
愿他住在大寺里,愿他在伽姜伽罗做营建工作;
愿他花一整天做一扇窗孔,婆罗门,就是那个偷走你莲藕的人。
愿他在地上被上百条绳索捆住,从可爱的树林被押往王都;
愿那个拿走你莲藕的人,婆罗门啊,被带刺的木杖和尖锥狠狠打。
愿他戴着狂犬项圈,耳背有尖饰,被棍棒痛打,直送进蛇口。
婆罗门,愿那个偷你莲藕的人被绳子捆住腰,在街市上游走示众。巴利
‘‘Mālañca so kāsikacandanañca, dhāretu puttassa bahū bhavantu; Kāmesu tibbaṃ kurutaṃ apekkhaṃ, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘Pahūtadhañño kasimā yasassī, putte gihī dhanimā sabbakāme; Vayaṃ apassaṃ gharamāvasātu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘So khattiyo hotu pasayhakārī, rājābhirājā balavā yasassī; Sacāturantaṃ mahimāvasātu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘So brāhmaṇo hotu avītarāgo, muhuttanakkhattapathesu yutto; Pūjetu naṃ raṭṭhapatī yasassī, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘Ajjhāyakaṃ sabbasamantavedaṃ, tapassinaṃ maññatu sabbaloko; Pūjentu naṃ jānapadā samecca, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘Catussadaṃ gāmavaraṃ samiddhaṃ, dinnañhi so bhuñjatu vāsavena; Avītarāgo maraṇaṃ upetu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘So gāmaṇī hotu sahāyamajjhe, naccehi gītehi pamodamāno; So rājato byasanamālattha kiñci, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘Taṃ ekarājā pathaviṃ vijetvā, itthīsahassassa ṭhapetu agge; Sīmantinīnaṃ pavarā bhavātu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yā ahāsi. ‘‘Isīnañhi sā sabbasamāgatānaṃ, bhuñjeyya sāduṃ avikampamānā; Carātu lābhena vikatthamānā, bhisāni te brāhaṇa yā ahāsi. ‘‘Āvāsiko hotu mahāvihāre, navakammiko hotu gajaṅgalāyaṃ; Ālokasandhiṃ divasaṃ karotu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘So bajjhataṃ pāsasatehi chamhi, rammā vanā nīyatu rājadhāniṃ; Tuttehi so haññatu pācanehi, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi. ‘‘Alakkamālī tipukaṇṇapiṭṭho, laṭṭhīhato sappamukhaṃ upetu; Sakacchabandho visikhaṃ carātu, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsī’’ti. (jā. 1.14.79-90) –
他们诵出了这些偈颂。巴利
Imā gāthāyo avocuṃ.
在这其中,要让他对物欲和烦恼欲生起强烈的渴求。农夫是指农活做得好的人。愿他得子、在家、富足、拥有一切欲乐:愿他得到儿子,成为在家人,以七种财富而富足,获得色、声、香、味、触等种种欲乐。不见自己衰老:即使到了老年也不出家,看不见自己的衰老,就让他住在充满五欲功德、丰足美满的家里。王中王:诸王之中最殊胜的国王。未离染:因为对国师地位的渴爱而有贪欲,贪染未断。苦行者:认为他是有苦行的人,以为他戒行具足。四充足:因人烟稠密而人充足,因谷物丰饶而谷物充足,因木材易得而木材充足,因水源完备而水充足,这四方面都充盈丰盛。如同天神王所赐:如同天王赐予的一样稳固不动摇;另一种意思是,凭借从天王那里获得恩赐的力量,取悦了国王,由国王赐予。未离染:贪染未断,就像泥沼里的猪一样,沉溺在欲泥之中。巴利
Tattha tibbanti vatthukāmakilesakāmesu bahalaṃ apekkhaṃ karotu. Kasimāti sampannakasikammo. Putte gihī dhanimā sabbakāmeti putte labhatu, gihī hotu, sattavidhena dhanena dhanimā hotu, rūpādibhede sabbakāme labhatu. Vayaṃ apassanti mahallakakālepi apabbajitvā attano vayaṃ apassanto pañcakāmaguṇasamiddhaṃ gharameva āvasatu. Rājābhirājāti rājūnaṃ antare atirājā. Avītarāgoti purohitaṭṭhānataṇhāya sataṇho. Tapassinanti tapasīlaṃ, sīlasampannoti naṃ maññatu. Catussadanti ākiṇṇamanussatāya manussehi pahūtadhaññatāya dhaññena sulabhadārutāya dārūhi sampannodakatāya udakenāti catūhi ussannaṃ. Vāsavenāti vāsavena dinnaṃ viya acalaṃ, vāsavato laddhavarānubhāveneva rājānaṃ ārādhetvā tena dinnantipi attho. Avītarāgoti avigatarāgo kaddame sūkaro viya kāmapaṅke nimuggova hotu.
“村长”是指村里的头人。“她”是指那个女人。“独王”是指最尊胜的国王。“一千名女子”这句话是随顺说法方式而说的,意思是把她安置在一万六千名女子中最尊贵的位置上。“有发缝的”是指佩戴发缝装饰的女人,也就是指女人们。“一切聚集的”是指在所有集合的人中间坐下。“不动摇”是指毫不退缩地享用美味,意思是这样。“为了利养而炫耀地行走”是指为了得到利养,打扮得娇媚动人,四处行走以求得利养。“寺主”是指照料寺院事务的人。“伽姜伽罗”是一座这样名字的城市。据说那里木材之类的材料很容易得到。“一天做一扇窗户”是指一天只做一扇窗户。据说那位天子在迦叶佛时代,依止伽姜伽罗城附近一座一由旬大的精舍,做寺主和僧团长老,修理破旧的精舍,做各种修建工作,受了很多大苦。这句话就是针对这件事说的。巴利
Gāmaṇīti gāmajeṭṭhako. Tanti taṃ itthiṃ. Ekarājāti aggarājā. Itthīsahassassāti vacanamaṭṭhatāya vuttaṃ. Soḷasannaṃ itthisahassānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapetūti attho. Sīmantinīnanti sīmantadharānaṃ, itthīnanti attho. Sabbasamāgatānanti sabbesaṃ sannipatitānaṃ majjhe nisīditvā. Avikampamānāti anosakkamānā sādurasaṃ bhuñjatūti attho. Carātu lābhena vikatthamānāti lābhahetu siṅgāravesaṃ gahetvā lābhaṃ uppādetuṃ caratu. Āvāsikoti āvāsajagganako. Gajaṅgalāyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tattha kira dabbasambhārā sulabhā. Ālokasandhiṃ divasanti ekadivasena ekameva vātapānaṃ karotu. So kira devaputto kassapabuddhakāle gajaṅgalanagaraṃ nissāya yojanike mahāvihāre āvāsiko saṅghatthero hutvā jiṇṇe vihāre navakammāni karontova mahādukkhaṃ anubhavi, taṃ sandhāyāha.
用几百条绳索,也就是用很多绳子。在六个地方,也就是四条腿、脖子和腰这六个部位。用长刺棒,就是有两根尖刺的长棍。用短棒,就是用短的驱赶棒,或者用钩子。戴着狂犬项圈,就是被耍蛇人套在脖子上的狂犬项圈所装饰。耳背镶锡饰,就是耳背佩戴着锡制饰物。挨棍棒打,就是在教蛇表演把戏时被棍棒打。他们各自厌离一切欲乐享受、在家生活以及自己亲身经历的痛苦,于是用种种方式发誓,这样说道。巴利
Pāsasatehīti bahūhi pāsehi. Chamhīti catūsu pādesu gīvāya kaṭibhāge cāti chasu ṭhānesu. Tuttehīti dvikaṇṭakāhi dīghalaṭṭhīhi. Pācanehīti rassapācanehi, aṅkusakehi vā. Alakkamālīti ahituṇḍikena kaṇṭhe parikkhipitvā ṭhapitāya alakkamālāya samannāgato. Tipukaṇṇapiṭṭhoti tipupiḷandhanena piḷandhitapiṭṭhikaṇṇo kaṇṇapiṭṭho. Laṭṭhihatoti sappakīḷāpanaṃ sikkhāpayamāno laṭṭhiyā hato hutvā. Sabbaṃ te kāmabhogaṃ gharāvāsaṃ attanā attanā anubhūtadukkhañca jigucchantā tathā tathā sapathaṃ karontā evamāhaṃsu.
这时,菩萨心想:“他们全都发了誓,我也应该发一个。”于是便立下誓言:巴利
Atha bodhisatto ‘‘sabbehi imehi sapatho kato, mayāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti sapathaṃ karonto –
如果有人真的把未丢失的说成已丢失,那就让他得到欲乐,尽情享受吧。
愿他在居家中遭遇死亡,或者,诸位尊者,若有人对任何人心生疑惑,天神啊——巴利
‘‘Yo ve anaṭṭhaṃva naṭṭhanti cāha, kāmeva so labhataṃ bhuñjatañca; Agāramajjhe maraṇaṃ upetu, yo vā bhonto saṅkati kañci devā’’ti. (jā. 1.14.91) –
他说了这首偈颂。巴利
Imaṃ gāthamāha.
在这里,bhonto 就是 bhavanto 的意思。saṅkati 就是 āsaṅkati 的意思。kañci 就是 aññataraṃ(某一个)的意思。巴利
Tattha bhontoti bhavanto. Saṅkatīti āsaṅkati. Kañcīti aññataraṃ.
这时,帝释天知道“这些人都对诸欲毫无留恋”,内心震动不安,为了表明“并非有任何剑被带到这些人那里,也不是像你说的那样无故消失,而是我想考验你们,才让它们隐没的”,他便说道:巴利
Atha sakko ‘‘sabbepime kāmesu nirapekkhā’’ti jānitvā saṃviggamānaso na imesu kenacipi bhisāni nītāni, nāpi tayā anaṭṭhaṃ naṭṭhanti vuttaṃ, apica ahaṃ tumhe vīmaṃsitukāmo antaradhāpesinti dassento –
思考着仙人的莲茎,我从岸边取来放在干地上;
清净无罪过的仙人们住在这里,诸位梵行者,这些是你们的莲藕。巴利
‘‘Vīmaṃsamāno isino bhisāni, tīre gahetvāna thale nidhesiṃ; Suddhā apāpā isayo vasanti, etāni te brahmacārī bhisānī’’ti. (jā. 1.14.95) –
他说出了结尾的偈颂。巴利
Osānagāthamāha.
菩萨听到这话之后——巴利
Taṃ sutvā bodhisatto –
他们不是你的艺人,也不是逗你开心的人;不是你的亲戚,也不是你的朋友。
天王,你以什么作为支撑,与这些仙人一起嬉戏?巴利
‘‘Na te naṭā no pana kīḷaneyyā, na bandhavā no pana te sahāyā; Kismiṃ vupatthambha sahassanetta, isīhi tvaṃ kīḷasi devarājā’’ti. (jā. 1.14.96) –
他呵责了帝释天。巴利
Sakkaṃ tajjesi.
这时,帝释天对他说:巴利
Atha naṃ sakko –
您是我的老师,也是我的父亲,梵天啊,这是我失足跌倒时的依靠。
智慧深广的人啊,请原谅这一次的过错,智者不会被嗔怒的力量所控制。巴利
‘‘Ācariyo mesi pitā ca mayhaṃ, esā patiṭṭhā khalitassa brahme; Ekāparādhaṃ khama bhūripañña, na paṇḍitā kodhabalā bhavantī’’ti. (jā. 1.14.97) –
大士宽恕了帝释天王后,又亲自去求得众仙人的谅解——巴利
Mahāsatto sakkassa devarañño khamitvā sayaṃ isigaṇaṃ khamāpento –
仙人们一夜善住,我们见到了天神王、众生之主;
愿尊敬的诸位都心生欢喜,因为这位婆罗门得到了莲根。巴利
‘‘Suvāsitaṃ isinaṃ ekarattaṃ, yaṃ vāsavaṃ bhūtapatiddasāma; Sabbeva bhonto sumanā bhavantu, yaṃ brāhmaṇo paccupādī bhisānī’’ti. (jā. 1.14.98) –
天王啊,我们不是你的舞者,也不是该陪你玩闹取乐的人。我们也不是你的亲戚或朋友,不该成为你取笑的对象。那你到底是靠着什么,才敢跟这些仙人嬉戏玩耍?意思是:你仗着什么、依赖着什么,来和仙人玩耍?「这是依靠」的意思是:愿你今天脚的影子,成为我这次失足犯错的依靠。「住得好」的意思是:对诸位尊者仙人来说,哪怕只在这片树林里住一夜,也确实是住得极好。为什么呢?因为我们见到了这位众生之主、诸天之王。要是我们住在城里,就见不到他了。「诸位尊者」就是各位尊者。愿所有人都满心欢喜、感到满足,也愿大家原谅帝释天王。为什么呢?因为这位婆罗门拿到了莲根——就是说,你们的老师没有得到莲根。帝释天礼敬了这群仙人之后,就回到了天界。仙人们也修成了禅那和神通,最终往生到梵天界。巴利
Tattha na te naṭāti, devarāja, mayaṃ tava naṭā vā kīḷitabbayuttakā vā na homa. Nāpi tava ñātakā, sahāyā hassaṃ kātabbā. Atha tvaṃ kismiṃ vupatthambhāti kiṃ upatthambhakaṃ katvā, kiṃ nissāya isīhi saddhiṃ kīḷasīti attho. Esā patiṭṭhāti esā tava pādacchāyā ajja mama khalitassa aparādhassa patiṭṭhā hotu. Suvāsitanti āyasmantānaṃ isīnaṃ ekarattimpi imasmiṃ araññe vasitaṃ suvasitameva. Kiṃkāraṇā? Yaṃ vāsavaṃ bhūtapatiṃ addasāma. Sace hi mayaṃ nagare avasimhā, na imaṃ addasāma. Bhontoti bhavanto. Sabbepi sumanā bhavantu tussantu, sakkassa devarañño khamantu, kiṃkāraṇā? Yaṃ brāhmaṇo paccupādī bhisāni yasmā tumhākaṃ ācariyo bhisāni alabhīti. Sakko isigaṇaṃ vanditvā devalokaṃ gato. Isigaṇopi jhānābhiññāyo nibbattetvā brahmalokūpago ahosi.
那时,优波干阇那等六兄弟——舍利弗、目犍连、大迦叶、阿那律、富楼那、阿难长老,姊妹莲华色,女奴久寿多罗,奴仆质多居士,树神娑多耆利,象巴利雷亚,猴摩头施婆娑,帝释迦留陀夷,大金苦行者世尊。巴利
Tadā upakañcanādayo cha bhātaro sāriputtamoggallānamahākassapaanuruddhapuṇṇaānandattherā, bhaginī uppalavaṇṇā, dāsī khujjuttarā, dāso citto gahapati, rukkhadevatā sātāgiro, vāraṇo pālileyyanāgo, vānaro madhuvāsiṭṭho, sakko kāḷudāyī, mahākañcanatāpaso lokanātho.
对他,在这里也应当完全按照前面所说的方式,确定十波罗蜜。同样,也应当阐明他对诸欲彻底不贪恋等功德的威力。巴利
Tassa idhāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva dasa pāramiyo niddhāretabbā. Tathā accantameva kāmesu anapekkhatādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
5. 首那智者行迹注巴利
5. Soṇapaṇḍitacariyāvaṇṇanā
42 第五偈中说的“在名为梵增的城市”,就是指在名叫梵增的城里。“豪门”指最高贵的家族。“极优越”指最受称赞。“大家”指拥有巨大财富。所谓“我生”,就是我出生了。这里要表达的意思是:那时,在名为梵增的波罗奈里,当我存在、生活、居住的时候,我出生在一个婆罗门家庭——因为出身高贵而极为显赫,在家族中最为优秀,因为学识和修行成就而备受推崇,又因为拥有八亿财富而堪称大富之家。巴利
42. Pañcame nagare brahmavaḍḍhaneti brahmavaḍḍhananāmake nagare. Kulavareti aggakule. Seṭṭheti pāsaṃsatame. Mahāsāleti mahāsāre. Ajāyahanti ajāyiṃ ahaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – tasmiṃ kāle ‘‘brahmavaḍḍhana’’nti laddhanāme bārāṇasinagare yadā homi bhavāmi paṭivasāmi, tadā abhijātasampattiyā uditoditabhāvena agge vijjāvatasampattiyā seṭṭhe asītikoṭivibhavatāya mahāsāle brāhmaṇakule ahaṃ uppajjinti.
那时,菩萨从梵天界命终,投生在梵增城里一位拥有八亿财富的婆罗门大富长者家,做了他的儿子。给他取名字的那天,大家给他取名叫“首那童子”。在他刚会走路的时候,另一个众生也从梵天界命终,投生到菩萨母亲的腹中。他出生后,大家给他取名叫“难陀童子”。这两人学通了吠陀,精通一切技艺,到了成婚的年纪,父母看到他们相貌英俊,满心欢喜,心想:“我们要用家室来把他们绑住。”于是先对首那童子说:“孩子,我们会从门当户对的家族给你娶一位姑娘来,你来继承家业吧。”巴利
Tadā hi mahāsatto brahmalokato cavitvā brahmavaḍḍhananagare asītikoṭivibhavassa aññatarassa brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto hutvā nibbatti. Tassa nāmaggahaṇadivase ‘‘soṇakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Tassa padasā gamanakāle aññopi satto brahmalokā cavitvā bodhisattassa mātuyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tassa jātassa ‘‘nandakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Tesaṃ uggahitavedānaṃ sabbasippanipphattippattānaṃ vayappattānaṃ rūpasampadaṃ disvā tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā mātāpitaro ‘‘gharabandhanena bandhissāmā’’ti paṭhamaṃ soṇakumāraṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘tāta, te patirūpakulato dārikaṃ ānessāma, tvaṃ kuṭumbaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti.
菩萨说:“我不适合过在家生活。我会一辈子照顾你们,等你们去世后再出家。”那时,菩萨确实把三界都看成燃烧的房子、火坑一样。尤其是他本来就志求出离、心向出离。父母不知道他的心意,一次又一次地劝他,也没能让他回心转意,于是就叫来难陀童子,说:“孩子,那就由你来继承家业吧。”难陀也说:“我不会用头顶去接哥哥吐出来的唾沫。我也要等你们去世后,跟哥哥一起出家。”父母心想:“这些年轻人这么年轻就能舍弃欲乐,何况我们呢?我们全都出家吧。”于是他们说:“孩子们,何必等我们死了以后才出家?我们大家一起出家吧。”说完,他们把该给亲属的财物都给了,把奴婢释放为自由人,禀告了国王,舍弃了所有财富,举行了盛大的布施。然后四个人一起离开梵增城,进入雪山地区,依止一处点缀着青莲和白莲的大湖,在可爱的树林里建了草庵,出家住在那里。因此才这样说——巴利
Mahāsatto ‘‘alaṃ mayhaṃ gharāvāsena, ahaṃ yāvajīvaṃ tumhe paṭijaggitvā tumhākaṃ accayena pabbajissāmī’’ti āha. Mahāsattassa hi tadā tayopi bhavā ādittaṃ agāraṃ viya aṅgārakāsu viya ca upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Visesato panesa nekkhammajjhāsayo nekkhammādhimutto ahosi. Tassa adhippāyaṃ ajānantā te punappunaṃ kathentāpi tassa cittaṃ alabhitvā nandakumāraṃ āmantetvā ‘‘tāta, tena hi tvaṃ kuṭumbaṃ paṭipajjāhī’’ti vatvā tenāpi ‘‘nāhaṃ mama bhātarā chaḍḍitakheḷaṃ sīsena ukkhipāmi, ahampi tumhākaṃ accayena bhātarā saddhiṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘ime evaṃ taruṇā kāme jahanti, kimaṅgaṃ pana mayanti sabbeva pabbajissāmā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘tāta, kiṃ vo amhākaṃ accayena pabbajjāya, sabbe saheva pabbajāmā’’ti vatvā ñātīnaṃ dātabbayuttakaṃ datvā dāsajanaṃ bhujissaṃ katvā rañño ārocetvā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ vissajjetvā mahādānaṃ pavattetvā cattāropi janā brahmavaḍḍhananagarā nikkhamitvā himavantappadese padumapuṇḍarīkamaṇḍitaṃ mahāsaraṃ nissāya ramaṇīye vanasaṇḍe assamaṃ māpetvā pabbajitvā tattha vasiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
那时我也看见世间变得盲目,被黑暗笼罩;
心对存在状态感到抗拒,就像被刺棒猛击一样。巴利
‘‘Tadāpi lokaṃ disvāna, andhībhūtaṃ tamotthaṭaṃ; Cittaṃ bhavato patikuṭati, tuttavegahataṃ viya.
那时我见到种种恶行,心里就这样想:
我什么时候才能离开家,走进森林呢?巴利
‘‘Disvāna vividhaṃ pāpaṃ, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā; Kadāhaṃ gehā nikkhamma, pavisissāmi kānanaṃ.
那时,亲族们也用欲乐来邀请我。
我也向他们表明了自己的心意:别让他们来邀请我。巴利
‘‘Tadāpi maṃ nimantiṃsu, kāmabhogehi ñātayo; Tesampi chandamācikkhiṃ, mā nimantetha tehi maṃ.
我有个弟弟,名叫难陀,是个有智慧的人;
他也跟着我修学,赞同了出家。巴利
‘‘Yo me kaniṭṭhako bhātā, nando nāmāsi paṇḍito; Sopi maṃ anusikkhanto, pabbajjaṃ samarocayi.
我是索那,也是难陀,二者都是我的父母。
那时我们也舍弃了财物,进入了大林。巴利
‘‘Ahaṃ soṇo ca nando ca, ubho mātāpitā mama; Tadāpi bhoge chaḍḍetvā, pāvisimhā mahāvana’’nti.
在这里,“那时也”是指:当我在梵增城做名叫索那的婆罗门青年时,那时也是这样。“看到世间”是指:用慧眼看到整个有情世间。“成为盲目”是指:因为没有慧眼,就像天生瞎了一样,陷入盲目的状态。“被黑暗覆盖”是指:被无明的黑暗压倒。“心对诸有退缩”是指:通过观察生等令人惊惧的事,我的心对欲有等等退缩、蜷缩、不向外流散。“就像被刺棒击中一样”:所谓刺棒,就是顶端有铁刺的长棍,也叫鞭杖。这是为了说明:就像良象被它迅速击中后会生起惊惧,同样,那时我的心也通过观察欲等的过患而生起了惊惧。巴利
Tattha tadāpīti yadā ahaṃ brahmavaḍḍhananagare soṇo nāma brāhmaṇakumāro ahosiṃ, tadāpi. Lokaṃ disvānāti sakalampi sattalokaṃ paññācakkhunā passitvā. Andhībhūtanti paññācakkhuvirahena andhajātaṃ andhabhāvaṃ pattaṃ. Tamotthaṭanti avijjandhakārena abhibhūtaṃ. Cittaṃ bhavato patikuṭatīti jātiādisaṃvegavatthupaccavekkhaṇena kāmādibhavato mama cittaṃ saṅkuṭati sannilīyati na visarati. Tuttavegahataṃ viyāti tuttaṃ vuccati ayokaṇṭakasīso dīghadaṇḍo, yo patodoti vuccati. Tena vegasā abhihato yathā hatthājānīyo saṃvegappatto hoti, evaṃ mama cittaṃ tadā kāmādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena saṃvegappattanti dasseti.
看到种种恶:在家生活的人以居家为因,出于贪欲、嗔恨等动机,造作杀生等种种恶业,以及这些恶业的征兆,看到他们那种低劣的状态。那时我这样想:我什么时候才能像一头巨象挣断铁链那样,斩断家的束缚,从家中出去,进入森林呢?这就是我在首那童子时期所想的。那时他们也来劝我:不只是铁屋智者等时期,就在首那童子时期,父母等亲属贪著欲乐、心向欲乐,也用“来吧,孩子,享用这八亿财富,延续家族血脉”这样的话,拿丰厚的财物来劝诱我。我也告诉他们我的意愿:我也向那些亲属表明了自己的心愿,叫他们不要用那些欲乐来劝我;也就是说,我讲了自己倾向出家的心意,请他们随自己的意愿去做。巴利
Disvāna vividhaṃ pāpanti gehaṃ āvasantehi gharāvāsanimittaṃ chandadosādivasena karīyamānaṃ nānāvidhaṃ pāṇātipātādipāpakammañceva tannimittañca nesaṃ lāmakabhāvaṃ passitvā. Evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadāti ‘‘kadā nu kho ahaṃ mahāhatthī viya ayabandhanaṃ gharabandhanaṃ chinditvā gehato nikkhamanavasena vanaṃ pavisissāmī’’ti evaṃ tadā soṇakumārakāle cintesiṃ ahaṃ. Tadāpi maṃ nimantiṃsūti na kevalaṃ ayogharapaṇḍitādikāleyeva, atha kho tadāpi tasmiṃ soṇakumārakālepi maṃ mātāpituādayo ñātayo kāmabhogino kāmajjhāsayā ‘‘ehi, tāta, imaṃ asītikoṭidhanaṃ vibhavaṃ paṭipajja, kulavaṃsaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti uḷārehi bhogehi nimantayiṃsu. Tesampi chandamācikkhinti tesampi mama ñātīnaṃ tehi kāmabhogehi mā maṃ nimantayitthāti attano chandampi ācikkhiṃ, pabbajjāya ninnajjhāsayampi kathesiṃ, yathājjhāsayaṃ paṭipajjathāti adhippāyo.
他也跟着我修学,心想:“这些欲乐确实是乐味少、苦多、忧患多。”他按这种方式,从各种角度审察诸欲的过患,就像我修学戒等而欢喜出家一样,他也以同样的出离之心跟着我修学,从而欢喜出家。那时,我叫索那,我的弟弟叫难陀。我们两人和父母——父母看到儿子们这么年轻就能舍弃欲乐,心想:“连这些孩子都能这样,何况我们呢?”于是生起了悚惧心。我们四个人舍弃了财富,对那八亿家产毫无顾恋,像吐掉唾沫一样抛弃了它,都怀着出离之心,进入了雪山地区的大森林。这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Sopi maṃ anu sikkhantoti ‘‘ime kāmā nāma appassādā bahudukkhā bahūpāyāsā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.234; 2.43-45; pāci.417) nayena nānappakāraṃ kāmesu ādīnavaṃ paccavekkhitvā yathāhaṃ sīlādīni sikkhanto pabbajjaṃ rocesiṃ. Sopi nandapaṇḍito tatheva tassa nekkhammena maṃ anusikkhanto pabbajjaṃ samarocayīti. Ahaṃ soṇo ca nando cāti tasmiṃ kāle soṇanāmako ahaṃ mayhaṃ kaniṭṭhabhātā nando cāti. Ubho mātāpitāmamāti ‘‘ime nāma puttakā evaṃ taruṇakālepi kāme jahanti, kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’’nti uppannasaṃvegā mātāpitaro ca. Bhoge chaḍḍetvāti asītikoṭivibhavasamiddhe mahā bhoge anapekkhacittā kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya pariccajitvā mayaṃ cattāropi janā himavantappadese mahāvanaṃ nekkhammajjhāsayena pavisimhāti attho.
他们到了那里,在那片宜人的地方建了茅舍,依隐士的方式出家,就住在那里。兄弟俩都照顾父母。其中难陀智者想:“我要让父母只吃我亲自带回来的果子。”于是,他每天清早都从昨天和之前觅食的地方,把剩下的果子带回来给父母吃。父母吃了以后漱了口,就受持布萨。而首那智者则跑到很远的地方,带回又甜又熟透的果子,送到父母面前。这时父母对他说:“孩子,我们吃了弟弟带回来的果子,已经受持布萨了,现在不需要了。”就这样,他带回来的果子得不到食用,全都坏掉。第二天、第三天也照样如此。虽然他凭五神通能去很远的地方取来果子,父母却始终不吃。巴利
Pavisitvā ca te tattha ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge assamaṃ māpetvā tāpasapabbajjāya pabbajitvā tattha vasiṃsu. Te ubhopi bhātaro mātāpitaro paṭijaggiṃsu. Tesu nandapaṇḍito ‘‘mayā ābhataphalāphalāneva mātāpitaro khādāpessāmī’’ti hiyyo ca purimagocaragahitaṭṭhānato ca yāni tāni avasesāni phalāphalāni pātova ānetvā mātāpitaro khādāpeti. Te tāni khāditvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā uposathikā honti. Soṇapaṇḍito pana dūraṃ gantvā madhuramadhurāni supakkāni āharitvā upanāmeti. Atha naṃ te ‘‘tāta, kaniṭṭhena ābhatāni mayaṃ khāditvā uposathikā jātā, idāni no attho natthī’’ti vadanti. Iti tassa phalāphalāni paribhogaṃ na labhanti vinassanti, punadivasādīsupi tathevāti, evaṃ so pañcābhiññatāya dūrampi gantvā āharati, te pana na khādanti.
这时,大士心想:“父母身体娇弱,难陀却总是把那些没熟透、半生不熟的果子拿来给他们吃。这样下去,他们活不了多久了,我得阻止他。”于是他把难陀叫来,说:“难陀,从今以后,你采了果子回来,要等我到了再一起吃,我们俩一起供养父母。”难陀虽然听了这话,却一心想着自己的福报,没有照做。大士在难陀来侍奉父母时,对他说:“你不听智者的话。我是兄长,照顾父母本来就是我的责任,我一个人来照顾他们就好。你从这里离开,到别处去吧。”说完,对他弹了一下手指。巴利
Atha mahāsatto cintesi – ‘‘mātāpitaro sukhumālā, nando ca yāni tāni apakkāni duppakkāni phalāphalāni āharitvā khādāpeti, evaṃ sante ime na ciraṃ pavattissanti, vāressāmi na’’nti. Atha naṃ āmantetvā ‘‘nanda, ito paṭṭhāya phalāphalaṃ āharitvā mamāgamanaṃ patimānehi, ubho ekatova khādāpessāmā’’ti āha. Evaṃ vuttepi attano puññaṃ paccāsīsanto na tassa vacanamakāsi. Mahāsatto taṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgataṃ ‘‘na tvaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ vacanaṃ karosi, ahaṃ jeṭṭho, mātāpitaro ca mameva bhāro, ahameva ne paṭijaggissāmi, tvaṃ ito aññattha yāhī’’ti tassa accharaṃ pahari.
他被兄长这样赶走,没法再待在那里,就向兄长行礼,把这件事告诉了父母,然后走进自己的茅草屋,凝视遍处,就在当天证得了八等至和五神通。他心想:我该怎么做才好呢?是去取须弥山脚下的宝砂,撒在兄长茅屋的庭院里,来求得他的原谅?还是去取阿耨达池的水来求得原谅?或者,靠天神的力量,把四大天王和帝释天王请来,替我求情,让兄长原谅我?可是这样做不太体面。那位名叫梵增长、令人心生欢喜的大王,是整个赡部洲最尊贵的国王。我就以他为首,把所有的国王都请来,替我求兄长原谅。这样一来,我兄长的德行就会传遍整个赡部洲,像日月一样光明显耀。巴利
So tena paṇāmito tattha ṭhātuṃ asakkonto taṃ vanditvā mātāpitūnaṃ tamatthaṃ ārocetvā attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā kasiṇaṃ oloketvā taṃdivasameva aṭṭha ca samāpattiyo pañca ca abhiññāyo nibbattetvā cintesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ sinerupādato ratanavālukaṃ āharitvā mama bhātu paṇṇasālāpariveṇaṃ ākiritvā khamāpessāmi, udāhu anotattato udakaṃ āharitvā khamāpessāmi? Atha vā me bhātā devatāvasena khameyya, cattāro mahārājāno sakkañca devarājānaṃ ānetvā khamāpessāmi, evaṃ pana na sobhissati, ayaṃ kho manojo brahmavaḍḍhanarājā sakalajambudīpe aggarājā, taṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbe rājāno ānetvā khamāpessāmi, evaṃ sante mama bhātu guṇo sakalajambudīpaṃ avattharitvā gamissati, cando viya sūriyo viya ca paññāyissatī’’ti.
他立刻以神通飞到梵增长城,落在国王住所的门口,让人通报国王说:“有一位苦行者想见你们。”得到国王允许后,他来到国王面前,说:“我要凭自己的力量夺取整个赡部洲的王权,然后献给您。”国王问:“尊者,您怎么能夺取整个赡部洲的王权,然后献给我呢?”他回答:“大王,我不会杀害或伤害任何人,只凭自己的神通力夺取,然后献给您。”于是,他带着那国王和一支庞大的军队前往憍萨罗国,在离城不远的地方扎营,然后派使者去见憍萨罗王,说:“要么开战,要么服从。”憍萨罗王听后大怒,整军出战。战斗一开始,这位苦行者就以自己的神通力,使双方军队都不受伤害,又通过来回传话交涉,让憍萨罗王服从了梵增长王。用这个办法,他让整个赡部洲的国王都服从了梵增长王。巴利
So tāvadeva iddhiyā gantvā brahmavaḍḍhananagare tassa rañño nivesanadvāre otaritvā ‘‘eko tāpaso tumhe daṭṭhukāmo’’ti rañño ārocāpetvā tena katokāso tassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘ahaṃ attano balena sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ gahetvā tava dassāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana tumhe, bhante, sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ gahetvā dassathā’’ti? ‘‘Mahārāja, kassaci vadhacchedaṃ akatvā attano iddhiyāva gahetvā dassāmī’’ti mahatiyā senāya saddhiṃ taṃ ādāya kosalaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā nagarassa avidūre khandhāvāraṃ nivesetvā ‘‘yuddhaṃ vā no detu, vase vā vattatū’’ti kosalarañño dūtaṃ pāhesi. Tena kujjhitvā yuddhasajjena hutvā nikkhantena saddhiṃ yuddhe āraddhe attano iddhānubhāvena yathā dvinnaṃ senānaṃ pīḷanaṃ na hoti, evaṃ katvā yathā ca kosalarājā tassa vase vattati, evaṃ vacanapaṭivacanaharaṇehi saṃvidahi. Etenupāyena sakalajambudīpe rājāno tassa vase vattāpesi.
他对此很满意,就对难陀智者说:“尊者,您按之前答应我的那样把事情办成了。您对我帮助很大,我该为您做些什么呢?我甚至愿意把整个赡部洲的一半王权都给您,更不用说象、马、车乘、摩尼珠、珍珠、珊瑚、白银、黄金、婢女、仆人和随从眷属了。”
难陀智者听了之后说:“大王,我不需要您的王权,也不需要象马车乘这些。不过,在您国境内有个叫某某的修行林,我的父母出家后就住在那里。我当初在那里侍奉他们时,因为一次过错,被我哥哥——名叫首那智者的大仙——赶走了。我想带您一起去他那里,向他请求宽恕。到时候请您帮我一起求他原谅。”
国王说:“好。”于是率领二十四亿规模的大军,和一百位国王一起,让难陀智者走在前面,来到那片修行林。到了之后,人群站得密密麻麻,只剩四指宽的空地。他们用扁担从阿耨达池凌空取来水,备好饮用水,又把住处打扫干净。这时,难陀智者走到坐在父母附近、沉浸在禅悦中的大士面前,向他请求宽恕。大士让难陀智者去照顾母亲,自己则终身照料父亲。而那些国王们——巴利
So tena parituṭṭho nandapaṇḍitaṃ āha – ‘‘bhante, tumhehi yathā mayhaṃ paṭiññātaṃ, tathā kataṃ, bahūpakārā me tumhe, kimahaṃ tumhākaṃ karissāmi, ahañhi te sakalajambudīpe upaḍḍharajjampi dātuṃ icchāmi, kimaṅgaṃ pana hatthiassarathamaṇimuttāpavāḷarajatasuvaṇṇadāsidāsaparijanapariccheda’’nti? Taṃ sutvā nandapaṇḍito ‘‘na me te, mahārāja, rajjena attho, nāpi hatthiyānādīhi, api ca kho te raṭṭhe asukasmiṃ nāma assame mama mātāpitaro pabbajitvā vasanti. Tyāhaṃ upaṭṭhahanto ekasmiṃ aparādhe mama jeṭṭhabhātikena soṇapaṇḍitena nāma mahesinā paṇāmito, svāhaṃ taṃ ādāya tassa santikaṃ gantvā khamāpessāmi, tassa me tvaṃ khamāpane sahāyo hohī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā catuvīsatiakkhobhanī parimāṇāya senāya parivuto ekasatarājūhi saddhiṃ nandapaṇḍitaṃ purakkhatvā taṃ assamapadaṃ patvā caturaṅgulappadesaṃ muñcitvā ākāse ṭhitena kājena anotattato udakaṃ āharitvā pānīyaṃ paṭisāmetvā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā mātāpitūnaṃ āsannappadese nisinnaṃ jhānaratisamappitaṃ mahāsattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nandapaṇḍito naṃ khamāpesi. Mahāsatto nandapaṇḍitaṃ mātaraṃ paṭicchāpetvā attanā yāvajīvaṃ pitaraṃ paṭijaggi. Tesaṃ pana rājūnaṃ –
欣喜和欢悦,以及始终不断的欢笑嬉戏;
侍奉母亲之后,有智慧的人就能得到这个。
欣喜和欢悦,以及始终不断的欢笑嬉戏;
侍奉父亲之后,有智慧的人就能得到这个。
布施、爱语,以及在这世间所做的利他之行;
于诸法中行同事,处处随宜而行;
这些确实是世间的摄事,就像行驶中马车的车轴销一样。
如果没有这些摄益,母亲不会因为儿子的缘故而……
父亲也不会因为儿子而得到恭敬或供养。
因为这些是摄益,智者会如实观察,
因此他们达到崇高,也成为值得赞叹的人。
父母被称为梵天,也被称为最早的导师;
他们也是值得子女供养的人,是怜悯子女的人。
因此,智者确实应当礼敬他们,恭敬供养他们;
以食物、饮品、衣物及卧具,
用涂油按摩、沐浴,以及洗脚。
智者就用这样的侍奉,来对待父母。
就在今生,人们就称赞他;死后,他也在天界享乐。巴利
‘‘Ānando ca pamodo ca, sadā hasitakīḷitaṃ; Mātaraṃ paricaritvāna, labbhametaṃ vijānatā. ‘‘Ānando ca pamodo ca, sadā hasitakīḷitaṃ; Pitaraṃ paricaritvāna, labbhametaṃ vijānato. ‘‘Dānañca peyyavajjañca, atthacariyā ca yā idha; Samānattatā ca dhammesu, tattha tattha yathārahaṃ; Ete kho saṅgahā loke, rathassāṇīva yāyato. ‘‘Ete ca saṅgahā nāssu, na mātā puttakāraṇā; Labhetha mānaṃ pūjaṃ vā, pitā vā puttakāraṇā. ‘‘Yasmā ca saṅgahā ete, sammapekkhanti paṇḍitā; Tasmā mahattaṃ papponti, pāsaṃsā ca bhavanti te. ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro, pubbācariyāti vuccare; Āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, pajāya anukampakā. ‘‘Tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito; Annena atha pānena, vatthena sayanena ca; Ucchādanena nhāpanena, pādānaṃ dhovanena ca. ‘‘Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. (jā. 2.20.176-183) –
佛陀以佛的威仪宣说法义,那些国王听完之后,全都带着自己的军队生起了净信。于是佛陀让他们安住在五戒上,教导说:“在布施等善行上不要放逸。”然后才让他们回去。那些国王都依法治理国家,命终之后投生天界,遍满天城。菩萨说:“从今以后,你要好好照顾母亲。”就把母亲托付给难陀智者,自己终生照顾父亲。他们两人命终之后,都往生到了梵天界。巴利
Buddhalīḷāya dhammaṃ desesi, taṃ sutvā sabbepi te rājāno sabalakāyā pasīdiṃsu. Atha ne pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘dānādīsu appamattā hothā’’ti ovaditvā vissajjesi. Te sabbepi dhammena rajjaṃ kāretvā āyupariyosāne devanagaraṃ pūrayiṃsu. Bodhisatto ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya mātaraṃ paṭijaggāhī’’ti mātaraṃ nandapaṇḍitaṃ paṭicchāpetvā attanā yāvajīvaṃ pitaraṃ paṭijaggi. Te ubhopi āyupariyosāne brahmalokaparāyanā ahesuṃ.
那时,他的父母出身于大王族;难陀智者就是阿难长老,摩诺阇王就是舍利弗长老,那一百位国王就是八十位大长老和其他长老,二十四不动众就是佛陀的弟子众,首那智者就是世间怙主。巴利
Tadā mātāpitaro mahārājakulāni, nandapaṇḍito ānandatthero, manojo rājā sāriputtatthero, ekasatarājāno asītimahātherā ceva aññataratherā ca, catuvīsatiakkhobhanīparisā buddhaparisā, soṇapaṇḍito lokanātho.
他虽然具足极其殊胜的出离波罗蜜,但仍应依照前面所说的方法,来确定其余的波罗蜜。同样,还应阐明大士的这些功德之力:比如对诸欲彻底无所希求,对父母怀有深厚的恭敬与顺从,侍奉父母仍感不足,即使在他们身边侍奉时,也始终以安住于诸等至中度过,等等。巴利
Tassa kiñcāpi sātisayā nekkhammapāramī, tathāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyo ca niddhāretabbā. Tathā accantameva kāmesu anapekkhatā, mātāpitūsu tibbo sagāravasappatissabhāvo , mātāpituupaṭṭhānena atitti, satipi nesaṃ upaṭṭhāne sabbakālaṃ samāpattivihārehi vītināmananti evamādayo mahāsattassa guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第六 特弥亚行义释巴利
6. Temiyacariyāvaṇṇanā
48 48. 第六个故事里说的“迦尸王的亲生儿子”是这样的:当我还是迦尸王的亲生儿子时,那时我名叫“默然”,人们也叫我“特弥亚”。意思是:我虽然以“特弥亚”为名,但因为立下决心奉持默然之行,所以从父母开始,所有人都叫我“默然”。原来,这位大士出生的当天,整个迦尸王国降下大雨;而且他的出生让国王和大臣们心里生起极大的欢喜和疼爱,就像被滋润了一样,因此他被取名为“特弥亚王子”。巴利
48. Chaṭṭhe kāsirājassa atrajoti kāsirañño atrajo putto yadā homi, tadā mūgapakkhoti nāmena, temiyoti vadanti manti temiyoti nāmena mūgapakkhavatādhiṭṭhānena ‘‘mūgapakkho’’ti mātāpitaro ādiṃ katvā sabbeva maṃ vadantīti sambandho. Mahāsattassa hi jātadivase sakalakāsiraṭṭhe devo vassi, yasmā ca so rañño ceva amaccādīnañca hadayaṃ uḷārena pītisinehena temayamāno uppanno, tasmā ‘‘temiyakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ ahosi.
49 “一万六千女人”是指迦尸王国王那一万六千名后宫女子。说“没有男子”,就是得不到儿子。而且不只是没有儿子,他连女儿也没有。经过无数昼夜之后,由帝释天赐予的我,正独自为了寻求菩提而游行时,那时投生成了他的儿子。导师这样说:那位没有儿子的国王,经过许多年、无数日夜的流逝,那时由帝释天赐予的我,在独自寻求菩提之道时,投生做了他的儿子。巴利
49.Soḷasitthisahassānanti soḷasannaṃ kāsirañño itthāgārasahassānaṃ. Na vijjati pumoti putto na labbhati. Na kevalañca putto eva, dhītāpissa natthi eva. Ahorattānaṃ accayena, nibbatto ahamekakoti aputtakasseva tassa rañño bahūnaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ atītattā anekesaṃ ahorattānaṃ apagamanena sakkadattiyo ahamekakova bodhipariyesanaṃ caramāno, tadā tassa putto hutvā uppannoti satthā vadati.
关于这件事,有一个循序渐进的讲述:过去在波罗奈,迦尸王国王治理国家。他有一万六千名宫女,但她们当中没有一个人生下儿子或女儿。城里的人感到懊悔,说:“我们的国王连一个延续家族血脉的儿子都没有。”他们聚在一起,对国王说:“请您求一个儿子吧。”国王便命令那一万六千名宫女:“你们去求子。”她们向月亮等天神供养祈祷,但还是没能得到。不过,国王的第一王后是摩达国王的女儿,名叫月天女,她具足戒德。国王对她说:“你也去求一个儿子吧。”她在满月日受持布萨,回顾自己的戒行,然后作了真实语:“如果我的戒没有缺失,凭这个真实的力量,愿我得到一个儿子。”由于她戒德的力量,帝释天的座位发热了。帝释天观察后知道了原因,心想:“我要为月天女得到儿子想办法。”他寻找一个与她相配的儿子,发现菩萨已经投生在三十三天,在那里住满寿命后,从彼处死后,正欲投生到更高的天界。于是帝释天来到菩萨面前,对他说:“贤友,如果你投生到人间,你的波罗蜜将会圆满,大众也会兴盛。这位迦尸王国王的第一王后月天女正在求子,你就投生到她的胎中吧。”巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – atīte bārāṇasiyaṃ kāsirājā rajjaṃ kāresi. Tassa soḷasasahassā itthiyo ahesuṃ. Tāsu ekāpi puttaṃ vā dhītaraṃ vā na labhati. Nāgarā ‘‘amhākaṃ rañño vaṃsānurakkhako ekopi putto natthī’’ti vippaṭisārī jātā sannipatitvā rājānaṃ ‘‘puttaṃ patthehī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā soḷasasahassā itthiyo ‘‘puttaṃ patthethā’’ti āṇāpesi. Tā candādīnaṃ upaṭṭhānādīni katvā patthentiyopi na labhiṃsu. Aggamahesī panassa maddarājadhītā candādevī nāma sīlasampannā ahosi. Rājā ‘‘tvampi puttaṃ patthehī’’ti āha. Sā puṇṇamadivase uposathikā hutvā attano sīlaṃ āvajjetvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ akhaṇḍasīlā, iminā me saccena putto uppajjatū’’ti saccakiriyamakāsi. Tassā sīlatejena sakkassa āsanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. Sakko āvajjento taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā ‘‘candādeviyā puttapaṭilābhassa upāyaṃ karissāmī’’ti tassā anucchavikaṃ puttaṃ upadhārento bodhisattaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbattitvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cavitvā uparidevaloke uppajjitukāmaṃ disvā tassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘samma, tayi manussaloke uppanne pāramiyo ca te pūressanti, mahājanassa ca vuḍḍhi bhavissati, ayaṃ kāsirañño candā nāma aggamahesī puttaṃ pattheti, tassā kucchiyaṃ uppajjāhī’’ti āha.
他答应说“好”,就投生到了她的腹中。他的五百位天子朋友寿命已尽,从天上命终后,也分别投生到那位国王大臣妻子们的腹中。王后知道胎儿已经稳稳住胎,就禀告了国王。国王便命人安排安胎的照料。她怀胎期满,生下了一个具足谷堆相等吉祥相的儿子。就在同一天,大臣们家中也生下了五百个男孩。国王听说这两件事后,说:“这些孩子是我儿子的随从。”于是派了五百个保姆去照顾那五百个男孩,还送去了男孩们的装饰品。至于大士,国王为他安排了六十四位乳母,她们都没有太高、太矮等毛病,乳房不下垂、乳汁甘甜,并给予极大的恭敬,还赐给月天女一个恩惠。她领受了恩惠,安住下来。这个男孩在庞大的眷属围绕中长大。到了满月时,人们把他打扮好,带到国王面前。国王看着心爱的儿子,把他抱起来,让他坐在自己膝上,满心欢喜地坐着。巴利
So ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā tassā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. Tassa sahāyā pañcasatā devaputtā khīṇāyukā devalokā cavitvā tasseva rañño amaccabhariyānaṃ kucchīsu paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Devī gabbhassa patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ ñatvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā gabbhaparihāraṃ dāpesi. Sā paripuṇṇagabbhā dhaññapuññalakkhaṇasampannaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi. Taṃdivasameva amaccagehesu pañcakumārasatāni vijāyiṃsu. Ubhayampi sutvā rājā ‘‘mama puttassa parivārā ete’’ti pañcannaṃ dārakasatānaṃ pañcadhātisatāni pesetvā kumārapasādhanāni ca pesesi. Mahāsattassa pana atidīghādidosavivajjitā alambatthanā madhurathaññā catusaṭṭhidhātiyo datvā mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ katvā candādeviyāpi varaṃ adāsi. Sā gahitakaṃ katvā ṭhapesi. Dārako mahatā parivārena vaḍḍhati. Atha naṃ ekamāsikaṃ alaṅkaritvā rañño santikaṃ ānayiṃsu. Rājā piyaputtaṃ oloketvā āliṅgitvā aṅke nisīdāpetvā ramayamāno nisīdi.
50 那时,四个盗贼被带了上来。国王下令:对其中一人,用带刺的鞭子抽打一千下;对另一人,用锁链捆绑后关进牢狱;对另一人,用矛刺穿身体;对另一人,处以桩刑。大士听了父亲的话,心生警惧,想道:“唉,我的父亲倚仗王权,正在造作极重的地狱趣业。”到了第二天,人们把他安置在白伞下的华丽吉祥卧榻上躺下。巴利
50. Tasmiṃ khaṇe cattāro corā ānītā. Rājā tesu ekassa sakaṇṭakāhi kasāhi pahārasahassaṃ āṇāpesi, ekassa saṅkhalikāya bandhitvā bandhanāgārappavesanaṃ, ekassa sarīre sattippahāradānaṃ, ekassa sūlāropanaṃ. Mahāsatto pitu kathaṃ sutvā saṃvegappatto hutvā ‘‘aho mama pitā rajjaṃ nissāya bhāriyaṃ nirayagāmikammaṃ karotī’’ti cintesi. Punadivase naṃ setacchattassa heṭṭhā alaṅkatasirisayane nipajjāpesuṃ.
他稍微睡了一会儿,醒来后睁开双眼,望着白伞盖,看到了盛大的荣华富贵。他本来就已经心生警惧,这时更是生起了格外强烈的恐惧。他琢磨着:“我到底是从哪里来到这座王宫的?”这样思惟时,他凭借宿命通,知道自己是从天界来的。接着再往前观察,他看见自己在地狱中被煮熬的情景。再往前观察,又看见自己就在这座城里做国王的情景。于是他想:“我做了二十年国王,之后在地狱里被煮了八万年,如今却又投生在这个贼窝一样的家里。昨天那四个盗贼被带上来时,父亲还说了那样粗恶、会导向地狱的话。这个王位不能让我看清真相,只会带来无穷的祸患,对我毫无意义。我怎样才能从这个贼窝一样的家里脱身呢?”他这样想着,就躺在那里。这时,一位天女来安慰他说:“亲爱的沉默王子,不要害怕,你只要决意守住三件事,就能平安。”听了这话,大士想从这名为王位的祸患中解脱出来,便以坚定不移的决心,决意守持那三件事,历经十六年。因此经中说:“艰难获得的可爱儿子”等等。巴利
So thokaṃ niddāyitvā paṭibuddho akkhīni ummīletvā setacchattaṃ olokento mahantaṃ sirivibhavaṃ passi. Athassa pakatiyāpi saṃvegappattassa atirekataraṃ bhayaṃ uppajji. So ‘‘kuto nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ rājagehaṃ āgato’’ti upadhārento jātissarañāṇena devalokato āgatabhāvaṃ ñatvā tato paraṃ olokento ussadaniraye pakkabhāvaṃ passi. Tato paraṃ olokento tasmiṃyeva nagare rājabhāvaṃ passi. Atha so ‘‘ahaṃ vīsativassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā asītivassasahassāni ussadaniraye pacciṃ, idāni punapi imasmiṃ coragehe nibbattosmi, pitāpi me hiyyo catūsu coresu ānītesu tathārūpaṃ pharusaṃ nirayasaṃvattanikaṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Na me iminā aviditavipulānatthāvahena rajjena attho, kathaṃ nu kho imamhā coragehā mucceyya’’nti cintento nipajji. Atha naṃ ekā devadhītā ‘‘tāta temiyakumāra, mā bhāyi, tīṇi aṅgāni adhiṭṭhahitvā tava sotthi bhavissatī’’ti samassāsesi. Taṃ sutvā mahāsatto rajjasaṅkhātā anatthato muccitukāmo soḷasasaṃvaccharāni tīṇi aṅgāni acalādhiṭṭhānavasena adhiṭṭhahi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kicchāladdhaṃ piyaṃ putta’’ntiādi.
在这里,“艰难获得”是指经过艰难、困苦、长久祈求才得到。“出身高贵”是指种姓圆满。“持光辉者”,是因为他兼具身体的光辉和智慧的光辉。偈颂里说“父亲持着白伞,在卧榻上养育我”,意思是:我的父亲迦尸国王,从我出生那天起,为了不让王子沾上尘土或露水,就让我睡在白伞下的吉祥卧榻上,用庞大的随从队伍来养育我。巴利
Tattha kicchāladdhanti kicchena kasirena cirakālapatthanāya laddhaṃ. Abhijātanti jātisampannaṃ. Kāyajutiyā ceva ñāṇajutiyā ca samannāgatattā jutindharaṃ. Setacchattaṃ dhārayitvāna, sayane poseti maṃ pitāti pitā me kāsirājā ‘‘mā naṃ kumāraṃ rajo vā ussāvo vā’’ti jātakālato paṭṭhāya setacchattassa heṭṭhā sirisayane sayāpetvā mahantena parivārena maṃ poseti.
51 我躺在殊胜的床榻上,醒来后四处张望,看见一顶洁白的伞盖。由于那顶白伞盖,在那一世之后的第三世中,我堕入了地狱。这里他是用白伞盖来指代王位。巴利
51.Niddāyamāno sayanavare pabujjhitvā ahaṃ olokento paṇḍaraṃ setacchattaṃ addasaṃ. Yenāhaṃ nirayaṃ gatoti yena setacchattena tato tatiye attabhāve ahaṃ nirayaṃ gato, setacchattasīsena rajjaṃ vadati.
52 我一见到那白伞盖,就在看见它的同一刹那——也就是与那次看见同时——心里立刻生起了恐惧。由于我已经完全看清了它的过患,所以生起了令人害怕的内心惊惧。我进入了思量:我怎样才能从这王位中脱身?我怎样才能摆脱这个不吉利的王位?我就这样开始反复思索。巴利
52.Saha diṭṭhassa me chattanti taṃ setacchattaṃ diṭṭhassa diṭṭhavato me saha tena dassanena, dassanasamakālamevāti attho. Tāso uppajji bheravoti suparividitādīnavattā bhayānako cittutrāso udapādi. Vinicchayaṃ samāpanno, kathāhaṃ imaṃ muñcissanti kathaṃ nu kho ahaṃ imaṃ rajjaṃ kāḷakaṇṇiṃ muñceyyanti evaṃ vicāraṇaṃ āpajjiṃ.
53 前世曾是我母亲的那位天神Pubbasālohitā,过去在某一世中曾生为我的母亲,就住在那个伞盖里,她希望我得到好处,真心为我着想。她看到我内心痛苦,就在三个方面引导我:那位天神看到我被内心的痛苦折磨成这样,就引导我趣向于被称为哑、盲、聋三种状态的、从王位之苦中出离的原因。巴利
53.Pubbasālohitā mayhanti pubbe ekasmiṃ attabhāve mama mātubhūtapubbā tasmiṃ chatte adhivatthā devatā mayhaṃ atthakāminī hitesinī. Sā maṃ disvāna dukkhitaṃ, tīsu ṭhānesu yojayīti sā devatā maṃ tathā cetodukkhena dukkhitaṃ disvā mūgapakkhabadhirabhāvasaṅkhātesu tīsu rajjadukkhato nikkhamanakāraṇesu yojesi.
54 贤明,就是贤明的状态,或者也可以就是这种读法。莫显,就是不要显露。愚人想,就是被人认作愚人。一切,就是所有内眷和外面的大众。令轻视,就是让他们轻视,说赶走这个不吉利的家伙吧。如是汝得利益,就是像上面所说的那样,在被轻贱的情况下,你离家出走,就能获得利益,圆满波罗蜜。巴利
54.Paṇḍiccayanti paṇḍiccaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. Mā vibhāvayāti mā pakāsehi. Bālamatoti bāloti ñāto. Sabboti sakalo antojano ceva bahijano ca. Ocināyatūti nīharathetaṃ kāḷakaṇṇinti avajānātu. Evaṃ tava attho bhavissatīti evaṃ yathāvuttanayena avajānitabbabhāve sati tuyhaṃ gehato nikkhamanena hitaṃ pāramiparipūraṇaṃ bhavissati.
55 “你应确立这三项”这句话,就是指“你应确立这三支分”的这番话。母亲天神啊,你是为我求利益的人,意思是你是希望我得到利益的人。“希求利”是同一个意思的另一种说法。或者,这里的“利益”应理解为安乐,而“利”则是作为安乐之因的功德。巴利
55.Tetaṃvacananti te etaṃ tīṇi aṅgāni adhiṭṭhāhīti vacanaṃ. Atthakāmāsi me ammāti amma devate, mama atthakāmā asi. Hitakāmāti tasseva pariyāyavacanaṃ. Atthoti vā ettha sukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Hitanti tassa kāraṇabhūtaṃ puññaṃ.
56 就像在大海里沉没的人找到陆地站稳一样,我出生在盗贼家里,这对我极为不利,我沉没在忧悲的大海里。听了那位天神的话之后,我就像在大海里快要沉没的人找到了陆地、有了立足之处,得到了离开王族家庭的方法——这就是这段话的意思。确立三项:直到我从家里出来为止,我确立了三项作为依据。巴利
56.Sāgareva thalaṃ labhinti coragehe vatāhaṃ jāto, ahu me mahāvatānatthoti sokasāgare osīdanto tassā devatāya ahaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā sāgare osīdanto viya thalaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ alabhiṃ, rajjakulato nikkhamanopāyaṃ alabhinti attho. Tayo aṅge adhiṭṭhahinti yāva gehato nikkhamiṃ, tāva tīṇi aṅgāni kāraṇāni adhiṭṭhahiṃ.
57 现在为了具体说明这些,诵出“成为哑者”这首偈颂。其中,pakkha 指瘫痪者。其余内容很容易理解。巴利
57. Idāni tāni sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘‘mūgo ahosi’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha pakkhoti pīṭhasappi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
大士就这样依照天神给出的方法安住下来,从满一岁起,便以哑巴等样子来示现自己。父母、乳母等人心想:“哑巴的下颌不是这样的,聋子的耳朵不是这样的,丰臀者的手脚也不是这样的,这里面一定有原因,我们要试探一下。”于是他们想:“先用奶来试探吧。”便一整天不给他奶喝。他即使饿得消瘦,也不为了要奶而发出声音。巴利
Evaṃ pana mahāsatte devatāya dinnanaye ṭhatvā jātavassato paṭṭhāya mūgādibhāvena attānaṃ dassente mātāpitaro dhātiādayo ca ‘‘mūgānaṃ hanupariyosānaṃ nāma evarūpaṃ na hoti, badhirānaṃ kaṇṇasotaṃ nāma evarūpaṃ na hoti, pīṭhasappīnaṃ hatthapādā nāma evarūpā na honti, bhavitabbamettha kāraṇena, vīmaṃsissāma na’’nti cintetvā ‘‘khīrena tāva vīmaṃsissāmā’’ti sakaladivasaṃ khīraṃ na denti. So sussantopi khīratthāya saddaṃ na karoti.
这时他的母亲说:“我儿子饿了,给他奶喝吧。”就让人送来了奶。他们就这样隔一阵子不给奶,考察了整整一年,也没看出什么破绽。接着他们又想:“小孩子嘛,总喜欢糕点零食,喜欢各种果子,喜欢玩具,喜欢吃的东西。”于是拿来各种诱人的东西,用引诱的办法来考察他,一直到他五岁,也没看出什么破绽。然后他们又想:“小孩嘛,都怕火,怕发狂的象,怕蛇,怕举着剑的人,我们就用这些来考验他。”他们事先安排好,让这些不会真的伤到他,然后让这些东西以极其恐怖的样子朝他逼近。巴利
Athassa mātā ‘‘putto me chāto, khīramassa dethā’’ti khīraṃ dāpesi. Evaṃ antarantarā khīraṃ adatvā ekasaṃvaccharaṃ vīmaṃsantāpi antaraṃ na passiṃsu. Tato ‘‘kumārakā nāma pūvakhajjakaṃ piyāyanti, phalāphalaṃ piyāyanti, kīḷanabhaṇḍakaṃ piyāyanti, bhojanaṃ piyāyantī’’ti tāni tāni palobhanīyāni upanetvā vīmaṃsanavasena palobhentā yāva pañcavassakālā antaraṃ na passiṃsu. Atha naṃ ‘‘dārakā nāma aggito bhāyanti, mattahatthito bhāyanti, sappato bhāyanti, ukkhittāsikapurisato bhāyanti, tehi vīmaṃsissāmā’’ti yathā tehissa anattho na jāyati, tathā purimameva saṃvidahitvā atibhayānakākārena upagacchante kāresuṃ.
大士想到地狱的可怕,心想:“跟这个比起来,地狱要可怕百倍、千倍、十万倍。”于是始终纹丝不动。他们这样考察之后,还是找不到任何破绽,便又想:“小孩子嘛,总是喜欢热闹的集会。”于是举办集会,用帷幕把大士围起来,在他毫不知情的时候,从四面猛然同时响起螺号声和鼓声;又在黑暗中用罐子端着灯,突然把光亮照出来;又把尿粪涂满他全身,让他躺在苍蝇成群的地方;不给他沐浴等照料,任凭他躺在粪尿上面而置之不理;当他陷在那样的处境中躺着时,又用嘲笑和辱骂去刺激他;又在床下放上火盆,用炙热来折磨他。他们用这样种种方法考察,始终没有找到他的破绽。巴利
Mahāsatto nirayabhayaṃ āvajjetvā ‘‘ito sataguṇena sahassaguṇena satasahassaguṇena nirayo bhāyitabbo’’ti niccalova hoti. Evampi vīmaṃsitvā antaraṃ na passantā puna ‘‘dārakā nāma samajjatthikā hontī’’ti samajjaṃ kāretvāpi mahāsattaṃ sāṇiyā parikkhipitvā ajānantasseva catūsu passesu saṅkhasaddehi bherisaddehi ca sahasā ekaninnādaṃ kāretvāpi andhakāre ghaṭehi dīpaṃ upanetvā sahasā ālokaṃ dassetvāpi sakalasarīraṃ phāṇitena makkhetvā bahumakkhike ṭhāne nipajjāpetvāpi nhāpanādīni akatvā uccārapassāvamatthake nipannaṃ ajjhupekkhitvāpi tattha ca palipannaṃ sayamānaṃ parihāsehi akkosanehi ca ghaṭṭetvāpi heṭṭhāmañce aggikapallaṃ katvā uṇhasantāpena pīḷetvāpīti evaṃ nānāvidhehi upāyehi vīmaṃsantāpissa antaraṃ na passiṃsu.
大士在任何情况下都只忆念地狱的恐怖,坚定自己的决心不动摇,始终如如不动。就这样考察了十五年,到了十六岁时,他们心想:“就算是瘫子、哑巴、聋子,也不可能对可爱的东西不贪染、对可厌的东西不瞋怒。”于是安排了一场歌舞表演来考验王子:用香汤给王子沐浴,把他打扮得像天子一样,让他登上一座宛如天宫、弥漫着花香花鬘等芬芳的宫殿,又让那些容貌最美、姿态妩媚、如同天女一般的女子去侍候他,吩咐道:“去吧,用歌舞等让王子欢喜。”她们走上前去,努力讨王子欢心。王子因为智慧具足,心想:“别让她们碰到我的身体。”便屏住了呼吸。她们碰不到他的身体,就说:“这人身体僵硬,不是人,恐怕是亚卡。”于是都离开了。巴利
Mahāsatto hi sabbattha nirayabhayameva āvajjetvā adhiṭṭhānaṃ avikopento niccalova ahosi. Evaṃ pannarasavassāni vīmaṃsitvā atha soḷasavassakāle ‘‘pīṭhasappino vā hontu mūgabadhirā vā rajanīyesu arajjantā dussanīyesu adussantā nāma natthīti nāṭakānissa paccupaṭṭhapetvā vīmaṃsissāmā’’ti kumāraṃ gandhodakena nhāpetvā devaputtaṃ viya alaṅkaritvā devavimānakappaṃ pupphagandhadāmādīhi ekāmodapamodaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā uttamarūpadharā bhāvavilāsasampannā devaccharāpaṭibhāgā itthiyo upaṭṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘gacchatha naccādīhi kumāraṃ abhiramāpethā’’ti. Tā upagantvā tathā kātuṃ vāyamiṃsu. So buddhisampannatāya ‘‘imā me sarīrasamphassaṃ mā vindiṃsū’’ti assāsapassāse nirundhi. Tā tassa sarīrasamphassaṃ avindantiyo ‘‘thaddhasarīro esa, nāyaṃ manusso, yakkho bhavissatī’’ti pakkamiṃsu.
就这样,十六年来,父母用十六种大考验和许多小考验,都没能探出他的底细。于是他们对他说:亲爱的特弥亚王子,我们知道你并不是真的哑巴等等,因为那些残废的人,嘴巴、耳朵、耳道和脚掌不会像你这样。你是我们求来的儿子,别毁了我们,救我们脱离整个赡部洲各国国王的责备吧。他们一起求,又各自轮流求,求了很多次。他虽然被这样恳求,却像没听见一样,躺着不动。巴利
Evaṃ soḷasa vassāni soḷasahi mahāvīmaṃsāhi anekāhi ca khuddakavīmaṃsāhi pariggaṇhituṃ asakkuṇitvā mātāpitaro ‘‘tāta, temiyakumāra, mayaṃ tava amūgādibhāvaṃ jānāma, na hi tesaṃ evarūpāni mukhakaṇṇasotapādāni honti, tvaṃ amhehi patthetvā laddhaputtako, mā no nāsehi, sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ santikā garahato mocehī’’ti saha visuṃ visuñca anekavāraṃ yāciṃsu. So tehi evaṃ yāciyamānopi asuṇanto viya hutvā nipajji.
58 于是国王让擅长检验的人检查了大士的双脚、耳孔、舌头和双手,然后相师们说出了现在这番话:“他的脚等部位虽然不像瘫痪之类的人那样,但依我看,这个人是瘫痪、哑巴、聋子。这样的不祥之人住在这家里,会出现三种危险:要么危及性命,要么危及王位,要么危及王后。”其实在王子出生那天,大臣们就曾禀报说:“为了消除你们的忧愁,相师们说过他具有‘谷堆福德之相’。”国王听了之后,因害怕危险而恐惧,便命令道:“去,把他放在不吉祥的车上,从西门运出去,在乱葬岗埋掉。”大士听到这话,欢喜踊跃:“我长久以来的心愿,终于要圆满了。”因此才说“于是我的手足”等语。巴利
58. Atha rājā mahāsattassa ubho pāde kaṇṇasote jivhaṃ ubho ca hatthe kusalehi purisehi vīmaṃsāpetvā ‘‘yadipi apīṭhasappiādīnaṃ viyassa pādādayo, tathāpi ayaṃ pīṭhasappi mūgabadhiro maññe, īdise kāḷakaṇṇipurise imasmiṃ gehe vasante tayo antarāyā paññāyanti jīvitassa vā chattassa vā mahesiyā vā’’ti lakkhaṇapāṭhakehi idāni kathitaṃ. Jātadivase pana ‘‘tumhākaṃ domanassapariharaṇatthaṃ ‘dhaññapuññalakkhaṇo’ti vutta’’nti amaccehi ārocitaṃ sutvā antarāyabhayena bhīto ‘‘gacchatha naṃ avamaṅgalarathe nipajjāpetvā pacchimadvārena nīharāpetvā āmakasusāne nikhaṇathā’’ti āṇāpesi. Taṃ sutvā mahāsatto haṭṭho udaggo ahosi – ‘‘cirassaṃ vata me manoratho matthakaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tato me hatthapāde cā’’tiādi.
在这里,“审察”是指通过审察、考察之后。“无缺”是指手等肢体没有残缺。“他们指责说”:他们指责道:“这人虽然肢体完整无缺,却看起来像哑巴之类的人,不能治理王位,是个不祥之人。”也有写成“niddisuṃ”的版本,意思是“他们说”。巴利
Tattha maddiyāti maddanavasena vīmaṃsitvā. Anūnatanti hatthādīhi avikalataṃ. Nindisunti ‘‘evaṃ anūnāvayavopi samāno mūgādi viya dissamāno ‘‘rajjaṃ kāretuṃ abhabbo, kāḷakaṇṇipuriso aya’’nti garahiṃsu. ‘‘Niddisu’’ntipi pāṭho, vadiṃsūti attho.
59 “对我的抛弃随喜”:所有为了见国王而来到这里的各地居民,以及以将军、国师为首的王臣们,他们全都同心同德、心意一致。为了消除障碍,奉国王之命把我埋入地下时,他们对我被抛弃这件事脸上没有一丝为难,反而当面欢喜赞叹:“善哉!这件事确实应该做。”他们就这样表示了随喜。巴利
59.Chaḍḍanaṃ anumodisunti rājadassanatthaṃ āgatā sabbepi janapadavāsino senāpatipurohitappamukhā rājapurisā te sabbepi ekamanā samānacittā hutvā antarāyapariharaṇatthaṃ raññā āṇattā bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇanavasena mama chaḍḍanaṃ mukhasaṅkocaṃ akatvā abhimukhabhāvena sādhu suṭṭhu idaṃ kattabbamevāti anumodiṃsu.
60 我的这个目的达成了:为了这个目的,我立下像哑巴等那样的誓愿,修习了难行的苦行,这个目的对我来说已经达成。我听到父母等他们的想法和意愿之后,因为自己的愿望达成而欢喜,却没有预料到他们允许把我埋进地里,感到震动不安——应当这样结合上下文来理解。巴利
60.So me attho samijjhathāti yassatthāya yadatthaṃ tato mūgādibhāvādhiṭṭhānavasena dukkaracaraṇaṃ ciṇṇaṃ caritaṃ, so attho mama samijjhati. Tesaṃ mama mātāpituādīnaṃ matiṃ adhippāyaṃ sutvā so ahaṃ mama adhippāyasamijjhanena haṭṭho anupadhāretvā bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇanānujānanena saṃviggamānasova ahosinti vacanasesena sambandho veditabbo.
61 国王下令把王子埋进地里时,月天女听到这个消息,就来到国王面前,说:“大王,您曾答应给我一个恩惠,我一直留着没用,现在请把它给我。”国王说:“王后,你拿去吧。”她说:“请把王位给我的儿子。”国王说:“你的儿子是个不祥之人,不能给。”她说:“那么,大王,既然您不肯给一辈子,那就给七年吧。”国王说:“那也不行。”她又说:“六年、五年、四年、三年、二年、一年;七个月、六个月、五个月、四个月、三个月、两个月、一个月、半个月,哪怕七天,请给他吧。”国王说:“好吧,你拿去吧。”巴利
61. Evaṃ kumārassa bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇane raññā āṇatte candādevī taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘deva, tumhehi mayhaṃ varo dinno, mayā ca gahitakaṃ katvā ṭhapito, taṃ me idāni dethā’’ti. ‘‘Gaṇha, devī’’ti. ‘‘Puttassa me rajjaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Putto te kāḷakaṇṇī, na sakkā dātu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, deva, yāvajīvaṃ adento satta vassāni dethā’’ti. ‘‘Tampi na sakkā’’ti. ‘‘Cha vassāni, pañcacattāritīṇidveekaṃ vassaṃ, satta māse, chapañcacattārotayodveekaṃ māsaṃaddhamāsaṃsattāhaṃ dethā’’ti. Sādhu gaṇhāti.
她让人给儿子打扮好,在城里击鼓宣告:“这是特弥亚王子的王位。”又让人装饰城市,把儿子扶上象背,在他头顶撑起白伞,绕城右旋一圈。回来后,让他躺在装饰华美的吉祥床上,整夜哀求他:“亲爱的特弥亚,因为你,这十六年来我没能睡过觉,哭得双眼都坏了,悲伤得心都要裂开。我知道你不是瘫痪、哑巴之类的残疾,别让我变成无依无靠的人。”就这样哀求了六天。第六天,国王叫来名叫苏难陀的御者,说:“明天一早,你用不吉祥的车把王子带出去,在荒坟地里挖坑埋了,把土堆高,然后回来。”王后听了这话,说:“孩子,迦尸国王下令明天把你埋到荒坟地里。明天你就要死了。”巴利
Sā puttaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā ‘‘temiyakumārassa idaṃ rajja’’nti nagare bheriṃ carāpetvā nagaraṃ alaṅkārāpetvā puttaṃ hatthikkhandhaṃ āropetvā setacchattaṃ matthake kārāpetvā nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā āgataṃ alaṅkatasirisayane nipajjāpetvā sabbarattiṃ yāci – ‘‘tāta temiya, taṃ nissāya soḷasa vassāni niddaṃ alabhitvā rodamānāya me akkhīni uppakkāni, sokena hadayaṃ bhijjati viya, tava apīṭhasappiādibhāvaṃ jānāmi, mā maṃ anāthaṃ karī’’ti. Iminā niyāmena cha divase yāci. Chaṭṭhe divase rājā sunandaṃ nāma sārathiṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘‘sve pātova avamaṅgalarathena kumāraṃ nīharitvā āmakasusāne bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇitvā pathavivaḍḍhanakakammaṃ katvā ehī’’ti āha. Taṃ sutvā devī ‘‘tāta, kāsirājā taṃ sve āmakasusāne nikhaṇituṃ āṇāpesi. Sve maraṇaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti āha.
大士听了这话,心想:“特弥亚,你十六年来的努力已经达到顶点了。”于是满心欢喜、兴高采烈。可他母亲的心却像要裂开一样。那天夜里过去后,清晨,御者把车带来停在门口,走进内寝,说:“王后,请不要生我的气,这是国王的命令。”他把抱着儿子躺着的王后用手背推开,抱起王子,走下高楼。王后捶着胸口,放声大哭,留在大殿上。巴利
Mahāsatto taṃ sutvā ‘‘temiya, soḷasa vassāni tayā kato vāyāmo matthakaṃ patto’’ti haṭṭho udaggo ahosi. Mātuyā panassa hadayaṃ bhijjanākāraṃ viya ahosi. Atha tassā rattiyā accayena pātova sārathi rathaṃ ādāya dvāre ṭhapetvā sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā ‘‘devi, mā mayhaṃ kujjhi, rañño āṇā’’ti puttaṃ āliṅgitvā nipannaṃ deviṃ piṭṭhihatthena apanetvā kumāraṃ ukkhipitvā pāsādā otari. Devī uraṃ paharitvā mahāsaddena paridevitvā mahātale ohīyi.
这时,大士看着母亲,心想:“我若一直不说话,母亲一定会非常悲伤。”他虽然想开口,但转念又想:“如果我说出来,这十六年的努力就白费了;可我要是不说,就能成为自己和父母的助缘。”于是便忍耐下来。御者本来打算把大士扶上车后,驾车朝西门去,结果却把车赶向了东门。车出了城,靠着天神的威神力,一下子走了三由旬。大士心里越发欢喜。在那里,御者看那片树林,觉得像是一处荒坟。他想:“这地方不错。”便把车赶下大路,停在路边,从车上下来,解下大士身上的饰物,包成一包放好,拿起锄头,在附近开始挖坑。因此经中说:“沐浴后、涂抹香料后”等等。巴利
Atha naṃ mahāsatto oloketvā ‘‘mayi akathente mātu soko balavā bhavissatī’’ti kathetukāmo hutvāpi ‘‘sace kathessāmi soḷasa vassāni kato vāyāmo mogho bhavissati, akathento panāhaṃ attano ca mātāpitūnañca paccayo bhavissāmī’’ti adhivāsesi. Sārathi ‘‘mahāsattaṃ rathaṃ āropetvā pacchimadvārābhimukhaṃ rathaṃ pesessāmī’’ti pācīnadvārābhimukhaṃ pesesi. Ratho nagarā nikkhamitvā devatānubhāvena tiyojanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Mahāsatto suṭṭhutaraṃ tuṭṭhacitto ahosi. Tattha vanaghaṭaṃ sārathissa āmakasusānaṃ viya upaṭṭhāsi. So ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ sundara’’nti rathaṃ okkamāpetvā maggapasse ṭhapetvā rathā oruyha mahāsattassa ābharaṇabhaṇḍaṃ omuñcitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā ṭhapetvā kudālaṃ ādāya avidūre āvāṭaṃ khaṇituṃ ārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nhāpetvā anulimpitvā’’tiādi.
在那里,用十六罐香水给他沐浴,就是“沐浴后”。涂上芳香的香膏,就是“涂抹香料后”。把历代迦尸国王世代相传的王冠戴在头上,就是“缠上王冠”。按照那个王族的灌顶仪轨举行灌顶,就是“行灌顶”。“让人举着白伞带我右绕城市”,就是让人举着白色华盖,带我右绕那座城市。巴利
Tattha nhāpetvāti soḷasahi gandhodakaghaṭehi nhāpetvā. Anulimpitvāti surabhivilepanena vilimpetvā. Veṭhetvā rājaveṭhananti kāsirājūnaṃ paveṇiyāgataṃ rājamakuṭaṃ sīse paṭimuñcitvā. Abhisiñcitvāti tasmiṃ rājakule rājābhisekaniyāmena abhisiñcitvā. Chattena kāresuṃ puraṃ padakkhiṇanti setacchattena dhāriyamānena maṃ nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ kāresuṃ.
62 “举持了七天”:因为我的母亲月天女得到了殊胜的恩惠,所以让我举着白色华盖,整整举了七天。“当太阳升起时”:到了第二天,太阳刚升起,御者苏难陀就用那辆不吉祥的车把我从城里带出去,进入树林,准备把我埋进地里。巴利
62.Sattāhaṃ dhārayitvānāti mayhaṃ mātu candādeviyā varalābhanavasena laddhaṃ sattāhaṃ mama setacchattaṃ dhārayitvā. Uggate ravimaṇḍaleti tato punadivase sūriyamaṇḍale uggatamatte avamaṅgalarathena maṃ nagarato nīharitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikhaṇanatthaṃ sārathi sunando vanamupagacchi.
63 马已备好,意思是把马套上轭,把我的车驾好,然后让车离开道路,停到一边。手已松开,意思是手空出来了,也就是从驾车中腾出了手。或者,手已松开,意思是从我手中解脱而放开。坑,就是坑洞。要挖,就是为了挖掘。巴利
63.Sajjassanti sannaddho assaṃ, yuge yojitassaṃ me rathaṃ maggato ukkamāpanavasena ekokāse katvā. Hatthamuccitoti muccitahattho, rathapācanato muttahatthoti attho. Atha vā hatthamuccitoti hatthamutto mama hatthato muccitvāti attho. Kāsunti āvāṭaṃ. Nikhātunti nikhaṇituṃ.
64-5 现在,为了说明我以装哑等方式立下誓愿、苦修了十六年这件事,诵出“誓愿已立”这两首偈颂。巴利
64-5. Idāni yadatthaṃ mayā soḷasa vassāni mūgavatādiadhiṭṭhānena dukkaracariyā adhiṭṭhitā, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘adhiṭṭhitamadhiṭṭhāna’’nti gāthādvayamāha.
其中,所谓“以种种原因威胁”,是指从他两个月大开始,一直到十六岁,用禁止喂奶等种种不同的手段来威胁他,以驱散恐惧为借口折磨他。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
Tattha tajjento vividhakāraṇāti dvimāsikakālato paṭṭhāya yāva soḷasasaṃvaccharā thaññapaṭisedhanādīhi vividhehi nānappakārehi kāraṇehi tajjayanto bhayaviddhaṃsanavasena viheṭhiyamāno. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
这时,大士看见苏难陀在挖坑,心想:“这正是我该出力的时候了。”于是他站起来,揉搓自己的手脚,知道自己有力量下车,便生起了这个念头。就在那一刻,他脚下站立的地方像灌满风的皮囊一样鼓胀起来,一直顶到车子的后部才停住。他下车后,来回走了几趟,知道自己“就算走一百由旬也有力气”,于是抓住车子的后部,像举起小孩的玩具车一样把车举了起来,心里想:“就算御者跟我作对,我也有力气跟他抗衡。”接着,他为了装扮自己而生起了念头。就在那一瞬间,帝释天的宫殿出现了发热的征兆。帝释天知道其中的缘由,便命令毗首羯磨:“去,给迦尸国王子装扮起来。”毗首羯磨回答:“遵命。”然后用天界和人间的种种饰物,把王子装扮得像帝释天一样。于是王子以天王般的威仪,走到御者挖坑的地方,站在坑边——巴利
Atha mahāsatto sunande kāsuṃ khaṇante ‘‘ayaṃ me vāyāmakālo’’ti uṭṭhāya attano hatthapāde sambāhitvā rathā otarituṃ me balaṃ atthīti ñatvā cittaṃ uppādesi. Tāvadevassa pādapatiṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ vātapuṇṇabhastacammaṃ viya uggantvā rathassa pacchimantaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi. So otaritvā katipaye vāre aparāparaṃ caṅkamitvā ‘‘yojanasatampi gantuṃ me balaṃ atthī’’ti ñatvā rathaṃ pacchimante gahetvā kumārakānaṃ kīḷanayānakaṃ viya ukkhipitvā ‘‘sace sārathi mayā saddhiṃ paṭivirujjheyya, atthi me paṭivirujjhituṃ bala’’nti sallakkhetvā pasādhanatthāya cittaṃ uppādesi. Taṅkhaṇaññeva sakkassa bhavanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. Sakko taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā vissakammaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha kāsirājaputtaṃ alaṅkarohī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhū’’ti vatvā dibbehi ca mānusehi ca alaṅkārehi sakkaṃ viya taṃ alaṅkari. So devarājalīḷāya sārathissa khaṇanokāsaṃ gantvā āvāṭatīre ṭhatvā –
御者啊,你为什么这么急急忙忙地挖坑?
朋友,我问你,你就直说吧,你要拿这个坑做什么?巴利
‘‘Kinnu santaramānova, kāsuṃ khaṇasi sārathi; Puṭṭho me samma akkhāhi, kiṃ kāsuyā karissasī’’ti. (jā. 2.22.3) –
他没有往上看,就说——巴利
Tena uddhaṃ anoloketvāva –
国王生了个儿子,既愚钝又跛,心智愚钝;
国王命令我:“把我的儿子埋到树林里去。”巴利
‘‘Rañño mūgo ca pakkho ca, putto jāto acetaso; Somhi raññā samajjhiṭṭho, puttaṃ me nikhaṇaṃ vane’’ti. (jā. 2.22.4) –
说已,大士说道:巴利
Vutte mahāsatto –
我不是聋子,不是哑巴,也没有跛脚或残疾。
御者,如果你把我埋进树林里,那就是在做不合正法的事。
请看看我的大腿和手臂,也请听我说的话。
御者啊,如果你把我埋在这树林里,那就是做了非法的事。巴利
‘‘Na badhiro na mūgosmi, na pakkho na ca vīkalo; Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane. ‘‘Ūrū bāhuñca me passa, bhāsitañca suṇohi me; Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane’’ti. (jā. 2.22.5-6) –
说完之后,那人又放下挖掘,抬头向上看,见到他相貌端严,分不清“这是人还是天人”,于是——巴利
Vatvā puna tena āvāṭakhaṇanaṃ pahāya uddhaṃ oloketvā tassa rūpasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘manusso vā devo vā’’ti ajānantena –
你是天神,还是甘塔拔?或者是帝释天,富兰陀罗?
你是谁?你是谁的儿子?我怎么能知道你呢?巴利
‘‘Devatā nusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado; Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ maya’’nti. (jā. 2.22.7) –
我不是天神,不是乾闼婆,也不是帝释天富兰陀罗;
我是迦尸王的儿子,你正要把我埋进这坑里。
我是那位国王的儿子,你就是靠他过活的。
御者,如果你把我埋进树林里,那就是在做非法的事。
在哪棵树的树荫下应该坐或躺?
不要折断它的树枝,因为伤害朋友的人确实很恶劣。
就像树是国王,树枝是我。
就像靠近树荫乘凉的人一样,御者,你也是如此。
御者啊,如果你把我埋在林子里,那就是在做不合正法的事。巴利
‘‘Namhi devo na gandhabbo, nāpi sakko purindado; Kāsirañño ahaṃ putto, yaṃ kāsuyā nikhaññasi. ‘‘Tassa rañño ahaṃ putto, yaṃ tvaṃ sammūpajīvasi; Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane. ‘‘Yassa rukkhassa chāyāya, nisīdeyya sayeyya vā; Na tassa sākhaṃ bhañjeyya, mittadubbho hi pāpako. ‘‘Yathā rukkho tathā rājā, yathā sākhā tathā ahaṃ; Yathā chāyūpago poso, evaṃ tvamasi sārathi; Adhammaṃ sārathi kayirā, maṃ ce tvaṃ nikhaṇaṃ vane’’ti. (jā. 2.22.8-11) –
他以适当的方法开示了法义之后,有人恳请他回去,他便详细讲述了不回去的理由、出家的意愿以及其中的原因——比如对地狱等的恐惧,还有自己过去世中的经历。借着那场法谈和那种修行示范,当那个人也生起出家之心时,他便对国王说了这首偈颂:巴利
Ādinā nayena dhammaṃ desetvā tena nivattanatthaṃ yācito anivattanakāraṇaṃ pabbajjāchandaṃ tassa ca hetu nirayabhayādikaṃ atītabhave attano pavattiṃ vitthārena kathetvā tāya dhammakathāya tāya ca paṭipattiyā tasmimpi pabbajitukāme jāte rañño imaṃ –
把车交还之后,你就无债一身轻了,来吧,御者。
无负债者的出家,才是诸仙人所赞叹的。巴利
‘‘Rathaṃ niyyātayitvāna, anaṇo ehi sārathi; Anaṇassa hi pabbajjā, etaṃ isīhi vaṇṇita’’nti. (jā. 2.22.44) –
说完之后,就把他打发走了。巴利
Vatvā taṃ vissajjesi.
他拿了车和装饰品,去到国王那里,把这件事禀告了国王。国王立刻说:“我要去大士那里。”就从城里出发,带着四支军队、后宫妃嫔以及城中百姓和乡村居民。大士也把车夫打发走了,生起了想要出家的心。帝释天知道他的心思,就派毗首羯磨去,说:“特弥亚贤者想要出家,你给他建一座精舍和出家用的资具。”毗首羯磨去了之后,在三由旬的森林里建了一座精舍,布置好了夜间住处、日间住处、经行处、池塘和果树,又把所有出家资具都备齐了,然后回到自己的住处。大士看到这些,知道是帝释天所赐,就走进了树叶搭的棚屋,脱掉衣服,换上苦行者的装束,坐在木柴铺上,修成了八等至和五神通,在精舍里以出家的安乐而安住。巴利
So rathaṃ ābharaṇāni ca gahetvā rañño santikaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Rājā tāvadeva ‘‘mahāsattassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti nagarato niggacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya itthāgārehi nāgarajānapadehi ca. Mahāsattopi kho sārathiṃ uyyojetvā pabbajitukāmo jāto. Tassa cittaṃ ñatvā sakko vissakammaṃ pesesi – ‘‘temiyapaṇḍito pabbajitukāmo, tassa assamapadaṃ pabbajitaparikkhāre ca māpehī’’ti. So gantvā tiyojanike vanasaṇḍe assamaṃ māpetvā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānacaṅkamanapokkharaṇīphalarukkhasampannaṃ katvā sabbe ca pabbajitaparikkhāre māpetvā sakaṭṭhānameva gato. Bodhisatto taṃ disvā sakkadattiyabhāvaṃ ñatvā paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā vatthāni apanetvā tāpasavesaṃ gahetvā kaṭṭhatthare nisinno aṭṭha samāpattiyo, pañca ca abhiññāyo nibbattetvā pabbajjāsukhena assame nisīdi.
迦尸国王也沿着车夫指出的路走去,进入修行林,与大士相见,互相问候之后,便以王位邀请他回去。特弥亚贤者拒绝了,并用种种方式,结合无常和欲望过患等法义开示,让国王心生警醒。国王内心受到触动,对居家生活感到厌倦,想要出家,就去问大臣和后宫的人。他们也都想出家。于是国王以月天女为首,知道有一万六千名宫妃以及大臣等都想出家,便在城中击鼓宣告:“凡是想在我儿子那里出家的人,都可以出家。”又让人打开金库等,发放财物。城中百姓也放下各自照常营业的店铺和敞着大门的家,来到国王身边。国王便和大众一起,在大士那里出家。帝释天所赐的三由旬修行林,就这样住满了人。巴利
Kāsirājāpi sārathinā dassitamaggena gantvā assamaṃ pavisitvā mahāsattena saha samāgantvā katapaṭisanthāro rajjena nimantesi. Temiyapaṇḍito taṃ paṭikkhipitvā anekākāravokāraṃ aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya ca kāmādīnavapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca dhammiyā kathāya rājānaṃ saṃvejesi. So saṃviggamānaso gharāvāse ukkaṇṭhito pabbajitukāmo hutvā amacce itthāgāre ca pucchi. Tepi pabbajitukāmā ahesuṃ. Atha rājā candādeviṃ ādiṃ katvā soḷasa sahasse orodhe ca amaccādike ca pabbajitukāme ñatvā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – ‘‘ye mama puttassa santike pabbajitukāmā, te pabbajantū’’ti. Suvaṇṇakoṭṭhāgārādīni ca vivarāpetvā vissajjāpesi. Nāgarā ca yathāpasāriteyeva āpaṇe vivaṭadvārāneva gehāni ca pahāya rañño santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Rājā mahājanena saddhiṃ mahāsattassa santike pabbaji. Sakkadattiyaṃ tiyojanikaṃ assamapadaṃ paripūri.
邻近各国的国王们听说“迦尸国王出家了”,就想“我们去夺取波罗奈国吧”,于是进入那座城市。他们看到那座城市像天城一样,充满了七宝,王宫也像天宫一样,就想“依靠这些财富,必定会有恐惧”,于是立刻出城离开了。大士听说他们来了,就到林子里去,坐在空中为他们说法。他们全都带着自己的随从,在大士跟前出家了。就这样,一批又一批地来,形成了大集会。大家都吃各种果实,修行沙门之法。如果有人生起欲望等念头,大士知道了他的心,就到他那里去,坐在空中为他说法。巴利
Sāmantarājāno ‘‘kāsirājā pabbajito’’ti sutvā ‘‘bārāṇasirajjaṃ gahessāmā’’ti nagaraṃ pavisitvā devanagarasadisaṃ nagaraṃ sattaratanabharitaṃ devavimānakappaṃ rājanivesanañca disvā ‘‘imaṃ dhanaṃ nissāya bhayena bhavitabba’’nti tāvadeva nikkhamitvā pāyāsuṃ. Tesaṃ āgamanaṃ sutvā mahāsatto vanantaṃ gantvā ākāse nisīditvā dhammaṃ desesi. Te sabbe saddhiṃ parisāya tassa santike pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ aparepi aparepīti mahāsamāgamo ahosi. Sabbe phalāphalāni paribhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonti. Yo kāmādivitakkaṃ vitakketi, tassa cittaṃ ñatvā mahāsatto tattha gantvā ākāse nisīditvā dhammaṃ deseti.
他得到适合听闻正法的条件后,修成了各种等至和神通。就这样,一个接一个,所有人命终后都投生到梵天界。连畜生道的有情也对大士和仙人众生起了净信,死后转生到六欲天中。大士的梵行延续了很久很久,经历了漫长的岁月。那时候,住在伞盖上的天神就是后来的莲华色,御者就是后来的舍利弗长老,父母就是后来佛陀时代的大王族,随行大众就是佛陀的随行众,而月智者就是世尊。巴利
So dhammassavanasappāyaṃ labhitvā samāpattiyo abhiññāyo ca nibbatteti. Evaṃ aparopi aparopīti sabbepi jīvitapariyosāne brahmalokaparāyanā ahesuṃ. Tiracchānagatāpi mahāsatte isigaṇepi cittaṃ pasādetvā chasu kāmasaggesu nibbattiṃsu. Mahāsattassa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ pavattittha. Tadā chatte adhivatthā devatā uppalavaṇṇā ahosi, sārathi sāriputtatthero, mātāpitaro mahārājakulāni, parisā buddhaparisā, temiyapaṇḍito lokanātho.
在这里,他的决意波罗蜜已经达到顶点,其余诸波罗蜜也应随其相应而加以确定。同样,从出生满一个月之时起,对地狱的恐惧、对恶行的害怕、对王位的厌恶、出离的征兆、处于聋哑等状态的决意,以及在那当中即使种种阻碍因缘聚集也依然不动摇——像这样种种功德的力量,都应当加以说明。巴利
Tassa adhiṭṭhānapāramī idha matthakaṃ pattā, sesapāramiyopi yathārahaṃ niddhāretabbā. Tathā māsajātakālato paṭṭhāya nirayabhayaṃ pāpabhīrutā rajjajigucchā nekkhammanimittaṃ mūgādibhāvādhiṭṭhānaṃ tattha ca virodhippaccayasamodhānepi niccalabhāvoti evamādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第7章 猴王行持的注释巴利
7. Kapirājacariyāvaṇṇanā
67 第七则本生故事里说“那时我是猴子”,意思是:在那个时候,我投生到猴胎中,长大后有了像大象一样的力量,强壮有力,身体很大,像小马那么高,我就是这样一只猴子。“住在河岸边的洞穴里”,意思是:我住在某条河岸边的一个洞穴那里。巴利
67. Sattame yadā ahaṃ kapi āsinti yasmiṃ kāle ahaṃ kapiyoniyaṃ nibbattitvā vuddhimanvāya nāgabalo thāmasampanno assapotakappamāṇo mahāsarīro kapi homi. Nadīkūle darīsayeti ekissā nadiyā tīre ekasmiṃ darībhāge yadā vāsaṃ kappemīti attho.
据说那时候,菩萨没有守护猴群,而是独自居住。那条河中间有一座小岛,岛上长满了芒果树、波罗蜜树等各种果树。菩萨凭着力气和速度都很强,从河这边的岸上跳起来,落到河中间一块突起的岩石上,再从那里跳起来,落到那座小岛上。他在岛上吃各种果实,傍晚又用同样的办法回来,住在自己的住处,第二天也照样这么做。他就这样过日子。巴利
Tadā kira bodhisatto yūthapariharaṇaṃ akatvā ekacaro hutvā vihāsi. Tassā pana nadiyā vemajjhe eko dīpako nānappakārehi ambapanasādīhi phalarukkhehi sampanno. Bodhisatto thāmajavasampannatāya nadiyā orimatīrato uppatitvā dīpakassa pana nadiyā ca majjhe eko piṭṭhipāsāṇo atthi, tasmiṃ patati. Tato uppatitvā tasmiṃ dīpake patati. So tattha nānappakārāni phalāphalāni khāditvā sāyaṃ teneva upāyena paccāgantvā attano vasanaṭṭhāne vasitvā punadivasepi tatheva karoti. Iminā niyāmena vāsaṃ kappesi.
那时,有一只鳄鱼和妻子一起住在这条河里。他的妻子看见菩萨一次又一次地来回经过,就对他的心脏肉起了贪馋,对鳄鱼说:夫君,我对这只猴子的心脏肉起了贪馋。鳄鱼说:好的,贤妻,你会得到的。接着又说:今天傍晚,等他从岛上回来时,我就抓住他。于是他过去趴在扁平岩石上。菩萨那天外出觅食后,傍晚时分站在岛上,看了看那块岩石,心想:这块岩石现在看起来比平时更高了,到底是什么原因呢?原来,大士对水位和岩石的高度一向判断得很准确。因此他这样想:今天这条河的水并没有减少,可这块岩石却显得更大了。莫非有只鳄鱼正躺在那里,想抓住我?巴利
Tasmiṃ pana kāle eko kumbhīlo sapajāpatiko tassaṃ nadiyaṃ vasati. Tassa bhariyā bodhisattaṃ aparāparaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā tassa hadayamaṃse dohaḷaṃ uppādetvā kumbhīlaṃ āha – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, ayyaputta, imassa vānarassa hadayamaṃse dohaḷo uppanno’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, bhadde, lacchasī’’ti vatvā ‘‘ajja taṃ sāyaṃ dīpakato āgacchantameva gaṇhissāmī’’ti gantvā piṭṭhipāsāṇe nipajji. Bodhisatto taṃ divasaṃ gocaraṃ caritvā sāyanhasamaye dīpake ṭhitova pāsāṇaṃ oloketvā ‘‘ayaṃ pāsāṇo idāni uccataro khāyati, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti cintesi. Mahāsattassa hi udakappamāṇañca pāsāṇappamāṇañca suvavatthāpitameva hoti. Tenassa etadahosi – ‘‘ajja imissā nadiyā udakaṃ neva hāyati, atha ca panāyaṃ pāsāṇo mahā hutvā paññāyati, kacci nu kho ettha mayhaṃ gahaṇatthāya kumbhīlo nipanno’’ti?
他心想:“我先试探一下。”于是就站在原地,像在对岩石说话一样,说道:“喂,岩石!”没有得到回答,他乃至第三次说道:“喂,岩石!”岩石还是没有回应。菩萨又说:“喂,岩石,今天你怎么不回答我了?”鳄鱼心想:“这块岩石在别的日子想必是会回答猴王的,只是今天被我压住了才不回答。好吧,我就替它回答。”于是说道:“猴王,怎么了?”菩萨问:“你是谁?”“我是鳄鱼。”“你躺在这里干什么?”“想要你的心脏。”菩萨心想:“我没有别的路可走了,我的去路确实被堵住了。”因此说:巴利
So ‘‘vīmaṃsissāmi tāva na’’nti tattheva ṭhatvā pāsāṇena saddhiṃ kathento viya ‘‘bho, pāsāṇā’’ti vatvā paṭivacanaṃ alabhanto yāvatatiyaṃ ‘‘bho, pāsāṇā’’ti āha. Pāsāṇo paṭivacanaṃ na deti. Punapi bodhisatto ‘‘kiṃ, bho pāsāṇa, ajja mayhaṃ paṭivacanaṃ na desī’’ti āha. Kumbhīlo ‘‘addhā ayaṃ pāsāṇo aññesu divasesu vānarindassa paṭivacanaṃ deti maññe, ajja pana mayā ottharitattā na deti, handāhaṃ dassāmissa paṭivacana’’nti cintetvā ‘‘kiṃ vānarindā’’ti āha. ‘‘Kosi tva’’nti? ‘‘Ahaṃ kumbhīlo’’ti . ‘‘Kimatthaṃ ettha nipannosī’’ti? ‘‘Tava hadayaṃ patthayamāno’’ti. Bodhisatto cintesi – ‘‘añño me gamanamaggo natthi, paṭiruddhaṃ vata me gamana’’nti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Pīḷito susumārena, gamanaṃ na labhāmahaṃ’’.
我站在哪个地方,就从这里跳向彼岸。
那里曾有个杀敌者,就是那条面相凶恶的鳄鱼。巴利
‘‘Yamhokāse ahaṃ ṭhatvā, orā pāraṃ patāmahaṃ; Tatthacchi sattuvadhako, kumbhīlo luddadassano’’ti.
这里,“被鳄鱼逼迫”这句,在那一首半偈里已经说过了。“在哪个地方”这一偈,则是把它说明白。其中,“在哪个地方”是指站在河中一处叫做背岩的礁石地带。“从近岸”是指叫做岛的这一边河岸。“到对岸”是指那时我居住的河对岸。“我飞越”就是我跳起来飞过去。“那里有”是说在那块背岩地带,有一个身为敌人的杀手,完全就是要杀害我的仇敌,外表如强盗,样子凶恶,令人恐惧,正待在那里。巴利
Tattha ‘‘pīḷito susumārenā’’ti addhagāthāya vuttamevatthaṃ. ‘‘Yamhokāse’’ti gāthāya pākaṭaṃ karoti. Tattha yamhokāseti yasmiṃ nadīmajjhe ṭhitapiṭṭhipāsāṇasaṅkhāte padese ṭhatvā. Orāti dīpakasaṅkhātā oratīrā. Pāranti tadā mama vasanaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ nadiyā paratīraṃ. Patāmahanti uppatitvā patāmi ahaṃ. Tatthacchīti tasmiṃ piṭṭhipāsāṇappadese sattubhūto vadhako ekanteneva ghātako paccatthiko luddadassano ghorarūpo bhayānakadassano nisīdi.
这时,大士心想:“我没有别的路可走了。今天我必须骗过这只鳄鱼。这样一来,既能让他不造下大恶,我也能保住性命。”于是他对鳄鱼说:“喂,鳄鱼老兄,我要从你头顶上跳过去。”鳄鱼说:“猴王,别耍花招了,过来吧。”大士说:“我这就过来。不过你把嘴张开,等我到你跟前时你就抓住我。”鳄鱼不知道一张嘴眼睛就会闭上,就把嘴张开了。嘴一张开,它的眼睛就闭上了。它张着嘴,双眼完全闭上,趴在那里。大士看清了它这副样子,便从岛上纵身跃起,一脚踩在鳄鱼头顶上,再从那里腾空而起,像闪电一样闪闪发光,落到了对岸。因此说:巴利
Atha mahāsatto cintesi – ‘‘añño me gamanamaggo natthi, ajja mayā kumbhīlo vañcetabbo, evañhi ayañca mahatā pāpato mayā parimocito siyā, mayhañca jīvitaṃ laddha’’nti. So kumbhīlaṃ āha – ‘‘samma, kumbhīla, ahaṃ tuyhaṃ upari patissāmī’’ti. Kumbhīlo ‘‘vānarinda, papañcaṃ akatvā ito āgacchāhī’’ti āha. Mahāsatto ‘‘ahaṃ āgacchāmi, tvaṃ pana attano mukhaṃ vivaritvā maṃ tava santikaṃ āgatakāle gaṇhāhī’’ti avoca. Kumbhīlānañca mukhe vivaṭe akkhīni nimmīlanti. So taṃ kāraṇaṃ asallakkhento mukhaṃ vivari. Athassa akkhīni nimmīliṃsu. So mukhaṃ vivaritvā sabbaso nimmīlitakkhī hutvā nipajji. Mahāsatto tassa tathābhāvaṃ ñatvā dīpakato uppatito gantvā kumbhīlassa matthakaṃ akkamitvā tato uppatanto vijjulatā viya vijjotamāno paratīre aṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
他叫我:“来吧!”我就回答他:“我来了。”
我踩着他的头顶,站到了对岸。巴利
‘‘So maṃ asaṃsi ehīti, ahampemīti taṃ vadiṃ; Tassa matthakamakkamma, parakūle patiṭṭhahi’’nti.
在那里,他说了“asaṃsī”。我说“我也来”,意思是我也来。巴利
Tattha asaṃsīti abhāsi. Ahampemīti ahampi āgacchāmīti taṃ kathesiṃ.
由于那座岛点缀着芒果、阎浮树、菠萝蜜等果树林,景色宜人,也适合居住,而菩萨大士因为已经承诺过“我会来”,为了守护真实,也照样做了:“我一定来。”因此说:巴利
Yasmā pana taṃ dīpakaṃ ambajambupanasādiphalarukkhasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ nivāsayoggañca, ‘‘āgacchāmī’’ti pana paṭiññāya dinnattā saccaṃ anurakkhanto mahāsattopi ‘‘āgamissāmevā’’ti tathā akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Na tassa alikaṃ bhaṇitaṃ, yathā vācaṃ akāsaha’’nti.
因为他是在舍弃自己性命的情况下守护真实的,所以说道:巴利
Yasmā cetaṃ saccānurakkhaṇaṃ attano jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā kataṃ, tasmā āha –
凭真实,没有谁能和我相比,这就是我的真实波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Saccena me samo natthi, esā me saccapāramī’’ti.
鳄鱼看到这件稀奇的事,心想:“这位猴王做出了极其稀奇的事。”于是说道:“猴王啊,在这个世界上,具足四种法的人能战胜敌人,我想这四种法你全都具备。”巴利
Kumbhīlo pana taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā ‘‘iminā vānarindena atiaccherakaṃ kata’’nti cintetvā ‘‘bho vānarinda, imasmiṃ loke catūhi dhammehi samannāgato puggalo amitte abhibhavati, te sabbepi tuyhaṃ abbhantare atthi maññe’’ti āha –
猴王啊,如果有人像你一样具备这四种法,
真实、法、坚毅、舍离,他能超越所见之敌。巴利
‘‘Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda, yathā tava; Saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo, diṭṭhaṃ so ativattatī’’ti. (jā. 1.2.147);
这里,“无论何人”指任何一个人。“这些”是用眼前的事实来说明接下来要讲的内容。“四法”指四种功德。“真实”指言语上的真实——你说过“我要到你那里去”,之后没有打妄语,真的来了,这就是你的言语真实。“法”指审察的智慧,也就是“这样做,就会有这样的结果”这种运作的思择智慧,这就是你的法。“坚毅”指不间断的精进,这个你也有。“舍离”指舍弃自己——你舍弃了自己来到我面前;而我却抓不住你,这是我的过错。“所见”指怨敌。“他能超越”是说:一个人如果像你这样具备这四种法,那么就像今天你越过我一样,他也能超越并战胜自己的怨敌。巴利
Tattha yassāti yassa kassaci puggalassa. Eteti idāni vattabbe paccakkhato dasseti. Caturo dhammāti cattāro guṇā. Saccanti vacīsaccaṃ, ‘‘mama santikaṃ āgamissāmī’’ti vatvā musāvādaṃ akatvā āgato evāti etaṃ te vacīsaccaṃ. Dhammoti vicāraṇapaññā, ‘‘evaṃ kate idaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti pavattā te esā vicāraṇapaññā. Dhitīti abbocchinnaṃ vīriyaṃ vuccati, etampi te atthi. Cāgoti attapariccāgo, tvaṃ attānaṃ pariccajitvā mama santikaṃ āgato, yaṃ panāhaṃ gaṇhituṃ nāsakkhiṃ, mayhamevesa doso . Diṭṭhanti paccāmittaṃ. So ativattatīti yassa puggalassa yathā tava evaṃ ete cattāro dhammā atthi, so yathā maṃ tvaṃ ajja atikkanto, tatheva attano paccāmittaṃ atikkamati abhibhavatīti.
鳄鱼这样赞叹了菩萨之后,就回到了自己的住处。那时的鳄鱼是提婆达多,他的妻子是旃遮摩纳维,而猴王则是世间怙主——世尊。巴利
Evaṃ kumbhīlo bodhisattaṃ pasaṃsitvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Tadā kumbhīlo devadatto ahosi, tassa bhariyā ciñcamāṇavikā, kapirājā pana lokanātho.
在这里,其余诸波罗蜜也应依照前面所说的方式加以确定。同样,通过衡量水和石头的大小——现在那块石头看起来更高——以这样的观察方式,了知鳄鱼正趴在石头上;借着石头这个比喻,确定其中含义;再以迅速踏上鳄鱼、飞快在对岸站稳的敏捷,使他从大恶中解脱,保全自己的性命,并守护真实语。像这样,应当阐明这些功德的威力。巴利
Tassa idhāpi heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyo niddhāretabbā. Tathā udakassa pāsāṇassa ca pamāṇavavatthānena idāni pāsāṇo uccataro khāyatīti pariggaṇhanavasena pāsāṇassa upari susumārassa nipannabhāvajānanaṃ, pāsāṇena kathanāpadesena tassatthassa nicchayagamanaṃ, susumārassa upari akkamitvā sahasā paratīre patiṭṭhānavasena sīghakāritāya tassa mahatā pāpato parimocanaṃ, attano jīvitarakkhaṇaṃ, saccavācānurakkhaṇañcāti evamādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第八篇 真理苦行者所行注释巴利
8. Saccatāpasacariyāvaṇṇanā
第八则里,“名为真理的苦行者”是指以“真理”这个词来称呼、名字叫真理的苦行者,也就是我在过去某一世身为这位苦行者的时候。所谓“我以真实守护世间”,是说我凭着自己不欺诳的品性,在赡部洲各处,把那些众生群体从恶行和种种无益之事中守护下来。所谓“我使众人和睦”,是说对那些在各处陷入争吵、冲突、纷争的众人,我先指出争斗的过患,再讲说和合的利益,使他们和睦相处,不再争论,彼此欢喜融洽。巴利
Aṭṭhame tāpaso saccasavhayoti saccasaddena avhātabbo saccanāmako tāpaso yadā yasmiṃ kāle homi, tadā. Saccena lokaṃ pālesinti attano avisaṃvādibhāvena sattalokaṃ jambudīpe tattha tattha sattanikāyaṃ pāpato nānāvidhā anatthato ca rakkhiṃ. Samaggaṃ janamakāsahanti tattha tattha kalahaviggahavivādāpannaṃ mahājanaṃ kalahe ādīnavaṃ dassetvā sāmaggiyaṃ ānisaṃsakathanena samaggaṃ avivadamānaṃ sammodamānaṃ ahamakāsiṃ.
那时,菩萨出生在波罗奈城一个婆罗门大富豪的家里。家里人给他取名叫“真理”。他长大后,去了塔迦尸喇,在一位名扬四方的老师门下学习技艺,没多久就精通了所有技艺。得到老师允许后,他回到波罗奈,礼拜了父母。父母非常喜欢他,他为了顺从父母的心意,就在父母身边住了几天。这时,父母想用一门门当户对的婚事把他拴住,就把家里所有的财产都告诉了他,用居家生活来劝他留下。巴利
Tadā hi bodhisatto bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbatti. Tassa ‘‘sacco’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. So vayappatto takkasilaṃ gantvā disāpāmokkhassa ācariyassa santike sippaṃ uggaṇhitvā nacirasseva sabbasippānaṃ nipphattiṃ patto. Ācariyena anuññāto bārāṇasiṃ paccāgantvā mātāpitaro vanditvā tehi abhinandiyamāno tesaṃ cittānurakkhaṇatthaṃ katipāhaṃ tesaṃ santike vasi. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro patirūpena dārena saṃyojetukāmā sabbaṃ vibhavajātaṃ ācikkhitvā gharāvāsena nimantesuṃ.
这位大士一心向往出离,想让自己的出离波罗蜜修得圆满。他从各个方面讲了居家生活的种种过患和出家的种种利益。虽然父母泪流满面、痛哭不止,他还是舍弃了数不清的财富、无边的名声和庞大的亲族圈,就像一头大象挣断铁链一样,斩断了家庭的束缚,毅然出走,进入雪山地区,出家做了仙人,靠树根和野果过活。没过多久,他就修成了八种禅定和五种神通,沉浸在禅那的喜乐中,安住在定境的境界里。巴利
Mahāsatto nekkhammajjhāsayo attano nekkhammapāramiṃ paribrūhetukāmo gharāvāse ādīnavaṃ pabbajjāya ānisaṃsañca nānappakārato kathetvā mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rodamānānaṃ aparimāṇaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ anantaṃ yasaṃ mahantañca ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahānāgova ayasaṅkhalikaṃ gharabandhanaṃ chindanto nikkhamitvā himavantappadesaṃ pavisitvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā vanamūlaphalāphalehi yāpento nacirasseva aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca ca abhiññāyo nibbattetvā jhānakīḷaṃ kīḷayamāno samāpattivihārena viharati.
有一天,他用天眼观察世间,看见整个赡部洲的人们,大多数都沉溺于杀生等十种不善业道,以欲为因、以欲为缘,彼此争吵不休。看到这些之后,他这样想:“看到这些众生如此沉溺于恶行、陷入争吵,却置之不理,这对我来说实在不合适。我正是为了‘把众生从轮回的泥沼中救拔出来,安立在涅槃的境地’而修行大正觉之道的。因此,为了不违背这个誓愿,我何不前往人间,让那些众生远离恶行,并平息他们的争吵呢?”巴利
So ekadivasaṃ dibbacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento addasa sakalajambudīpe manusse yebhuyyena pāṇātipātādidasaakusalakammapathapasute kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ vivādāpanne. Disvā evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yadidaṃ ime satte evaṃ pāpapasute vivādāpanne ca disvā ajjhupekkhaṇaṃ. Ahañhi ‘satte saṃsārapaṅkato uddharitvā nibbānathale patiṭṭhapessāmī’ti mahāsambodhiyānaṃ paṭipanno, tasmā taṃ paṭiññaṃ avisaṃvādento yaṃnūnāhaṃ manussapathaṃ gantvā te te satte pāpato oramāpeyyaṃ, vivādañca nesaṃ vūpasameyya’’nti.
他这样想过之后,被大悲心所推动,舍弃了寂静的等至之乐,以神通力去到各处,随顺众生的心意为他们说法。对那些陷入争吵、冲突、争执的众生,他开示了争执在现世和来世的过患,使他们彼此和合、团结。他又以种种方式阐明恶行的过患,让众生远离恶行,把一些人安立在十善业道法中。他还让一部分人出家,随其根器将他们安立于戒律的防护、根门的守护、正念正知、远离而住、禅那与神通之中。因此有了下面的话——巴利
Evaṃ pana cintetvā mahāsatto mahākaruṇāya samussāhito santaṃ samāpattisukhaṃ pahāya iddhiyā tattha tattha gantvā tesaṃ cittānukūlaṃ dhammaṃ desento kalahaviggahavivādāpanne satte diṭṭhadhammikañca samparāyikañca virodhe ādīnavaṃ dassetvā aññamaññaṃ samagge sahite akāsi. Anekākāravokārañca pāpe ādīnavaṃ vibhāvento tato satte vivecetvā ekacce dasasu kusalakammapathadhammesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Ekacce pabbājetvā sīlasaṃvare indriyaguttiyaṃ satisampajaññe pavivekavāse jhānābhiññāsu ca yathārahaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
后来又有一次,我转生为一个名叫“真实”的苦行者;
我用真实守护了世间,也让众人和睦相处。巴利
‘‘Punāparaṃ yadā homi, tāpaso saccasavhayo; Saccena lokaṃ pālesiṃ, samaggaṃ janamakāsaha’’nti.
在这里,也应该按照前面所说的方式来确定大士其余的那些波罗蜜。同样,也应当阐明功德的威力。巴利
Idhāpi mahāpurisassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyo niddhāretabbā. Tathā guṇānubhāvā ca vibhāvetabbāti.
鹌鹑幼雏修行注巴利
9. Vaṭṭapotakacariyāvaṇṇanā
72 72. 第九首,“摩揭陀的鹌鹑幼雏”等词的简要意思是:在摩揭陀国某一处林野之地,我投生在鹌鹑的胎中,破开卵壳出来不久,身体还是柔嫩的肉团,因此是一只还没长出羽毛的鹌鹑幼雏,那时我只能待在巢里。巴利
72. Navame magadhe vaṭṭapotakotiādīsu ayaṃ saṅkhepattho – magadharaṭṭhe aññatarasmiṃ araññappadese vaṭṭakayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā aciranikkhantatāya taruṇo maṃsapesibhūto, tato eva ajātapakkho vaṭṭakacchāpako yadā ahaṃ kulāvakeyeva homi.
73 母亲不时用她的嘴尖衔来食物喂我,就这样把我养大。我是靠她的接触才活下来的——她为了给我保暖、让我长身体,时时用身体贴着我、碰着我;我就是靠着母亲身体的接触,才得以存活、维持、延续这个身体。而我没有身体上的力气,因为我太小太嫩了,身体根本没有力气。巴利
73.Mukhatuṇḍakenāharitvāti mayhaṃ mātā attano mukhatuṇḍakena kālena kālaṃ gocaraṃ āharitvā maṃ poseti. Tassā phassena jīvāmīti parisedanatthañceva paribhāvanatthañca sammadeva kālena kālaṃ mamaṃ adhisayanavasena phusantiyā tassā mama mātuyā sarīrasamphassena jīvāmi viharāmi attabhāvaṃ pavattemi. Natthi me kāyikaṃ balanti mayhaṃ pana atitaruṇatāya kāyasannissitaṃ balaṃ natthi.
74 每年一次,就是一年又一年。热季时,就是夏天的时候。干枯的树枝互相摩擦生起火来,在那个地方燃起了林火,熊熊燃烧,那火就是这样被点燃的。它逼近我们,也就是逼近我和我的父母的住所。那火,因为它能把自己所在之处——即使原本不干净——变得干净,所以叫“净火”;又因为它沿着走过的路把燃料烧成灰烬,所以得了“黑道”这个名字。这样的火在焚烧林木和树丛的时候,一次又一次地逼近。巴利
74.Saṃvacchareti saṃvacchare saṃvacchare. Gimhasamayeti gimhakāle. Sukkharukkhasākhānaṃ aññamaññaṃ saṅghaṭṭanasamuppannena agginā tasmiṃ padese davaḍāho padippati pajjalati, so tathā padīpito. Upagacchati amhākanti mayhaṃ mātāpitūnañcāti amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānappadesaṃ attano patiṭṭhānassa asuddhassāpi suddhabhāvakaraṇena pāvanato pāvakoti ca gatamagge indhanassa bhasmabhāvāvahanato kaṇhavattanīti ca laddhanāmo aggi vanarukkhagacche dahanto kālena kālaṃ upagacchati.
75 75. 由于这样逼近,那时也发出声响,发出“呼呼”的声音,这是对林火的一种描述。有大光焰者:因为燃料像山峰一样巨大,这火便有大光焰,所以叫有大光焰者。它次第逐渐焚烧那片林野,烧着烧着,火就来到了我的住处附近。巴利
75. Evaṃ upagamanato tadāpi saddāyantoti ‘‘dhamadhama’’iti evaṃ saddaṃ karonto, anuravadassanañhetaṃ dāvaggino. Mahāsikhīti pabbatakūṭasadisānaṃ indhanānaṃ vasena mahatiyo sikhā etassāti mahāsikhī. Anupubbena anukkamena taṃ araññappadesaṃ jhāpento dahanto aggi mama samīpaṭṭhānaṃ upāgami.
76 “因大火迅猛而恐惧”:因为火以迅猛之势逼近,所以害怕火的威胁。“战栗”:由于内心惊恐,身体发抖,因此极度恐惧。“父母”:就是母亲和父亲。“他们救了自己”:他们逃到火没有烧到的地方,保住了自己的平安。那时,大士的身体非常巨大,像一个大圆球。父母没办法用任何方法把他抓起来带走,又被对自己的爱所压倒,于是丢下对儿子的爱,逃走了。巴利
76.Aggivegabhayāti vegena āgacchato aggino bhayena bhītā. Tasitāti cittutrāsasamuṭṭhitena kāyassa chambhitattena ca utrāsā. Mātāpitāti mātāpitaro. Attānaṃ parimocayunti agginā anupaddutaṭṭhānagamanena attano sotthibhāvamakaṃsu. Mahāsatto hi tadā mahāgeṇḍukappamāṇo mahāsarīro ahosi. Taṃ mātāpitaro kenaci upāyena gahetvā gantuṃ asakkuṇantā attasinehena ca abhibhuyyamānā puttasinehaṃ chaḍḍetvā palāyiṃsu.
77 我伸展双脚和双翅,让它们随时能在地上走、在空中飞,我用力伸开、活动、努力。也有版本写作“Paṭīhāmī”,意思是:我努力让它们能够飞行。还有版本写作“Patīhāmī”,意思是:我对双脚和双翅分别用力,也就是为了行走而努力;不过那也只是在使劲而已。为什么呢?因为我没有体力。那时我毫无依靠:我就那样待着,因为双翅和双脚都不管用而飞不了,又因为父母离去而没了依靠,就在那片被林火围困的树林里,待在鸟巢中,以现在要说的方式这样想着。这里第二个“ahaṃ”应当看作只是语气词。巴利
77.Pāde pakkhe pajahāmīti attano ubho pāde ubho pakkhe ca bhūmiyaṃ ākāse ca gamanasajje karonto pasāremi iriyāmi vāyamāmi. ‘‘Paṭīhāmī’’tipi pāṭho, vehāsagamanayogge kātuṃ īhāmīti attho. ‘‘Patīhāmī’’tipi paṭhanti. Tassattho – pāde pakkhe ca pati visuṃ īhāmi, gamanatthaṃ vāyamāmi, taṃ pana vāyāmakaraṇatthameva. Kasmā? Yasmā natthi me kāyikaṃ balaṃ. Sohaṃ agatiko tatthāti so ahaṃ evaṃbhūto pādapakkhavekallena gamanavirahito mātāpitūnaṃ apagamanena vā appaṭisaraṇo, tattha dāvaggiupaddute vane, tasmiṃ vā kulāvake ṭhitova evaṃ idāni vattabbākārena tadā cintesiṃ. Dutiyañcettha ahanti nipātamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
现在为了说明他当时自己心里的想法,就说了“我所要投靠的……”等话。巴利
Idāni tadā attano cintitākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yesāha’’ntiādimāha;
在这里,当我因害怕死亡而惊恐,因内心的慌乱而战栗,因身体的颤抖而发抖,想要投靠谁的时候——如今我被林火逼迫,就像把那些人看作如同水中要塞一般,想要钻进去投靠——而我的父母却抛下我独自一人,舍弃我逃走了。今天我应该怎么办,意思是:今天到底我该做什么、该怎么行动呢?巴利
Tattha yesāhaṃ upadhāveyyaṃ, bhīto tasitavedhitoti maraṇabhayena bhīto tato eva cittutrāsena tasito sarīrakampanena vedhito yesamahaṃ pakkhantaraṃ etarahi dāvaggiupadduto jaladuggaṃ viya maññamāno pavisituṃ upadhāveyyaṃ te mama mātāpitaro maṃ ekakaṃ eva ohāya jahitvā pakkantā. Kathaṃ me ajja kātaveti kathaṃ nu kho mayā ajja kātabbaṃ, paṭipajjitabbanti attho.
大士就这样陷在“我该怎么办”的困惑里,站着不动,接着又想:“这个世间确实有戒的功德,确实有真实的功德。过去那些圆满修完种种波罗蜜、坐在菩提树下证得正觉的诸佛,具足戒、定、慧、解脱、解脱知见,具备真实、哀愍、悲悯和忍耐,对一切众生平等修习慈心,他们被称为一切知佛。还有他们所证悟的、决定能导向出离的功德之法。而我身上也有一种真实。这种确实存在的自性法是可以被了知的。所以,忆念过去诸佛以及他们所证悟的功德,取我身上所具有的真实、自性法,作真实誓言,让火退回去。今天我应该使自己以及住在这里的其他众生都得到安稳。”这样想完之后,大士安住在自己的威力中,按照所想的去做了。因此说:巴利
Evaṃ mahāsatto itikattabbatāsammūḷho hutvā ṭhito puna cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ loke sīlaguṇo nāma atthi, saccaguṇo nāma atthi, atīte pāramiyo pūretvā bodhitale nisīditvā abhisambuddhā sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā saccānudayakāruññakhantisamannāgatā sabbasattesu samappavattamettābhāvanā sabbaññubuddhā nāma atthi, tehi ca paṭividdho ekantaniyyānaguṇo dhammo atthi, mayi cāpi ekaṃ saccaṃ atthi. Saṃvijjamāno eko sabhāvadhammo paññāyati, tasmā atītabuddhe ceva tehi paṭividdhaguṇe ca āvajjetvā mayi vijjamānaṃ saccaṃ sabhāvadhammaṃ gahetvā saccakiriyaṃ katvā aggiṃ paṭikkamāpetvā ajja mayā attano ceva idha vāsīnaṃ sesapāṇīnañca sotthibhāvaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Evaṃ pana cintetvā mahāsatto attano ānubhāve ṭhatvā yathācintitaṃ paṭipajji. Tena vuttaṃ –
世间有戒德、真实、清净和悲悯;
凭这个真实,我要做最殊胜的真实誓言。巴利
‘‘Atthi loke sīlaguṇo, saccaṃ soceyyanuddayā; Tena saccena kāhāmi, saccakiriyamuttamaṃ.
思惟起法的力量,回想起过去诸胜者;
我依靠真理的力量,作出了真实誓言。巴利
‘‘Āvajjetvā dhammabalaṃ, saritvā pubbake jine; Saccabalamavassāya, saccakiriyamakāsaha’’nti.
81 在这里,大士忆念过去已般涅槃诸佛的功德,以自身所具有的谛实性为所缘,说了偈颂,当时作了真实语。为了显示这一点,便说了“有翅膀”等话。巴利
81. Tattha mahāsatto atīte parinibbutānaṃ buddhānaṃ guṇe āvajjetvā attani vijjamānaṃ saccasabhāvaṃ ārabbha yaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā tadā saccakiriyamakāsi, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘santi pakkhā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
在这里,所谓“有翅膀却飞不了”,意思是:我确实有翅膀,也找得到,可是没法用它们飞起来、在空中行走,所以叫“飞不了”。所谓“有脚却走不了”,意思是:我也确实有脚,可是没法靠它们迈步走开,所以叫“走不了”。所谓“父母已经离开”,意思是:那些可能把我带到别处去的人,也因害怕死亡而离开了我,所以父母已经离开。所谓“Jātaveda”,是在称呼火。因为火一出生就能被感知,又通过烟和火焰显现出来,所以叫做“Jātaveda”。所谓“退去吧”,意思是:回去、返回,这是对火命令。巴利
Tattha santi pakkhā apatanāti mayhaṃ pakkhā nāma atthi upalabbhanti, no ca kho sakkā etehi uppatituṃ ākāsena gantunti apatanā. Santi pādā avañcanāti pādāpi me atthi, tehi pana vañcituṃ padavāragamanena gantuṃ na sakkāti avañcanā. Mātāpitā ca nikkhantāti ye maṃ aññattha neyyuṃ, tepi maraṇabhayena mama mātāpitaro nikkhantā. Jātavedāti aggiṃ ālapati. So hi jātova vediyati, dhūmajāluṭṭhānena paññāyati, tasmā ‘‘jātavedo’’ti vuccati. Paṭikkamāti paṭigaccha nivattāti jātavedaṃ āṇāpeti.
大士就这样躺在鸟巢里,说了真实语:“如果我的翅膀确实存在,展开后在空中不会落下,这是真的;如果我的双脚确实存在,抬起后却不能行走,这是真的;如果父母把我从巢里抛弃自己逃走,这也是真的——火啊,凭这真实的力量,你退回去吧!”真实语刚一说完,大火就退到了十六咖利沙那么远的地方。它退去的时候,并不是还燃烧着进入森林,而是像火把被扔进水里一样,就在原地熄灭了。因此圣典中说:巴利
Iti mahāsatto ‘‘sace mayhaṃ pakkhānaṃ atthibhāvo, te ca pasāretvā ākāse apatanabhāvo, pādānaṃ atthibhāvo, te ca ukkhipitvā avañcanabhāvo, mātāpitūnaṃ maṃ kulāvakeyeva chaḍḍetvā palātabhāvo ca saccasabhāvabhūto eva, jātaveda, etena saccena tvaṃ ito paṭikkamā’’ti kulāvake nipannova saccakiriyaṃ akāsi. Tassa saha saccakiriyāya soḷasakarīsamatte ṭhāne jātavedo paṭikkami. Paṭikkamanto ca na jhāyamānova araññaṃ gato, udake pana opilāpitaukkā viya tattheva nibbāyi. Tena vuttaṃ –
当我如实说出谛语的同时,熊熊燃烧的火焰变得大炽
火避开了十六咖利沙,就像火舌碰到水一样。巴利
‘‘Saha sacce kate mayhaṃ, mahāpajjalito sikhī; Vajjesi soḷasakarīsāni, udakaṃ patvā yathā sikhī’’ti.
这位菩萨生为鹌鹑的那一世,当时先忆念佛的功德,然后说出真实语。这种真实语是别人没有的,所以他说:“以真实的力量,没有谁能和我相等,这就是我的真实波罗蜜。”正因为如此,那个地方在整个这一劫里都不会被火烧毁,所以被称为“劫住神变”。巴利
Sā panesā bodhisattassa vaṭṭakayoniyaṃ tasmiṃ samaye buddhaguṇānaṃ āvajjanapubbikā saccakiriyā anaññasādhāraṇāti āha ‘‘saccena me samo natthi, esā me saccapāramī’’ti. Teneva hi tassa ṭhānassa sakalepi imasmiṃ kappe agginā anabhibhavanīyattā taṃ kappaṭṭhiyapāṭihāriyaṃ nāma jātaṃ.
大士就这样依靠真实语的力量,为自己和住在那里的一切众生带来了平安,然后在寿命结束时,随各自的业力而去。巴利
Evaṃ mahāsatto saccakiriyavasena attano tattha vāsīnaṃ sattānañca sotthiṃ katvā jīvitapariyosāne yathākammaṃ gato.
那时的父母,就是现在的父母;而那只鹌鹑王,就是如今的世尊。巴利
Tadā mātāpitaro etarahi mātāpitaro ahesuṃ, vaṭṭakarājā pana lokanātho.
按照前面说过的方法,其余诸波罗蜜也应随其相应而一一确定。同样,当森林大火以极其恐怖的样子铺天盖地烧过来时,他即使独自一人,也没有忘失(正念),毫不惊慌,而是忆念真实等法的功德和佛陀的功德,依靠自身的威力,通过真实行为,让住在那里的众生也获得安稳等等——这些威力都应加以说明。巴利
Tassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyopi yathārahaṃ niddhāretabbā. Tathā dāvaggimhi tathā bheravākārena avattharitvā āgacchante tasmiṃ vaye ekako hutvāpi sāradaṃ anāpajjitvā saccādidhammaguṇe buddhaguṇe ca anussaritvā attano eva ānubhāvaṃ nissāya saccakiriyāya tattha vāsīnampi sattānaṃ sotthibhāvāpādanādayo ānubhāvā vibhāvetabbā.
第十篇 贪王行持注释巴利
10. Maccharājacariyāvaṇṇanā
83 第八十三句:当我过去投生为鱼、生在鱼胎中时,在憍萨罗国舍卫城祇园精舍的池塘处,有一座被藤蔓丛林环绕的大湖。我以四种摄事让鱼群欢喜,因此成为鱼王,被鱼群簇拥着住在那里,那时我就是这样。所谓“热时”,就是炎热的夏季。所谓“因太阳的炎热”,就是被烈日曝晒。所谓“湖中水干了”,就是那座湖里的水枯竭、断流了。因为当时那个国家不下雨,庄稼都枯萎了,池塘等处的水也都耗尽干涸,鱼和龟都钻进了泥沼深处。就在那座湖里,鱼群也钻入泥沼,各自躲藏在不同的地方。巴利
83. Dasame yadā homi, maccharājā mahāsareti atīte macchayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā kosalaraṭṭhe sāvatthiyaṃ jetavane pokkharaṇiṭṭhāne valligahanaparikkhitte ekasmiṃ mahāsare macchānaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi rañjanato yadā ahaṃ rājā homi, macchagaṇaparivuto tattha paṭivasāmi tadā. Uṇheti uṇhakāle gimhasamaye. Sūriyasantāpeti ādiccasantāpena. Sare udaka khīyathāti tasmiṃ sare udakaṃ khīyittha chijjittha. Tasmiñhi raṭṭhe tadā devo na vassi, sassāni milāyiṃsu, vāpiādīsu udakaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ agamāsi, macchakacchapā kalalagahanaṃ pavisiṃsu. Tasmimpi sare macchā kaddamagahanaṃ pavisitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne nilīyiṃsu.
84 84. “从那时起”:就是从湖水干涸之后的那段时间开始。“鹰群”:就是秃鹫和鹰。它们日夜不停地吃掉那些鱼——乌鸦或其他鸟类飞到各处泥沼上,钻进泥浆里,用像矛尖一样的喙,对着躺在泥中的鱼反复啄击,把它们叼出来,吞食这些还在挣扎的鱼。巴利
84.Tatoti tato udakaparikkhayato aparabhāge. Kulalasenakāti kulalāceva senā ca. Bhakkhayanti divārattiṃ, macche upanisīdiyāti tattha tattha kalalapiṭṭhe upanisīditvā kalalagahanaṃ pavisitvā nipanne macche kākā vā itare vā divā ceva rattiñca kaṇayaggasadisehi tuṇḍehi koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā nīharitvā vipphandamāne bhakkhayanti.
85 这时,大士看到鱼群遭了这样的灾祸,心里被大悲心所触动,想道:“除了我,再没有别人能把我的这些亲族从这苦难中救出来。我该用什么办法让他们脱离这里的苦呢?”接着他又想:“我何不依靠过去诸位大仙所修习、如今在我身上也具足的真实法,作真实誓言,让天降雨,赐给我的亲族们生命?这样一来,我也为整个依靠食物活着的众生世界做成了大利益。”他下定决心后,为了求雨,便作了真实誓言。因此经中说“他这样思惟……”等等。巴利
85. Atha mahāsatto macchānaṃ taṃ byasanaṃ disvā mahākaruṇāya samussāhitahadayo ‘‘ṭhapetvā maṃ ime mama ñātake imasmā dukkhā mocetuṃ samattho nāma añño natthi, kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena te ito dukkhato moceyya’’nti cintento ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ pubbakehi mahesīhi āciṇṇasamāciṇṇaṃ mayi ca saṃvijjamānaṃ saccadhammaṃ nissāya saccakiriyaṃ katvā devaṃ vassāpetvā mama ñātisaṅghassa jīvitadānaṃ dadeyyaṃ, tena ca sakalassāpi āhārūpajīvino sattalokassa mahāupakāro sampādito mayā’’ti nicchayaṃ katvā devaṃ vassāpetuṃ saccakiriyaṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘evaṃ cintesaha’’ntiādi.
这里,“与亲族一同被逼迫”的意思是:我和亲族一起被水源枯竭这件事所逼迫。或者,这里的“一同”只是个语气助词。还有一种理解是:因为大悲心,他被那些因这场灾难而受苦的亲族所逼迫——亲族就是使他受苦的原因,意思是“因亲族群体的痛苦而痛苦”。巴利
Tattha saha ñātīhi pīḷitoti mayhaṃ ñātīhi saddhiṃ tena udakaparikkhayena pīḷito. Sahāti vā nipātamattaṃ. Mahākāruṇikatāya tena byasanena dukkhitehi ñātīhi kāraṇabhūtehi pīḷito, ñātisaṅghadukkhadukkhitoti attho.
86 “法的含义”是指成为法的事实,或者是不偏离法的事实。那是什么?就是真实。“看见无依无靠”:我看见自己和亲族的无依无靠。“彻底灭尽”:指巨大的毁灭。巴利
86.Dhammatthanti dhammabhūtaṃ atthaṃ, dhammato vā anapetaṃ atthaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Saccaṃ. Addasapassayanti mayhaṃ ñātīnañca apassayaṃ addasaṃ. Atikkhayanti mahāvināsaṃ.
87 正法,就是善士、贤者、诸佛等哪怕一位有情以不伤害为实质的法。随念正法之后,思考究竟义,就是把那真实、不颠倒的究竟义放在心里思惟。所谓在世间恒常坚固,是说佛陀、独觉佛、声闻弟子中哪怕一位不伤害有情这件事,在一切时候都如实存在、恒常不变。他正是这样思惟着,才说出了真实誓愿——这就是句子的连接关系。巴利
87.Saddhammanti sataṃ sādhūnaṃ buddhādīnaṃ ekassāpi pāṇino ahiṃsanasaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ. Anussaritvā. Paramatthaṃ vicintayanti taṃ kho pana paramatthaṃ saccaṃ aviparītasabhāvaṃ katvā cintayanto. Yaṃ loke dhuvasassatanti yadetaṃ buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ ekassāpi pāṇino ahiṃsanaṃ, taṃ sabbakālaṃ tathabhāvena dhuvaṃ sassataṃ vicintayaṃ saccakiriyaṃ akāsinti sambandho.
88 这时,大士在自己身上看到这个法,想要说出真实语,就把两边漆黑的泥水拨开,露出那巨大的身体——像青檀木心做的柱子一样,他睁开双眼,那眼睛像洗净的红宝石,仰望天空,说出以“自从我记得自己……”开头的偈颂。巴利
88. Idāni taṃ dhammaṃ mahāsatto attani vijjamānaṃ gahetvā saccavacanaṃ payojetukāmo kālavaṇṇaṃ kaddamaṃ dvidhā viyūhitvā añjanarukkhasāraghaṭikavaṇṇamahāsarīro sudhotalohitakamaṇisadisāni akkhīni ummīletvā ākāsaṃ ullokento ‘‘yato sarāmi attāna’’nti gāthamāha.
在这其中,“自从我记得自己”是指:从什么时候开始,我能记得、能回忆起这个被称为“有身”的自己。“自从我达到明智”是指:从什么时候开始,对于种种应当做的事,我达到了明智、能够清楚了知的状态。也就是说,从我向上成长以来,直到能够回忆起身业和语业——这期间就叫作达到明智。在此期间,即使投生在同类相食的地方,我也从未吃过哪怕一粒米那么大的鱼;也不记得自己曾故意伤害、恼害过任何众生,更不用说夺取众生的性命了。巴利
Tattha yato sarāmi attānanti yato paṭṭhāya ahaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ attānaṃ sarāmi anussarāmi. Yato pattosmi viññutanti yato paṭṭhāya tāsu tāsu itikattabbatāsu viññutaṃ vijānanabhāvaṃ pattosmi, uddhaṃ ārohanavasena ito yāva mayhaṃ kāyavacīkammānaṃ anussaraṇasamatthatā viññutappatti eva, etthantare samānajātikānaṃ khādanaṭṭhāne nibbattopi taṇḍulakaṇappamāṇampi macchaṃ mayā na khāditapubbaṃ, aññampi kañci pāṇaṃ sañcicca hiṃsitaṃ bādhitaṃ nābhijānāmi, pageva jīvitā voropitaṃ.
89 说完“以这真实语”——也就是“我说过不伤害任何众生,如果这是真的、如实的、没有颠倒的,那就凭这真实的话语,让雨云降雨,把我的亲族从苦中解救出来!”——之后,他又像在吩咐自己的侍从仆役一样,对着雨云天王呼唤,说出了“请打雷吧”这首偈颂。巴利
89.Etena saccavajjenāti ‘‘yadetaṃ mayā kassaci pāṇassa ahiṃsanaṃ vuttaṃ, sace etaṃ saccaṃ tathaṃ aviparītaṃ, etena saccavacanena pajjunno megho abhivassatu, ñātisaṅghaṃ me dukkhā pamocetū’’ti vatvā puna attano paricārikaceṭakaṃ āṇāpento viya pajjunnaṃ devarājānaṃ ālapanto ‘‘abhitthanayā’’ti gāthamāha.
这里,“打雷吧,雨云啊!”——所谓“雨云”,指的是云;但这里是在呼唤那位因云而得名的雨云天王。他的意思是:被称为“天”的,如果不打雷、不放出闪电,即使下雨也不好看。所以,你要一边打雷、一边放出闪电地降雨。“毁灭乌鸦的宝藏吧!”——乌鸦钻进泥里,用嘴啄那些停在泥中的鱼,叼出来吃掉。因此,对它们来说,陷在泥里的鱼就叫做“宝藏”。你降雨吧,用水把那群乌鸦的宝藏淹没、毁掉。“让乌鸦忧愁吧!”——这个大湖一旦被水灌满,乌鸦群找不到鱼,就会忧愁。你在填满这片泥沼时,要让那群乌鸦陷入忧愁;也就是说,为了让他们忧愁而降雨,让他们达到内心焦灼那样的忧愁,这就是这句话的意思。“把鱼从忧愁中解救出来吧!”——请把我所有的亲戚,那些鱼,都从这死亡的忧愁中解救出来。《本生经》中读作“请把我和亲族从忧愁中解救出来”(《本生经》1.1.75)。这里的“和”字是集合的意思,即“把我与我的亲族”,让一切全都脱离死亡之忧(《本生经注》1.1.75)。鱼因为没水,自念“我们就要变成敌人的食物”,这是大死亡之忧;而大士看到它们的灾祸,出于悲悯,应当知道这种忧是以类似悲悯的面貌产生的。巴利
Tattha abhitthanaya pajjunnāti pajjunno vuccati megho, ayaṃ pana meghavasena laddhanāmaṃ vassavalāhakadevarājānaṃ ālapati. Ayaṃ hissa adhippāyo – devo nāma anabhitthanayanto vijjulatā anicchārento pavassantopi na sobhati, tasmā tvaṃ abhitthanayanto vijjulatā nicchārento vassāpehīti. Nidhiṃ kākassa nāsayāti kākā kalalaṃ pavisitvā ṭhite macche tuṇḍena koṭṭetvā nīharitvā khādanti , tasmā tesaṃ antokalale macchā ‘‘nidhī’’ti vuccanti. Taṃ kākasaṅghassa nidhiṃ devaṃ vassāpento udakena paṭicchādetvā nāsehi. Kākaṃ sokāya randhehīti kākasaṅgho imasmiṃ mahāsare udakena puṇṇe macche alabhamāno socissati, taṃ kākagaṇaṃ tvaṃ imaṃ kaddamaṃ pūrento sokāya randhehi, sokassatthāya pana vassāpayatha, yathā antonijjhānalakkhaṇaṃ sokaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ karohīti attho. Macche sokā pamocayāti mama ñātake sabbeva macche imamhā maraṇasokā pamocehi. ‘‘Mañca sokā pamocayā’’ti (jā. 1.1.75) jātake paṭhanti. Tattha ca-kāro sampiṇḍanattho, mañca mama ñātake cāti sabbeva maraṇasokā pamocehi (jā. aṭṭha. 1.1.75). Macchānañhi anudakabhāvena paccatthikānaṃ ghāsabhāvaṃ gacchāmāti mahāmaraṇasoko, mahāsattassa pana tesaṃ anayabyasanaṃ paṭicca karuṇāyato karuṇāpatirūpamukhena sokasambhavo veditabbo.
菩萨就这样像在命令自己的侍从一样,呼唤雨云神,让整个憍萨罗国降下大雨。因为大士的戒德威力和真实语的力量,就在同一时刻,帝释天的黄毯石座发热了。帝释天心想“这是怎么回事”,观察后知道了原因,就把雨云天王召来,说:“亲爱的,那位大士鱼王因为亲族死亡而悲伤,想要降雨。请你把整个憍萨罗国布满一片云,降下大雨吧。”巴利
Evaṃ bodhisatto attano paricārikaceṭakaṃ āṇāpento viya pajjunnaṃ ālapitvā sakale kosalaraṭṭhe mahāvassaṃ vassāpesi. Mahāsattassa hi sīlatejena saccakiriyāya samakālameva sakkassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. So ‘‘kiṃ nu kho’’ti āvajjento taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā vassavalāhakadevarājānaṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘‘tāta, mahāpuriso maccharājā ñātīnaṃ maraṇasokena vassāpanaṃ icchati, sakalaṃ kosalaraṭṭhaṃ ekameghaṃ katvā vassāpehī’’ti āha.
他答应道“善哉”,随即披上一重云、裹上另一重云,唱着云歌,朝东方世界奔去。在东方那一带,升起一团只有打谷场那么大的云,渐渐扩展成百重、千重,雷声轰鸣,闪电窜出,像倒扣的水瓶一样倾泻而下,整个憍萨罗国都被大水淹没。雨不停地下,片刻之间就把那座大湖灌满了。鱼群摆脱了死亡的恐惧,乌鸦等鸟类也找不到落脚的地方。不只是鱼,人们也得以种出各种庄稼,四足动物等等也一样。所有靠雨水活着的众生,都摆脱了身体上和精神上的痛苦。因此说:巴利
So ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā ekaṃ valāhakaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā meghagītaṃ gāyanto pācīnalokadhātuabhimukho pakkhandi. Pācīnadisābhāge khalamaṇḍalamattaṃ ekaṃ meghamaṇḍalaṃ uṭṭhāya satapaṭalaṃ sahassapaṭalaṃ hutvā abhitthanayantaṃ vijjulatā nicchārentaṃ adhomukhaṭhapitaudakakumbhākārena vissandamānaṃ sakalaṃ kosalaraṭṭhaṃ mahoghena ajjhotthari. Devo acchinnadhāraṃ vassanto muhutteneva taṃ mahāsaraṃ pūresi. Macchā maraṇabhayato mucciṃsu. Kākādayo apatiṭṭhā ahesuṃ. Na kevalaṃ macchā eva, manussāpi vividhasassāni sampādentā catuppadādayopīti sabbepi vassūpajīvino kāyikacetasikadukkhato mucciṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
殊胜的谛语刚一说完,雨云就同时雷鸣大作。
刹那间,大雨倾泻而下,把高地和洼地都灌满了。巴利
‘‘Saha kate saccavare, pajjunno abhigajjiya; Thalaṃ ninnañca pūrento, khaṇena abhivassathā’’ti.
在这里,所谓“刹那之间便降下大雨”,意思是不拖延,就在他真实语成就的那个当下,大雨立刻降了下来。巴利
Tattha khaṇena abhivassathāti adandhāyitvā saccakiriyakhaṇeneva abhivassi.
91 完成了最上精进:当诸天不下雨时,该做什么?他没有陷入懈怠,而是通过成就知利益之行,为广大的众生群带来利益与安乐,以此作为最上的精进。我依靠真实的光辉与力量,以我的真实威神力为依止,那时便令大云降下。正因为如此,所以“以真实,没有与我相等者,这是我真实的波罗蜜”——在大鱼王那一世,法王显示了自己真实波罗蜜的不共之处。巴利
91.Katvā vīriyamuttamanti deve avassante kiṃ kātabbanti kosajjaṃ anāpajjitvā ñātatthacariyāsampādanamukhena mahato sattanikāyassa hitasukhanipphādanaṃ uttamaṃ vīriyaṃ katvā. Saccatejabalassito mama saccānubhāvabalasannissito hutvā tadā mahāmeghaṃ vassāpesiṃ. Yasmā cetadevaṃ, tasmā ‘‘saccena me samo natthi, esā me saccapāramī’’ti mahāmaccharājakāle attano saccapāramiyā anaññasādhāraṇabhāvaṃ dassesi dhammarājā.
大士就这样以大悲激励自己的心,让整个国家降下大雨,把大众从死亡的痛苦中解救出来,然后在寿命走到尽头时,随自己的业力而去。巴利
Evaṃ mahāsatto mahākaruṇāya samussāhitahadayo sakalaraṭṭhe mahāvassaṃ vassāpanavasena mahājanaṃ maraṇadukkhato mocetvā jīvitapariyosāne yathākammaṃ gato.
那时,雨云就是阿难长老,鱼群是佛陀的弟子众,鱼王则是世尊。巴利
Tadā pajjunno ānandatthero ahosi, macchagaṇā buddhaparisā, maccharājā lokanātho.
他的其余波罗蜜,也应当依照上面所说的方式来确定。同样,他转生为鱼、处在同类互相吞食的环境里时,哪怕是一条米粒大小的鱼,也不去吃任何众生;吃尚且不谈,连对一个众生都不加伤害。同样,他靠说真实语让天降下雨来;当水干涸、只剩泥沼时,他整个人陷在泥里,亲身感受着痛苦,却以大丈夫的气概不把它当回事,只把亲族的痛苦放在自己心上,因为无法忍受,就全心全意地对他们生起悲悯;还有像这样的修行方式等等。诸如此类的功德威力,都应当加以阐明。巴利
Tassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyopi niddhāretabbā. Tathā attano samānajātikānaṃ khādanaṭṭhāne macchayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā taṇḍulakaṇamattampi macchaṃ ādiṃ katvā kassacipi pāṇino akhādanaṃ, tiṭṭhatu khādanaṃ ekasattassapi aviheṭhanaṃ, tathā saccakaraṇena devassa vassāpanaṃ, udake parikkhīṇe kalalagahane nimujjanavasena attanā anubhavamānaṃ dukkhaṃ vīrabhāvena agaṇetvā ñātisaṅghasseva taṃ dukkhaṃ attano hadaye katvā asahantassa sabbabhāvena karuṇāyanā, tathā ca paṭipattīti evamādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第十一:黑岛本行注巴利
11. Kaṇhadīpāyanacariyāvaṇṇanā
92 92. 在第十一个故事里,“黑岛仙人”是一位名叫黑岛的苦行者。那时菩萨名叫迪帕亚那,他走到同伴曼达比亚苦行者被尖桩贯穿、惊恐不安的地方,因为不愿离开这位具足戒德的同伴,就靠着尖桩站了整整三夜。从同伴身上滴落下来的血滴,一滴一滴落在地上干掉了,菩萨的身体因此变成黑色,于是就以“黑岛”这个名字为人所知。“超过五十年”:意思是五十多年,这是表示直接关联的业格用法。“我不欢喜地行梵行”:意思是在边远的住处和殊胜的善法中,以不欢喜的状态安住而修梵行。因为那时大士出家后,只有最初七天是欢喜地修梵行,此后就一直以不欢喜的状态安住了。巴利
92. Ekādasame kaṇhadīpāyano isīti evaṃnāmako tāpaso. Bodhisatto hi tadā dīpāyano nāma attano sahāyaṃ maṇḍabyatāpasaṃ sūle uttāsitaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tassa sīlaguṇena taṃ avijahanto tiyāmarattiṃ sūlaṃ nissāya ṭhito tassa sarīrato paggharitvā patitapatitehi lohitabindūhi sukkhehi kāḷavaṇṇasarīratāya ‘‘kaṇhadīpāyano’’ti pākaṭo ahosi. Paropaññāsavassānīti sādhikāni paññāsavassāni, accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. Anabhirato cariṃahanti pantasenāsanesu ceva adhikusaladhammesu ca anabhirativāsaṃ vasanto ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ acariṃ. Pabbajitvā sattāhameva hi tadā mahāsatto abhirato brahmacariyaṃ cari. Tato paraṃ anabhirativāsaṃ vasi.
为什么大士在无数百千生中都以出离的意乐欢喜地修习梵行,到了这一生却不再欢喜了呢?因为凡夫的状态本来就不稳定。那他又为什么不回到在家生活呢?最初他因为出离的意乐,看清了诸欲的过患而出家。后来由于不如理作意,生起了不喜乐。他虽然没办法驱除这种不喜乐,但因为深信业与果报,想到自己当初舍弃了那么大的财富从家出走时已经放下了这一切,如今再回头去追求那些,就等于退回了原处;同时又厌恶被人讥嫌“这个黑岛真是愚痴又轻浮”,害怕自己的惭与愧被破坏。再说,出家这件事本身就是智者、佛陀等所赞叹、所实践的功德,所以即使带着苦、带着忧,泪流满面地哭着,他也仍然继续修习梵行,绝不放弃。正如所说:巴利
Kasmā pana mahāpuriso anekasatasahassesu attabhāvesu nekkhammajjhāsayo brahmacariyavāsaṃ abhiramitvā idha taṃ nābhirami? Puthujjanabhāvassa cañcalabhāvato. Kasmā ca puna na agāraṃ ajjhāvasīti? Paṭhamaṃ nekkhammajjhāsayena kāmesu dosaṃ disvā pabbaji. Athassa ayonisomanasikārena anabhirati uppajji. So taṃ vinodetumasakkontopi kammañca phalañca saddahitvā tāva mahantaṃ vibhavaṃ pahāya agārasmā nikkhamanto yaṃ pajahi, puna tadatthameva nivatto, ‘‘eḷamūgo capalo vatāyaṃ kaṇhadīpāyano’’ti imaṃ apavādaṃ jigucchanto attano hirottappabhedabhayena. Api ca pabbajjāpuññaṃ nāmetaṃ viññūhi buddhādīhi pasatthaṃ, tehi ca anuṭṭhitaṃ, tasmāpi sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rodamānopi brahmacariyavāsaṃ vasi, na taṃ vissajjesi. Vuttañcetaṃ –
他凭着信心出了家,却又退了回去,这个人真是又蠢又浮躁,在誓愿方面反复无常。
我对这种说法感到厌恶,并非出于自愿,却在过着梵行生活;
这是智者所称赞、善人所依止的境地,我这样就成为修福德的人。巴利
‘‘Saddhāya nikkhamma puna nivatto, so eḷamūgo capalo vatāyaṃ; Etassa vādassa jigucchamāno, akāmako carāmi brahmacariyaṃ; Viññuppasatthañca satañca ṭhānaṃ, evampahaṃ puññakaro bhavāmī’’ti. (jā. 1.10.66);
93 没有人知道这件事,意思是:我这颗对梵行生活没有欢喜、远离了喜悦的心,没有任何人知道。为什么呢?因为我从没告诉过任何人,也从没对谁说过“不乐的情绪正在我心里活动流转”,所以没有任何人知道这件事。巴利
93.Nakoci etaṃ jānātīti etaṃ mama anabhiratimanaṃ brahmacariyavāse abhirativirahitacittaṃ koci manussabhūto na jānāti. Kasmā? Ahañhi kassaci nācikkhiṃ mama mānase citte arati carati pavattatīti kassacipi na kathesiṃ, tasmā na koci manussabhūto etaṃ jānātīti.
曼达比亚是同行梵行者,是我的好友、大仙人。
因为过去世业力的牵引,他遭受了木桩穿身的刑罚。巴利
‘‘Sabrahmacārī maṇḍabyo, sahāyo me mahāisi; Pubbakammasamāyutto, sūlamāropanaṃ labhi.
同梵行者:因为在苦行出家时一起修学,所以叫同梵行者。曼达比亚:这是他的名字。友:无论在家时还是出家时,都因为深厚的友谊而成为亲密的朋友。大仙人:具有大神力的仙人。与过去业相应,遭受矛刑:因为时机成熟,与自己过去的业相应,他遭受了矛刑,也就是被矛刺穿。巴利
Sabrahmacārīti tāpasapabbajjāya samānasikkhatāya sabrahmacārī. Maṇḍabyoti evaṃnāmako. Sahāyoti gihikāle pabbajitakāle ca daḷhamittatāya piyasahāyo. Mahāisīti mahānubhāvo isi. Pubbakammasamāyutto, sūlamāropanaṃ labhīti katokāsena attano pubbakammena yutto sūlāropanaṃ labhi, sūlaṃ uttāsitoti.
这里按顺序讲一段往事:过去,在跋蹉国的憍赏弥城,有一位名叫憍赏弥的王治理国家。那时,菩萨投生在一个城镇里,成了拥有八亿财富的婆罗门大富长者的儿子,名叫提波延那。另一位同样是大富长者的儿子,一位婆罗门青年,成了他的亲密好友,名叫曼达比亚。后来,他们父母去世,看到诸欲的过患,就广行布施,舍弃对诸欲的贪著,不顾亲友眷属哭泣悲叹,毅然出家。他们来到雪山地区,搭起草屋,出家修行,靠捡拾落穗、吃林中根果维持生活,住了五十多年,却仍没能压伏欲贪,连禅那也一点都没生起。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – atīte vaṃsaraṭṭhe kosambiyaṃ kosambiko nāma rājā rajjaṃ kāresi. Tadā bodhisatto aññatarasmiṃ nigame asītikoṭivibhavassa brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto hutvā nibbatti, nāmena dīpāyano nāma. Tādisasseva brāhmaṇamahāsālassa putto brāhmaṇakumāro tassa piyasahāyo ahosi, nāmena maṇḍabyo nāma. Te ubhopi aparabhāge mātāpitūnaṃ accayena kāmesu dosaṃ disvā mahādānaṃ pavattetvā kāme pahāya ñātimittaparijanassa rodantassa paridevantassa nikkhamitvā himavantappadese assamaṃ katvā pabbajitvā uñchācariyāya vanamūlaphalāhārena yāpento paropaṇṇāsavassāni vasiṃsu, kāmacchandaṃ vikkhambhetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu, te jhānamattampi na nibbattesuṃ.
他们为了找带咸酸味的食物吃,在各地游方,来到了迦尸国。在那个国家的一个城镇里,住着燃灯在家时的朋友,名叫曼达比亚。他们两人一起去了曼达比亚那里。曼达比亚见到他们,很高兴,就让人盖了一座茅草屋,用四种生活必需品来供养他们。他们在那里住了三四年,向曼达比亚告辞后继续游方,来到波罗奈附近的阿提目多迦墓地住了下来。燃灯在那里随自己心意住了一段时间后,又回到那个城镇,去找自己的朋友曼达比亚。曼达比亚苦行者还住在那里。巴利
Te loṇambilasevanatthāya janapadacārikaṃ carantā kāsiraṭṭhaṃ sampāpuṇiṃsu. Tatrekasmiṃ nigame dīpāyanassa gihisahāyo maṇḍabyo nāma paṭivasati. Te ubhopi tassa santikaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. So te disvā attamano paṇṇasālaṃ kāretvā catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahi. Te tattha tīṇi cattāri vassāni vasitvā taṃ āpucchitvā cārikaṃ carantā bārāṇasisamīpe atimuttakasusāne vasiṃsu. Tattha dīpāyano yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā puna tasmiṃ nigame maṇḍabyassa attano sahāyassa santikaṃ gato. Maṇḍabyatāpaso tattheva vasi.
有一天,一个小偷在城里偷了东西,拿了值钱的财物逃出城去。被惊醒的房主和守城的人一路追赶。小偷从下水道逃出去,飞快地跑进墓地,把包裹扔在苦行者的草屋门口就跑了。人们看见那个包裹,就骂道:“你这个坏心的结发苦行者!夜里偷东西,白天却装成苦行者的样子到处走!”他们吓唬他、打了他一顿,然后把他带去见国王。国王根本没有仔细审问,就说:“把他插到木桩上处死。”众人把他带到墓地,先用儿茶木桩插他,木桩插不进苦行者的身体;又拿来苦楝木桩,也插不进;再拿来铁桩,还是插不进。苦行者心想:“我过去到底造了什么业?”他生起了宿命通,看见了前世的业——原来他前世是木匠的儿子,到父亲刨木头的地方,捉住一只苍蝇,用黑檀木碎片像用矛一样把它刺穿了。这个恶业如今在这里得到了成熟的机会。他知道“这个恶业是逃不掉的”,就对国王的人说:“如果你们真想把我插在木桩上处死,就去拿黑檀木桩来。”他们照办了,用木桩把他插住,安排了看守,然后就离开了。巴利
Athekadivasaṃ eko coro antonagare corikaṃ katvā dhanasāraṃ ādāya nikkhanto paṭibuddhehi gehasāmikehi nagarārakkhakamanussehi ca anubaddho niddhamanena nikkhamitvā vegena susānaṃ pavisitvā tāpasassa paṇṇasāladvāre bhaṇḍikaṃ chaḍḍetvā palāyi. Manussā bhaṇḍikaṃ disvā ‘‘are duṭṭhajaṭila, rattiṃ, corikaṃ katvā divā tāpasavesena carasī’’ti tajjetvā pothetvā taṃ ādāya rañño dassayiṃsu. Rājā anupaparikkhitvāva ‘‘sūle uttāsethā’’ti āha. Taṃ susānaṃ netvā khadirasūle āropayiṃsu. Tāpasassa sarīre sūlaṃ na pavisati. Tato nimbasūlaṃ āhariṃsu, tampi na pavisati. Tato ayasūlaṃ āhariṃsu, tampi na pavisati. Tāpaso ‘‘kiṃ nu kho me pubbakamma’’nti cintesi. Tassa jātissarañāṇaṃ uppajji. Tena pubbakammaṃ addasa – so kira purimattabhāve vaḍḍhakīputto hutvā pitu rukkhatacchanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā ekaṃ makkhikaṃ gahetvā koviḷārasakalikāya sūlena viya vijjhi. Tassa taṃ pāpaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne okāsaṃ labhi. So ‘‘na sakkā ito pāpato muccitu’’nti ñatvā rājapurise āha – ‘‘sace maṃ sūle uttāsetukāmattha, koviḷārasūlaṃ āharathā’’ti. Te tathā katvā taṃ sūle uttāsetvā ārakkhaṃ datvā pakkamiṃsu.
那时,黑燃灯心想:“我很久没见到这位朋友了。”于是前往曼达比亚那里,听说这件事后,就走到那个地方,站在一边,问道:“朋友,是你干的吗?”对方回答“不是我干的”之后,他又问:“你能守护住自己心里的嗔恨吗?”对方说:“朋友,无论是对抓我的人,还是对国王,我心里都没有丝毫嗔恨。”黑燃灯便说:“既然这样,像你这样持戒之人的荫庇,对我来说就是安乐。”说完,黑燃灯就靠着木桩坐了下来。看守的人把这件事禀告了国王。国王心想:“我没仔细调查就做了这事。”于是急忙赶到那里,问燃灯:“尊者,你为什么靠着木桩坐在这里?”燃灯回答:“大王,我是为了守护这位苦行者才坐在这里的。”国王又问:“你明知道他造了业,为什么还这样做?”燃灯便说明了业尚未清净的道理,接着说:“为王者,应当审慎观察之后再行事。”巴利
Tadā kaṇhadīpāyano ‘‘ciradiṭṭho me sahāyo’’ti maṇḍabyassa santikaṃ āgacchanto taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito ‘‘kiṃ, samma, kārakosī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘akārakomhī’’ti vutte ‘‘attano manopadosaṃ rakkhituṃ sakkhi na sakkhī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Samma, yehi ahaṃ gahito, neva tesaṃ na rañño upari mayhaṃ manopadoso atthī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante tādisassa sīlavato chāyā mayhaṃ sukhā’’ti vatvā kaṇhadīpāyano sūlaṃ nissāya nisīdi. Ārakkhakapurisā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘anisāmetvā me kata’’nti vegena tattha gantvā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, tvaṃ sūlaṃ nissāya nisinnosī’’ti dīpāyanaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Mahārāja, imaṃ tāpasaṃ rakkhanto nisinnosmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ imassa kārakabhāvaṃ ñatvā evaṃ karosī’’ti. So kammassa avisodhitabhāvaṃ ācikkhi. Athassa dīpāyano ‘‘raññā nāma nisammakārinā bhavitabbaṃ.
懒惰的在家人享受欲乐,这样不好;出家却不约束自己,这样也不好。
国王不审察就行事,不好;有智慧的人却动不动发怒,也不好。巴利
‘‘Alaso gihī kāmabhogī na sādhu, asaññato pabbajito na sādhu; Rājā na sādhu anisammakārī, yo paṇḍito kodhano taṃ na sādhū’’ti. (jā. 1.4.127; 1.5.4; 1.10.153; 1.15.229) –
说完开头部分后,他便开示了法。巴利
Ādīni vatvā dhammaṃ desesi.
国王知道曼达比亚苦行者没有罪过,就下令说:“把木桩拔出来。”那些拔木桩的人却拔不出来。曼达比亚说:“大王,我因为过去世所造业行的过失,才遭受到这样的耻辱,要从我身上把木桩拔出来是不可能的。如果大王想留我一命,就用锯子把这根木桩齐着皮肤锯断吧。”国王就照他说的做了。木桩留在体内,没有造成任何痛苦。据说,那时他拿了一根很细的竹刺,从一只苍蝇的肛门插了进去,那根刺就留在苍蝇体内了。他因为那个业,没有因木桩而死,而是自己寿命尽了才死,所以这一世的他也可以说不是被木桩弄死的。国王向两位苦行者行礼,请求他们原谅,然后让两个人都住在园林里,亲自照料他们。从那时起,他就被称为“穿桩的曼达比亚”。他依靠国王,就住在那里。而提婆衍那把他的伤口治好后,就回到在家好友曼达比亚为他建的那间草屋里去了。因此说——巴利
Rājā maṇḍabyatāpasassa niddosabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘sūlaṃ harathā’’ti āṇāpesi. Sūlaṃ harantā harituṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Maṇḍabyo āha – ‘‘mahārāja, ahaṃ pubbe katakammadosena evarūpaṃ ayasaṃ patto, mama sarīrato sūlaṃ harituṃ na sakkā, sacepi mayhaṃ jīvitaṃ dātukāmo, kakacena imaṃ sūlaṃ cammasamaṃ katvā chindāpehī’’ti. Rājā tathā kāresi. Sūlaṃ antoyeva ahosi, na kañci pīḷaṃ janesi. Tadā kira sukhumaṃ sakalikahīraṃ gahetvā makkhikāya vaccamaggaṃ pavesesi, taṃ tassa anto eva ahosi. So tena kāraṇena amaritvā, attano āyukkhayeneva mari, tasmā ayampi na matoti. Rājā tāpase vanditvā khamāpetvā ubhopi uyyāneyeva vasāpento paṭijaggi. Tato paṭṭhāya so āṇimaṇḍabyo nāma jāto. So rājānaṃ upanissāya tattheva vasi. Dīpāyano pana tassa vaṇaṃ phāsukaṃ karitvā attano gihisahāyamaṇḍabyena kāritaṃ paṇṇasālameva gato. Tena vuttaṃ –
我细心照顾他,让他恢复了健康;
向人告辞后,我回到了属于我自己的住处。巴利
‘‘Tamahaṃ upaṭṭhahitvāna, ārogyamanupāpayiṃ; Āpucchitvāna āgañchiṃ, yaṃ mayhaṃ sakamassama’’nti.
在那里,所谓“告辞之后”,就是向我的朋友曼达比亚苦行者告辞之后。所谓“属于我自己的住处”,就是我的在家人朋友曼达比亚婆罗门为我建造的那座属于我、归我所有的住处,也就是那间叶屋,我前往了那里。巴利
Tattha āpucchitvānāti mayhaṃ sahāyaṃ maṇḍabyatāpasaṃ āpucchitvā. Yaṃ mayhaṃ sakamassamanti yaṃ taṃ mayhaṃ gihisahāyena maṇḍabyabrāhmaṇena kāritaṃ sakaṃ mama santakaṃ assamapadaṃ paṇṇasālā, taṃ upāgañchiṃ.
96 他们看见提婆耶那走进叶屋,就去告诉了他的朋友。朋友一听,满心欢喜,带着妻子和儿子,拿了许多香、花鬘、糖蜜等东西来到叶屋,向提婆耶那行礼,给他洗脚,供养饮品,然后坐下来听人讲阿尼曼达比亚的事。那时,他有个儿子叫祀施童,正在经行道那头玩球。那里有个蚁垤,里面住着一条毒蛇。男孩把球往地上一砸,球弹起来掉进蚁垤的洞里,正好打在毒蛇头上。男孩不知道,就把手伸进了洞里。巴利
96. Taṃ pana paṇṇasālaṃ pavisantaṃ disvā sahāyassa ārocesuṃ. So sutvāva tuṭṭhacitto saputtadāro bahugandhamālaphāṇitādīni ādāya paṇṇasālaṃ gantvā dīpāyanaṃ vanditvā pāde dhovitvā pānakaṃ pāyetvā āṇimaṇḍabyassa pavattiṃ suṇanto nisīdi. Athassa putto yaññadattakumāro nāma caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ geṇḍukena kīḷi. Tattha cekasmiṃ vammike āsiviso vasati. Kumārena bhūmiyaṃ pahatageṇḍuko gantvā vammikabile āsivisassa matthake pati. Kumāro ajānanto bile hatthaṃ pavesesi.
这时,那条被激怒的毒蛇咬了男孩的手。他因蛇毒发作而昏迷,就地倒了下去。他的父母知道儿子被蛇咬了,便把他抱起来,让他躺在苦行者的脚边,说道:“尊者,请您用药物或咒语让我们的儿子恢复健康吧。”苦行者说:“我不懂药物,我不会行医,我是出家人。”他们又说:“那么,尊者,请您对这孩子修慈心,作一次真实誓言吧。”苦行者说:“好,我就来作真实誓言。”说完,他把手放在人施的头上,作了真实誓言。因此才说“我的朋友婆罗门”等话。巴利
Atha naṃ kuddho āsiviso hatthe ḍaṃsi. So visavegena mucchito tattheva pati. Athassa mātāpitaro sappena daṭṭhabhāvaṃ ñatvā kumāraṃ ukkhipitvā tāpasassa pādamūle nipajjāpetvā ‘‘bhante, osadhena vā mantena vā puttakaṃ no nīrogaṃ karothā’’ti āhaṃsu. So ‘‘ahaṃ osadhaṃ na jānāmi, nāhaṃ vejjakammaṃ karissāmi, pabbajitomhī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, imasmiṃ kumārake mettaṃ katvā saccakiriyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tāpaso ‘‘sādhu saccakiriyaṃ karissāmī’’ti vatvā yaññadattassa sīse hatthaṃ ṭhapetvā saccakiriyaṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sahāyo brāhmaṇo mayha’’ntiādi.
在这里,“他们前来”是指他们去迎接来客。巴利
Tattha āgañchuṃ pāhunāgatanti atithiabhigamanaṃ abhigamiṃsu.
97 向上抛起球时,由于抛掷的是圆形(vaṭṭa)形状、因此名为“vaṭṭa”的球(geṇḍuka);意思是他在玩球戏。激怒了毒蛇:球撞到地面后进入蚁穴,打中了盘踞在那里的黑蛇头上,于是把它惹怒了。巴利
97.Vaṭṭamanukkhipanti khipanavaṭṭasaṇṭhānatāya ‘‘vaṭṭa’’nti laddhanāmaṃ geṇḍukaṃ anukkhipanto, geṇḍukakīḷaṃ kīḷantoti attho. Āsivisamakopayīti bhūmiyaṃ paṭihato hutvā vammikabilagatena geṇḍukena tattha ṭhitaṃ kaṇhasappaṃ sīse paharitvā rosesi.
98 为了寻找球滚过的那条路,他顺着球滚走的方向一路找过去。他把手伸进蚁穴里,用自己的手碰到了毒蛇的头。巴利
98.Vaṭṭagataṃ maggaṃ, anvesantoti tena vaṭṭena gataṃ maggaṃ gavesanto. Āsivisassa hatthena, uttamaṅgaṃ parāmasīti vammikabilaṃ pavesitena attano hatthena āsīvisassa sīsaṃ phusi.
99 99. 「依毒力而活者」:就是依靠自己的毒力、仗着自己的毒势而活的那条蛇。它咬了男孩——就在伸手去碰的那一刻,蛇就咬了这个婆罗门少年。巴利
99.Visabalassitoti visabalanissito attano visavegaṃ nissāya uppajjanakasappo. Aḍaṃsi dārakaṃ khaṇeti tasmiṃ parāmasitakkhaṇe eva taṃ brāhmaṇakumāraṃ ḍaṃsi.
100 就在被咬的同一刹那,就在被咬的那一刻。以剧毒的蛇:指毒性猛烈的蛇。因此:因为那个男孩被蛇毒的力量冲昏,倒在地上,我因此感到痛苦。你承担那痛苦:那男孩及其父母的痛苦,你承担;你如同在我身上一般,因我的悲悯而承载。巴利
100.Sahadaṭṭhoti ḍaṃsena saheva, daṭṭhasamakālameva. Āsivisenāti ghoravisena. Tenāti tena dārakassa visavegena mucchitassa bhūmiyaṃ patanena ahaṃ dukkhito ahosiṃ. Mama vāhasi taṃ dukkhanti taṃ dārakassa mātāpitūnañca dukkhaṃ mama vāhasi, mayhaṃ sarīre viya mama karuṇāya vāhesi.
101 我对那男孩的父母说:“别忧愁,别悲叹”等等,用这样的方式安慰了他们。有忧箭者:就是心中插着忧箭的人。我做了最胜的、比那更殊胜、最佳的、最高的真实语。巴利
101.Tyāhanti te tassa dārakassa mātāpitaro ahaṃ ‘‘mā socatha, mā paridevathā’’tiādinā nayena samassāsetvā. Sokasalliteti sokasallavante. Agganti seṭṭhaṃ tato eva varaṃ uttamaṃ saccakiriyaṃ akāsiṃ.
102 现在,为了用真实的样子展示那个真实语,说了“仅七日……”这首偈颂。巴利
102. Idāni taṃ saccakiriyaṃ sarūpena dassetuṃ ‘‘sattāhamevā’’ti gāthamāha.
其中“仅七日”,是指从出家那天算起,刚好满七天。“心清净”,是指因为深信业果而内心清净。“求福德”,是指渴求福德,怀着对法的欲求。至于“此后我所行的”,是指在那七天之后,我继续修行的梵行。巴利
Tattha sattāhamevāti pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya satta ahāni eva. Pasannacittoti kammaphalasaddhāya pasannamānaso. Puññatthikoti puññena atthiko, dhammacchandayutto. Athāparaṃ yaṃ caritanti atha tasmā sattāhā uttari yaṃ mama brahmacariyacaraṇaṃ.
103 “不情愿地住于梵行”,就是指心里根本不想出家。以这个真实语,愿他得到安乐——意思是:如果我在超过五十年里,虽然一直住在不喜欢的梵行生活中,却从来没有向任何人透露过这个心思,那么凭这个真实语,愿人施王子得到安乐,重获生命。巴利
103.Akāmakovāhīti pabbajjaṃ anicchanto eva. Etena saccena suvatthi hotūti sace atirekapaññāsavassāni anabhirativāsaṃ vasantena mayā kassaci ajānāpitabhāvo sacco, etena saccena yaññadattakumārassa sotthi hotu, jīvitaṃ paṭilabhatūti.
菩萨这样作了真实语之后,毒就从人施王子的身体里脱落,渗入大地。王子睁开双眼,看了看父母,叫了一声“妈妈,爸爸”,就站了起来。因此说:巴利
Evaṃ pana mahāsattena saccakiriyāya katāya yaññadattassa sarīrato visaṃ bhassitvā pathaviṃ pāvisi. Kumāro akkhīni ummīletvā mātāpitaro oloketvā ‘‘amma, tātā’’ti vatvā vuṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ –
就在我说出真实语的同时,他已被毒的威力震动得颤抖;
那少年苏醒过来,站了起来,恢复了健康。巴利
‘‘Saha sacce kate mayhaṃ, visavegena vedhito; Abujjhitvāna vuṭṭhāsi, arogo cāsi māṇavo’’ti.
这句话的意思是:就在我说真实语的同时,那个先前被毒力侵袭而颤抖、震动,因失去知觉而昏迷不醒的人,已经脱离了毒素,恢复了意识,猛地站了起来。那个男孩因为毒力消退,变得无病了。巴利
Tassattho – mama saccakaraṇena saha samānakālameva tato pubbe visavegena vedhito kampito visaññibhāvena abujjhitvā ṭhito vigatavisattā paṭiladdhasañño sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. So māṇavo kumāro visavegābhāvena arogo ca ahosīti.
现在,导师为了说明他自己的真实誓愿已经达到究竟波罗蜜的程度,说道:“在真实方面,没有谁能和我相等,这就是我的真实波罗蜜。”这句话的意思很明白。不过《本生注》里记载:“因为大士的真实誓愿,毒从男孩的胸部以上消散了;因为男孩父亲的真实誓愿,毒从腰部以上消散了;因为母亲的真实誓愿,毒从身体剩余的部分消散了。”其中就是这样说的——巴利
Idāni satthā tassā attano saccakiriyāya paramatthapāramibhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘saccena me samo natthi, esā me saccapāramī’’ti āha. Taṃ uttānatthameva . Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (jā. aṭṭha. 4.10.62) pana ‘‘mahāsattassa saccakiriyāya kumārassa thanappadesato uddhaṃ visaṃ bhassitvā vigataṃ. Dārakassa pitu saccakiriyāya kaṭito uddhaṃ, mātu saccakiriyāya avasiṭṭhasarīrato visaṃ bhassitvā vigata’’nti āgataṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
因为无论什么时候,我都不曾喜欢过布施;每当我看见客人来家里住的时候,
那些多闻的沙门和婆罗门,也不知晓我的反感。
就算我并不情愿,我仍给予;凭这个真实语,愿你平安。
愿毒被消灭,愿祀授活下去。
亲爱的孩子,那条毒性猛烈的毒蛇,从北方升起,咬了你。
今天,我对他的不喜欢,与对你父亲的不喜欢之间,已经没有任何差别了。
凭这个真实语,愿你平安,愿毒被消除,愿雅那达塔活下去。巴利
‘‘Yasmā dānaṃ nābhinandiṃ kadāci, disvānahaṃ atithiṃ vāsakāle; Na cāpi me appiyataṃ aveduṃ, bahussutā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca; Akāmako vāpi ahaṃ dadāmi, etena saccena suvatthi hotu; Hataṃ visaṃ jīvatu yaññadatto. ‘‘Āsīviso tāta pahūtatejo, yo taṃ adaṃsī patarā udicca; Tasmiñca me appiyatāya ajja, pitari ca te natthi koci viseso; Etena saccena suvatthi hotu, hataṃ visaṃ jīvatu yaññadatto’’ti.
这里,“居住时”是指为了住下来而来到家里的时候。“他们并不知道我不喜欢”——那些多闻的沙门婆罗门根本不知道我的不喜欢,不知道“这个人既不喜欢布施,也不喜欢我们”。这是在说明:我一直只用慈爱的眼光看待他们。“凭这真实语”的意思是:如果我布施时并不相信果报,只是不情愿地给出去,而别人也不知道我不情愿,凭这个真实,愿得平安。另一首偈颂里,“孩子”是对儿子的称呼。“具大威力”指毒性很强。“裂缝”就是缝隙,这也是它的读法。“向上”指从蚁穴里往上钻出来。这段话的意思是:孩子耶雅达塔,对那条毒蛇和你的父亲,我的不喜欢没有两样;而这种不喜欢,除了今天,我从前从没让任何人知道。如果这是真的,凭这真实语,愿你平安。巴利
Tattha vāsakāleti vasanatthāya gehaṃ āgatakāle. Na cāpime appiyataṃ avedunti bahussutāpi samaṇabrāhmaṇā ayaṃ neva dānaṃ abhinandati, na amheti imaṃ mama appiyabhāvaṃ neva jāniṃsu. Ahañhi te piyacakkhūhiyeva olokemīti dīpeti. Etena saccenāti sace ahaṃ dadamānopi vipākaṃ asaddahitvā attano anicchāya demi, anicchabhāvañca me pare na jānanti, etena saccena suvatthi hotūti attho. Itaragāthāya, tātāti puttaṃ ālapati. Pahūtatejoti balavaviso. Patarāti padarā, ayameva vā pāṭho. Udiccāti uddhaṃ gantvā, vammikabilato uṭṭhahitvāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – tāta yaññadatta, tasmiñca āsivise tava ca pitari appiyabhāvena mayhaṃ koci viseso natthi, tañca pana appiyabhāvaṃ ṭhapetvā ajja mayā na koci jānāpitapubbo, sace etaṃ saccaṃ, etena saccena suvatthi hotūti.
王子康复之后,菩萨让他的父亲相信业与果报,对他说:“行布施的人,应当先相信业与果报,然后再布施。”之后,他自己消除了不满的情绪,生起禅那与神通,命终时转生到梵天界。巴利
Evaṃ bodhisatto kumāre aroge jāte tassa pitaraṃ ‘‘dānaṃ dadantena nāma kammañca phalañca saddahitvā dātabba’’nti kammaphalasaddhāya nivesetvā sayaṃ anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā jhānābhiññāyo uppādetvā āyupariyosāne brahmalokaparāyano ahosi.
那时,曼达比耶是阿难尊者,他的妻子是毗舍佉,儿子是罗睺罗尊者,阿尼曼达比耶是舍利弗尊者,黑岛仙则是世尊。巴利
Tadā maṇḍabyo ānandatthero ahosi, tassa bhariyā visākhā, putto rāhulatthero, āṇimaṇḍabyo sāriputtatthero, kaṇhadīpāyano lokanātho.
在这里,他的真实波罗蜜已经收在巴利经典里了;其余的波罗蜜,应当按前面说过的方法来确定。同样,舍弃全部大财等功德的威力,也应当加以阐明。巴利
Tassa idha pāḷiyā āruḷhā saccapāramī, sesā ca pāramiyo heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva niddhāretabbā. Tathā anavasesamahābhogapariccāgādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
12. 《大须陀须摩行注》巴利
12. Mahāsutasomacariyāvaṇṇanā
105 第十二则故事里说的“大地之主须陀须摩”,是一位刹帝利的名字。那时,大士投生在俱卢国因达跋蹉城,成为俱卢国王正后的胎中之子。因为他博学多闻,容貌又像秋月一样柔和殊妙,大家就称他为“须陀须摩”。他长大成人,精通一切技艺之后,父母为他举行灌顶礼,立他为王。所谓“被食人者抓住”,是说他被波罗奈国王抓走。那位国王因为吃人肉、吞食人类,得了“食人者”这个名字,他抓人是为了向天神献供。巴利
105. Dvādasame sutasomo mahīpatīti evaṃnāmo khattiyo. Mahāsatto hi tadā kururaṭṭhe indapatthanagare korabyassa rañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi nibbatti. Taṃ sutavittatāya candasamānasommavaravaṇṇatāya ca ‘‘sutasomo’’ti sañjāniṃsu. Taṃ vayappattaṃ sabbasippanipphattippattaṃ mātāpitaro rajje abhisiñciṃsu. Gahito porisādenāti purisānaṃ manussānaṃ adanato khādanato ‘‘porisādo’’ti laddhanāmena bārāṇasiraññā devatābalikammatthaṃ gahito.
波罗奈国王当时没有肉就吃不下饭。厨子找不到别的肉,就让他吃了人肉。国王被人肉的味道缠住了,从此杀人吃人肉,因此得了“食人者”这个名字。大臣、随从以及城里的居民、商人和乡下人一起敦促那位名叫黑牙的将军去劝他。将军说:“大王,如果您还想保住王位,就该戒掉吃人肉。”国王回答:“就算丢掉王位,我也绝不停止吃人肉。”于是大家把他赶出了国境。他进入森林,住在一棵尼拘律树下。他脚上生了疮,那是以前被棍子打伤留下的。为了让疮好受一些,他向天神祈愿:“我要用整个赡部洲一百位刹帝利国王喉中的血来献祭。”他七天不吃东西,疮口果然变得舒服了。他心想:“这是靠天神的力量我才好了。”于是为了给天神献祭,他就去抓国王们。路上他遇到一位前世做朋友时结交的夜叉,夜叉给了他咒力。靠着这个咒力,他变得力量更大、速度更快、勇气更足,在七天内就抓来了一百位国王,吊在自己住的那棵尼拘律树上,准备献祭。巴利
Bārāṇasirājā hi tadā maṃsaṃ vinā abhuñjanto aññaṃ maṃsaṃ alabhantena bhattakārakena manussamaṃsaṃ khādāpito rasataṇhāya baddho hutvā manusse ghātetvā manussamaṃsaṃ khādanto ‘‘porisādo’’ti laddhanāmo amaccapārisajjappamukhehi nāgarehi negamajānapadehi ca ussāhitena kāḷahatthinā nāma attano senāpatinā ‘‘deva, yadi rajjena atthiko manussamaṃsakhādanato viramāhī’’ti vutto ‘‘rajjaṃ pajahantopi manussamaṃsakhādanato na oramissāmī’’ti vatvā tehi raṭṭhā pabbājito araññaṃ pavisitvā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhamūle vasanto khāṇuppahārena pāde jātassa vaṇassa phāsubhāvāya ‘‘sakalajambudīpe ekasatakhattiyānaṃ galalohitena balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti devatāya āyācanaṃ katvā sattāhaṃ anāhāratāya vaṇe phāsuke jāte ‘‘devatānubhāvena me sotthi ahosī’’ti saññāya ‘‘devatāya balikammatthaṃ rājāno ānessāmī’’ti gacchanto atītabhave sahāyabhūtena yakkhena samāgantvā tena dinnamantabalena adhikatarathāmajavaparakkamasasampanno hutvā sattāhabbhantareyeva satarājāno ānetvā attano vasananigrodharukkhe olambetvā balikammakaraṇasajjo ahosi.
这时,住在那棵树上的天神不愿意接受这份献供,心想:“我要用个办法阻止他。”于是她化作出家人的模样,显现在他面前。那人跟在她后面追了三由旬,她又现出自己的天身,对他说:“你说了谎。你曾答应过:‘我要把整个赡部洲的国王都抓来,举行献供。’可现在你抓来的都是些软弱的国王。赡部洲中最尊贵的须陀须摩王,你要是抓不来,你的献供对我毫无用处。”巴利
Atha tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ balikammaṃ anicchantī ‘‘upāyena naṃ nisedhessāmī’’ti pabbajitarūpena tassa attānaṃ dassetvā tena anubaddho tiyojanaṃ gantvā puna attano dibbarūpameva dassetvā ‘‘tvaṃ musāvādī tayā ‘sakalajambudīpe rājāno ānetvā balikammaṃ karissāmī’ti paṭissutaṃ. Idāni ye vā te vā dubbalarājāno ānesi. Jambudīpe jeṭṭhakaṃ sutasomarājānaṃ sace nānessasi, na me te balikammena attho’’ti āha.
他心想:“我终于亲眼见到自己的天神了!”于是满心欢喜,说道:“主人,别担心,我今天就把须陀须摩带来。”说完便飞快赶往鹿野园,趁守卫还没布置好,下到池塘里,用莲叶盖住头,站在那里。就在他刚进入园内之时,正值黎明时分,他们在四周布置了三由旬的守卫。大士一早就坐上装饰华美的象王肩舆,在四支军队的簇拥下出了城。这时,有一位名叫难陀的婆罗门从塔迦尸喇带着四首价值百金的偈颂,走了一百二十由旬的路来到这座城,正好看见国王从东门出来,便举起手说:“愿您得胜,大王!”以此祝愿国王胜利。巴利
So ‘‘diṭṭhā me attano devatā’’ti tusitvā ‘‘sāmi, mā cintayi, ahaṃ ajjeva sutasomaṃ ānessāmī’’ti vatvā vegena migājinauyyānaṃ gantvā asaṃvihitāya ārakkhāya pokkharaṇiṃ otaritvā paduminipattena sīsaṃ paṭicchādetvā aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ antouyyānagateyeva balavapaccūse samantā tiyojanaṃ ārakkhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Mahāsatto pātova alaṅkatahatthikkhandhavaragato caturaṅginiyā senāya nagarato nikkhami. Tadā takkasilato nando nāma brāhmaṇo catasso satārahagāthāyo gahetvā vīsayojanasataṃ maggaṃ atikkamma taṃ nagaraṃ patto rājānaṃ pācīnadvārena nikkhamantaṃ disvā hatthaṃ ukkhipitvā ‘‘jayatu bhavaṃ, mahārājā’’ti vatvā jayāpesi.
国王骑着大象来到他跟前,问道:“婆罗门,你从哪里来?想要什么?我该给你什么?”婆罗门说:“我听说你们‘博学多闻’,就带着四首价值百金的偈颂赶来,想为你们宣说。”大士满心欢喜,说:“我先去园林沐浴,回来后再听,你别着急。”随后吩咐道:“去,在某人家为这位婆罗门安排好住处,还有饮食和衣物。”说完进入园林,布置好严密的守卫,卸下厚重的饰物,让人给他修面净身,以国王的排场在池塘里沐浴。出水后,披上吸水布,站在那里。巴利
Rājā hatthinā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘kuto nu, tvaṃ brāhmaṇa, āgacchasi, kimicchasi, kiṃ te dajja’’nti āha. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘tumhe ‘sutavittakā’ti sutvā catasso satārahagāthāyo ādāya tumhākaṃ desetuṃ āgatomhī’’ti āha. Mahāsatto tuṭṭhamānaso hutvā ‘‘ahaṃ uyyānaṃ gantvā nhāyitvā āgantvā sossāmi, tvaṃ mā ukkaṇṭhī’’ti vatvā ‘‘gacchatha brāhmaṇassa asukagehe nivāsaṃ ghāsacchādanañca saṃvidahathā’’ti āṇāpetvā uyyānaṃ pavisitvā mahantaṃ ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya oḷārikāni ābharaṇāni omuñcitvā massukammaṃ kāretvā ubbaṭṭitasarīro pokkharaṇiyā rājavibhavena nhāyitvā paccuttaritvā udakaggahaṇasāṭake nivāsetvā aṭṭhāsi.
这时,随从们给他献上香、花鬘等装饰。食人者心想:“国王打扮整齐的时候身子会重,我要趁他轻便的时候抓住他。”于是他大声吼着,挥舞着剑,报出自己的名号:“我就是食人者!”然后从水里跳了出来。听到他的声音,骑象的人等从象背等处纷纷跌落逃散。远处的军队也当场逃跑了。另一人扔掉自己的武器,胸部着地仆倒。食人者把国王举起来放到肩上,当着众人的面就跃过了十八肘高的围墙,又踩在前面那些发情狂醉、淌着汁液的良象额头上,像把山峰踢倒一样把它们踢倒;踩在快如疾风的骏马背上,把它们踩倒;踩上车辕顶,把它们踢翻。他像陀螺一样旋转,又像碾碎绿榕树叶一样,一口气跑了三由旬的路。发现没有人追上来,他便慢慢走着。须陀须摩头发上的水珠滴落在食人者身上,食人者误以为是泪珠,就说:“怎么,连须陀须摩也在为死亡悲伤,在这里哭吗?”巴利
Athassa gandhamālālaṅkāre upahariṃsu. Porisādo ‘‘alaṅkatakāle rājā bhāriko bhavissati, sallahukakāleyeva naṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti nadanto khaggaṃ parivattento ‘‘ahamasmi porisādo’’ti nāmaṃ sāvetvā udakā nikkhami. Tassa saddaṃ sutvā hatthārohādayo hatthiādito bhassiṃsu. Balakāyo dūre ṭhito tatova palāyi. Itaro attano āvudhāni chaḍḍetvā urena nipajji. Porisādo rājānaṃ ukkhipitvā khandhe nisīdāpetvā sammukhaṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhārasahatthaṃ pākāraṃ laṅghitvā purato pagalitamadamattavaravāraṇe kumbhe akkamitvā pabbatakūṭāni viya pātento vātajavānipi assaratanāni piṭṭhiyaṃ akkamitvā pātento rathasīse akkamitvā pātento bhamarikaṃ bhamanto viya nīlakāni nigrodhapattāni maddanto viya ekavegeneva tiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā kañci anubandhantaṃ adisvā saṇikaṃ gacchanto sutasomassa kesehi udakabindūni attano upari patantāni ‘‘assubindūnī’’ti saññāya ‘‘kimidaṃ sutasomopi maraṇaṃ anusocanto rodatī’’ti āha.
大士说:“我不是因为死亡而难过,更不是因为哭泣。只是,立下约定后去兑现承诺,这本来就是智者们一向的做法,如今这个约定却没法完成了,我为此而忧心。有位婆罗门带着迦叶十力尊所说的四首百金偈颂,从呾叉始罗远道而来。我尽了对客人的礼数后,和他约定:‘我去沐浴,回来就听您诵偈,请您等我回来。’然后我才去了园林。可你却不让我听那些偈颂,把我抓到这里来了。”因此他说了下面的话:巴利
Mahāsatto ‘‘nāhaṃ maraṇato anusocāmi, kuto rodanā, api ca kho saṅgaraṃ katvā saccāpanaṃ nāma paṇḍitānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ, taṃ na nipphajjatī’’ti anusocāmi. Kassapadasabalena desitā catasso satārahagāthāyo ādāya takkasilato āgatassa brāhmaṇassa āgantukavattaṃ kāretvā ‘‘nhāyitvā āgantvā suṇissāmi, yāva mamāgamanā āgamehī’’ti saṅgaraṃ katvā uyyānaṃ gato, tvañca tā gāthāyo sotuṃ adatvā maṃ gaṇhīti. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Gahito porisādena, brāhmaṇe saṅgaraṃ sari’’nti.
其中,“忆起了与婆罗门的约定”,是我回忆起自己曾向欢喜婆罗门作出的承诺。巴利
Tattha brāhmaṇe saṅgaraṃ sarinti nandabrāhmaṇe attanā kataṃ paṭiññaṃ anussariṃ.
106 到各处园林去,把凭自己力气抓来的一百个刹帝利的手掌穿孔,为了把他们挂在树上而系上绳子,这就是「以手掌穿孔串起」的意思。「使他们衰竭」的意思是:把这一百个刹帝利活捉,让他们头朝下脚朝上倒吊着,用脚跟敲打他们的头,借着旋转把他们手掌穿孔串起来,再挂到树上,完全断绝他们的饮食,使他们彻底力竭、干枯、疲惫。「为了祭祀」的意思是:为了成办祭祀的业行。「他领我来」的意思是:他把我带到近前。巴利
106.Āvuṇitvākarattaleti tattha tattha uyyānādīsu gantvā attano balena ānītānaṃ ekasatakhattiyānaṃ hatthatale chiddaṃ katvā rukkhe lambanatthaṃ rajjuṃ paṭimuñcitvā. Etesaṃ pamilāpetvāti ete ekasatakhattiye jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā uddhaṃpāde adhosire katvā paṇhiyā sīsaṃ paharanto bhamaṇavasena hatthatale āvuṇitvā rukkhe ālambanavasena sabbaso āhārūpacchedena ca sabbathā pamilāpetvā visosetvā khedāpetvāti attho. Yaññattheti balikammatthe sādhetabbe. Upanayī mamanti maṃ upanesi.
107 107. 同样地,当菩萨被食人者带着走时,食人者问他:“你为什么害怕死亡?”他回答说:“我不是害怕死亡,而是想到我与那位婆罗门立下的约定还没有完成,心里很难过。如果你放了我,等我听完那个法,对那位婆罗门恭敬供养之后,我一定会再回来。”食人者说:“我不相信这一点,即你被我释放后离开,还会再回到我手中。”菩萨说:“善友食人者,你曾和我同在一个老师门下学习,是我的同窗好友,我曾说过‘我即使为了活命也绝不说谎’,你难道不信吗?”尽管我仅仅说了这些话——巴利
107. Tathā upanīyamāno pana mahāsatto porisādena ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ maraṇato bhāyasī’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ maraṇato bhāyāmi, tassa pana brāhmaṇassa mayā kato saṅgaro na parimocito’’ti anusocāmi. ‘‘Sace maṃ vissajjessasi, taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tassa ca sakkārasammānaṃ katvā puna āgamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Nāhamidaṃ saddahāmi, yaṃ tvaṃ mayā vissajjito gantvā puna mama hatthaṃ āgamissāsī’’ti. ‘‘Samma porisāda, mayā saddhiṃ ekācariyakule sikkhito sahāyo hutvā ‘ahaṃ jīvitahetupi na musā kathemī’ti kiṃ na saddahasī’’ti? Kiñcāpi me etena vācāmattakena –
我手按着剑和矛,朋友,我也向你立下誓言;
被你释放后,我就没有债务了,我会守护真理,一定会再回来。巴利
‘‘Asiñca sattiñca parāmasāmi, sapathampi te samma ahaṃ karomi; Tayā pamutto anaṇo bhavitvā, saccānurakkhī punarāvajissa’’nti. (jā. 2.21.407) –
大士说完这首偈颂后,食人者心想:这个须陀素摩说“我要立下刹帝利不该立的誓”,就算他去了不回来,也逃不出我的手心。巴利
Mahāsattena imāya gāthāya vuttāya porisādo ‘‘ayaṃ sutasomo ‘khattiyehi akattabbaṃ sapathaṃ karomī’ti vadati, gantvā anāgacchantopi mama hatthato na muccissatī’’ti cintetvā –
那位婆罗门在自己的国土上掌权时为你立下的那个约定,
婆罗门啊,你要一步守住那个约定,真理守护者啊,再回来。巴利
‘‘Yo te kato saṅgaro brāhmaṇena, raṭṭhe sake issariye ṭhitena; Taṃ saṅgaraṃ brāhmaṇa sappadāya, saccānurakkhī punarāvajassū’’ti. (jā. 2.21.408) –
大士像从罗睺口中脱身的月亮一样,凭着如象之力、精力充沛,很快就到达了那座城。他的军队心想:“须陀素摩王很有智慧,调伏了食人者之后,一定会像那头刚从狮子口脱险的殊胜良象一样回来。”又因为害怕受人责备——“把国王交给食人者,自己却回来了”——所以一直驻扎在城外。他们远远看见他走来,就迎上前去顶礼,问候道:“大王,您没有被食人者折磨吧?”国王说:“食人者为我做的事,连我父母都难以做到。那样凶残暴戾的人,竟然相信我,把我放了。”于是众人把国王装扮起来,扶他登上象背,前后簇拥着进了城。城里所有人看到这一幕,都欢喜不已。巴利
Mahāsatto rāhumukhā mutto cando viya nāgabalo thāmasampanno khippameva taṃ nagaraṃ sampāpuṇi. Senāpissa ‘‘sutasomarājā paṇḍito, porisādaṃ dametvā sīhamukhā pamuttamattavaravāraṇo viya āgamissatī’’ti ca ‘‘rājānaṃ porisādassa datvā āgatā’’ti garahabhayena ca bahinagareyeva niviṭṭhā taṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ disvā paccuggantvā vanditvā ‘‘kaccittha, mahārāja, porisādena na kilamito’’ti paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘porisādena mayhaṃ mātāpitūhipi dukkaraṃ kataṃ, tathārūpo nāma caṇḍo sāhasiko mamaṃ saddahitvā maṃ vissajjesī’’ti vutte rājānaṃ alaṅkaritvā hatthikkhandhaṃ āropetvā parivāretvā nagaraṃ pāvisi. Taṃ disvā sabbe nāgarā tusiṃsu.
他也因为热爱正法,没有先去拜见父母,而是回到住处,把那位婆罗门召来,对他大加恭敬供养。出于对法的尊重,他自己坐在低座上,说:“老师,我想听您为我带来的那些价值百金的偈颂。”婆罗门在大士请求的时候,用香料涂了手,从袋子里取出一本精美的书册,双手捧起,说:“那么,大王,请听。”然后一边展开书册,一边诵出偈颂:巴利
Sopi dhammasoṇḍatāya mātāpitaropi anupasaṅkamitvā nivesanaṃ gantvā brāhmaṇaṃ pakkosāpetvā tassa mahantaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ katvā dhammagarutāya sayaṃ nīcāsane nisīditvā ‘‘tumhehi mayhaṃ ābhatā satārahagāthā suṇomi ācariyā’’ti āha. Brāhmaṇo mahāsattena yācitakāle gandhehi hatthe ubbaṭṭetvā pasibbakato manoramaṃ potthakaṃ nīharitvā ubhohi hatthehi gahetvā ‘‘tena hi , mahārāja, suṇohī’’ti potthakaṃ vācento gāthā abhāsi –
只要一次与善人相聚就足够了。
和善人交往能护住他,跟恶人频繁来往则不能。
只应该和善人交往,应该和善人建立亲密关系;
了知智者正法后,会变得更好,不会变坏。
华丽彩绘的王家车乘确实会朽坏,身体也一样会走向衰老;
善人的法不会衰老,善人们确实会在善人之间宣说它。
天空和大地都很遥远,大海的彼岸也被说成遥远;
因此,他们确实说,善士之法与恶人之法,大王啊,比那还要远得多。巴利
‘‘Sakideva sutasoma, sabbhi hoti samāgamo; Sā naṃ saṅgati pāleti, nāsabbhi bahusaṅgamo. ‘‘Sabbhireva samāsetha, sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ; Sataṃ saddhammamaññāya, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. ‘‘Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti; Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti. ‘‘Nabhañca dūre pathavī ca dūre, pāraṃ samuddassa tadāhu dūre; Tato have dūrataraṃ vadanti, satañca dhammo asatañca rājā’’ti. (jā. 2.21.411-414, 445-448);
大士听了这些偈颂后,心里欢喜,想道:“我这一趟来得真有价值。”接着他又想:“这些偈颂既不是声闻说的,也不是仙人说的,不是诗人说的,不是天人说的,只有一切知者才能说出来。它到底值多少呢?就算把整个轮围世界直到梵天界都装满七宝拿来布施,也还算不上是恰当的回报。而我倒是能把三百由旬大的俱卢国、七由旬大的因陀巴塔城的王位送给他。可是他没有治理国家的福分,因为从他身上的相好来看,他的威德很小,所以就算把王位给了他,他也守不住。”这样想过之后,他问道:“老师,您向别的刹帝利讲这些偈颂,能得到什么?”婆罗门回答:“每首一百金,大王,所以就叫百金偈。”于是大士对他说:“老师,您还不知道自己随身带着的东西值多少啊。”巴利
Tā sutvā mahāsatto ‘‘saphalaṃ me āgamana’’nti tuṭṭhacitto ‘‘imā gāthā neva sāvakabhāsitā, na isibhāsitā, na kavibhāsitā, na devabhāsitā, sabbaññunāva bhāsitā. Kiṃ nu kho aggha’’nti cintento ‘‘imaṃ sakalampi cakkavāḷaṃ yāva brahmalokā sattaratanapuṇṇaṃ katvā dinnepi neva anucchavikaṃ kataṃ nāma hoti, ahaṃ kho panassa tiyojanasatike kururaṭṭhe sattayojanike indapatthanagare rajjaṃ dātuṃ pahomi. Rajjaṃ kātuṃ panassa bhāgyaṃ natthi, tathā hissa aṅgalakkhaṇānusārena appānubhāvatā dissati, tasmā dinnampi rajjaṃ na imasmiṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘ācariya, tumhe aññesaṃ khattiyānaṃ imā gāthāyo desetvā kiṃ labhathā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ekekāya sataṃ sataṃ, mahārāja, teneva satārahagāthā nāma jātā’’ti. Athassa mahāsatto ‘‘tvaṃ ācariya, attanā gahetvā vicaraṇabhaṇḍassa agghaṃ na jānāsī’’ti.
这些偈颂值一千金,不是只值一百金的偈颂。
婆罗门,这四千金你就赶快收下吧。巴利
‘‘Sahassiyā imā gāthā, nayimā gāthā satārahā; Cattāri tvaṃ sahassāni, khippaṃ gaṇhāhi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (jā. 2.21.415);
他让人拿出四千金钱送给婆罗门,又送了一辆舒适的车乘,以盛大的恭敬与礼遇送他离开。随后,他顶礼父母,说:“我曾向食人者承诺:供养婆罗门带来的正法宝藏、对他表达恭敬与礼遇之后,就会回来。我正是凭着这个承诺才得以归来。对婆罗门该做的、该尽的,我都已经做了,现在我要去食人者那里了。”大家听了都恳求道:“须陀素摩,亲爱的孩子,你怎么说出这种话?我们可以用四支大军去捉拿那个盗贼,你千万不要去盗贼那里啊!”一万六千名舞女和其余随从也都悲泣起来,哭喊道:“大王,您丢下我们这些无依无靠的人,要去哪里啊?”全城顿时一片喧嚷:“听说国王还要再去盗贼那里!”巴利
Cattāri sahassāni dāpetvā ekañca sukhayānakaṃ datvā mahatā sakkārasammāneneva taṃ uyyojetvā mātāpitaro vanditvā ‘‘ahaṃ brāhmaṇena ābhataṃ saddhammaratanaṃ pūjetvā tassa ca sakkārasammānaṃ katvā āgamissāmīti porisādassa paṭiññaṃ datvā āgato. Tattha yaṃ brāhmaṇassa kattabbaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ taṃ kataṃ, idāni porisādassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti vutvā ‘‘tena hi, tāta sutasoma, kiṃ nāmetaṃ kathesi, caturaṅginiyā senāya coraṃ gaṇhissāma, mā gaccha corassa santika’’nti yāciṃsu. Soḷasasahassā nāṭakitthiyo sesaparijanāpi ‘‘amhe anāthe katvā kuhiṃ gacchasi devā’’ti parideviṃsu. ‘‘Punapi kira rājā corassa santikaṃ gamissatī’’ti ekakolāhalaṃ ahosi.
大士心想:“守信如约,本来就是善士和正人君子的习惯。他也是因为相信我,才把我放了回来,所以我一定要去。”于是向父母顶礼,又嘱咐了其余的人。后宫等众人泪流满面,用种种方式悲泣哀号,一路跟着他。大士出了城,为了让这些人回去,用手杖在路上横划了一道线,说:“不许越过我这条线。”说完就走了。大众无法违抗有大威德的大士的命令,放声大哭,转身回去了。菩萨就沿着来时的路,走向食人者那里。因此经文才说:“食人者问我”等等。巴利
Mahāsatto ‘‘paṭiññāya saccāpanaṃ nāma sādhūnaṃ sappurisānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ, sopi mamaṃ saddahitvā vissajjesi, tasmā gamissāmiyevā’’ti mātāpitaro vanditvā sesajanaṃ anusāsetvā assumukhena nānappakāraṃ paridevantena itthāgārādinā janena anugato nagarā nikkhamma taṃ janaṃ nivattetuṃ magge daṇḍakena tiriyaṃ lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘imaṃ mama lekhaṃ mā atikkamiṃsū’’ti vatvā agamāsi. Mahājano tejavato mahāsattassa āṇaṃ atikkamituṃ asakkonto mahāsaddena kanditvā roditvā nivatti. Bodhisatto āgatamaggeneva tassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘apucchi maṃ porisādo’’tiādi.
在这里,你问“你希望什么,放我走”的意思是:你想回到自己的城市,想从我手里得到释放,你到底想要什么?你说“你与我自塔克西拉等地便相交久远,是个说真话的人”,所以我会按你的想法来办,随你的心意去做。“如果你再回到我这里”的意思是:如果你一定会再次来到我面前。巴利
Tattha kiṃ tvaṃ icchasi nisajjanti tvaṃ attano nagaraṃ gantuṃ mama hatthato nissajjanaṃ kiṃ icchasi, tvaṃ ‘‘mayā takkasilādīsu ciraparicito saccavādī cā’’ti vadasi, tasmā yathā mati te kāhāmi, yathāruci te karissāmi. Yadi me tvaṃ punehisīti sace puna tvaṃ ekaṃseneva mama santikaṃ āgamissasi.
108 在这些问题里,“我的回来”说的是:我早就先答应了那个食人者,立下“清晨一定回来”的承诺之后才动身。至于“当时我交出了王国”,意思是:那时我一心想去食人者那里,就把方圆三百由旬的国土交给父母,对他们说:“你们来治理这个王国吧。”巴利
108.Paṇhe āgamanaṃ mamāti pageva mama āgamanaṃ tassa porisādassa paṭissuṇitvā pātova āgamissāmīti paṭissavaṃ katvā. Rajjaṃ niyyātayiṃ tadāti tadā porisādassa santikaṃ gantukāmo ‘‘idaṃ vo rajjaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti mātāpitūnaṃ tiyojanasatikaṃ rajjaṃ niyyātesiṃ.
109 109. 那么,为什么要交出王位呢?因为忆念善士之法。依承诺而证明真实,这本来就是善士、圣者、大菩萨们的传承和家族传统。因此,我忆念着过去诸胜者、诸佛等所奉行的真实波罗蜜法,为守护真实,把财物给了那位婆罗门,舍弃自己的生命,走向了食人者。巴利
109. Kasmā pana rajjaṃ niyyātayinti? Anussaritvā sataṃ dhammanti yasmā pana paṭiññāya saccāpanaṃ nāma sataṃ sādhūnaṃ mahābodhisattānaṃ paveṇī kulavaṃso, tasmā taṃ saccapāramitādhammaṃ pubbakaṃ porāṇaṃ jinehi buddhādīhi sevitaṃ anussaritvā saccaṃ anurakkhanto tassa brāhmaṇassa dhanaṃ datvā attano jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā porisādaṃ upāgamiṃ.
110 我对这件事没有疑惑。所谓“我对这件事没有疑惑”,就是说,对于前往那个食人者跟前这件事,我心里并没有“他到底会不会杀我”这样的疑惑。我明明知道“他凶残、暴虐,已经准备好把我和其他一百零一位刹帝利当作献给天神的祭品,他一定会杀了我”,却纯粹为了守护真实之语,舍弃自己的生命,走向了他。正因为如此,在真实这方面没有人能和我相等,这就是我所达到的、已经究竟圆满的真实波罗蜜。巴利
110.Natthi me saṃsayo tatthāti tasmiṃ porisādassa santikaṃ gamane ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ kiṃ nu kho ghātessati, udāhu no’’ti mayhaṃ saṃsayo natthi. ‘‘Caṇḍo sāhasiko mayā saddhiṃ ekasatakhattiye devatāya balikammakaraṇasajjo ekanteneva ghātessatī’’ti jānanto eva kevalaṃ saccavācaṃ anurakkhanto attano jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā taṃ upāgamiṃ. Yasmā cetadevaṃ, tasmā saccena me samo natthi, esā me paramatthabhāvappattā saccapāramīti.
当大士走到近前,食人者看到他面容的光彩宛如盛开的红莲花与白莲花,心想:“这个人已经不怕死了,还来到这里,他到底凭什么有这样的威力?”接着又想:“我想,他是因为听了那个法,才变得这样有威势、无所畏惧。如果我也听了那个法,我也一样会有威势、无所畏惧。”这样下定决心后,食人者对菩萨说:“请让我们听听那些值百金的偈颂吧,你就是为了听它们才回到自己的城里的。”巴利
Upāgate pana mahāsatte vikasitapuṇḍarīkapadumasassirikamassa mukhaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ vigatamaraṇabhayo hutvā āgato, kissa nu kho esa ānubhāvo’’ti cintento ‘‘tassa maññe dhammassa sutattā ayaṃ evaṃ tejavā nibbhayo ca jāto, ahampi taṃ sutvā tejavā nibbhayo ca bhavissāmī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā porisādo mahāsattaṃ āha – ‘‘suṇoma satārahagāthāyo yāsaṃ savanatthaṃ tvaṃ attano nagaraṃ gato’’ti.
菩萨听了这话,心想:“这个食人者是本性恶劣的人,我先稍微压制他一下,让他感到羞愧,然后再跟他说。”巴利
Taṃ sutvā bodhisatto ‘‘ayaṃ porisādo pāpadhammo, imaṃ thokaṃ niggahetvā lajjāpetvā kathessāmī’’ti –
对非法又残忍、总是双手沾满鲜血的人,
没有真实,哪来的法?光靠听又能得到什么?巴利
‘‘Adhammikassa luddassa, niccaṃ lohitapāṇino; Natthi saccaṃ kuto dhammo, kiṃ sutena karissasī’’ti. (jā. 2.21.427) –
说完之后,他又以更加恭敬聆听的心态说道:巴利
Vatvā puna tena suṭṭhutaraṃ sañjātasavanādarena –
人们听了法,就能分辨善与恶;
听了这些偈颂之后,我的心就欢喜地沉浸在法中。巴利
‘‘Sutvā dhammaṃ vijānanti, narā kalyāṇapāpakaṃ; Api gāthā suṇitvāna, dhamme me ramate mano’’ti. (jā. 2.21.444) –
听到这话,他心想:“这个人极其恭敬,很想听法,那我就为他说吧。”于是说道:“那么,朋友,你好好听,认真作意。”接着,他按照难陀婆罗门所说的方式,恭敬地称颂了那些偈颂,使得六欲天界顿时一片喧腾,诸天纷纷发出“善哉”的赞叹声,就在此时,大士对食人者说:巴利
Vutte ‘‘ayaṃ ativiya sañjātādaro sotukāmo, handassa kathessāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘tena hi samma, sādhukaṃ suṇohi manasikarohī’’ti vatvā nandabrāhmaṇena kathitaniyāmeneva gāthānaṃ sakkaccaṃ thutiṃ katvā chakāmāvacaradevaloke ekakolāhalaṃ katvā devatāsu sādhukāraṃ dadamānāsu mahāsatto porisādassa –
大王,与善人相交,一次就够了;
和善人交往能护住他,跟不善的人多来往则不能。
只跟善人交往,只跟善人结交亲密友谊。
了解善士的正法之后,人会变得更好,不会变得更差。
华丽装饰的王家车乘确实会朽坏,身体也一样会走向衰老。
善人的法不会衰老,善士们确实会向善人宣说。
天空遥远,大地遥远,人们说大海的彼岸也遥远;
大王啊,他们说比那更遥远的,是善士的法与不善者的法。巴利
‘‘Sakideva mahārāja, sabbhi hoti samāgamo; Sā naṃ saṅgati pāleti, nāsabbhi bahusaṅgamo. ‘‘Sabbhireva samāsetha, sabbhi kubbetha santhavaṃ; Sataṃ saddhammamaññāya, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. ‘‘Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, attho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti; Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti. ‘‘Nabhañca dūre pathavī ca dūre, pāraṃ samuddassa tadāhu dūre; Tato have dūrataraṃ vadanti, satañca dhammo asatañca rājā’’ti. (jā. 2.21.411-414) –
他讲说了法。由于他善于说法,加上自己福德的威力,就在他听偈颂的时候,全身充满了五种喜悦。他对菩萨生起柔软的心,说道:“善友须陀素摩,我看不到有什么值得布施的金银等物,我愿为每一首偈颂各给一个恩惠。”于是大士呵责他:“你连自己的利益都不知道,还能给别人什么恩惠?”后来又被对方恳求“请接受恩惠吧”,大士便首先求了一个恩惠:“我希望能长久见到你无病无灾。”那人心想:“这个现在想杀死我、吃我的肉、造下极大祸害的人,竟然在祈求我的命。”他满心欢喜,被大士用善巧方便蒙骗,没有察觉恩惠已经被索求,就给了。大士确实凭善巧方便,借着愿他长久活命的说法,为自己求得了性命。接着他求第二个恩惠:“请给那一百个刹帝利性命。”第三个恩惠:让他们回到各自的国土。第四个恩惠:请你停止吃人肉。他给了前三个恩惠后,不愿给第四个,说“请换个别的恩惠吧”,但在大士的逼迫下,最终还是给了。巴利
Dhammaṃ kathesi. Tassa tena sukathitattā ceva attano ca puññānubhāvena gāthā suṇantasseva sakalasarīraṃ pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā paripūri. So bodhisatte muducitto hutvā ‘‘samma sutasoma, dātabbayuttakaṃ hiraññādiṃ na passāmi, ekekāya gāthāya ekekaṃ varaṃ dassāmī’’ti āha. Atha naṃ mahāsatto ‘‘tvaṃ attanopi hitāni ajānanto parassa kiṃ nāma varaṃ dassasī’’ti apasādetvā puna tena ‘‘varaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti yācito sabbapaṭhamaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ cirakālaṃ taṃ arogaṃ passeyya’’nti varaṃ yāci. So ‘‘ayaṃ idāni me vadhitvā maṃsaṃ khāditukāmassa mahānatthakarassa mayhameva jīvitamicchatī’’ti tuṭṭhamānaso vañcetvā varassa gahitabhāvaṃ ajānanto adāsi. Mahāsatto hi upāyakusalatāya tassa ciraṃ jīvitukāmatāpadesena attano jīvitaṃ yāci. Atha ‘‘parosataṃ khattiyānaṃ jīvitaṃ dehī’’ti dutiyaṃ varaṃ, tesaṃ sake raṭṭhe paṭipādanaṃ tatiyaṃ varaṃ, manussamaṃsakhādanato viramaṇaṃ catutthaṃ varaṃ yāci. So tīṇi varāni datvā catutthaṃ varaṃ adātukāmo ‘‘aññaṃ varaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vatvāpi mahāsattena nippīḷiyamāno tampi adāsiyeva.
这时,菩萨让食人者退到一边,借他的力量把那些国王解救出来,让他们躺在地上,像从孩子耳朵里慢慢抽出线团一样,把绳子一点点抽出来。他又让食人者取来一块皮,用石头磨好,说了真实语之后,涂擦在国王们的手掌上。就在那一刹那,他们便感到舒适了。菩萨在那里住了两三天,把他们治好,又和他们结下了牢不可破的友谊。然后,他和他们一起把食人者带到波罗奈,扶他登上王位,叮嘱说:“不要放逸。”接着把那些国王各自送回自己的国家。之后,他从因陀帕塔城带来的四军围绕着自己,回到自己的城市,在欢喜踊跃的城民簇拥下进入后宫,礼敬父母,登上了大殿。巴利
Atha bodhisatto porisādaṃ nibbisevanaṃ katvā teneva rājāno mocāpetvā bhūmiyaṃ nipajjāpetvā dārakānaṃ kaṇṇato suttavaṭṭi viya saṇikaṃ rajjuyo nīharitvā porisādena ekaṃ tacaṃ āharāpetvā pāsāṇena ghaṃsitvā saccakiriyaṃ katvā tesaṃ hatthatalāni makkhesi. Taṅkhaṇaṃ eva phāsukaṃ ahosi. Dvīhatīhaṃ tattheva vasitvā te aroge kāretvā tehi saddhiṃ abhijjanakasabhāvaṃ mittasanthavaṃ kāretvā tehi saddhiṃ taṃ bārāṇasiṃ netvā rajje patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘appamattā hothā’’ti te rājāno attano attano nagaraṃ pesetvā indapatthanagarato āgatāya attano caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto attano nagaraṃ gato tuṭṭhapamuditena nāgarajanena samparivāriyamāno antepuraṃ pavisitvā mātāpitaro vanditvā mahātalaṃ abhiruhi.
那时,大士让人建了六座布施堂,每天持续举行大布施,圆满持戒,受持布萨,修习增长诸波罗蜜。那些国王也听从大士的教导,做布施等种种福德善行,命终之后投生天宫,遍满天界。巴利
Atha mahāsatto cha dānasālāyo kāretvā devasikaṃ mahādānāni pavattento sīlāni paripūrento uposathaṃ upavasanto pāramiyo anubrūhesi. Tepi rājāno mahāsattassa ovāde ṭhatvā dānādīni puññāni katvā āyupariyosāne saggapuraṃ pūrayiṃsu.
那时,食人者就是央掘摩罗长老,黑象大臣就是舍利弗长老,难陀婆罗门就是阿难长老,树神就是大迦叶长老,那些国王就是佛陀的弟子众,父母就是那些大王族,须陀素摩大王就是世尊。巴利
Tadā porisādo aṅgulimālatthero ahosi, kāḷahatthiamacco sāriputtatthero, nandabrāhmaṇo ānandatthero, rukkhadevatā mahākassapatthero, rājāno buddhaparisā, mātāpitaro mahārājakulāni, sutasomamahārājā lokanātho.
其余的波罗蜜也应当依照下面所说的方法来确定。同样,应当像《阿利那萨都行》的注释(《行藏》2.74等)那样,阐明大士的功德威力。巴利
Tassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyopi niddhāretabbā. Tathā alīnasattucariyāvaṇṇanāya (cariyā aṭṭha. 2.74 ādayo) viya mahāsattassa guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第十三章 金须摩行谊的注释巴利
13. Suvaṇṇasāmacariyāvaṇṇanā
111 第十三章。“当须摩在林中时”——在雪山中那条名叫鹿称的河边,一片广大的森林里,那时有一个名叫须摩的苦行少年。“由帝释所化现”——因为他是依帝释天王的教导成就而出生的,所以说是由帝释所化现、所生起。这件事的来龙去脉是这样的:过去,离波罗奈不远的一条河边有一个猎户村。村里一位年长猎户生了一个儿子,给他取名叫杜库拉。就在那条河的对岸,也有一个猎户村。村里一位年长猎户生了一个女儿,给她取名叫帕丽卡。这两个人都是从梵天界投生来的清净众生。他们长大成人后,虽然自己不愿意,父母还是给他们办了婚事。这两个人始终没有沉入烦恼的大海,像梵天一样共同生活,而且完全不做猎户的活计。巴利
111. Terasame sāmo yadā vane āsinti himavantasmiṃ migasammatāya nāma nadiyā tīre mahati araññe sāmo nāma tāpasakumāro yadā ahosi. Sakkena abhinimmitoti sakkassa devānamindassa upadesasampattiyā jātattā sakkena nibbattito janito. Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – atīte bārāṇasito avidūre nadiyā tīre eko nesādagāmo ahosi. Tattha jeṭṭhanesādassa putto jāto. Tassa ‘‘dukūlo’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Tassā eva nadiyā paratīrepi eko nesādagāmo ahosi. Tattha jeṭṭhanesādassa dhītā jātā. Tassā ‘‘pārikā’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Te ubhopi brahmalokato āgatā suddhasattā. Tesaṃ vayappattānaṃ anicchamānānaṃyeva āvāhavivāhaṃ kariṃsu. Te ubhopi kilesasamuddaṃ anotaritvā brahmāno viya ekato vasiṃsu. Na ca kiñci nesādakammaṃ karonti.
于是父母对杜库拉说:“孩子,你既不做猎户的活计,也不想过在家生活,那你到底要做什么呢?”他回答说:“如果你们允许,我就去出家。”父母说:“那就随你出家去吧。”于是两个人进入雪山,来到一个地方——鹿称河从雪山流下,汇入恒河。他们到了那里之后,离开恒河,朝着鹿称河的方向逆流而上。那时,帝释天的宫殿现出炽热的征兆。帝释知道了个中缘由,就派毗首羯磨在那个地方造了一座茅庵。他们到了那里,出家之后,就住在帝释所赐的茅庵里,只修习欲界的慈。帝释也常来照顾他们。巴利
Atha dukūlaṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tāta, tvaṃ nesādakammaṃ na karosi, neva gharāvāsaṃ icchasi, kiṃ nāma karissasī’’ti āhaṃsu. So ‘‘tumhesu anujānantesu pabbajissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi pabbajāhī’’ti. Dvepi janā himavantaṃ pavisitvā yasmiṃ ṭhāne migasammatā nāma nadī himavantato otaritvā gaṅgaṃ pattā, taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā gaṅgaṃ pahāya migasammatābhimukhā abhiruhiṃsu. Tadā sakkassa bhavanaṃ uṇhākāraṃ dassesi. Sakko taṃ kāraṇaṃ ñatvā vissakammunā tasmiṃ ṭhāne assamaṃ māpesi. Te tattha gantvā pabbajitvā sakkadattiye assame kāmāvacaramettaṃ bhāvetvā paṭivasiṃsu. Sakkopi tesaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchati.
有一天,他(帝释)知道“他们的眼睛将会失去”,就来到他们跟前说:“尊者,你们的眼睛看来要出问题了,应该得到一个能照顾你们的儿子。我知道你们心地清净,所以,在帕丽卡经期后的受孕期时,你们可以用手触摸她的肚脐。这样你们就会得到一个儿子,他会照顾你们。”说完就走了。杜库拉把这件事告诉了帕丽卡,在她经期后的受孕期时用手触摸了她的肚脐。那时,菩萨从天界命终,投生到她的母胎中结生。她怀胎满十个月后,生下一个肤色金黄的男孩。因此他们给他取名叫“金睒子”。后来他渐渐长大,父母在快到他十六岁时,让他留在草庐里守着,自己则去森林里采集根茎和果实。巴利
So ekadivasaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ cakkhū parihāyissantī’’ti ñatvā upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, vo cakkhūnaṃ antarāyo paññāyati, paṭijagganakaṃ puttaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, jānāmi tumhākaṃ suddhacittataṃ, tasmā pārikāya utunikāle nābhiṃ hatthena parāmaseyyātha , evaṃ vo putto jāyissati, so vo upaṭṭhahissatī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Dukūlapaṇḍito taṃ kāraṇaṃ pārikāya ācikkhitvā tassā utunikāle nābhiṃ parāmasi. Tadā bodhisatto devalokā cavitvā tassā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi, sā dasamāsaccayena suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi. Tenevassa ‘‘suvaṇṇasāmo’’ti nāmaṃ kariṃsu. Taṃ aparabhāge vaḍḍhitvā soḷasavassuddesikampi mātāpitaro rakkhantā assame nisīdāpetvā sayameva vanamūlaphalāphalatthāya gacchanti.
有一天,他们在林中采摘各种果实后返回,走到离草庐不远的地方,忽然乌云密布,他们就躲进一棵树下,站在蚁丘顶上。他们身上流下的汗水混着体味,渗进了蚁丘洞里那条毒蛇的鼻孔。毒蛇被激怒,用鼻息喷向他们。两人当场失明,悲痛地哭喊哀号。这时大士心想:“父母怎么去了这么久?他们到底出了什么事?”便沿着来路走去,并发出声音。他们听出是他的声音,就回应他,出于对儿子的疼爱说道:“孩子萨玛,这里有危险,别过来!”然后他们自己循着声音走过来与他相遇。他问:“你们是因为什么失明的?”他们说:“孩子,我们也不知道。下雨的时候,我们正站在树下的蚁丘顶上,然后就看不见了。”话刚说完,他就明白了:“那里一定有毒蛇,那条蛇发怒时喷出了鼻息。”巴利
Athekadivasaṃ vane phalāphalaṃ ādāya nivattitvā assamapadato avidūre meghe uṭṭhite rukkhamūlaṃ pavisitvā vammikamatthake ṭhitānaṃ sarīrato sedagandhamissake udake tasmiṃ vammikabile ṭhitassa āsivisassa nāsāpuṭaṃ paviṭṭhe āsiviso kujjhitvā nāsāvātena pahari. Dve andhā hutvā paridevamānā viraviṃsu. Atha mahāsatto ‘‘mama mātāpitaro aticirāyanti, kā nu kho tesaṃ pavattī’’ti paṭimaggaṃ gantvā saddamakāsi. Te tassa saddaṃ sañjānitvā paṭisaddaṃ katvā puttasinehena ‘‘tāta sāma, idha paripantho atthi, mā āgamī’’ti vatvā saddānusārena sayameva samāgamiṃsu. So ‘‘kena vo kāraṇena cakkhūni vinaṭṭhānī’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘tāta, mayaṃ na jānāma, deve vassante rukkhamūle vammikamatthake ṭhitā, atha na passāmā’’ti vuttamatte eva aññāsi ‘‘tattha āsivisena bhavitabbaṃ, tena kuddhena nāsāvāto vissaṭṭho bhavissatī’’ti.
于是他说:“别担心,我会照顾你们。”然后把父母带到草庐,在他们夜间休息、白天活动等走动的地方系上绳索。从那以后,他把父母安顿在草庐里,自己去采集森林中的根茎和果实。清早他打扫住处,打来饮用水,备好洗漱用水,递上齿木和漱口水,再奉上甘甜的果实。父母漱完口,他自己才吃,然后礼拜父母,就坐在离他们不远的地方,心里想:“他们会吩咐我什么呢?”他尤其大量修习慈心,因此众生对他都不反感。就像众生不反感这位菩萨一样,菩萨对众生也不反感。就这样,他天天为了采集果实而进出森林,身边总有鹿群围绕。狮子、老虎等猛兽也和他非常亲近,凭着他慈心的力量,住处周围的畜生彼此之间也生起了柔和的心。如此,他靠着慈心的力量,处处无所畏惧、毫不惊恐,像梵天一样没有怨恨地生活。因此经中说:“在林中,对狮子与老虎,他以慈心遍满……”等等。巴利
Atha ‘‘mā cintayittha, ahaṃ vo paṭijaggissāmī’’ti mātāpitaro assamaṃ netvā tesaṃ rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānādisañcaraṇaṭṭhāne rajjuke bandhi. Tato paṭṭhāya te assame ṭhapetvā vanamūlaphalāphalāni āharati, pātova vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sammajjati, pānīyaṃ āharati, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, dantakaṭṭhamukhodakāni datvā madhuraphalāphalaṃ deti. Tehi mukhe vikkhālite sayaṃ paribhuñjitvā mātāpitaro vanditvā tesaṃ avidūreyeva acchati – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ime āṇāpentī’’ti. Visesena ca mettaṃ bahulamakāsi, tenassa sattā appaṭikkūlā ahesuṃ . Yathā cassa sattā, evaṃ sattānaṃ so bodhisatto appaṭikkūlo. Evaṃ so divase divase phalāphalatthāya araññaṃ gacchantopi āgacchantopi migagaṇaparivuto eva ahosi. Sīhabyagghādivipakkhasattāpi tena saddhiṃ ativiya vissatthā, mettānubhāvena panassa vasanaṭṭhāne aññamaññaṃ tiracchānagatā muducittataṃ paṭilabhiṃsu. Iti so sabbattha mettānubhāvena abhīrū anutrāsī brahmā viya avero vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pavane sīhabyagghe ca, mettāyamupanāmayi’’ntiādi.
这里,“我以慈遍满”中的“ma”是连音字。意思是:因为修习慈心,连凶猛残暴的狮子和老虎都被慈心遍满,更何况其他众生。或者也可以这样理解:“慈”是运行、生起的意思,依此而有“慈心修习”。我把慈心无差别地遍满于众生。也有版本读作“与狮子、老虎一起”。它的意思是:不只是我一个人,而是与林中狮子、老虎一起——在我当时所住的那片大森林里,我和狮子、老虎一起,对众生遍满了慈心。这里要说明的是:当时狮子、老虎也依靠我的威力,对众生获得了慈心,更何况其他众生呢。巴利
Tattha mettāyamupanāmayinti ma-kāro padasandhikaro, mettābhāvanāya kurūrakammante sīhabyagghepi phari, pageva sesasatteti adhippāyo. Atha vā mettā ayati pavattati etenāti mettāyo, mettābhāvanā. Taṃ mettāyaṃ upanāmayiṃ sattesu anodhiso upanesiṃ. ‘‘Sīhabyagghehī’’tipi pāṭho. Tassattho – na kevalamahameva, atha kho pavane sīhabyagghehi, yasmiṃ mahāvane tadā ahaṃ viharāmi, tattha sīhabyagghehi saddhiṃ ahaṃ sattesu mettaṃ upanāmesiṃ. Sīhabyagghāpi hi tadā mamānubhāvena sattesu mettacittataṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, pageva itare sattāti dasseti.
112 “以花鹿和野猪”这句,说的是花鹿和林中的野猪。“围绕着”,就是让这些动物围在自己身边,我住在那片森林里。巴利
112.Pasadamigavarāhehīti pasadamigehi ceva vanasūkarehi ca. Parivāretvāti etehi attānaṃ parivāritaṃ katvā tasmiṃ araññe vasiṃ.
113 现在,为了说明他那时通过修慈心所得到的功德利益,以及最终达到的最高境界,说了这最后一首偈颂:“没有谁害怕我。”它的意思是:即使是兔子、猫这类天生胆小的众生,也没有谁会害怕我、因我而恐惧。我自己也不会因为狮子、老虎等野兽,或者夜叉等非人,或者残忍嗜血的人,而从任何地方感到恐惧。为什么呢?因为被慈心的力量所支撑,被长久修习的慈心波罗蜜的威力所护持,那时我在那片山林、那片大森林中,感到快乐、感到非常喜悦。剩下的内容很容易理解。巴利
113. Idāni tadā attano mettābhāvanāya laddhaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ matthakappattiñcassa dassetuṃ ‘‘na maṃ koci uttasatī’’ti osānagāthamāha. Tassattho – sasabiḷārādiko bhīrukajātikopi koci satto maṃ na uttasati na ubbijjeti. Ahampi kassaci sīhabyagghāditiracchānato yakkhādiamanussato luddalohitapāṇimanussatoti kutocipi na bhāyāmi. Kasmā? Yasmā mettābalenupatthaddho cirakālaṃ bhāvitāya mettāpāramitāyānubhāvena upatthambhito tasmiṃ pavane mahāaraññe tadā ramāmi abhiramāmīti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
这位大士对一切众生修慈心,又好好照顾父母。一天,他从树林里采来甘甜的水果,放回草庐,礼拜父母之后说:“我去取水就回来。”他在鹿群围绕下,把两头鹿并在一起,将水罐放在鹿背上,用手扶着,走向河边渡口。那时,波罗奈有一位名叫皮利耶叉的国王治理国家。他贪吃鹿肉,让母亲代管王政,自己披挂五种武器,进入雪山,猎杀鹿群,吃鹿肉,四处游走,来到鹿群聚集的河边,渐渐走到萨摩取水的渡口。他看见鹿的足迹,一路走去,望见萨摩那样走着,心想:“我游历这么久,从没见过这样的人。他是天神还是龙呢?如果我上前问他,他也许会突然跑掉。不如我先射伤他,让他虚弱,然后再问。”大士沐浴后,穿上树皮衣,把鹿皮搭在一侧肩上,打满水罐,正举起放到左肩肩窝时,国王心想:“现在正是射他的时候。”便用涂了毒的箭射中他的右肋,箭从左肋穿出。鹿群知道他中了箭,惊恐地逃散了。巴利
Evaṃ pana mahāsatto sabbasatte mettāyanto mātāpitaro ca sādhukaṃ paṭijagganto ekadivasaṃ araññato madhuraphalāphalaṃ āharitvā assame ṭhapetvā mātāpitaro vanditvā ‘‘pānīyaṃ ādāya āgamissāmī’’ti migagaṇaparivuto dve mige ekato katvā tesaṃ piṭṭhiyaṃ pānīyaghaṭaṃ ṭhapetvā hatthena gahetvā nadītitthaṃ agamāsi. Tasmiṃ samaye bārāṇasiyaṃ pīḷiyakkho nāma rājā rajjaṃ kāresi. So migamaṃsalobhena mātaraṃ rajjaṃ paṭicchāpetvā sannaddhapañcāvudho himavantaṃ pavisitvā mige vadhitvā maṃsaṃ khāditvā caranto migasammataṃ nadiṃ patvā anupubbena sāmassa pānīyagahaṇatitthaṃ patto. Migapadavalañjaṃ disvā gacchanto taṃ tathā gacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mayā ettakaṃ kālaṃ evaṃ vicaranto manusso na diṭṭhapubbo, devo nu kho esa nāgo nu kho, sacāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāmi, sahasā pakkameyyāti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ etaṃ vijjhitvā dubbalaṃ katvā puccheyya’’nti cintetvā mahāsattaṃ nhatvā vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā ajinacammaṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūretvā ukkhipitvā vāmaṃsakūṭe ṭhapanakāle ‘‘idāni taṃ vijjhituṃ samayo’’ti visapītena sarena dakkhiṇapasse vijjhi. Saro vāmapassena nikkhami. Tassa viddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā migagaṇo bhīto palāyi.
萨摩贤者虽然中箭,却没有随便倾倒水瓶,而是提起正念,慢慢把水瓶放下,拨开沙子放稳,辨明方向,把头朝向父母居住的方向躺下,口吐鲜血,说道:“我没有哪个仇敌,我也没有在任何地方和任何人结过怨。”说完,说了这首偈颂:巴利
Sāmapaṇḍito pana viddhopi pānīyaghaṭaṃ yathā vā tathā vā anavasumbhetvā satiṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetvā saṇikaṃ otāretvā vālukaṃ byūhitvā ṭhapetvā disaṃ vavatthapetvā mātāpitūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhānadisābhāgena sīsaṃ katvā nipajjitvā mukhena lohitaṃ chaḍḍetvā ‘‘mama koci verī nāma natthi, mamapi katthaci veraṃ nāma natthī’’ti vatvā imaṃ gāthamāha –
到底是谁用箭射了我这个大意疏忽的取水人?
你是刹帝利、婆罗门,还是吠舍?是谁射中了我,却躲了起来?巴利
‘‘Ko nu maṃ usunā vijjhi, pamattaṃ udahārakaṃ; Khattiyo brāhmaṇo vesso, ko maṃ viddhā nilīyatī’’ti. (jā. 2.22.296);
国王听了这话,心里想:“这个人被我射中,倒在地上,却既不骂我,也不呵斥我,反而像在揉抚我的心一样,用亲切的话跟我说话。我要到他那里去。”这样想完,国王就走上前去,把自己就是射箭之人的事挑明了,然后问大士:“你是谁?是谁的儿子?”巴利
Taṃ sutvā rājā ‘‘ayaṃ mayā vijjhitvā pathaviyaṃ pātitopi neva maṃ akkosati na paribhāsati, mama hadayamaṃsaṃ sambāhanto viya piyavacanena samudācarati, gamissāmissa santika’’nti cintetvā upasaṅkamitvā attānaṃ attanā ca viddhabhāvaṃ āvikatvā ‘‘ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto’’ti mahāsattaṃ pucchi.
他这样说:“我叫萨摩,是杜库拉班智达——那位猎师仙人的儿子。可你为什么要把我射伤?”国王先说了“我以为是鹿”这句假话,随后又后悔起来:“我竟然毫无理由地射伤了这没有过错的人。”于是他把实情如实说出,又问了萨摩父母的住处,到了那里,向他们表明自己的身份。彼此问候之后,国王告诉他们:“萨摩是被我射伤的。”见他们悲泣哀伤,国王安慰道:“萨摩本来该为你们做的侍奉之事,今后由我来做,我会照顾你们。”这样安慰之后,国王把他们带到萨摩身边。他们到了那里,用种种方式悲叹,然后把手放在萨摩胸口,心里想:“我儿子的身体还有温热,只是因为毒力才失去知觉。为了解毒,我们要说真实语。”巴利
So ‘‘sāmo nāmāhaṃ dukūlapaṇḍitassa nāma nesādaisino putto, kissa pana maṃ vijjhī’’ti āha. So paṭhamaṃ ‘‘migasaññāyā’’ti musāvādaṃ vatvā ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ niraparādhaṃ akāraṇena vijjhi’’nti anusocitvā yathābhūtaṃ āvikatvā tassa mātāpitūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pucchitvā tattha gantvā tesaṃ attānaṃ āvikatvā tehi katapaṭisanthāro ‘‘sāmo mayā viddho’’ti vatvā te paridevante sokasamāpanne ‘‘yaṃ sāmena kattabbaṃ paricārikakammaṃ, taṃ katvā ahaṃ vo upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti samassāsetvā sāmassa santikaṃ ānesi. Te tattha gantvā nānappakāraṃ paridevitvā tassa ure hatthaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘puttassa me sarīre usumā vattateva, visavegena visaññitaṃ āpanno bhavissatīti nibbisabhāvatthāya saccakiriyaṃ karissāmā’’ti cintetvā –
无论做过什么样的福德善业,那既是我的,也是你父亲的;
凭这一切善业的力量,愿萨摩的毒被灭除。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ kiñcitthi kataṃ puññaṃ, mayhañceva pitucca te; Sabbena tena kusalena, visaṃ sāmassa haññatū’’ti. (jā. 2.22.388) –
无论做过什么福德,不管是我的还是你母亲的;
愿以这一切善业,灭除萨摩的毒。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ kiñcitthi kataṃ puññaṃ, mayhañceva mātucca te; Sabbena tena kusalena, visaṃ sāmassa haññatū’’ti. (jā. 2.22.396) –
我长久以来一直住在香醉山,
对我来说,除了萨摩,再没有别的什么人更让我喜爱了。
凭这句真实语,愿萨摩的毒被消除。巴利
‘‘Pabbatyāhaṃ gandhamādane, cirarattanivāsinī; Na me piyataro koci, añño sāmena vijjati; Etena saccavajjena, visaṃ sāmassa haññatū’’ti. (jā. 2.22.398) –
天神立下真实语之后,大士很快就起身了。就像水珠从莲花瓣上滚落一样,他的病痛消失了,箭伤愈合,恢复如初。父母的双眼也复明了。就这样,大士康复、父母重获视力、曙光升起,以及他们四人仍住在道场里——这一切都在同一刹那发生。巴利
Devatāya ca saccakiriyāya katāya mahāsatto khippaṃ vuṭṭhāsi. Padumapattapalāse udakabindu viya vinivaṭṭetvā ābādho vigato. Viddhaṭṭhānaṃ arogaṃ pākatikameva ahosi. Mātāpitūnaṃ cakkhūni uppajjiṃsu. Iti mahāsattassa arogatā, mātāpitūnañca cakkhupaṭilābho, aruṇuggamanaṃ, tesaṃ catunnampi assameyeva avaṭṭhānanti sabbaṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva ahosi.
于是,大士与国王互相问候之后,用“大王,要依法而行”等话(本生经2.22.411-412)为国王开示法义,又进一步给予教导,并授予五戒。国王恭敬地领受了他的教导,顶礼之后前往波罗奈,做了布施等种种善行,命终后投生天界。菩萨也和父母一起修成了神通与禅定,寿命结束时投生到梵天界。巴利
Atha mahāsatto raññā saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ‘‘dhammaṃ cara, mahārājā’’tiādinā (jā. 2.22.411-412) dhammaṃ desetvā uttarimpi ovaditvā pañca sīlāni adāsi . So tassa ovādaṃ sirasā paṭiggahetvā vanditvā bārāṇasiṃ gantvā dānādīni puññāni katvā saggaparāyano ahosi. Bodhisattopi saddhiṃ mātāpitūhi abhiññāsamāpattiyo nibbattetvā āyupariyosāne brahmalokūpago ahosi.
那时,国王就是阿难尊者,天女是莲华色,帝释天是阿那律,父亲是大迦叶尊者,母亲是跋陀·跋陀·迦毗罗,而萨摩智者就是世尊。巴利
Tadā rājā ānandatthero ahosi, devadhītā uppalavaṇṇā, sakko anuruddho, pitā mahākassapatthero, mātā bhaddakāpilānī, sāmapaṇḍito lokanātho.
其余的波罗蜜,也要按照前面所说的方法来确定。同样地,比如:被涂了毒的箭从右侧射入、从左侧穿出,虽然被射中了,身体却没有任何异样,只是把水罐放在地上;对那个要杀自己的人,即使不认识,心里也像见到熟人一样毫无波动;用温和的话语对待他;只是悲伤地想:“我会因为侍奉父母的福德而有所亏损。”国王病好之后,对他生起悲悯和慈心,为他说法、给予教导——像这样的一些功德威力,都应当加以阐明。巴利
Tassa heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sesapāramiyo niddhāretabbā. Tathā visapītena sallena dakkhiṇapassena pavisitvā vāmapassato vinivijjhanavasena viddhopi kiñci kāyavikāraṃ akatvā udakaghaṭassa bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanaṃ, vadhake aññātepi ñāte viya cittavikārābhāvo, piyavacanena samudācāro, mātāpituupaṭṭhānapuññato mayhaṃ parihānīti anusocanamattaṃ, aroge jāte rañño kāruññaṃ mettañca upaṭṭhāpetvā dhammadesanā, ovādadānanti evamādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
第14篇 一王行注巴利
14. Ekarājacariyāvaṇṇanā
114 第十四段里,“一王”这个称号,也就是以这个并不名副其实的名字,在阎浮提洲广为人知。巴利
114. Cuddasame ekarājāti vissutoti ekarājāti iminā anvatthanāmena jambudīpatale pākaṭo.
大士那时投生为波罗奈国王的儿子。他长大成人,精通一切技艺,父王去世后继承了王位。他凭着善法、戒行、信心、多闻等不同于常人的殊胜功德,又修满波罗蜜,在赡部洲大地上无人能比,最为卓越,因此以“独一王”之名著称。所谓“安住于至高戒”,就是安住在至高、最殊胜的十善业道戒中——这戒既包括极其清净的身业防护和语业防护,也包括极其清净的意行;他受持这戒,从不违犯。所谓“我治理这广大国土”,就是在方圆三百由旬的迦尸国中,我治理这片广大的国土,行使王权。巴利
Mahāsatto hi tadā bārāṇasirañño putto hutvā nibbatti. Vayappatto sabbasippanipphattiṃ patto hutvā pitu accayena rajjaṃ kārento kusalasīlācārasaddhāsutādianaññasādhāraṇaguṇavisesayogena pāramiparibhāvanena ca jambudīpatale adutiyattā padhānabhāvena ca ‘‘ekarājā’’ti pakāsanāmo ahosi. Paramaṃ sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhāyāti suparisuddhakāyikavācasikasaṃvarasaṅkhātañceva suparisuddhamanosamācārasaṅkhātañca paramaṃ uttamaṃ dasakusalakammapathasīlaṃ samādānavasena ca avītikkamanavasena ca adhiṭṭhahitvā anuṭṭhahitvā. Pasāsāmi mahāmahinti tiyojanasatike kāsiraṭṭhe mahatiṃ mahiṃ anusāsāmi rajjaṃ kāremi.
115 十善业道:就是远离杀生,一直到正见。我完整地受持这十种善业道来生活。以四种摄事:就是布施、爱语、利行、同事。我用这四种摄事、这四种凝聚人心的方式,当我以“一王”闻名时,就恰如其分地摄受大众。这就是上下文之间的关联。巴利
115.Dasakusalakammapatheti pāṇātipātāveramaṇi yāva sammādiṭṭhīti etasmiṃ dasavidhe kusalakammapathe, ete vā anavasesato samādāya vattāmi. Catūhi saṅgahavatthūhīti dānaṃ piyavacanaṃ atthacariyā samānattatāti imehi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi saṅgaṇhanakāraṇehi yadā ekarājāti vissuto homi, tadā yathārahaṃ mahājanaṃ saṅgaṇhāmīti sambandho.
116 “如此”说的是:像前面讲的那样,以圆满十善业道戒,用四种摄事来摄受大众,以这样的方式不放逸。所谓“在此世间和后世”,意思是在这个世间对现世利益不放逸,在后世对来世利益不放逸,我这样不放逸。“达跋塞那”是一个名叫达跋塞那的憍萨罗国王。“前来”是说他率领四支军队,为了进攻而来到我的国土。“夺取我的城市”是说他用武力占领了我的波罗奈。巴利
116.Evanti dasakusalakammapathasīlaparipūraṇaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahājanasaṅgaṇhananti yathāvuttena iminā ākārena appamattassa. Idhaloke parattha cāti imasmiṃ loke yaṃ appamajjanaṃ, tattha diṭṭhadhammike atthe, paraloke yaṃ appamajjanaṃ tattha samparāyike atthe appamattassa me satoti attho. Dabbasenoti evaṃnāmako kosalarājā. Upagantvāti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā abbhuyyānavasena mama rajjaṃ upagantvā. Acchindanto puraṃ mamāti mama bārāṇasinagaraṃ balakkārena gaṇhanto.
这里按顺序讲一讲:那时,大士在城的四个城门各建一座布施堂,在城中央建一座,在自己住所门前建一座,一共建了六座布施堂,对穷人、乞丐等人群行布施。他持守戒律,做布萨仪式,具足忍辱、慈爱和悲悯,就像让坐在自己膝上的儿子满心欢喜那样,让一切众生都满心欢喜,依法治理国家。他有一个大臣,在后宫犯了邪淫,后来事情败露了。大臣们向国王报告。国王调查时,亲自查明属实,就把那个大臣叫来,说:“愚痴的人,你做的不对,你不配住在我的国土里。带上你自己的财物和妻儿,到别处去吧。”于是把他驱逐出国。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – mahāsatto hi tadā nagarassa catūsu dvāresu catasso majjhe ekaṃ nivesanadvāre ekanti cha dānasālāyo kāretvā kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ rakkhati, uposathakammaṃ karoti, khantimettānuddayasampanno aṅke nisinnaṃ puttaṃ paritosayamāno viya sabbasatte paritosayamāno dhammena rajjaṃ kāreti. Tasseko amacco antepuraṃ padussitvā aparabhāge pākaṭova jāto. Amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā pariggaṇhanto taṃ attanā paccakkhato ñatvā taṃ amaccaṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘‘andhabāla, ayuttaṃ te kataṃ, na tvaṃ mama vijite vasituṃ arahasi, attano dhanañca puttadārañca gahetvā aññattha yāhī’’ti raṭṭhā pabbājesi.
他去了憍萨罗国,在那里侍奉一位名叫达跋塞那的憍萨罗国王,渐渐成了国王信任的人。有一天,他对国王说:大王,波罗奈的王国就像没有苍蝇的蜜饼一样,那位国王又非常软弱,您轻轻松松就能把他的国家拿下来。达跋塞那知道波罗奈国王有大威德,不相信他的话,就派人到迦尸国去抢劫村庄等等。后来听说那些强盗被菩萨给了钱财放回去了,便知道这位国王确实非常如法,于是心想我要把波罗奈的王国夺过来,就带着大军出发了。这时,波罗奈国王的大勇士们听说憍萨罗王来了,就对他们的国王说:趁他还没踏进我们的国境,我们就把他打垮抓住。巴利
So kosalajanapadaṃ gantvā dabbasenaṃ nāma kosalarājānaṃ upaṭṭhahanto anukkamena tassa vissāsiko hutvā ekadivasaṃ taṃ rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘deva, bārāṇasirajjaṃ nimmakkhikamadhupaṭalasadisaṃ, atimuduko rājā, sukheneva taṃ rajjaṃ gaṇhituṃ sakkosī’’ti. Dabbaseno bārāṇasirañño mahānubhāvatāya tassa vacanaṃ asaddahanto manusse pesetvā kāsiraṭṭhe gāmaghātādīni kāretvā tesaṃ corānaṃ bodhisattena dhanaṃ datvā vissajjitabhāvaṃ sutvā ‘‘ativiya dhammiko rājā’’ti ñatvā ‘‘bārāṇasirajjaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti balavāhanaṃ ādāya niyyāsi . Atha bārāṇasirañño mahāyodhā ‘‘kosalarājā āgacchatī’’ti sutvā ‘‘amhākaṃ rajjasīmaṃ anokkamantameva naṃ pothetvā gaṇhāmā’’ti attano rañño vadiṃsu.
菩萨劝阻他们说:“父王们,不必为了我而让别人劳累。想要王位的人,就让他们拿走王位吧,不要出兵。”憍萨罗王进入了国土中部。大勇士们又对国王说了同样的话。国王还是像先前那样劝阻。达跋塞那驻扎在城外,派人给独一王传话:“要么交出王位,要么开战。”独一王回话说:“我不打仗,王位拿去吧。”大勇士们又说:“陛下,我们不能让憍萨罗王进城,我们就在城外把他打垮、抓住。”国王又像先前那样拦住他们,然后命人打开城门,自己在大平台上结跏趺坐于床座中央。达跋塞那率领浩浩荡荡的大军进入城中,连一个敌人都没看到,就把整个王国掌握在手中,然后进入王宫,登上大平台,命人抓住无罪的菩萨,把他埋进坑里。因此这样说——巴利
Bodhisatto ‘‘tātā, maṃ nissāya aññesaṃ kilamanakiccaṃ natthi, rajjatthikā rajjaṃ gaṇhantu, mā gamitthā’’ti nivāresi. Kosalarājā janapadamajjhaṃ pāvisi. Mahāyodhā punapi rañño tatheva vadiṃsu. Rājā purimanayeneva nivāresi. Dabbaseno bahinagare ṭhatvā ‘‘rajjaṃ vā detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti ekarājassa sāsanaṃ pesesi. Ekarājā ‘‘natthi mayā yuddhaṃ, rajjaṃ gaṇhātū’’ti paṭisāsanaṃ pesesi. Punapi mahāyodhā ‘‘deva, na mayaṃ kosalarañño nagaraṃ pavisituṃ dema, bahinagareyeva naṃ pothetvā gaṇhāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā purimanayeneva nivāretvā nagaradvārāni avāpurāpetvā mahātale pallaṅkamajjhe nisīdi. Dabbaseno mahantena balavāhanena nagaraṃ pavisitvā ekampi paṭisattuṃ apassanto sabbarajjaṃ hatthagataṃ katvā rājanivesanaṃ gantvā mahātalaṃ āruyha niraparādhaṃ bodhisattaṃ gaṇhāpetvā āvāṭe nikhaṇāpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
‘‘Dabbaseno upagantvā, acchindanto puraṃ mama.
在靠国王过活者中,在城镇中,在拥有军队处,在拥有国土处;
把一切都弄到手之后,把我埋进了坑里。巴利
‘‘Rājūpajīve nigame, sabalaṭṭhe saraṭṭhake; Sabbaṃ hatthagataṃ katvā, kāsuyā nikhaṇī mama’’nti.
在这里,“依靠国王生活的人”是指大臣、随从、婆罗门、居士等依附国王过日子的人。“市镇”就是城镇。“与军队在一起的人”是指属于军队、靠军队力量而立足的人,比如象兵等;他们与军队同在,所以叫“与军队在一起的人”。“与国土在一起的人”是指与国土和人民在一起。把依靠国王生活的人、市镇居民以及其他一切都掌控之后,“把我埋进坑里”意思是:夺取了我全部的军队和整个王国后,还把我埋进一个深到脖子的坑里。本生故事里也这样说:巴利
Tattha rājūpajīveti amaccapārisajjabrāhmaṇagahapatiādike rājānaṃ upanissāya jīvante. Nigameti negame. Sabalaṭṭheti senāpariyāpannatāya bale tiṭṭhantīti balaṭṭhā, hatthārohādayo, balaṭṭhehi sahāti sabalaṭṭhe. Saraṭṭhaketi sajanapade, rājūpajīve nigame ca aññañca sabbaṃ hatthagataṃ katvā. Kāsuyā nikhaṇī mamanti sabalavāhanaṃ sakalaṃ mama rajjaṃ gahetvā mampi galappamāṇe āvāṭe nikhaṇāpesi. Jātakepi –
从前,他享受过无与伦比、圆满具足的种种欲乐,作为独一王而住。
如今他被扔进险恶的地狱,却仍不肯舍弃过去的美德与力量。巴利
‘‘Anuttare kāmaguṇe samiddhe, bhutvāna pubbe vasi ekarājā; So dāni dugge narakamhi khitto, nappajjahe vaṇṇabalaṃ purāṇa’’nti. (jā. 1.4.9) –
有被扔进坑里的情况。不过《本生经注》里说:“让人把他装进吊篮,然后头朝下挂在上门槛下面。”巴利
Āvāṭe khittabhāvo āgato. Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (jā. aṭṭha. 3.4.9) pana ‘‘sikkāya pakkhipāpetvā uttarummāre heṭṭhāsīsakaṃ olambesī’’ti vuttaṃ.
大士以贼王为所缘修习慈心,完成遍业处后,生起禅那与神通,从坑中腾身而起,在空中结跏趺坐。因此说——巴利
Mahāsatto corarājānaṃ ārabbha mettaṃ bhāvetvā kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā jhānābhiññāyo nibbattetvā kāsuto uggantvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīdi. Tena vuttaṃ –
我的臣僚团、我的王国,还有我繁荣的内宫;
将已斩断并获得者视为心爱的儿子。巴利
‘‘Amaccamaṇḍalaṃ rajjaṃ, phītaṃ antepuraṃ mama; Acchinditvāna gahitaṃ, piyaputtaṃva passaha’’nti.
在这里,“大臣众”是指:在各种国事上,与国王一起、随从国王办事的人,就是大臣;或者指这些人的团体、集合。“繁荣”是指:因为拥有强大的军队,以及富足的城镇、地方等而兴盛的王国。那位夺取并俘获我的内宫——那里有众多女眷、奴婢等随从,也有丰富的衣物、饰品等受用物品——的敌国国王,我像看待自己心爱的儿子一样看待他。凭着这样生起的慈心,整个世间没有能与我相等的人,因此这样的慈爱波罗蜜已经达到了究竟波罗蜜的境地——这就是这段话的用意。巴利
Tattha amaccamaṇḍalanti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ rājakicce raññā amā saha vattantīti amaccā, saddhiṃ vā tesaṃ maṇḍalaṃ samūhaṃ. Phītanti balavāhanena nagarajanapadādīhi samiddhaṃ rajjaṃ. Itthāgāradāsidāsaparijanehi ceva vatthābharaṇādiupabhogūpakaraṇehi ca samiddhaṃ mama antepurañca acchinditvā gahitakaṃ gaṇhantaṃ amittarājānaṃ yāya attano piyaputtaṃva passiṃ ahaṃ, tāya evaṃbhūtāya mettāya me samo sakalaloke natthi, tasmā evaṃbhūtā esā me mettāpāramī paramatthapāramibhāvaṃ pattāti adhippāyo.
菩萨对那个贼王修慈心,以盘腿坐姿坐在空中时,贼王身上却生起了灼烧感。他喊着“我烧着了,我烧着了!”在地上翻来滚去。有人问“这是怎么回事?”贼王说:“大王,你们把一个没罪、依法治理的国王活埋了。”于是国王说:“那赶紧去把他挖出来!”那些人跑过去,看见那位国王盘腿坐在空中,就回来报告达跋塞那。达跋塞那赶紧过去,向菩萨行礼、请求原谅,说:“您的国家还是您自己来治理吧,我替您挡住盗贼。”然后他处死了那个恶毒的大臣,就离开了。菩萨把国家交给大臣们,自己出家做了仙人,引导大众安住在持戒等功德中,命终之后投生到了梵天世界。巴利
Evaṃ pana mahāsatte taṃ corarājānaṃ ārabbha mettaṃ pharitvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisinne tassa sarīre dāho uppajji. So ‘‘ḍayhāmi ḍayhāmī’’ti bhūmiyaṃ aparāparaṃ parivattati. ‘‘Kimeta’’nti vutte, mahārāja, tumhe niraparādhaṃ dhammikarājānaṃ āvāṭe nikhaṇāpayitthāti. ‘‘Tena hi vegena gantvā taṃ uddharathā’’ti āha. Purisā gantvā taṃ rājānaṃ ākāse pallaṅkena nisinnaṃ disvā āgantvā dabbasenassa ārocesuṃ. So vegena gantvā vanditvā khamāpetvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ rajjaṃ tumheva kāretha, ahaṃ vo core paṭibāhessāmī’’ti vatvā tassa duṭṭhāmaccassa rājāṇaṃ kāretvā pakkāmi. Bodhisattopi rajjaṃ amaccānaṃ niyyātetvā isipabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā mahājanaṃ sīlādiguṇesu patiṭṭhāpetvā āyupariyosāne brahmalokaparāyano ahosi.
那时,达跋塞那就是阿难长老,那位独一王就是世尊。巴利
Tadā dabbaseno ānandatthero ahosi, ekarājā lokanātho.
他在每一天,通过向六座布施堂施舍六万(钱财),以及把整个王国都舍弃给敌对国王,成就了布施波罗蜜;通过恒常持戒和布萨羯磨,以及出家后无余地守护戒律仪,成就了持戒波罗蜜;通过出家和对禅那的证得,成就了出离波罗蜜;通过思察对众生有利还是无利,以及安排布施、持戒等,成就了智慧波罗蜜;通过激励布施等福德资粮,以及去除欲寻等,成就了精进波罗蜜;通过忍受恶大臣和达跋塞那王所犯的过错,成就了忍耐波罗蜜;通过按所承诺的以布施等不欺诳,成就了真实波罗蜜;通过坚定不移地受持和决意布施等,成就了决意波罗蜜;通过对敌人也一向带来利益,以及修成慈心禅那,成就了慈爱波罗蜜;应当知道,通过对恶大臣和达跋塞那所犯的过错,以及对想利益自己的大臣等人所给予的帮助都保持旁观舍置,在获得王国之乐时和敌王被投入地狱时都保持心平等,成就了舍波罗蜜。正如所说的:巴利
Tassa divase divase chasu dānasālāsu chasatasahassavissajjanena paccatthikarañño sakalarajjapariccāgena ca dānapāramī, niccasīlauposathakammavasena pabbajitassa anavasesasīlasaṃvaravasena ca sīlapāramī, pabbajjāvasena jhānādhigamavasena ca nekkhammapāramī, sattānaṃ hitāhitavicāraṇavasena dānasīlādisaṃvidahanavasena ca paññāpāramī, dānādipuññasambhārassa abbhussahanavasena kāmavitakkādivinodanavasena ca vīriyapāramī, duṭṭhāmaccassa dabbasenarañño ca aparādhasahanavasena khantipāramī, yathāpaṭiññaṃ dānādinā avisaṃvādanavasena ca saccapāramī, dānādīnaṃ acalasamādānādhiṭṭhānavasena adhiṭṭhānapāramī, paccatthikepi ekantena hitūpasaṃhāravasena mettājhānanibbattanena ca mettāpāramī, duṭṭhāmaccena dabbasenena ca katāparādhe hitesīhi attano amaccādīhi nibbattite upakāre ca ajjhupekkhaṇena rajjasukhappattakāle paccatthikaraññā narake khittakāle samānacittatāya ca upekkhāpāramī veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
大王啊,要以苦断除乐,或以乐忍受难忍的苦;
无论在哪种情况下,寂静者都因彻底寂灭,在乐与苦中都保持平等。巴利
‘‘Panujja dukkhena sukhaṃ janinda, sukhena vā dukkhamasayhasāhi; Ubhayattha santo abhinibbutattā, sukhe ca dukkhe ca bhavanti tulyā’’ti. (jā. 1.4.12);
因为在这里,慈波罗蜜特别殊胜,所以为了说明这个含义,就引用了这段巴利经文。同样地,在这里应当明确认识:大士对一切众生具有像对亲生儿子一样的平等悲悯等殊胜功德。巴利
Yasmā panettha mettāpāramī atisayavatī, tasmā tadatthadīpanatthaṃ sā eva pāḷi āruḷhā. Tathā idha mahāsattassa sabbasattesu orasaputte viya samānukampatādayo guṇavisesā niddhāretabbāti.
15. 大毛竖立行(大身毛竖立苦行)的注释巴利
15. Mahālomahaṃsacariyāvaṇṇanā
119 119. 在第十五则“我在坟场铺设卧处”这里,依次解说如下——巴利
119. Pannarasame ‘‘susāne seyyaṃ kappemī’’ti etthāyaṃ anupubbikathā –
大士那时投生在一个拥有广大丰饶财宝的家族,长大后,在一位四方闻名的老师跟前随侍修学,通达了一切技艺,然后回到家中。父母去世后,亲属们请求他说:“请你把家业建立起来。”但他以无常作意为入口,对一切生存生起了越来越强的悚惧,又在身体上获得了不净想,于是根本不潜入那被居家生活所障碍、所笼罩的烦恼密林,而是不断增长长久以来所积聚的出离倾向,舍弃了庞大的财宝堆,想要出家。这时他又想:“如果我出家了,就会变得以德行而闻名。”巴利
Mahāsatto hi tadā mahati uḷārabhoge kule nibbattitvā vuddhimanvāya disāpāmokkhassa ācariyassa santike garuvāsaṃ vasanto sabbasippānaṃ nipphattiṃ patvā kulagharaṃ āgantvā mātāpitūnaṃ accayena ñātakehi ‘‘kuṭumbaṃ saṇṭhapehī’’ti yāciyamānopi aniccatāmanasikāramukhena sabbabhavesu abhivaḍḍhamānasaṃvego kāye ca asubhasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā gharāvāsapalibodhādhibhūtaṃ kilesagahanaṃ anogāhetvāva cirakālasamparicitaṃ nekkhammajjhāsayaṃ upabrūhayamāno mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya pabbajitukāmo hutvā puna cintesi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ pabbajissāmi, guṇasambhāvanāpākaṭo bhavissāmī’’ti.
他厌弃利养和恭敬,没有出家,心里盘算着:“我能在得利、失利等境况中保持不动心。”他尤其要圆满忍受他人轻蔑等行的修持,好让舍波罗蜜达到顶峰。于是,他就穿着身上的俗衣从家里出去了。虽然过着极度少欲知足的生活,却像是个软弱无力、迟钝愚笨的人一样,在他人面前被以毫不在意的态度轻视、践踏,在村庄、市镇和王都中,每处只住一夜就离开。但如果在某处受到极大的轻蔑,他反而会在那里久住。他身上那件俗衣破旧了,就用一块破布片代替;那块破布片也破旧了,他也不接受别人给的衣服,只以遮蔽私处的那么一点布料来度日。就这样过了些时候,他来到了一个市镇村落。巴利
So lābhasakkāraṃ jigucchanto pabbajjaṃ anupagantvā ‘‘pahomi cāhaṃ lābhālābhādīsu nibbikāro hotu’’nti attānaṃ takkento ‘‘visesato paraparibhavasahanādipaṭipadaṃ pūrento upekkhāpāramiṃ matthakaṃ pāpessāmī’’ti nivatthavattheneva gehato nikkhamitvā paramasallekhavuttikopi abalabalo amandamando viya paresaṃ acittakarūpena hīḷitaparibhūto hutvā gāmanigamarājadhānīsu ekarattivāseneva vicarati. Yattha pana mahantaṃ paribhavaṃ paṭilabhati, tattha cirampi vasati. So nivatthavatthe jiṇṇe pilotikakhaṇḍena tasmimpi jiṇṇe kenaci dinnaṃ aggaṇhanto hirikopīnapaṭicchādanamatteneva carati. Evaṃ gacchante kāle ekaṃ nigamagāmaṃ agamāsi.
在那里,有些村童天性顽劣、爱捣乱、好惹事,还有一些是国王宠臣的子孙、奴仆之类的人,他们傲慢、骄矜、轻浮、多嘴、言语散乱,时常到处游玩戏乐。见到贫苦、年迈的男人或女人走过,他们就把灰包扔到人家背上,把露兜树叶挂在人家腋下。被捉弄的人转身回头看时,他们就做出各种不雅的嬉闹动作,嗤笑不已。这位大士在那个市镇里看见这些如此游荡的顽童,心想:“我现在可算找到了让舍波罗蜜圆满的办法了!”于是就留在那里。那些顽童见到他后,便开始捉弄他。巴利
Tattha gāmadārakā dhuttajātikā vedhaverā keci rājavallabhānaṃ puttanattudāsādayo ca uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā kālena kālaṃ kīḷābahulā vicaranti. Duggate mahallake purise ca itthiyo ca gacchante disvā bhasmapuṭena piṭṭhiyaṃ ākiranti, ketakīpaṇṇaṃ kacchantare olambenti, tena vippakārena parivattetvā olokente yathāvajjakīḷitaṃ dassetvā upahasanti. Mahāpuriso tasmiṃ nigame te evaṃ vicarante dhuttadārake disvā ‘‘laddho vata dāni me upekkhāpāramiyā paripūraṇūpāyo’’ti cintetvā tattha vihāsi. Taṃ te dhuttadārakā passitvā vippakāraṃ kātuṃ ārabhanti.
大士像是受不了他们,又像是怕了他们,起身就走。那些顽童跟在他后面追。他被他们追着,心想:“这里没有人会制止他们。”于是走到坟场,拿一块骨头枕在头下躺下。那些顽童也跟到那里,朝他吐口水,做出种种花样来捉弄他,然后才离开。他们天天都这样干。不过,有些有见识的人看到他们这样搞,就上前把他们赶开,并且知道:“这是一位有大威力的苦行僧、大瑜伽师。”于是对他献上丰厚的恭敬供养。但大士在一切处都一样,保持平等心。因此才说“我在坟场铺开卧处”等话。巴利
Mahāsatto taṃ asahanto viya ca tehi bhāyanto viya ca uṭṭhahitvā gacchati. Te taṃ anubandhanti. So tehi anubandhiyamāno ‘‘ettha natthi koci paṭivattā’’ti susānaṃ gantvā aṭṭhikaṃ sīsūpadhānaṃ katvā sayati. Dhuttadārakāpi tattha gantvā oṭṭhubhanādikaṃ nānappakāraṃ vippakāraṃ katvā pakkamanti. Evaṃ te divase divase karonti eva. Ye pana viññū purisā, te evaṃ karonte passanti. Te te paṭibāhitvā ‘‘ayaṃ mahānubhāvo tapassī mahāyogī’’ti ca ñatvā uḷāraṃ sakkārasammānaṃ karonti. Mahāsatto pana sabbattha ekasadisova hoti majjhattabhūto. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘susāne seyyaṃ kappemī’’tiādi.
在那里,我在坟场里铺了个睡处,拿一具骸骨当枕头。意思是:在那丢弃死尸的坟场里,被狗、豺狼等拖到各处的骨头上,我取一块骨头垫在头下当枕头,因为对干净和不干净的地方心态都一样,所以就在那个坟场里铺睡处,也就是躺下睡觉。村童就是村里的孩子们。他们做出种种不雅的举动,是说他们用调皮捣蛋的方式,比如吐口水、嘲笑、做鬼脸等,还有把细棍塞进耳孔等,做出种种极其粗野、五花八门的怪态。巴利
Tattha susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyāti āmakasusāne chaḍḍitakaḷevarato soṇasiṅgālādīhi tahiṃ tahiṃ vikkhittesu aṭṭhikesu ekaṃ aṭṭhikaṃ sīsūpadhānaṃ katvā sucimhi ca asucimhi ca samānacittatāya tasmiṃ susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, sayāmīti attho. Gāmaṇḍalāti gāmadārakā. Rūpaṃ dassentinappakanti yathāvajjakīḷitāya oṭṭhubhanaupahasanaummihanādīhi kaṇṇasote salākappavesanādīhi ca atikakkhaḷaṃ anappakaṃ nānappakāraṃ rūpaṃ vikāraṃ karonti.
120 另一些人,就是指那些村童中的一部分。他们带来各种礼物,意思是:他们心里盘算:“这个人被这些人轻蔑戏弄,却一点也不显出变化,那要是被恭敬对待,又会怎样呢?”为了试探这一点,他们就带来许多香、花鬘、食物和其他礼物、赠品,献给他。或者,除了那些无礼的村童之外,其他有见识的人心里想:“这个人被他们这样种种戏弄,也不生气,反而对他们保持忍耐、慈爱和怜悯,真是稀有难得的人!”他们既欢喜又心生警醒,想:“这些人这样对他,完全颠倒了,造下了许多罪业。”于是带来许多香、花鬘、各种食物和其他礼物、赠品,献给他。巴利
120.Apareti tesu eva gāmadārakesu ekacce. Upāyanānūpanentīti ‘‘ayaṃ imesu paribhavavasena evarūpaṃ vippakāraṃ karontesu na kiñci vikāraṃ dasseti, sammānane nu kho kīdiso’’ti pariggaṇhantā vividhaṃ bahuṃ gandhamālaṃ bhojanaṃ aññāni ca upāyanāni paṇṇākārāni upanenti upaharanti. Aparehi vā tehi anācāragāmadārakehi aññe viññū manussā ‘‘ayaṃ imesaṃ evaṃ vividhampi vippakāraṃ karontānaṃ na kuppati, aññadatthu khantimettānuddayaṃyeva tesu upaṭṭhapeti, aho acchariyapuriso’’ti haṭṭhā ‘‘bahu vatimehi etasmiṃ vippaṭipajjantehi apuññaṃ pasuta’’nti saṃviggamānasāva hutvā bahuṃ gandhamālaṃ vividhaṃ bhojanaṃ aññāni ca upāyanāni upanenti upaharanti.
121 那些给“我”带来苦的人,是指那些村童,他们把身体上的痛苦加到我身上、带给我。另一种写法是“upadahanti”,意思是“使生起”。那些给“我”快乐的人,是指有智慧的人,他们用花、香、食物等让人快乐的物品,把快乐带给我。我对所有人都平等:因为无论遇到什么情况,我的心都不起变化,始终平等,所以对形形色色的人,我都平等无别。没有悲悯也没有愤怒:因为我对于那些帮助我的人,没有那种叫作“慈心”的悲悯;对于那些伤害我的人,也没有那种叫作“心中嗔恨”的愤怒,因此说明我对所有人都平等。巴利
121.Yeme dukkhaṃ upaharantīti ye gāmadārakā mayhaṃ sarīradukkhaṃ upaharanti upanenti. ‘‘Upadahantī’’tipi pāṭho, uppādentīti attho. Ye ca denti sukhaṃ mamāti ye ca viññū manussā mama mayhaṃ sukhaṃ denti, mālāgandhabhojanādisukhūpakaraṇehi mama sukhaṃ upaharanti. Sabbesaṃ samako homīti katthacipi vikārānuppattiyā samānacittatāya vividhānampi tesaṃ janānaṃ samako ekasadiso homi bhavāmi. Dayā kopo na vijjatīti yasmā mayhaṃ upakārake mettacittatāsaṅkhātā dayā, apakārake manopadosasaṅkhāto kopopi na vijjati, tasmā sabbesaṃ samako homīti dasseti.
122 现在,世尊为了说明自己当时已积集智慧资粮,对帮助过他和伤害过他的众生内心平等、无有变异,并且对世间法毫不染着,于是说出最后的偈颂:“于苦于乐,如同秤一般。”巴利
122. Idāni bhagavā tadā upakārīsu apakārīsu ca sattesu samupacitañāṇasambhārassa attano samānacittatā vikārābhāvo yā ca lokadhammesu anupalittatā ahosi, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sukhadukkhe tulābhūto’’ti osānagāthamāha.
在这里,“乐苦”就是指乐和苦。“如秤”是说像一架持平的天平,避开下垂、上翘和倾斜,处于中立状态;因为这里以苦乐为表征,所以也应知道利得和失利同样包含在内。“称誉中”指在名声中。“讥毁中”指在责备中。“一切处”指在苦乐等一切世间法中。就这样,世尊称扬了自己那时对一切众生、一切世间法都无与伦比的中立状态,借此说明在那一生中自己的舍波罗蜜已经达到顶峰,于是结束了“这是我的舍波罗蜜”这一教导。巴利
Tattha sukhadukkheti sukhe ca dukkhe ca. Tulābhūtoti samakaṃ gahitatulā viya onatiunnatiapanatiṃ vajjetvā majjhattabhūto, sukhadukkhaggahaṇeneva cettha taṃnimittabhāvato lābhālābhāpi gahitāti veditabbaṃ. Yasesūti kittīsu. Ayasesūti nindāsu. Sabbatthāti sabbesu sukhādīsu lokadhammesu. Iti bhagavā tadā sabbasattesu sabbalokadhammesu ca anaññasādhāraṇaṃ attano majjhattabhāvaṃ kittetvā tena tasmiṃ attabhāve attano upekkhāpāramiyā sikhāppattabhāvaṃ vibhāvento ‘‘esā me upekkhāpāramī’’ti desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
在这里,大士最初的布施波罗蜜,特别是舍弃一切财富,以及以“无论谁拿走这个身体,想拿它做什么就做什么”这样无所顾恋的心态舍弃自己的身体,这就是布施波罗蜜。对于低劣等一切不应做的事全都不做,这是持戒波罗蜜。厌离欲乐、从家中出走后,对身体修习不净想,这是出离波罗蜜。在摄取有助于正觉资粮的法和断除其对立面方面具有善巧,以及不颠倒地思惟诸法的自性,这是智慧波罗蜜。去除欲寻思等,以及忍受苦痛的勇力,这是精进波罗蜜。一切堪忍,是忍辱波罗蜜。言语真实,以及因不违背承诺而远离妄语的真实,这是真实波罗蜜。在无过失的法中坚定不移地确立誓愿,是决意波罗蜜。对一切众生无差别地怀有慈爱与悲悯,是慈爱波罗蜜。而他的舍波罗蜜,则应按照上面所说的方式来了知。这样就得到了十种波罗蜜。在这里,舍波罗蜜最为殊胜,所以特别加以教导。同样,在这里,大士舍弃了大量财富和庞大的亲属群体,像大出家一样离开家;出家之后,厌弃利养和恭敬,想要避开他人的尊崇,不执取出家之相,只在心中决意具足一切出家功德,安住于最上的安乐住、最上的少欲、乐于独处,以舍心的意乐而对自身和性命无所顾恋,忍受他人对自己所做的种种伤害,修行达到极致的削减烦恼之行,由于与正觉资粮对立的烦恼变得微薄,就像漏尽者一样,对他人所作的善待与恶待都不为所动,以对一切处中舍的态度,不为世间法所染污——这是以作为一切波罗蜜顶峰的舍波罗蜜而达到最高点。像这样等类的功德威力应当加以阐明。巴利
Idhāpi mahāsattassa paṭhamaṃ dānapāramī nāma visesato sabbavibhavapariccāgo ‘‘ye keci imaṃ sarīraṃ gahetvā yaṃkiñci attano icchitaṃ karontū’’ti anapekkhabhāvena attano attabhāvapariccāgo ca dānapāramī, hīnādikassa sabbassa akattabbassa akaraṇaṃ sīlapāramī, kāmassādavimukhassa gehato nikkhantassa sato kāye asubhasaññānubrūhanā nekkhammapāramī, sambodhisambhārānaṃ upakāradhammapariggahaṇe tappaṭipakkhappahāne ca kosallaṃ aviparītato dhammasabhāvacintanā ca paññāpāramī , kāmavitakkādivinodanaṃ dukkhādhivāsanavīriyañca vīriyapāramī, sabbāpi adhivāsanakhanti khantipāramī, vacīsaccaṃ samādānāvisaṃvādanena viratisaccañca saccapāramī , anavajjadhamme acalasamādānādhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramī, anodhiso sabbasattesu mettānuddayabhāvo mettāpāramī, upekkhāpāramī panassa yathāvuttavaseneva veditabbāti dasa pāramiyo labbhanti. Upekkhāpāramī cettha atisayavatīti katvā sāyeva desanaṃ āruḷhā. Tathā idha mahāsattassa mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ mahantañca ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahābhinikkhamanasadisaṃ gehato nikkhamanaṃ, tathā nikkhamitvā lābhasakkāraṃ jigucchato paresaṃ sambhāvanaṃ pariharitukāmassa pabbajjāliṅgaṃ aggahetvā citteneva anavasesaṃ pabbajjāguṇe adhiṭṭhahitvā paramasukhavihāro, paramappicchatā, pavivekābhirati, upekkhaṇādhippāyena attano kāyajīvitanirapekkhā, parehi attano upari katavippakārādhivāsanaṃ, ukkaṃsagatasallekhavutti, bodhisambhārapaṭipakkhānaṃ kilesānaṃ tanubhāvena khīṇāsavānaṃ viya paresaṃ upakārāpakāresu nibbikārabhāvahetubhūtena sabbattha majjhattabhāvena samuṭṭhāpito lokadhammehi anupalepo, sabbapāramīnaṃ muddhabhūtāya upekkhāpāramiyā sikhāppattīti evamādayo guṇānubhāvā vibhāvetabbāti.
摄颂的注释巴利
Uddānagāthāvaṇṇanā
“Yudhañjayo”等是摄颂。其中,“bhisenā”是用“莲茎”这个说法,指出《大金行》。“Soṇanando”是用这个指出《首那智者行》。同样,“mūgapakkho”是用“默然翼”这个说法,指出《特弥亚智者行》。以舍波罗蜜为首,指出《大身毛竖立行》。“Āsi iti vuṭṭhaṃ mahesinā”的意思是:舍利弗,就像现在对你所说的这样,以这种方式,大仙——当时身为菩萨的我——曾追寻、修行、实践、求索布施波罗蜜等广大的菩提资粮。现在,为了说明波罗蜜圆满而长久践行的情形,把这里已说和未说的自身难行之事汇总起来,并简要显示其目的,而说了“Evaṃ bahubbidhaṃ”等偈颂。巴利
‘‘Yudhañjayo’’tiādikā uddānagāthā. Tattha bhisenāti bhisāpadesena mahākañcanacariyaṃ (cariyā. 3.34 ādayo) dasseti. Soṇanandoti iminā soṇapaṇḍitacariyaṃ (cariyā. 3.42 ādayo ) dasseti. Tathā mūgapakkhoti mūgapakkhāpadesena temiyapaṇḍitacariyaṃ (cariyā. 3.48 ādayo) dasseti. Upekkhāpāramisīsena mahālomahaṃsacariyaṃ (cariyā. 3.119 ādayo) dasseti. Āsi iti vuṭṭhaṃ mahesināti yathā, sāriputta, tuyhaṃ etarahi desitaṃ, iti evaṃ iminā vidhānena mahantānaṃ dānapāramiādīnaṃ bodhisambhārānaṃ esanato mahesinā tadā bodhisattabhūtena mayā vuṭṭhaṃ ciṇṇaṃ caritaṃ paṭipannaṃ āsi ahosīti attho . Idāni pāramiparipūraṇavasena cirakālappavattitaṃ idha vuttaṃ avuttañca attano dukkarakiriyaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā yadatthaṃ sā pavattitā, tañca saṅkhepeneva dassetuṃ ‘‘evaṃ bahubbidha’’nti gāthamāha.
在这里,“如是”是指按前面所说的方式。“种种苦”是指:像在阿奇底般迪德那个时期,以树叶等为食,把食物布施给乞讨者后自己断食等等,因此经历种种不同、各式各样的苦。同样,在库鲁王等时期,所拥有的如同帝释天成就一般的种种成就,也是多种多样的。“有与无有”是指在微小和广大的生命存在中。或者说,在种种生命存在中经历了盛衰起落,却不被种种苦所恼害,也不被种种成就所牵引,只是专心致力于圆满波罗蜜,并依照与之相应的方式去实践,最终证得最上、无上的正等正觉和一切知智——这就是“我已证得”的意思。巴利
Tattha evanti iminā vuttanayena. Bahubbidhaṃ dukkhanti akittipaṇḍitādikāle kārapaṇṇādiāhāratāya tañca yācakassa datvā āhārūpacchedādinā ca bahuvidhaṃ nānappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ. Tathā kururājādikāle sakkasampattisadisā sampattī ca bahubbidhā. Bhavābhaveti khuddake ceva mahante ca bhave. Bhavābhave vā vuddhihāniyo anubhavitvā bahuvidhehi dukkhehi avihaññamāno bahuvidhāhi ca sampattīhi anākaḍḍhiyamāno pāramiparipūraṇapasuto eva hutvā tadanurūpaṃ paṭipattiṃ paṭipanno uttamaṃ anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ sabbaññutaṃ patto, adhigatosmīti attho.
现在,为了说明那些为了圆满诸波罗蜜而长久修行的艰难苦行,它们已经毫无剩余地完全圆满,以及他自己已经证得由此应当获得的果位,所以说了“布施了应当布施的布施,戒已毫无剩余地圆满”等话。巴利
Idāni yāsaṃ pāramīnaṃ paripūraṇatthaṃ esā dukkaracariyā ciraṃ pavattitā, tāsaṃ anavasesato paripuṇṇabhāvaṃ tena ca pattabbaphalassa attanā adhigatabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘datvā dātabbakaṃ dānaṃ, sīlaṃ pūretvā asesato’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
在这里,“施与了应当施与的布施”意思是:当时,大菩萨为了证得无上正等正觉,修习最上乘的道路,他所应当施与的布施之物,包括外在的国土等,也包括内在的舍弃自身,这样,以五种大舍弃为最终归结,涵盖布施波罗蜜、布施近波罗蜜、布施究竟波罗蜜等分类的布施,他已经毫无剩余地全部圆满成就。在这里,像阿基提婆罗门时期、商卡婆罗门时期等,无论是这里已提到的还是未提到的,以及维萨亚长者时期、维拉玛时期等,大人物圆满布施波罗蜜的生命数量根本没有限量。而当他作为兔子智者时,则尤其——巴利
Tattha datvā dātabbakaṃ dānanti tadā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhituṃ aggayānapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannena mahābodhisattena dātabbaṃ deyyadhammaṃ bāhiraṃ rajjādiṃ abbhantaraṃ attapariccāgoti pañca mahāpariccāgapariyosānaṃ dānapāramidānaupapāramidānaparamatthapāramippabhedaṃ dānaṃ anavasesato sampādetvāti attho. Tattha akittibrāhmaṇakāle (cariyā. 1.1 ādayo; jā. 1.13.83 ādayo) saṅkhabrāhmaṇakāleti (cariyā. 1.11 ādayo; jā. 1.10.39 ādayo) evamādīsu idha āgatesu anāgatesu ca visayhaseṭṭhikāle (jā. 1.4.157 ādayo) velāmakāleti (a. ni. 9.20) evamādīsupi dānapāramiyā mahāpurisassa pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sasapaṇḍitakāle –
看见前来乞食的人,我就舍弃了自己。
用布施,没有谁和我相等,这就是我的布施波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Bhikkhāya upagataṃ disvā, sakattānaṃ pariccajiṃ; Dānena me samo natthi, esā me dānapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 1. tassuddāna) –
像这样舍弃自身而修行时,布施波罗蜜就成了名为“胜义波罗蜜”的波罗蜜。至于在其他情形中,则应按照相应的情况,了知为波罗蜜和近波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ karontassa dānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Itaresu pana yathārahaṃ pāramiupapāramiyo veditabbā.
“圆满戒而无余”的意思是:像这样毫无遗漏地——身防护、语防护、身语防护、根防护、饮食知节量、极清净的生活来源等,通过成就这样的菩萨戒,真正圆满地成就了应当圆满的一切戒,也就是戒波罗蜜、戒近波罗蜜、戒究竟义波罗蜜所包含的戒。在这里,像已提到的戒护龙王时、瞻波龙王时,以及未提到的大猕猴时、六牙时等等,大士圆满戒波罗蜜的转世次数实在没有边际。然而,特别在他做商卡波罗龙王时——巴利
Sīlaṃ pūretvā asesatoti tathā anavasesato kāyiko saṃvaro, vācasiko saṃvaro, kāyikavācasiko saṃvaro, indriyasaṃvaro, bhojane mattaññutā, suvisuddhājīvatāti evamādikaṃ bodhisattasīlaṃ sampādentena sīlapāramisīlaupapāramisīlaparamatthapāramippabhedaṃ pūretabbaṃ sabbaṃ sīlaṃ pūretvā sammadeva sampādetvā. Idhāpi sīlavanāgarājakāle (cariyā. 2.1 ādayo; jā. 1.1.72) campeyyanāgarājakāleti (cariyā. 2.20 ādayo; jā. 1.15.240 ādayo) evamādīsu idha āgatesu, anāgatesu ca mahākapikāle (cariyā. 3.67 ādayo; jā. 1.7.83 ādayo; 1.16.178 ādayo) chaddantakāleti (jā. 1.16.97 ādayo) evamādīsu mahāsattassa sīlapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa saṅkhapālakāle –
即使被尖桩刺穿,被矛枪捶击,
我不对婆耆的儿子生气,这就是我的持戒波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Sūlehi vinivijjhante, koṭṭayantepi sattibhi; Bhojaputte na kuppāmi, esā me sīlapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 2.91) –
像这样修自我牺牲的时候,戒波罗蜜就成了真正意义上的究竟波罗蜜。至于其他那些波罗蜜,则应当按各自的情况,理解为根本波罗蜜和近分波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ karontassa sīlapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Itaresu pana yathārahaṃ pāramiupapāramiyo veditabbā.
“达到出离波罗蜜”的意思是:在三种大出离中,波罗蜜都达到最高、最圆满的程度。其中,像在优檀阇耶王时期、喜悦王子时期等这些这里提到的情况,以及这里没提到的护象王子时期、摩伽天时期等,大士舍弃大王国、修满出离波罗蜜的受生次数,根本没有限量。不过,单就小须陀素摩时期来说——巴利
Nekkhammepāramiṃ gantvāti tathā tividhepi mahābhinikkhamane pāramiṃ paramukkaṃsaṃ gantvā. Tattha yudhañjayakāle (cariyā. 3.1 ādayo; jā. 1.11.73 ādayo) somanassakumārakāleti (cariyā. 3.7 ādayo; jā. 1.15.211 ādayo) evamādīsu idha āgatesu, anāgatesu ca hatthipālakumārakāle (jā. 1.15.337 ādayo) maghadevakāleti (ma. ni. 2.308 ādayo; jā. 1.1.9) evamādīsu mahārajjaṃ pahāya nekkhammapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa cūḷasutasomakāle –
已经到手的大王国,我像吐掉一口唾沫一样把它扔掉了。
舍弃的时候,心里没有一丝黏着,这就是我的出离波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Mahārajjaṃ hatthagataṃ, kheḷapiṇḍaṃva chaḍḍayiṃ; Cajato na hoti lagganaṃ, esā me nekkhammapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā);
像这样,因为无所执着,所以舍弃王位、出家修行的人,他的出离波罗蜜就成了名为“究竟义波罗蜜”的波罗蜜。至于在其他情形下,则应当按各自相应的情况,了知哪些是波罗蜜、哪些是上波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ nissaṅgatāya rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamantassa nekkhammapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Itaresu pana yathārahaṃ pāramiupapāramiyo veditabbā.
向智者反复请教“什么是善、什么是不善、什么是有罪、什么是无罪”等等,即对善与不善等法的区分、对业与业果的区分,以及有益于众生的无罪业处、技艺处、明处等,向智者、有智慧的人反复请教。由此显示出慧波罗蜜。在这里,像维杜罗智者时代(《本生》2.22.1346等)、大戈宾达智者时代(《长部》2.293等;《行藏》1.37等)、锄头智者时代(《本生》1.1.70)、阿拉卡智者时代(《本生》1.2.37等)、菩提游方者时代、大药智者时代(《本生》2.22.590等)等等,在这些情况下,圆满慧波罗蜜的受生数量是没有边际的。然而,就他而言,特别在塞那卡智者时代——巴利
Paṇḍiteparipucchitvāti kiṃ kusalaṃ kiṃ akusalaṃ kiṃ sāvajjaṃ kiṃ anavajjantiādinā kusalādidhammavibhāgaṃ kammakammaphalavibhāgaṃ sattānaṃ upakārāvahaṃ anavajjakammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānādiṃ paṇḍite sappaññe paripucchitvā. Etena paññāpāramiṃ dasseti. Tattha vidhurapaṇḍitakāle (jā. 2.22.1346 ādayo) mahāgovindapaṇḍitakāle (dī. ni. 2.293 ādayo; cariyā 1.37 ādayo) kudālapaṇḍitakāle (jā. 1.1.70) arakapaṇḍitakāle (jā. 1.2.37 ādayo) bodhiparibbājakakāle mahosadhapaṇḍitakāleti (jā. 2.22.590 ādayo) evamādīsu paññāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa senakapaṇḍitakāle –
我用智慧去观察,把那位婆罗门从痛苦中解救了出来。
在智慧方面,没有人能和我相等,这就是我的慧波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Paññāya vicinantohaṃ, brāhmaṇaṃ mocayiṃ dukhā; Paññāya me samo natthi, esā me paññāpāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakkathā) –
在展示装在布袋里的蛇时,他的慧波罗蜜就成了最上波罗蜜。所谓“精进是最上的”,是因为精进能够让人达到正等觉,所以是最上的精进,也就是种种精进波罗蜜,他已经修习并生起了。其中,在大戒王的时候、五武器王子的时候、大猿王的时候等,圆满精进波罗蜜所经历的生命数量,实在没有限量。不过,特别在大阇那卡王的时候——巴利
Antobhastagataṃ sappaṃ dassentassa paññāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Vīriyaṃ katvāna uttamanti sammāsambodhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthatāya uttamaṃ padhānaṃ vīriyanti vividhampi vīriyapāramiṃ katvā uppādetvā. Tattha mahāsīlavarājakāle (jā. 1.1.51) pañcāvudhakumārakāle (jā. 1.1.55) mahāvānarindakāleti (jā. 1.1.57) evamādīsu vīriyapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahājanakakāle –
看不见彼岸,困在水中央,所有人全都死了。
我的心没有变样,这就是我的精进波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Atīradassī jalamajjhe, hatā sabbeva mānusā; Cittassa aññathā natthi, esā me vīriyapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
就这样,当他渡越大海时,他的精进波罗蜜就成了名为究竟波罗蜜的波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ tarantassa vīriyapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
通过忍辱而达到波罗蜜:意思是,把安忍、忍耐等忍辱的最高境界完全展现出来,从而到达忍辱波罗蜜的顶点,也就是圆满成就了忍辱波罗蜜。在这里,像大猕猴时期(《行藏》3.67等;《本生》1.7.83等)、水牛王时期(《本生》1.3.82等)、鹿王时期(《本生》1.13.117等)、法天子时期(《本生》1.11.26等)这样一些例子中,那些以忍辱波罗蜜为圆满修行的人,他们受生的数量根本没有限量。不过,特别要说的是,在他做忍辱行者的时候——巴利
Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvāti adhivāsanakhantiādi khantiparamukkaṃsabhāvaṃ pāpento khantiyā pāramiṃ paramakoṭiṃ gantvā, khantipāramiṃ sampādetvāti attho. Tattha mahākapikāle (cariyā. 3.67 ādayo; jā. 1.7.83 ādayo) mahiṃsarājakāle (jā. 1.3.82 ādayo) rurumigarājakāle (jā. 1.13.117 ādayo) dhammadevaputtakāleti (jā. 1.11.26 ādayo) evamādīsu khantipāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa khantivādikāle –
就算有人用锋利的斧头砍我这没有心识的身体,
在迦尸国我不发怒,这就是我的忍耐波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Acetanaṃ va koṭṭente, tiṇhena pharasunā mamaṃ; Kāsirāje na kuppāmi, esā me khantipāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
就这样,当他像没有知觉的东西一样承受着巨大的痛苦时,他的忍耐波罗蜜就成了所谓的究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ acetanabhāvena viya mahādukkhaṃ anubhavantassa khantipāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
“立下坚定的决意”是指:把对善法的受持决意——也就是对种种波罗蜜的受持,以及对有助于这些波罗蜜的受持的决意——立得更加坚固、毫不松弛;以绝不退转的方式坚定受持种种誓愿,这就是这里的含义。其中,在乔提帕拉王时期、萨拉班伽时期、奈弥王时期等事例中,那些圆满决意波罗蜜的人,其数量是无法计算的。然而,决意波罗蜜达到究竟,唯独是在他做特弥亚王子的时候——巴利
Katvā daḷhamadhiṭṭhānanti kusalasamādānādhiṭṭhānaṃ tassa tassa pāramisamādānassa tadupakārakasamādānassa ca adhiṭṭhānaṃ daḷhataraṃ asithilaṃ katvā, taṃ taṃ vatasamādānaṃ anivattibhāvena adhiṭṭhahitvāti attho. Tattha jotipālakāle (ma. ni. 2.282 ādayo) sarabhaṅgakāle (jā. 2.17.50 ādayo) nemikāleti (cariyā. 1.40 ādayo; jā.2.22.421 ādayo) evamādīsu adhiṭṭhānapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa temiyakumārakāle –
父母并非我所欲见,我自己也并非我所欲见。
一切知智是我所珍爱的,因此我立下了这个誓愿。巴利
‘‘Mātāpitā na me dessā, attā me na ca dessiyo; Sabbaññutaṃ piyaṃ mayhaṃ, tasmā vatamadhiṭṭhahi’’nti. (cariyā. 3.65) –
就这样,舍弃生命而坚定立下誓愿时,他的决意波罗蜜就成了究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitaṃ pariccajitvā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahantassa adhiṭṭhānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
守护真实语,就是护住自己说过的话。即使遇到生命危险,也把不诚实的话看成粪便一样厌恶,彻底避开,完完全全做到不欺骗。在猴王的本生故事里(《行藏》3.67等)、真实苦行者的故事里、鱼王的故事里等等,这些生生世世圆满真实波罗蜜的经历,数量根本数不清。不过,真实波罗蜜真正达到究竟圆满,是在大须陀素摩王的时候——巴利
Saccavācānurakkhiyāti saccavācaṃ anurakkhitvā jīvitantarāyepi anariyavohāraṃ gūthaṃ viya jigucchanto pariharitvā sabbaso avisaṃvādibhāvaṃ rakkhitvā. Tattha kapirājakāle (cariyā. 3.67 ādayo) saccatāpasakāle maccharājakāleti evamādīsu saccapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahāsutasomakāle –
为了守护真实语,我舍弃了自己的生命;
我救脱了一百位刹帝利,这就是我的实语波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Saccavācaṃ anurakkhanto, cajitvā mama jīvitaṃ; Mocesiṃ ekasataṃ khattiye, esā me saccapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
这样舍弃生命、护持真实的人,他的真实波罗蜜就叫作究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitaṃ cajitvā saccaṃ anurakkhantassa saccapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
修成慈波罗蜜,是指对一切众生不加分别、以带来利益为特征的慈,达到了最高、最殊胜的彼岸。其中,在小法护王时期、大戒王时期、萨玛智者时期等,圆满慈波罗蜜者的数量根本无法计算。然而,唯独在他做金子的时代——巴利
Mettāyapāramiṃ gantvāti sabbasattesu anodhiso hitūpasaṃhāralakkhaṇāya mettāya pāramiṃ paramukkaṃsataṃ patvā. Tattha cūḷadhammapālakāle (jā. 1.5.44 ādayo) mahāsīlavarājakāle (jā. 1.1.51) sāmapaṇḍitakāleti (cariyā. 3.111 ādayo; jā. 2.22.296 ādayo) evamādīsu mettāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa suvaṇṇasāmakāle –
没有任何人会让我害怕,我也不会害怕任何人;
我被慈心的力量所支撑,那时我快乐地住在森林里。巴利
‘‘Na maṃ koci uttasati, napihaṃ bhāyāmi kassaci; Mettābalenupatthaddho, ramāmi pavane tadā’’ti. (cariyā. 3.113) –
像这样,连自己的性命都不顾,而修慈心的人,他的慈波罗蜜就成了究竟波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ jīvitampi anoloketvā mettāyantassa mettāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
对恭敬和轻蔑:意思是说,无论面对恭敬——比如殷重的供养、礼敬等,还是面对轻蔑——比如被人吐口水等,在这一切世间法当中,都能保持平等、心平等,毫不动摇,从而证得最上、无上的遍知之智。这就是这段话的含义。其中,在大猕猴王时期、迦尸王时期、安稳婆罗门时期、骨针游方者时期等,那些圆满舍波罗蜜的众生之身,其数量是无法计量的。然而,唯独在他身为大身毛竖立之时——巴利
Sammānanāvamānaneti sakkaccaṃ pūjāsakkārādinā sammānane oṭṭhubhanādinā avamānane ca sabbattha lokadhamme samako samacitto nibbikāro hutvā uttamaṃ anuttaraṃ labbaññutaṃ adhigatosmīti attho. Tattha mahāvānarindakāle (jā. 1.1.57) kāsirājakāle khemabrāhmaṇakāle aṭṭhisenaparibbājakakāleti (jā. 1.7.54 ādayo) evamādīsu upekkhāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahālomahaṃsakāle –
我在坟场里铺好床卧,把一具骸骨放在身边。
村里的孩子们走近前来,充分地展示形貌。巴利
‘‘Susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyahaṃ; Gāmaṇḍalā upāgantvā, rūpaṃ dassentinappaka’’nti. (cariyā. 3.119) –
就这样,当村童们用吐口水等方式让他受苦,又用花环、香料、供养等方式让他享乐时,他始终没有超越舍心,他的舍波罗蜜就成了究竟波罗蜜。世尊如此说道——巴利
Evaṃ gāmadārakesu oṭṭhubhanādīhi ceva mālāgandhūpahārādīhi ca sukhadukkhaṃ uppādentesupi upekkhaṃ anativattantassa upekkhāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Iti bhagavā –
就这样,种种痛苦,以及种种成就;
在一次次生死轮回中体验过后,最终证得了无上正觉。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ bahubbidhaṃ dukkhaṃ, sampattī ca bahubbidhā; Bhavābhave anubhavitvā, patto sambodhimuttama’’nti. –
为了证得正等正觉,他把自己在这贤劫中所修的难行苦行简略地说完之后,接着又——巴利
Sammāsambodhiṃ adhigantuṃ imasmiṃ bhaddakappe attanā kataṃ dukkaracariyaṃ saṅkhepeneva vatvā puna –
施与了应施的布施,圆满了无缺的戒行之后,
通过出离达到究竟,证得无上正觉。
向智者请教之后,付出精进努力,
通过忍辱达到波罗蜜的究竟,证得了无上正觉。
立下坚定的决心,守护真实的话语;
通过修慈爱到达彼岸,最终证得了无上正觉。
在得到与失去、有名与无名、受恭敬与受轻慢之中,
在一切境遇中都保持平等心,证得了无上正觉。巴利
‘‘Datvā dātabbakaṃ dānaṃ, sīlaṃ pūretvā asesato; Nekkhamme pāramiṃ gantvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. ‘‘Paṇḍite paripucchitvā, vīriyaṃ katvāna muttamaṃ; Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. ‘‘Katvā daḷhamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, saccavācānurakkhiya; Mettāya pāramiṃ gantvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. ‘‘Lābhālābhe yasāyase, sammānanāvamānane; Sabbattha samako hutvā, patto sambodhimuttama’’nti. –
他显示了自己真正圆满完成的十种波罗蜜。巴利
Attanā sammadeva paripūritā dasa pāramiyo dasseti.
不过,站在这个立场上,对于那些在大菩提乘的修行中发起精进的善男子,应当宣说关于一切波罗蜜的杂论,使他们能在菩提资粮中对种种善巧都有所通达。巴利
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā mahābodhiyānapaṭipattiyaṃ ussāhajātānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ bodhisambhāresu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ sabbapāramīsu pakiṇṇakakathā kathetabbā.
这里要回答的问题是这样的:什么是波罗蜜?以什么含义称为波罗蜜?这些波罗蜜有多少种?它们的次序是怎样的?它们的相、作用、现起和近因是什么?它们的因是什么?什么是杂染?什么是清净?什么是违品?什么是修习?什么是分类?什么是摄?什么是成就的方法?需要多长时间才能成就?功德是什么?它们的果是什么?巴利
Tatridaṃ pañhakammaṃ – kā panetā pāramiyo? Kenaṭṭhena pāramiyo? Katividhā cetā? Ko tāsaṃ kamo? Kāni lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni? Ko paccayo? Ko saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānaṃ? Ko paṭipakkho? Kā paṭipatti? Ko vibhāgo? Ko saṅgaho? Ko sampādanūpāyo? Kittakena kālena sampādanaṃ? Ko ānisaṃso? Kiṃ cetāsaṃ phalanti?
对此的回答是:什么是波罗蜜呢?就是不被渴爱、我慢和邪见所损害的,以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的布施等种种德行。巴利
Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ – kā panetā pāramiyoti? Taṇhāmānadiṭṭhīhi anupahatā karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitā dānādayo guṇā pāramiyo.
“波罗蜜”这个名字,是从什么意义上说的呢?因为结合了布施、持戒等殊胜功德,所以是众生中最上等的;这些最上的大士、菩萨,他们的状态或行为就是波罗蜜,也就是布施等行为。或者说,保护他人,所以叫最上;菩萨是布施等功德的圆满者和守护者;属于最上者的,或者最上者的状态、行为就是波罗蜜,也就是布施等行为本身。或者说,以殊胜功德的结合,把其他众生吸引、系缚到自己身上;或者,比他人更殊胜地净化、清净烦恼污垢;或者,殊胜地走向最殊胜的涅槃;或者,以作为标准的殊胜智慧,像了知此世一样了知、判别他世;或者,极度地把戒等功德之聚衡量、安立于自己的相续中;或者,把不同于自身法身的、与之敌对且做无义之事的烦恼贼众,衡量并斩杀——所以叫最上,即大士。应按“属于最上者的”等前面所说的方式连接理解。或者,在彼岸涅槃中净化、清净,并净化众生;或者,在那里吸引、系缚、连接众生;或者,走向那里、到达那里,并令众生到达;或者,如实地了知那里;或者,在那里安立众生;或者,在那里为众生斩杀烦恼敌——所以叫波罗蜜者,即大人。他的状态或行为就是波罗蜜,也就是布施等行为本身。应当按这个道理来了知“波罗蜜”一词的含义。巴利
Kenaṭṭhena pāramiyoti? Dānasīlādiguṇavisesayogena sattuttamatāya paramā mahāsattā bodhisattā, tesaṃ bhāvo kammaṃ vā pāramī, dānādikiriyā. Atha vā paratīti paramo, dānādiguṇānaṃ pūrako pālako cāti bodhisatto, paramassa ayaṃ, paramassa vā bhāvo, kammaṃ vā pāramī, dānādikiriyāva. Atha vā paraṃ sattaṃ attani mavati bandhati guṇavisesayogena, paraṃ vā adhikataraṃ majjati sujjhati saṃkilesamalato, paraṃ vā seṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ visesena mayati gacchati, paraṃ vā lokaṃ pamāṇabhūtena ñāṇavisesena idhalokaṃ viya munāti paricchindati, paraṃ vā ativiya sīlādiguṇagaṇaṃ attano santāne minoti pakkhipati, paraṃ vā attabhūtato dhammakāyato aññaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ vā tadanatthakaraṃ kilesacoragaṇaṃ mināti hiṃsatīti paramo, mahāsatto. Paramassa ayantiādi vuttanayena yojetabbaṃ. Pāre vā nibbāne majjati sujjhati satte ca sodheti, tattha vā satte mavati bandhati yojeti, taṃ vā mayati gacchati gameti ca, munāti vā taṃ yāthāvato , tattha vā satte minoti pakkhipati, kilesārayo vā sattānaṃ tattha mināti hiṃsatīti pāramī, mahāpuriso. Tassa bhāvo kammaṃ vā pāramitā, dānādikiriyāva. Iminā nayena pāramīsaddattho veditabbo.
有多少种呢?简单来说,有十种。不过这些在经典里本来就是按它们各自的面貌出现的。就像所说的:巴利
Katividhāti? Saṅkhepato dasavidhā. Tā pana pāḷiyaṃ sarūpato āgatāyeva. Yathāha –
那时我正仔细考察,见到了第一布施波罗蜜;
过去那些大仙们未曾走过的那条大道。巴利
‘‘Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, anuciṇṇaṃ mahāpatha’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.116) –
开头。就像这样说的:“尊者,有多少种成佛的法?舍利弗,有十种成佛的法。是哪十种?舍利弗,布施是成佛的法,持戒、出离、慧、精进、忍耐、真实、决意、慈、舍也是成佛的法。舍利弗,这就是十种成佛的法。”世尊这样说了,善逝这样说了之后,导师又进一步说了这个:巴利
Ādi. Yathā cāha – ‘‘kati nu kho, bhante, buddhakārakā dhammā? Dasa kho, sāriputta, buddhakārakā dhammā. Katame dasa? Dānaṃ kho, sāriputta, buddhakārako dhammo, sīlaṃ, nekkhammaṃ, paññā, vīriyaṃ, khanti, saccaṃ, adhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettā, upekkhā buddhakārako dhammo. Ime kho, sāriputta, dasa buddhakārakā dhammā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
布施、持戒、出离、慧,精进为第五;
忍耐、真实、决意、慈与舍——这就是那十种。巴利
‘‘Dānaṃ sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññā vīriyena pañcamaṃ; Khanti saccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhāti te dasā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 1.76 thokaṃ visadisaṃ);
有些人则说是“六种”。这是依照那些(法)的统摄来说的。那个统摄在后面会显现出来。巴利
Keci pana ‘‘chabbidhā’’ti vadanti. Taṃ etāsaṃ saṅgahavasena vuttaṃ. So pana saṅgaho parato āvi bhavissati.
这些的次第是怎样的呢?这里的“次第”指说法的次第。这个说法的次第以最初的受持为因,受持又以审察为因。也就是说,最初怎样审察、怎样受持,就按那样的次序来说。其中,布施对持戒有很大帮助,又容易做,所以放在最前面说。布施被持戒所摄持时,就有大果报、大利益,所以在布施之后说持戒。持戒被出离所摄持,出离被慧所摄持,慧被精进所摄持,精进被忍耐所摄持,忍耐被真实所摄持,真实被决意所摄持,决意被慈所摄持,慈被舍所摄持时,就有大果报、大利益,所以在慈之后说舍。不过要知道,舍被悲所摄持,悲也被舍所摄持。有人问:具足大悲的菩萨,怎么能对众生保持舍呢?有些论师说:在适合修舍的情况下,有时保持舍,但不是在任何地方、任何时候都这样。另一些论师则说:不是对众生保持舍,而是对由众生所施加的伤害保持舍。巴利
Ko tāsaṃ kamoti? Ettha kamoti desanākkamo, so ca paṭhamasamādānahetuko, samādānaṃ pavicayahetukaṃ, iti yathā ādimhi pavicitā samādinnā ca, tathā desitā. Tattha dānaṃ sīlassa bahūpakāraṃ sukarañcāti taṃ ādimhi vuttaṃ. Dānaṃ sīlapariggahitaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsanti dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Sīlaṃ nekkhammapariggahitaṃ, nekkhammaṃ paññāpariggahitaṃ, paññā vīriyapariggahitā, vīriyaṃ khantipariggahitaṃ, khanti saccapariggahitā, saccaṃ adhiṭṭhānapariggahitaṃ, adhiṭṭhānaṃ mettāpariggahitaṃ, mettā upekkhāpariggahitā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsāti mettānantaramupekkhā vuttā. Upekkhā pana karuṇāpariggahitā karuṇā ca upekkhāpariggahitāti veditabbā. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana mahākāruṇikā bodhisattā sattesu upekkhakā hontī’’ti? ‘‘Upekkhitabbayuttesu kañci kālaṃ upekkhakā honti , na pana sabbattha sabbadā cā’’ti keci. Apare pana – ‘‘na sattesu upekkhakā, sattakatesu pana vippakāresu upekkhakā hontī’’ti.
另一种解释:因为布施在普通人中也常能实行,是一切众生共通的,果报小,又容易做,所以最初说布施。接着布施之后说持戒,理由是:先由施者与受者双方清净来说明饶益他人,再从不损害他人来说明;先说明应做的行为,再从远离不应做的行为来说明;先说明财富圆满的因,再从说明投生善趣圆满的因来说明。接着持戒之后说出离,理由是:出离要靠持戒圆满才能成就;先说明身语善行,再从说明意善行来说明;戒行清净的人很容易成就禅那;通过断除行为上的过失来说明加行清净,再通过断除烦恼上的过失来说明意乐清净;通过断除违犯来说明心的缠缚被断除。接着出离之后说慧,理由是:慧能使出离成就并清净;指出没有禅那就没有慧,正如说“慧以定为近因,定以慧为现起”。先说明止的相,再说明舍的相;又通过利他的禅那,来说明成就利他的善巧方法。接着慧之后说精进,理由是:由发起精进,慧的作用才能成就;先说明对众生空与法空的审察忍可,再说明为利益众生而发起的稀有难得;先说明舍的相,再指出策励的相;先说明审慎而行,再说精进,正如说“审慎而行的人,精进会带来殊胜的果报”,所以在慧之后说精进。巴利
Aparo nayo – pacurajanesupi pavattiyā sabbasattasādhāraṇattā appaphalattā sukarattā ca ādimhi dānaṃ vuttaṃ. Sīlena dāyakapaṭiggāhakasuddhito parānuggahaṃ vatvā parapīḷānivattivacanato kiriyadhammaṃ vatvā akiriyadhammavacanato bhogasampattihetuṃ vatvā bhavasampattihetuvacanato ca dānassa anantaraṃ sīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Nekkhammena sīlasampattisiddhito kāyavacīsucaritaṃ vatvā manosucaritavacanato visuddhasīlassa sukheneva jhānasamijjhanato kammāparādhappahānena payogasuddhiṃ vatvā kilesāparādhappahānena āsayasuddhivacanato vītikkamappahānena cittassa pariyuṭṭhānappahānavacanato ca sīlassa anantaraṃ nekkhammaṃ vuttaṃ. Paññāya nekkhammassa siddhiparisuddhito jhānābhāvena paññābhāvavacanato ‘‘samādhipadaṭṭhānā hi paññā, paññāpaccupaṭṭhāno ca samādhi’’. Samathanimittaṃ vatvā upekkhānimittavacanato parahitajjhānena parahitakaraṇūpāyakosallavacanato ca nekkhammassa anantaraṃ paññā vuttā. Vīriyārambhena paññākiccasiddhito sattasuññatādhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ vatvā sattahitāya ārambhassa acchariyatāvacanato upekkhānimittaṃ vatvā paggahanimittavacanato nisammakāritaṃ vatvā uṭṭhānavacanato ca ‘‘nisammakārino hi uṭṭhānaṃ phalavisesamāvahatī’’ti paññāya anantaraṃ vīriyaṃ vuttaṃ.
精进之后紧接着说忍耐,理由如下:依靠精进,忍耐才能成就。正如所说:“有精进的人,因为已经发起精进,能够战胜众生种种行为带来的痛苦而安住。”精进以忍耐为庄严,因为:“有精进的人的忍耐才显得光彩。”在讲了策励的相之后,接着讲止的相,是为了说明:通过不过度用力,可以去除掉举的过失。正如所说:“以审察法的忍耐,掉举的过失就被断除。”又说有精进的人能持续不断地行动:“忍耐多的人不掉举,能持续不断地行动。”说有不放逸的人在发起利他事业时没有求回报的渴爱,因为:“当如实审察法时,渴爱就不生起。”又说在发起利他事业时,即使在最殊胜的利他发起中也能忍受他人加诸的痛苦。由于这些理由,精进之后紧接着说忍耐。忍耐之后说真实,理由如下:真实能使忍耐长久地安立。讲了忍受伤害者的伤害之后,接着讲对那伤害者回报而不虚诳;讲了忍耐不被诽谤之言动摇之后,接着讲不舍弃说真实语;讲了审察众生空与法的忍耐之后,接着讲由此增长智的真实。由于这些理由,忍耐之后紧接着说真实。巴利
Vīriyena titikkhāsiddhito ‘‘vīriyavā hi āraddhavīriyattā sattasaṅkhārehi upanītaṃ dukkhaṃ abhibhuyya viharati’’. Vīriyassa titikkhālaṅkārabhāvato ‘‘vīriyavato hi titikkhā sobhati’’. Paggahanimittaṃ vatvā samathanimittavacanato accārambhena uddhaccadosappahānavacanato ‘‘dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā hi uddhaccadoso pahīyati’’. Vīriyavato sātaccakaraṇavacanato ‘‘khantibahulo hi anuddhato sātaccakārī hoti’’. Appamādavato parahitakiriyārambhe paccupakārataṇhābhāvavacanato ‘‘yāthāvato dhammanijjhāne hi sati taṇhā na hoti’’. Parahitārambhe paramepi parakatadukkhasahanatāvacanato ca vīriyassa anantaraṃ khanti vuttā. Saccena khantiyā cirādhiṭṭhānato apakārino apakārakhantiṃ vatvā tadupakārakaraṇe avisaṃvādavacanato khantiyā apavādavācāvikampanena bhūtavāditāya avijahanavacanato sattasuññatādhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ vatvā tadupabrūhitañāṇasaccavacanato ca khantiyā anantaraṃ saccaṃ vuttaṃ.
因为决意能让真实得以成就,所以说“具有不动摇决意的人,他的远离才能成功”,这是在讲了真实之后紧接着讲决意。说了不虚诳之后,又指出在这一点上坚定不移,所以说“与真实相续的人,在布施等修行中,完全按照自己的誓愿,像不动摇一样地运转”。讲了智的真实之后,又指出要让修行在诸菩提资粮中达到究竟,所以说“具有如实智的人,能在菩提资粮中决意,并且因为不会被对立面动摇,所以能让那些资粮达到究竟”。因此,在真实之后紧接着讲了决意。由于慈能成就以利他为内容的受持和决意,所以讲了决意之后又讲慈,并指出能带来利益,所以说“在菩提资粮中决意的人,就是安住于慈的人”。又因为坚定决意者的受持不会被破坏,所以受持才能成立。因此,在决意之后紧接着讲了慈。由于舍能让慈变得清净,所以讲了给众生带来利益之后,又讲在众生有过失时保持平等心;讲了修慈之后,又讲由慈所等流而生的修习;并且说,即使对希望得到利益的众生也能保持舍心,这是一种稀有的功德。因此,在慈之后紧接着讲了舍。应当这样来理解这些的顺序。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānena saccasiddhito ‘‘acalādhiṭṭhānassa hi virati sijjhati’’. Avisaṃvāditaṃ vatvā tattha acalabhāvavacanato ‘‘saccasandho hi dānādīsu paṭiññānurūpaṃ niccalova pavattati’’. Ñāṇasaccaṃ vatvā sambhāresu pavattiniṭṭhāpanavacanato ‘‘yathābhūtañāṇavā hi bodhisambhāre adhiṭṭhāti, te ca niṭṭhāpeti paṭipakkhehi akampiyabhāvato’’ti saccassa anantaraṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ. Mettāya parahitakaraṇasamādānādhiṭṭhānasiddhito adhiṭṭhānaṃ vatvā hitūpasaṃhāravacanato ‘‘bodhisambhāre hi adhitiṭṭhamāno mettāvihārī hoti’’. Acalādhiṭṭhānassa samādānāvikopanena samādānasambhavato ca adhiṭṭhānassa anantaraṃ mettā vuttā. Upekkhāya mettāvisuddhito sattesu hitūpasaṃhāraṃ vatvā tadaparādhesu udāsīnatāvacanato mettābhāvanaṃ vatvā tannissandabhāvanāvacanato hitakāmasattepi upekkhakoti acchariyaguṇatāvacanato ca mettāya anantaraṃ upekkhā vuttāti evametāsaṃ kamo veditabbo.
这些波罗蜜的相、作用、现起和足处分别是什么?在这里,如果先不加以区分地说,那么一切波罗蜜都以饶益他人为相,以做对他人有帮助的事为作用,或者以不动摇为作用,以希望他人得到利益为现起,或者以佛果的特质为现起,以大悲为足处,或者以悲悯和善巧方便为足处。巴利
Kāni lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti ettha avisesena tāva sabbāpi pāramiyo parānuggahalakkhaṇā, paresaṃ upakārakaraṇarasā, avikampanarasā vā, hitesitāpaccupaṭṭhānā, buddhattapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, mahākaruṇāpadaṭṭhānā, karuṇūpāyakosallapadaṭṭhānā vā.
如果进一步分别来说:布施波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、舍掉自身财物的思心所。持戒波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的身善行和语善行,从意义上看,就是远离不该做的、去做该做的这类思心所等。出离波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、先看到过患而后从欲有与有中出离的心生起。慧波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、对诸法的共相和别相的觉知通达。精进波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、以身与心发起利益他人的努力。忍耐波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、能忍受有情和诸行的过失、以无嗔为主、以那种方式生起的心生起。真实波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、以远离思等为种类的、不欺骗。决意波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、对菩提分法坚定决意、以那种方式生起的心生起。慈爱波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、给世间带来利益和安乐,从意义上看就是无嗔。舍波罗蜜,就是以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持的、在可爱与不可爱的有情和诸行中,摧毁贪随顺与嗔恚,平等而行。巴利
Visesena pana yasmā karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitā attūpakaraṇapariccāgacetanā dānapāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitaṃ kāyavacīsucaritaṃ atthato akattabbaviratikattabbakaraṇacetanādayo ca sīlapāramitā. Karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahito ādīnavadassanapubbaṅgamo kāmabhavehi nikkhamanacittuppādo nekkhammapāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahito dhammānaṃ sāmaññavisesalakkhaṇāvabodho paññāpāramitā. Karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahito kāyacittehi parahitārambho vīriyapāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitaṃ sattasaṅkhārāparādhasahanaṃ adosappadhāno tadākārappavattacittuppādo khantipāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitaṃ viraticetanādibhedaṃ avisaṃvādanaṃ saccapāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitaṃ acalasamādānādhiṭṭhānaṃ tadākārappavatto cittuppādo adhiṭṭhānapāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahito lokassa hitasukhūpasaṃhāro atthato abyāpādo mettāpāramitā, karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitā anunayapaṭighaviddhaṃsanī iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu sattasaṅkhāresu samappavatti upekkhāpāramitā.
因此,布施波罗蜜以舍弃为特相,以摧毁对可施之物的贪爱为作用,以不执著为现起,或者以有与无有的成就为现起,以应当施舍的事物为近因。戒波罗蜜以持戒为特相,也就是以等持为特相、以安住为特相;以摧毁破戒为作用,或者以无过失为作用;以清净为现起;以惭与愧为近因。出离波罗蜜以从欲乐和生存中出离为特相,以揭示它们的过患为作用,因此以背向它们为现起,以悚惧感为近因。慧波罗蜜以如实通达为特相,或者以无碍通达为特相,就像善射者迅速射出的箭一样;以照亮所缘为作用,就像灯一样;以不迷乱为现起,就像在森林中善于引导的人一样;以定为近因,或者以四圣谛为近因。精进波罗蜜以勤勇为特相,以支持为作用,以不消沉为现起,以发起精进之事为近因,或者以悚惧感为近因。忍耐波罗蜜以堪忍为特相,以忍受可意与不可意为作用,以承受为现起,或者以不冲突为现起,以如实见为近因。真实波罗蜜以不欺诳为特相,以如实揭示为作用,以善性为现起,以柔和为近因。决意波罗蜜以对菩提资粮决意为特相,以战胜它们的对立面为作用,以在其中不动摇为现起,以菩提资粮为近因。慈爱波罗蜜以利益行相的生起为特相,以带来利益为作用,或者以消除嗔恨为作用,以温和的状态为现起,以看见有情的可爱之处为近因。舍波罗蜜以中舍行相的生起为特相,以平等看待为作用,以平息嗔恨与贪著为现起,以审察业为自己的所有为近因。巴利
Tasmā pariccāgalakkhaṇā dānapāramī, deyyadhamme lobhaviddhaṃsanarasā, anāsattipaccupaṭṭhānā, bhavavibhavasampattipaccupaṭṭhānā vā, pariccajitabbavatthupadaṭṭhānā. Sīlanalakkhaṇā sīlapāramī, samādhānalakkhaṇā patiṭṭhānalakkhaṇā cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Dussīlyaviddhaṃsanarasā, anavajjarasā vā, soceyyapaccupaṭṭhānā, hirottappapadaṭṭhānā. Kāmato ca bhavato ca nikkhamanalakkhaṇā nekkhammapāramī, tadādīnavavibhāvanarasā, tato eva vimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, saṃvegapadaṭṭhānā. Yathāsabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā paññāpāramī, akkhalitapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vā kusalissāsakhittausupaṭivedho viya, visayobhāsanarasā padīpo viya, asammohapaccupaṭṭhānā araññagatasudesiko viya, samādhipadaṭṭhānā, catusaccapadaṭṭhānā vā. Ussāhalakkhaṇā vīriyapāramī, upatthambhanarasā, asaṃsīdanapaccupaṭṭhānā, vīriyārambhavatthupadaṭṭhānā, saṃvegapadaṭṭhānā vā. Khamanalakkhaṇā khantipāramī, iṭṭhāniṭṭhasahanarasā, adhivāsanapaccupaṭṭhānā, avirodhapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, yathābhūtadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Avisaṃvādanalakkhaṇā saccapāramī, yathāsabhāvavibhāvanarasā, sādhutāpaccupaṭṭhānā, soraccapadaṭṭhānā. Bodhisambhāresu adhiṭṭhānalakkhaṇā adhiṭṭhānapāramī, tesaṃ paṭipakkhābhibhavanarasā, tattha acalatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, bodhisambhārapadaṭṭhānā. Hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā mettāpāramī, hitūpasaṃhārarasā, āghātavinayanarasā vā, sommabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ manāpabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Majjhattākārappavattilakkhaṇā upekkhāpāramī, samabhāvadassanarasā, paṭighānunayavūpasamapaccupaṭṭhānā, kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇapadaṭṭhānā.
在这里,应当说明:布施等法被悲悯与善巧方便所摄持,这一点是作为“舍弃”等特相的限定条件来说的。因为只有被悲悯与善巧方便所摄持、在菩萨的心相续中生起的布施等,才叫作布施等波罗蜜。巴利
Ettha ca karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitatā dānādīnaṃ pariccāgādilakkhaṇassa visesanabhāvena vattabbā. Karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitāni hi dānādīni bodhisattasantāne pavattāni dānādipāramiyo nāma honti.
以什么为缘?首先,发愿是波罗蜜的缘。因为凡是这个——巴利
Kopaccayoti? Abhinīhāro tāva pāramīnaṃ paccayo. Yo hi ayaṃ –
人的身份、性别的具足、因、得见导师,
出家、具足功德、侍奉与意愿。
这八法聚合起来,他的誓愿就能圆满成就。巴利
‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59) –
如此被说的、由八法聚合所成就的誓愿,就是以“已度脱者,我要令他人度脱;已解脱者,我要令他人解脱;已调御者,我要令他人调御;已寂静者,我要令他人寂静;已得安稳者,我要令他人安稳;已寂灭者,我要令他人寂灭;已清净者,我要令他人清净;已觉悟者,我要令他人觉悟”这类方式展开的愿求。这个誓愿,不加区分地是一切波罗蜜的缘。因为由此转起后,诸波罗蜜的寻思、现前、受持、决意与完成于大士生起。巴利
Evaṃ vutto aṭṭhadhammasamodhānasampādito ‘‘tiṇṇo tāreyyaṃ mutto moceyyaṃ danto dameyyaṃ santo sameyyaṃ assattho assāseyyaṃ parinibbuto parinibbāpeyyaṃ suddho sodheyyaṃ buddho bodheyya’’ntiādinayappavatto abhinīhāro. So avisesena sabbapāramīnaṃ paccayo. Tappavattiyā hi uddhaṃ pāramīnaṃ pavicayupaṭṭhānasamādānādhiṭṭhānanipphattiyo mahāpurisānaṃ sambhavanti.
在这里,“人身”就是指人的身份状态。因为只有站在人的身份状态上,希求成佛的人,他的愿求才会实现;如果处在龙、金翅鸟等生命形态中,就不会实现。为什么呢?因为那些生命形态与成佛这件事不相称。巴利
Tattha manussattanti manussattabhāvo. Manussattabhāveyeva hi ṭhatvā buddhattaṃ patthentassa patthanā samijjhati, na nāgasupaṇṇādijātīsu ṭhitassa. Kasmāti ce? Buddhabhāvassa ananucchavikabhāvato.
“性别成就”:即使已经投生为人,也只有男人才能够实现这个愿望;女人、黄门、非男非女、二根者都不能实现。为什么呢?因为按照前面所说的道理,以及他们不具备相好圆满的缘故。经中也这样说:“诸比丘,女人成为阿罗汉、正自觉者,这是不可能的,没有这样的道理。”详细解说如此。因此,即使投生为人,如果身为女人,或者是黄门等,他们的愿望也不能实现。巴利
Liṅgasampattīti manussattabhāve ṭhitassāpi purisasseva patthanā samijjhati, na itthiyā na paṇḍakanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānaṃ vā samijjhati. Kasmāti ce? Yathāvuttakāraṇato lakkhaṇapāripūriyā abhāvato ca. Vuttañcetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ itthī arahaṃ assa sammāsambuddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.279; vibha. 809) vitthāro. Tasmā manussajātikassāpi itthiliṅge ṭhitassa paṇḍakādīnaṃ vā patthanā na samijjhati.
“因”是指亲依止的具足。因为,即使是人男子,也唯有具足亲依止者,凭借因的具足,他的祈愿才能实现;不具足的人则不能。巴利
Hetūti upanissayasampatti. Manussapurisassāpi hi upanissayasampannasseva hetusampattiyā patthanā samijjhati, na itarassa.
“见导师”就是指亲自出现在导师面前。因为只有住在世间的佛陀还在时,在他面前祈愿的人,愿望才能实现;而世尊般涅槃之后,无论是在塔庙旁、菩提树下、佛像前,还是在独觉佛或佛陀的声闻弟子面前祈愿,愿望都不能实现。为什么?因为那时缺少足够强大的善业力量。只有在诸佛面前祈愿,愿望才能实现,这是因为发心极为广大,使得与之相应的善业变得强大。巴利
Satthāradassananti satthusammukhībhāvo. Dharamānakabuddhasseva hi santike patthentassa patthanā samijjhati, parinibbute pana bhagavati cetiyassa santike vā bodhimūle vā paṭimāya vā paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ vā santike patthanā na samijjhati. Kasmā? Adhikārassa balavabhāvābhāvato. Buddhānaṃ eva pana santike patthanā samijjhati, ajjhāsayassa uḷārabhāvena tadadhikārassa balavabhāvāpattito.
“出家”这件事:即使是在佛陀世尊面前发愿的人,也只有已经出家的人——不管是属于业论派的苦行者,还是比丘——他的愿才会实现,以在家身份安住的人则不会。为什么?因为在家身份与成佛这件事不相称。因为只有出家的伟大菩萨才能证得正等正觉,在家者不能。所以在发愿的时候,唯有出家身份才是合适的,而且因为它本身就是功德成就的基础。巴利
Pabbajjāti buddhassa bhagavato santike patthentassāpi kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu vā bhikkhūsu vā pabbajitasseva patthanā samijjhati, no gihiliṅge ṭhitassa. Kasmā? Buddhabhāvassa ananucchavikabhāvato. Pabbajitā eva hi mahābodhisattā sammāsambodhiṃ adhigacchanti, na gahaṭṭhabhūtā, tasmā paṇidhānakāle ca pabbajjāliṅgaṃ eva hi yuttarūpaṃ kiñca guṇasampattiadhiṭṭhānabhāvato.
功德成就是指神通等功德的具足。因为即使是出家者,也只有证得八等至、获得五神通的人,他的祈愿才能实现;不具备上述功德成就的人则不能。为什么呢?因为缺乏功德成就就没有能力去抉择波罗蜜;而大人们因为具足了强有力的亲依止缘和神通成就,自己就有能力抉择波罗蜜。巴利
Guṇasampattīti abhiññādiguṇasampadā. Pabbajitassāpi hi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino pañcābhiññasseva patthanā samijjhati, na yathāvuttaguṇasampattiyā virahitassa. Kasmā? Pāramipavicayassa asamatthabhāvato, upanissayasampattiyā abhiññāsampattiyā ca samannāgatattā mahāpurisā katābhinīhārā sayameva pāramī pavicetuṃ samatthā honti.
所谓“增上行”,就是超乎寻常的奉献。因为即使一个人具备了前面所说的那些功德,也只有当他为了诸佛连自己的性命都能舍弃,并且在那个时候作出超乎寻常的奉献,他的殊胜誓愿才会成就,别人则不会。巴利
Adhikāroti adhiko upakāro. Yathāvuttaguṇasampannopi hi yo attano jīvitampi buddhānaṃ pariccajitvā tasmiṃ kāle adhikaṃ upakāraṃ karoti, tasseva abhinīhāro samijjhati, na itarassa.
所谓“欲”,就是指想要去做善事的善法欲。一个人具备了前面所说的那些素质,为了成佛之法而生起强烈的欲、强烈的愿求、强烈的想做之心,只有他才能成功,别人不行。巴利
Chandatāti kattukāmatākusalacchando. Yassa hi yathāvuttadhammasamannāgatassa buddhakārakadhammānaṃ atthāya mahanto chando mahatī patthanā mahatī kattukāmatā atthi, tasseva samijjhati, na itarassa.
这里用譬喻来说明欲愿的广大:比如有人听说“谁能只凭自己的臂力,游过整个变成一片汪洋的轮围界,到达彼岸,谁就能成佛”,他听了这件难行之事,并不觉得做不到,反而生起这样的欲愿:“我要游过去,到达彼岸”,对此毫不退缩。同样,有人听说“谁能脚踏整个布满无焰无烟炭火的轮围界,走过去到达另一边……”他对此也毫不退缩。同样,有人听说“谁能脚踏整个密密麻麻布满极其锋利矛尖、毫无空隙的轮围界,走过去……”他对此也毫不退缩。同样,有人听说“谁能穿过整个被密不透风的竹丛、荆棘、藤蔓、密林覆盖的轮围界,到达另一边……”他对此也毫不退缩。同样,有人听说“要在四大不可数又十万劫中在地狱里受烧煮之苦,才能成佛”,他听了这件难行之事,并不觉得做不到,反而生起这样的欲愿:“我要在那里受烧煮之苦,最终证得佛果”,对此毫不退缩。应当以这样的方式来了知:这里所说的欲愿是何等广大。巴利
Tatridaṃ chandamahantatāya opammaṃ – yo sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ ekodakībhūtaṃ attano bāhubaleneva uttaritvā pāraṃ gantuṃ samattho, so buddhattaṃ pāpuṇātīti sutvā taṃ dukkarato adahanto ‘‘ahaṃ taṃ uttaritvā pāraṃ gamissāmī’’ti chandajāto hoti, na tattha saṅkocaṃ āpajjati. Tathā yo sakalacakkavāḷaṃ vītaccikānaṃ vigatadhūmānaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūraṃ pādehi akkamanto atikkamitvā parabhāgaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho…pe… na tattha saṅkocaṃ āpajjati. Tathā yo sakalacakkavāḷaṃ sattisūlehi sunisitaphalehi nirantaraṃ ākiṇṇaṃ pādehi akkamanto atikkamitvā…pe… na tattha saṅkocaṃ āpajjati. Tathā yo sakalacakkavāḷaṃ nirantaraṃ ghanaveḷugumbasañchannaṃ kaṇṭakalatāvanagahanaṃ vinivijjhitvā parabhāgaṃ gantuṃ samattho…pe… na tattha saṅkocaṃ āpajjati. Tathā yo ‘‘cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni satasahassañca kappe niraye paccitvā buddhattaṃ pattabba’’nti sutvā taṃ dukkarato adahanto ‘‘ahaṃ tattha paccitvā buddhattaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti chandajāto hoti, na tattha saṅkocaṃ āpajjatīti evamādinā nayena ettha chandassa mahantabhāvo veditabbo.
这个具足八支的胜愿,从实质上说,应当理解为由那八项条件共同和合而生起的一种心念。它的特征是以正等觉为目标而发愿。它的作用是祈愿:“愿我证得无上的正等正觉,为一切众生带来利益与安乐。”它的现起是作为菩提资粮的因。它的近因是大悲心,或者是圆满的亲依止缘。应当这样看待它:这个心念以不可思议的佛地和无量众生世间的利益为所缘而生起,是一切成佛之法的根本,是最极殊胜、最极善妙、具有无量威力的福德。巴利
Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato panāyaṃ abhinīhāro atthato tesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ samodhānena tathāpavatto cittuppādoti veditabbo. So sammadeva sammāsambodhiyā paṇidhānalakkhaṇo. ‘‘Aho vatāhaṃ anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjheyyaṃ, sabbasattānaṃ hitasukhaṃ nipphādeyya’’nti evamādipatthanāraso, bodhisambhārahetubhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, mahākaruṇāpadaṭṭhāno, upanissayasampattipadaṭṭhāno vā. Acinteyyaṃ buddhabhūmiṃ aparimāṇaṃ sattalokahitañca ārabbha pavattiyā sabbabuddhakārakadhammamūlabhūto paramabhaddako paramakalyāṇo aparimeyyappabhāvo puññavisesoti daṭṭhabbo.
当这位大人一出生,他就同时被称为已经踏上大菩提乘的修行之路,因为他已经证得了决定性的状态,从此不再退转,并因此获得了菩萨这个通称。他全心全意投入正等觉,也具备了修习菩提资粮的能力。正是因为上述誓愿得以实现,诸大士才以导向一切知智的自觉智慧,正确地抉择并受持一切波罗蜜,然后依次将它们圆满。正如善慧智者发起并实践了这样的大愿。如经中所说:巴利
Yassa ca uppattiyā saheva mahāpuriso mahābodhiyānapaṭipattiṃ otiṇṇo nāma hoti niyatabhāvasamadhigamanato tato anivattanasabhāvattā bodhisattoti samaññaṃ paṭilabhati, sabbabhāvena sammāsambodhiyaṃ samāsattamānasatā bodhisambhārasikkhāsamatthatā cassa santiṭṭhati. Yathāvuttābhinīhārasamijjhanena hi mahāpurisā sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamanapubbaliṅgena sayambhuñāṇena sammadeva sabbapāramiyo pavicinitvā samādāya anukkamena paripūrenti. Tathā katamahābhinīhāro hi sumedhapaṇḍito paṭipajji. Yathāha –
来吧,我要在这里和那里,仔细寻找能成就佛果的诸法。
上方、下方和十个方向,凡是法界所及之处,
那时他正在审察抉择,首先看到的是布施波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito; Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, yāvatā dhammadhātuyā; Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapārami’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.115-116) –
详细解释。对于这种大愿,应当知道它有四种缘、四种因和四种力。巴利
Vitthāro. Tassa ca abhinīhārassa cattāro paccayā cattāro hetū cattāri ca balāni veditabbāni.
在这四种缘里,哪四种呢?第一种是:这里有一位大丈夫,亲眼看见如来以广大的佛陀威神力,示现稀有、未曾有过的神通变化。他依靠这个,把它当作所缘,心就安住在广大菩提上:“这法界确实有大神力,因为世尊彻底通达了它,才成为这样稀有、未曾有之法,具有不可思议的大神力。”他就是依靠这种对大神力的亲见,把它当作缘,决心要证得正觉,把心安住在这上面。这是大胜愿的第一种缘。巴利
Tattha katame cattāro paccayā? Idha mahāpuriso passati tathāgataṃ mahatā buddhānubhāvena acchariyabbhutaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ karontaṃ. Tassa taṃ nissāya taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā mahābodhiyaṃ cittaṃ santiṭṭhati – ‘‘mahānubhāvā vatāyaṃ dhammadhātu, yassā suppaṭividdhattā bhagavā evaṃ acchariyabbhutadhammo acinteyyānubhāvo cā’’ti . So tameva mahānubhāvadassanaṃ nissāya taṃ paccayaṃ katvā sambodhiyaṃ adhimuccanto tattha cittaṃ ṭhapeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo paccayo mahābhinīhārāya.
他确实没有亲眼见到如来如前所说的那种大威神力,但他听人这样说:“世尊是这样这样的。”他依靠这一点,以这一点为条件,决心要证得正觉,把心安住在这上面。这是大胜愿的第二种缘。巴利
Na heva kho passati tathāgatassa yathāvuttaṃ mahānubhāvataṃ, api ca kho suṇāti ‘‘ediso ca ediso ca bhagavā’’ti. So taṃ nissāya taṃ paccayaṃ katvā sambodhiyaṃ adhimuccanto tattha cittaṃ ṭhapeti. Ayaṃ dutiyo paccayo mahābhinīhārāya.
他并没有亲眼看见如来如前所说的那种大威神力,也没有从别人那里听到这件事,而是当如来在说法时,他听到与佛陀大威神力相关的法,比如“比丘们,如来具足十力……”等等。他依靠这个、以此为缘,决心朝向正觉,把心安住在这上面。这是大胜愿的第三种缘。巴利
Na heva kho passati tathāgatassa yathāvuttaṃ mahānubhāvataṃ, napi taṃ parato suṇāti, api ca kho tathāgatassa dhammaṃ desentassa ‘‘dasabalasamannāgato, bhikkhave, tathāgato’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 2.21-22) buddhānubhāvapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti. So taṃ nissāya taṃ paccayaṃ katvā sambodhiyaṃ adhimuccanto tattha cittaṃ ṭhapeti. Ayaṃ tatiyo paccayo mahābhinīhārāya.
他并没有亲眼看见如来如前所说的广大威神力,也没有从别人那里听到这些,也没有听闻如来的法;但他有高尚的志向,信解善净,心想:“我要护持这佛陀的种姓、佛陀的传承、佛陀的次第、佛陀的法性。”他只是尊重法、敬重法、推崇法、供养法、恭敬法,依靠法、以法为条件,决意趋向正觉,把心安住在这上面。这是大胜愿的第四种缘。巴利
Na heva kho passati tathāgatassa yathāvuttaṃ mahānubhāvataṃ, napi taṃ parato suṇāti, napi tathāgatassa dhammaṃ suṇāti, api ca kho uḷārajjhāsayo kalyāṇādhimuttiko ‘‘ahametaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ buddhatantiṃ buddhapaveṇiṃ buddhadhammataṃ paripālessāmī’’ti yāvadeva dhammaṃ eva sakkaronto garukaronto mānento pūjento dhammaṃ apacāyamāno taṃ nissāya taṃ paccayaṃ katvā sambodhiyaṃ adhimuccanto tattha cittaṃ ṭhapeti. Ayaṃ catuttho paccayo mahābhinīhārāya.
在这其中,什么是大胜愿的四种因呢?在这里,大丈夫从本性上就已经具足了依止条件,在过去诸佛那里曾做过种种善行。这是大胜愿的第一种因。再者,大丈夫从本性上就具有悲悯的志向,以悲悯为决定,想要拔除众生的痛苦,甚至愿意舍弃自己的身体和生命。这是大胜愿的第二种因。再者,大丈夫为了众生的利益,为了从整个轮回的痛苦中解脱出来,即使长时间地精勤努力、行持难行之道,也不厌倦、不畏惧,直到所愿达成。这是大胜愿的第三种因。再者,大丈夫亲近善知识,善知识能阻止他走向不利之处,把他安立在利益之处。这是大胜愿的第四种因。巴利
Tattha katame cattāro hetū mahābhinīhārāya? Idha mahāpuriso pakatiyā upanissayasampannova hoti purimakesu buddhesu katādhikāro. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu mahābhinīhārāya. Puna caparaṃ mahāpuriso pakatiyā karuṇājjhāsayo hoti karuṇādhimutto sattānaṃ dukkhaṃ apanetukāmo api ca attano kāyajīvitaṃ pariccajitvā. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu mahābhinīhārāya. Puna caparaṃ mahāpuriso sakalatopi vaṭṭadukkhato sattahitāya ca dukkaracariyato sucirampi kālaṃ ghaṭento vāyamanto anibbinno hoti anutrāsī yāva icchitatthanipphatti. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu mahābhinīhārāya. Puna caparaṃ mahāpuriso kalyāṇamittasannissito hoti, yo ahitato nivāreti, hite patiṭṭhapeti. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu mahābhinīhārāya.
在这里,大人具足依止的情形是这样的:他的志向必定是倾向正觉、朝向正觉、趣向正觉的,同样地,他的行为也是为了利益众生。而且,他曾在过去诸佛面前,以心和语言发愿求证正觉:“我也要成为这样的正自觉者,如实为众生带来利益和安乐。”当他的依止如此圆满时,就会出现这些依止具足的相状。具足这些相状的人,与声闻菩提的有情和辟支菩提的有情相比,在根器、行道和善巧方面,显现出极大的差别、极大的不同。在这里,具足依止的大人,根器明利、智慧明彻,而其他人则不是这样。他所行的是利他,而不是自利。他确实是为众多人的利益、众多人的安乐、为悲悯世间、为天与人的义利、利益和安乐而行持,而其他人则不是这样。在这方面,他能带来善巧,表现为依处而生的辩才,以及对处与非处的善巧。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ mahāpurisassa upanissayasampadā – ekantenevassa yathā ajjhāsayo sambodhininno hoti sambodhipoṇo sambodhipabbhāro, tathā sattānaṃ hitacariyā. Yato cānena purimabuddhānaṃ santike sambodhiyā paṇidhānaṃ kataṃ hoti manasā vācāya ca ‘‘ahampi ediso sammāsambuddho hutvā sammadeva sattānaṃ hitasukhaṃ nipphādeyya’’nti. Evaṃ sampannūpanissayassa panassa imāni upanissayasampattiyā liṅgāni bhavanti yehi samannāgatassa sāvakabodhisattehi ca paccekabodhisattehi ca mahāviseso mahantaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati indriyato paṭipattito kosallato ca. Idha upanissayasampanno mahāpuriso yathā visadindriyo hoti visadañāṇo, na tathā itare. Parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, na attahitāya. Tathā hi so yathā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ paṭipajjati, na tathā itare. Tattha ca kosallaṃ āvahati ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānena ṭhānāṭhānakusalatāya ca.
同样地,大丈夫本性就倾向于布施,乐于布施;只要有可布施的东西,他就一定会布施,从不会在布施上退缩;他恒常不断地实践分享的品德;他布施时满心欢喜,带着恭敬,而不是漫不经心;就算布施了很多,也不会因为布施而满足,更何况布施得少呢;他还会激发别人的热情,称赞布施,讲说与布施相应的法义;看到别人在布施,他也由衷欢喜;在令人恐惧的处境中,他给人无畏。这些就是倾向布施的大丈夫在布施波罗蜜上的表现特征。巴利
Tathā mahāpuriso pakatiyā dānajjhāsayo hoti dānābhirato, sati deyyadhamme deti eva, na dānato saṅkocaṃ āpajjati, satataṃ samitaṃ saṃvibhāgasīlo hoti, pamuditova deti ādarajāto, na udāsīnacitto, mahantampi dānaṃ datvā na ca dānena santuṭṭho hoti, pageva appaṃ, paresañca ussāhaṃ janento dāne vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ karoti, aññe ca paresaṃ dente disvā attamano hoti, bhayaṭṭhānesu ca paresaṃ abhayaṃ detīti evamādīni dānajjhāsayassa mahāpurisassa dānapāramiyā liṅgāni.
同样地,他对杀生等恶行感到羞耻,也感到害怕;他生来就不会伤害众生,性情温和,乐于行善,不耍诈,不伪装;他天性正直,容易接受劝告,具备容易接受劝告的品德;他天性柔软,不固执,不傲慢;就算是别人掉的一根草、一根木签,他也不会拿走;别人交到他手上的财物,或者借来的东西,他绝不欺骗对方;如果别人对自己的东西糊涂了、忘了,他会让对方明白过来再归还,不让那东西落到别人手里;他不贪心,对别人的东西,连一丝恶念都不会生起;他远远避开沉迷女色等祸患;他说真话,言行一致,让分裂的人和好,促进和睦;他说话让人喜欢,和颜悦色,主动先开口,说有意义的话,说符合法的话;他没有贪欲,没有瞋恨心,没有颠倒的见解;他凭着“业是自己的”这种智慧,以及随顺真理的智慧,成为知恩的人、感恩的人、尊敬长辈的人、生活完全清净的人、爱乐法的人;他也劝别人安住在法中;他想尽办法让众生远离不该做的事,安住在该做的事上,自己也在这类该做的事上努力投入;如果自己不小心做了不该做的事,也会立刻停下来远离。这些就是倾向于戒行的大人,也就是菩萨戒波罗蜜的表现特征。巴利
Tathā pāṇātipātādīhi pāpadhammehi hirīyati ottappati, sattānaṃ aviheṭhanajātiko hoti sorato sukhasīlo asaṭho amāyāvī ujujātiko suvaco sovacassakaraṇīyehi dhammehi samannāgato mudujātiko atthaddho anatimānī, parasantakaṃ nādiyati antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya, attano hatthe nikkhittaṃ iṇaṃ vā gahetvā paraṃ na visaṃvādeti, parasmiṃ vā attano santake byāmūḷhe vissarite vā taṃ saññāpetvā paṭipādeti yathā taṃ na parahatthagataṃ hoti, aloluppo hoti, parapariggahesu pāpakaṃ cittampi na uppādeti, itthibyasanādīni dūrato parivajjeti, saccavādī saccasandho bhinnānaṃ sandhātā sahitānaṃ anuppadātā, piyavādī mihitapubbaṅgamo pubbabhāsī atthavādī dhammavādī anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto aviparītadassano, kammassakatañāṇena saccānulomikañāṇena kataññū katavedī vuddhāpacāyī suvisuddhājīvo dhammakāmo parepi dhamme samādapetā sabbena sabbaṃ akiccato satte nivāretā kiccesu patiṭṭhapetā attanā ca tattha kicce yogaṃ āpajjitā, katvā vā pana sayaṃ akattabbaṃ sīghaññeva tato paṭivirato hotīti evamādīni sīlajjhāsayassa mahāpurisassa sīlapāramiyā liṅgāni.
同样地,他的烦恼微薄,盖障也轻微;他倾向于远离,心常常不散乱;那些邪恶的寻思不会渗入他的心;当他处于远离之中,心毫不费力就能入定;即使面对敌对的一方,他也能迅速安住于慈心,对其他对象就更不用说了;他具足正念,对很久以前做过的事、很久以前说过的话,都能记得、随念;他是有智慧的人,拥有依法审察的智慧;他对各种应做之事都善巧聪敏;他在利益众生的事业上精进不懈;他具足忍辱之力,能承受一切;他的决意不动摇,誓愿坚固;对应当以舍心对待的场合,他保持平等中舍。这些就是大人依于出离的倾向等而具有的出离波罗蜜等各项波罗蜜的表现特征,应当如此了知。巴利
Tathā mandakileso hoti mandanīvaraṇo, pavivekajjhāsayo avikkhepabahulo, na tassa pāpakā vitakkā cittaṃ anvāssavanti, vivekagatassa cassa appakasireneva cittaṃ samādhiyati, amittapakkhepi tuvaṭaṃ mettacittatā santiṭṭhati, pageva itarasmiṃ, satimā ca hoti cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā, medhāvī ca hoti dhammojapaññāya samannāgato, nipako ca hoti tāsu tāsu itikattabbatāsu, āraddhavīriyo ca hoti sattānaṃ hitakiriyāsu, khantibalasamannāgato ca hoti sabbasaho, acalādhiṭṭhāno ca hoti daḷhasamādāno , ajjhupekkhako ca hoti upekkhāṭhānīyesu dhammesūti evamādīni mahāpurisassa nekkhammajjhāsayādīnaṃ vasena nekkhammapāramiādīnaṃ liṅgāni veditabbāni.
具足这些菩提资粮之相的大人,所说的“大誓愿以善知识为依止之因”,就是这个意思。这里简要说明善知识的特相:在此教法中,善知识具足信、具足戒、具足闻、具足舍、具足精进、具足念、具足定、具足慧。其中,具足信的人,深信如来的菩提和业果,因此不会舍弃正等觉之因——也就是利益众生的心;具足戒的人,为众生所爱念、可意、尊重、值得恭敬,能呵责、谴责恶行,能教诫且能接受别人的话;具足闻的人,能为众生宣说带来利益安乐、深奥的法谈;具足舍的人,少欲、知足、独居、不与人混杂;具足精进的人,在利益众生的实践上勇猛精进;具足念的人,在无过失的法上保持正念现前;具足定的人,心不散乱而得定;具足慧的人,能不错乱地了知。他以念探寻善法与不善法的去向,以慧如实了知众生的利益与不利,以定在那里心得一境,以精进阻止众生于不利,令他们投入于利益。因此说:巴利
Evametehi bodhisambhāraliṅgehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘mahābhinīhārāya kalyāṇamittasannissayo hetū’’ti. Tatridaṃ saṅkhepato kalyāṇamittalakkhaṇaṃ – idha kalyāṇamitto saddhāsampanno hoti sīlasampanno sutasampanno cāgasampanno vīriyasampanno satisampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno. Tattha saddhāsampattiyā saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ kammaphalañca, tena sammāsambodhiyā hetubhūtaṃ sattesu hitesitaṃ na pariccajati, sīlasampattiyā sattānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo garu bhāvanīyo codako pāpagarahī vattā vacanakkhamo, sutasampattiyā sattānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ gambhīraṃ dhammakathaṃ kattā hoti, cāgasampattiyā appiccho hoti santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho, vīriyasampattiyā āraddhavīriyo hoti sattānaṃ hitapaṭipattiyaṃ, satisampattiyā upaṭṭhitasati hoti anavajjadhammesu, samādhisampattiyā avikkhitto hoti samāhitacitto, paññāsampattiyā aviparītaṃ pajānāti, so satiyā kusalākusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesamāno paññāya sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ yathābhūtaṃ jānitvā samādhinā tattha ekaggacitto hutvā vīriyena ahitā satte nisedhetvā hite niyojeti. Tenāha –
可爱、可敬、值得修习,能言说,也能接受别人的话。
能作甚深之说,却不于无理之处强令人投入。巴利
‘‘Piyo garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo; Gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā, no caṭṭhāne niyojako’’ti. (a. ni. 7.37; netti. 113) –
大士这样依靠具足功德的善知识,把自己的亲依止成就彻底净化。他具备极清净的意乐和精勤修行,又具足四种力,不久就统摄八支,发起大精进,安住在菩萨的状态中,成为不退转、必定趣向正觉彼岸的人。巴利
Evaṃ guṇasamannāgatañca kalyāṇamittaṃ upanissāya mahāpuriso attano upanissayasampattiṃ sammadeva pariyodapeti. Suvisuddhāsayapayogo ca hutvā catūhi balehi samannāgato na cireneva aṭṭhaṅge samodhānetvā mahābhinīhāraṃ karonto bodhisattabhāve patiṭṭhahati anivattidhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano.
他有这四种力。内依力,是指在正自觉上,以自己为依靠、因尊重法而欢喜,心志完全倾向于此。凭着这种意乐,大士以自己为主导,以惭愧为依靠,具足誓愿,圆满诸波罗蜜,证得正自觉。外依力,是指在正自觉上,以他人为依靠而欢喜,心志完全倾向于此。凭着这种意乐,大士以世间为主导,以慢为依靠,具足誓愿,圆满诸波罗蜜,证得正自觉。依止力,是指在正自觉上,因依止的圆满而欢喜,心志完全倾向于此。凭着这种意乐,大士根器锐利、界清净,以念为依靠,具足誓愿,圆满诸波罗蜜,证得正自觉。加行力,是指在正自觉上,具备与彼相应的加行成就,恭敬而行、持续而行。凭着这种力,大士加行清净、不间断地实行,具足誓愿,圆满诸波罗蜜,证得正自觉。巴利
Tassimāni cattāri balāni. Ajjhattikabalaṃ yā sammāsambodhiyaṃ attasannissayā dhammagāravena abhiruci ekantaninnajjhāsayatā, yāya mahāpuriso attādhipati lajjāpassayo abhinīhārasampanno ca hutvā pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Bāhirabalaṃ yā sammāsambodhiyaṃ parasannissayā abhiruci ekantaninnajjhāsayatā, yāya mahāpuriso lokādhipati mānāpassayo abhinīhārasampanno ca hutvā pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Upanissayabalaṃ yā sammāsambodhiyaṃ upanissayasampattiyā abhiruci ekantaninnajjhāsayatā, yāya mahāpuriso tikkhindriyo visadadhātuko satisannissayo abhinīhārasampanno ca hutvā pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Payogabalaṃ yā sammāsambodhiyaṃ tajjā payogasampadā sakkaccakāritā sātaccakāritā, yāya mahāpuriso visuddhapayogo nirantarakārī abhinīhārasampanno ca hutvā pāramiyo pūretvā sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇāti.
这个誓愿由四种缘、四种因、四种力共同具足而生起,由八支和合而成就,因为它是根本因,所以是诸波罗蜜的缘。当这个誓愿生起时,大士身上安立四种稀有、未曾有之法:他以慈爱之心摄受一切众生,就像对待自己的亲生儿子一样;他的心不会因为对儿子的染着而变得杂染;他的意乐和加行都是为了给众生带来利益和安乐;他自己成佛的诸法不断向上增长、逐渐成熟。再者,大士以最殊胜的福德之流、善法之流为缘,具足安乐的滋养,成为众生的应供者、最上的尊崇处、无与伦比的福田。应当知道,如此具有众多功德、众多饶益的大誓愿,就是诸波罗蜜的缘。巴利
Evamayaṃ catūhi paccayehi catūhi hetūhi catūhi ca balehi sampannasamudāgamo aṭṭhaṅgasamodhānasampādito abhinīhāro pāramīnaṃ paccayo mūlakāraṇabhāvato. Yassa ca pavattiyā mahāpurise cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā patiṭṭhahanti, sabbasattanikāyaṃ attano orasaputtaṃ viya piyacittena pariggaṇhāti. Na cassa cittaṃ puttasaṃkilesavasena saṃkilissati. Sattānaṃ hitasukhāvaho cassa ajjhāsayo payogo ca hoti. Attano ca buddhakārakadhammā uparūpari vaḍḍhanti paripaccanti ca. Yato ca mahāpuriso uḷāratamena puññābhisandena kusalābhisandena pavattiyā paccayena sukhassāhārena samannāgato sattānaṃ dakkhiṇeyyo uttamagāravaṭṭhānaṃ asadisaṃ puññakkhettañca hoti. Evamanekaguṇo anekānisaṃso mahābhinīhāro pāramīnaṃ paccayoti veditabbo.
就像发愿一样,大悲和方便善巧也是波罗蜜的缘。其中,方便善巧是指成为布施等菩提资粮之因的慧。靠着这些大悲和方便善巧,大士们不看重自己的快乐,不间断地致力于利益他人,即使面对极难行的大菩萨行也毫不退缩,甚至在见到、听到、忆念佛陀而心生净信的时刻,也能成为众生获得利益与安乐的因。也就是说,他靠慧成就佛果,靠悲成就佛的事业;靠慧自己渡过,靠悲渡他人;靠慧遍知他人的苦,靠悲着手解除他人的苦;靠慧厌离苦,靠悲接受苦;同样,靠慧面向涅槃,靠悲走向轮回;靠悲面向轮回,靠慧却不沉溺其中;靠慧在一切处离染,因为随顺悲心,所以不会不摄受一切众生;靠悲怜悯一切众生,因为随顺慧,所以并非心不在一切处离染;靠慧没有我执和我所执,靠悲没有懈怠和消沉。同样,靠慧和悲,依次成为自己与他人的依怙、坚定与勇猛,不折磨自己也不折磨他人,自己得利也令他得利,无所畏惧也不令人恐惧,以法为尊、以世间为尊,知恩报恩,灭除愚痴与贪爱,成就明与行,成就力与无畏。总之,由于这二者以殊胜的方式成为一切波罗蜜之果的方便,所以慧和悲是诸波罗蜜的缘。而这两者,也和波罗蜜一样,是发愿的缘。巴利
Yathā ca abhinīhāro, evaṃ mahākaruṇā upāyakosallañca. Tattha upāyakosallaṃ nāma dānādīnaṃ bodhisambhārabhāvassa nimittabhūtā paññā, yāhi mahākaruṇūpāyakosallatāhi mahāpurisānaṃ attasukhanirapekkhatā nirantaraṃ parahitakaraṇapasutatā sudukkarehipi mahābodhisattacaritehi visādābhāvo pasādasambuddhidassanasavanānussaraṇakālesupi sattānaṃ hitasukhappaṭilābhahetubhāvo ca sampajjati. Tathā hissa paññāya buddhabhāvasiddhi, karuṇāya buddhakammasiddhi, paññāya sayaṃ tarati, karuṇāya pare tāreti, paññāya paradukkhaṃ parijānāti, karuṇāya paradukkhapatikāraṃ ārabhati, paññāya ca dukkhe nibbindati, karuṇāya dukkhaṃ sampaṭicchati, tathā paññāya nibbānābhimukho hoti, karuṇāya vaṭṭaṃ pāpuṇāti, tathā karuṇāya saṃsārābhimukho hoti, paññāya tatra nābhiramati, paññāya ca sabbattha virajjati, karuṇānugatattā na ca na sabbesaṃ anuggahāya pavatto, karuṇāya sabbepi anukampati, paññānugatattā na ca na sabbattha virattacitto, paññāya ca ahaṃkāramamaṃkārābhāvo, karuṇāya ālasiyadīnatābhāvo, tathā paññākaruṇāhi yathākkamaṃ attaparanāthatā dhīravīrabhāvo, anattantapaaparantapatā, attahitaparahitanipphatti, nibbhayābhiṃsanakabhāvo, dhammādhipatilokādhipatitā, kataññupubbakāribhāvo, mohataṇhāvigamo, vijjācaraṇasiddhi, balavesārajjanipphattīti sabbassāpi pāramitāphalassa visesena upāyabhāvato paññākaruṇā pāramīnaṃ paccayo. Idañca dvayaṃ pāramīnaṃ viya paṇidhānassāpi paccayo.
同样地,应当知道,精勤、善巧、坚住和利行也是诸波罗蜜的助缘,因为它们被称为“佛地”,是佛果生起的基础。其中,精勤是指对菩提资粮的策励精进;善巧是指对菩提资粮的方便善巧之慧;坚住是指决意,即不动摇的决意性;利行是指修慈和修悲。巴利
Tathā ussāhaummaṅgaavatthānahitacariyā ca pāramīnaṃ paccayāti veditabbā, yā buddhabhāvassa uppattiṭṭhānatāya buddhabhūmiyoti vuccanti. Tattha ussāho nāma bodhisambhārānaṃ abbhussahanavīriyaṃ. Ummaṅgo nāma bodhisambhāresu upāyakosallabhūtā paññā. Avatthānaṃ nāma adhiṭṭhānaṃ acalādhiṭṭhānatā. Hitacariyā nāma mettābhāvanā karuṇābhāvanā ca.
同样地,有六种意向:出离、远离、无贪、无嗔、无痴、解脱。由于有出离的意向,菩萨是看到了诸欲和在家人生活的过患者;同样,由于有远离的意向,是看到了群聚的过患者;由于有无贪的意向,是看到了贪的过患者;由于有无嗔的意向,是看到了嗔的过患者;由于有无痴的意向,是看到了痴的过患者;由于有解脱的意向,是看到了一切生存状态的过患者。因此应当知道,这六种意向是菩萨修布施等波罗蜜的条件。因为如果不看见贪等的过患、不让无贪等增长,布施等波罗蜜就不可能成立;由于无贪等增长,心就倾向于舍离等,所以应当知道这就是无贪等意向。巴利
Tathā nekkhammapavivekaalobhādosāmohanissaraṇappabhedā cha ajjhāsayā. Nekkhammajjhāsayā hi bodhisattā honti kāmesu gharāvāse ca dosadassāvino, tathā pavivekajjhāsayā saṅgaṇikāya dosadassāvino, alobhajjhāsayā lobhe dosadassāvino, adosajjhāsayā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā mohe dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā sabbabhavesu dosadassāvinoti. Tasmā ete bodhisattānaṃ cha ajjhāsayā dānādīnaṃ pāramīnaṃ paccayāti veditabbā. Na hi lobhādīsu ādīnavadassanena alobhādīnaṃ adhikabhāvena ca vinā dānādipāramiyo sambhavanti, alobhādīnañhi adhikabhāvena pariccāgādininnacittatā alobhajjhāsayāditāti veditabbā.
正如那些(缘)一样,这些布施意向等同样是行于菩提道的菩萨们修布施等波罗蜜的缘。因为有了布施的意向,菩萨看见与布施相对立的悭吝的过患,就能正确地圆满布施波罗蜜。因为有了持戒的意向,看见犯戒的过患,就能正确地圆满持戒波罗蜜。因为有了出离的意向,看见诸欲和在家的过患;因为有了如实智的意向,看见无知和疑惑的过患;因为有了精进的意向,看见懈怠的过患;因为有了忍辱的意向,看见不忍的过患;因为有了真实的意向,看见欺骗的过患;因为有了决意的意向,看见没有决意的过患;因为有了慈的意向,看见嗔恚的过患;因为有了舍的意向,看见世间法的过患——这样,就能正确地圆满出离等波罗蜜。布施的意向等能成就布施等波罗蜜,所以是它们的缘。巴利
Yathā cete evaṃ dānajjhāsayatādayopi bodhiyā carantānaṃ bodhisattānaṃ dānādipāramīnaṃ paccayo. Dānajjhāsayatāya hi bodhisattā tappaṭipakkhe macchere dosadassāvino hutvā sammadeva dānapāramiṃ paripūrenti. Sīlajjhāsayatāya dussīlye dosadassāvino hutvā sammadeva sīlapāramiṃ paripūrenti. Nekkhammajjhāsayatāya kāmesu gharāvāse ca , yathābhūtañāṇajjhāsayatāya aññāṇe vicikicchāya ca, vīriyajjhāsayatāya kosajje, khantiyajjhāsayatāya akkhantiyaṃ, saccajjhāsayatāya visaṃvāde, adhiṭṭhānajjhāsayatāya anadhiṭṭhāne, mettājjhāsayatāya byāpāde, upekkhājjhāsayatāya lokadhammesu ādīnavadassāvino hutvā sammadeva nekkhammādipāramiyo paripūrenti. Dānajjhāsayatādayo dānādipāramīnaṃ nipphattikāraṇattā paccayo.
同样地,对于“不舍弃与舍弃”等,依次观察其过患与功德,就是布施等波罗蜜的助缘。在这里,这种观察方式是:众生内心执著于田地、地产、金银、牛、水牛、奴婢、儿女、妻子等财物,因为田地等这些感官对象极为可爱,是国王、盗贼等所共有的,是争论的根源,会招来仇敌,没有实质,在获取和守护时会伤害他人,是毁灭的原因,会带来忧愁等种种灾祸;又因为对这些财物贪著,被悭吝之垢缠缚的心就成了投生恶趣的原因。像这样,这些财物实在是带来种种广大无益的东西。只有把它们舍弃掉,才是唯一的安全之道。因此,在布施上应当不放逸地去做。巴利
Tathā apariccāgapariccāgādīsu yathākkamaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇā dānādipāramīnaṃ paccayo. Tatthāyaṃ paccavekkhaṇāvidhikhettavatthuhiraññasuvaṇṇagomahiṃsadāsidāsaputtadārādipariggahabyāsattacittānaṃ sattānaṃ khettādīnaṃ vatthukāmabhāvena bahupatthanīyabhāvato rājacorādisādhāraṇabhāvato vivādādhiṭṭhānato sapattakaraṇato nissārato paṭilābhaparipālanesu paraviheṭhanahetuto vināsanimittañca sokādianekavihitabyasanāvahato tadāsattinidānañca maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitacittānaṃ apāyūpapattihetubhāvatoti evaṃ vividhavipulānatthāvahāni pariggahavatthūni nāma. Tesaṃ pariccāgoyeva eko sotthibhāvoti pariccāge appamādo karaṇīyo.
还有,应当这样观察乞求的人:他来乞讨时,因为把自己的秘密告诉了我,所以可以想成“他是信任我的人”;又因为他教导我“带上你终将舍弃之物去往后世吧”,所以可以想成“他是我的指导者”;又因为他把我拥有的东西拿走,就像在着了火的世间,从燃烧的房子里把财物搬出来一样,所以可以想成“他是帮我搬运财物的同伴”;又因为他是所搬运财物的不被焚烧的存放处,所以可以想成“他是这样的”;又因为在这叫做布施的善业里是我的伙伴,而且能成为成就一切成就中最上、最难证得的佛地的因缘,所以可以想成“他是最殊胜的善知识”。巴利
Api ca yācako yācamāno attano guyhassa ācikkhanato ‘‘mayhaṃ vissāsiko’’ti ca, ‘‘pahāya gamanīyamattano santakaṃ gahetvā paralokaṃ yāhīti mayhaṃ upadesako’’ti ca, ‘‘āditte viya agāre maraṇagginā āditte loke tato mayhaṃ santakassa apavāhakasahāyo’’ti ca, ‘‘apavāhitassa cassa ajhāpananikkhepaṭṭhānabhūto’’ti ca dānasaṅkhāte kalyāṇakammasmiṃ sahāyabhāvato sabbasampattīnaṃ aggabhūtāya paramadullabhāya buddhabhūmiyā sampattihetubhāvato ca ‘‘paramo kalyāṇamitto’’ti ca paccavekkhitabbaṃ.
同样,应当这样策励心,使心倾向于布施:以这样殊胜的业行,我受到尊重,所以这份尊重不应落空;生命必定会坏灭,即使没人来乞求,我也应当布施,更何况有人来乞求;我以崇高的心愿去寻找可布施的对象,如今他竟自己来到我面前,这是我福德所感;乞者前来乞求,借着布施的名义,其实是在帮助我;像我一样,一切世间众生都应当由我来利益;如果没有乞者,我的布施波罗蜜怎么能圆满呢;我所有的一切财物,正是为了乞者才摄持的;乞者什么时候才能不用开口,就自己随意取用我的东西呢;我怎样才能成为乞者所亲爱、所悦意的人;或者,怎样才能让他们成为我所亲爱、所悦意的人;我怎样才能在布施时以及布施之后,内心满足、欢喜,生起喜悦和愉悦;怎样才能让我既有乞者,又有广大的布施心愿;我怎样才能在没人乞求时,就能知道乞者的心意而布施给他;我有财物,也有乞者,如果不肯施舍,那就是对我自己极大的欺骗;我怎样才能把自己的肢体乃至生命也施舍给乞者。应当这样使心倾向于施舍。此外,还应当这样生起对利养无所期待的心:利益这东西,本来就会追随无所执著的施者,正如谷糠追随抛掷它的扬谷者一样。巴利
Tathā ‘‘uḷāre kammani anenāhaṃ sambhāvito, tasmā sā sambhāvanā avitathā kātabbā’’ti ca, ‘‘ekantabheditāya jīvitassa ayācitenāpi mayā dātabbaṃ, pageva yācitenā’’ti ca, ‘‘uḷārajjhāsayehi gavesitvāpi dātabbato sayamevāgato mama puññenā’’ti ca ‘‘yācakassa dānāpadesena mayhamevāyamanuggaho’’ti ca, ‘‘ahaṃ viya ayaṃ sabbopi loko mayā anuggahetabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘asati yācake kathaṃ mayhaṃ dānapāramī pūreyyā’’ti ca, ‘‘yācakānameva catthāya mayā sabbo pariggahetabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘maṃ ayācitvāva mama santakaṃ yācakā kadā sayameva gaṇheyyu’’nti ca, ‘‘kathamahaṃ yācakānaṃ piyo cassaṃ manāpo’’ti ca, ‘‘kathaṃ vā te mayhaṃ piyā cassu manāpā’’ti ca, ‘‘kathaṃ vāhaṃ dadamāno datvāpi ca attamano cassaṃ pamudito pītisomanassajāto’’ti ca, ‘‘kathaṃ vā me yācakā bhaveyyuṃ uḷāro ca dānajjhāsayo’’ti ca, ‘‘kathaṃ vāhamayācito eva yācakānaṃ hadayamaññāya dadeyya’’nti ca, ‘‘sati dhane yācake ca apariccāgo mahatī mayhaṃ vañcanā’’ti ca, ‘‘kathaṃ vāhaṃ attano aṅgāni jīvitaṃ vāpi yācakānaṃ pariccajeyya’’nti ca pariccāganinnatā upaṭṭhapetabbā. Api ca ‘‘attho nāmāyaṃ nirapekkhaṃ dāyakamanugacchati, yathā taṃ nirapekkhaṃ khepakaṃ kiṭako’’ti ca atthe nirapekkhatāya cittaṃ uppādetabbaṃ.
如果来乞求的是自己喜欢的人,就应该生起喜悦:“我喜欢的人来向我乞求了。”如果是无关的人,就应该生起喜悦:“这个人来向我乞求,经过这次施舍,他一定会成为我的朋友。”因为布施的人确实也会被乞求者所喜爱。如果是仇人来乞求,就更应该生起喜悦:“我的对头来向我乞求了,他这次来求我,经过这次施舍,仇人一定会变成亲爱的人,成为朋友。”像这样,无论对喜欢的人、无关的人还是仇人,都要先以慈心为主导,以悲心为基础,然后才布施。巴利
Yācamāno pana yadi piyapuggalo hoti, ‘‘piyo maṃ yācatī’’ti somanassaṃ uppādetabbaṃ. Atha udāsīnapuggalo hoti, ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ yācamāno addhā iminā pariccāgena mitto hotī’’ti somanassaṃ uppādetabbaṃ. Dadantopi hi yācakānaṃ piyo hotīti. Atha pana verī puggalo yācati, ‘‘paccatthiko maṃ yācati, ayaṃ maṃ yācamāno addhā iminā pariccāgena verī piyo mitto hotī’’ti visesena somanassaṃ uppādetabbaṃ. Evaṃ piyapuggale viya majjhattaveripuggalesupi mettāpubbaṅgamaṃ karuṇaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāva dātabbaṃ.
如果因为长久串习,在面对可布施之物时生起了贪法,那么这位已发菩萨誓愿的人应当这样反思:你为了成就善士的正觉而发起大愿,为了利益一切众生而舍弃了这个身体,并以舍身之行积累功德,如今却对外物生起贪著,这样一来,哪怕是对外在事物生起执取,也会像大象洗澡一样再次生起。所以,你不应对任何事物生起执著。就像一棵大药树挺立着,需要根的人来取根,需要粗皮的人取粗皮,需要树皮的人取树皮,需要树干的人取树干,需要枝的人取枝,需要心材的人取心材,需要细枝的人取细枝,需要叶的人取叶,需要花的人取花,需要果的人取果,那棵树不会生起这样的念头:他们在拿我的东西。同样,我为了利益一切世间而精勤努力,当这个充满大苦、不知感恩、永远不净的身体被用来利益他人时,哪怕一丝一毫的邪思惟也不应生起。更何况,在内身与外物这些大种之中,有什么差别呢?它们本来就是必定会坏灭、离散、毁坏的。这只不过是被迷乱所压倒罢了,也就是执著于这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我。因此,对外物如此,对内身也如此,对于手、脚、眼等肢体以及血肉等,都应无所顾恋,以放舍的心想:需要的人就拿去吧。巴利
Sace panassa cirakālaparibhāvitattā lobhassa deyyadhammavisayā lobhadhammā uppajjeyyuṃ, tena bodhisattapaṭiññena iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ ‘‘nanu tayā sappurisasambodhāya abhinīhāraṃ karontena sabbasattānaṃ upakāratthāya ayaṃ kāyo nissaṭṭho tappariccāgamayañca puññaṃ, tattha nāma te bāhirepi vatthusmiṃ abhisaṅgappavatti hatthisinānasadisī hoti, tasmā tayā na katthaci saṅgo uppādetabbo. Seyyathāpi nāma mahato bhesajjarukkhassa tiṭṭhato mūlaṃ mūlatthikā haranti, papaṭikaṃ tacaṃ khandhaṃ viṭapaṃ sāraṃ sākhaṃ palāsaṃ pupphaṃ phalaṃ phalatthikā haranti, na tassa rukkhassa ‘mayhaṃ santakaṃ ete harantī’ti vitakkasamudācāro hoti, evameva sabbalokahitāya ussukkamāpajjantena mayā mahādukkhe akataññuke niccāsucimhi kāye paresaṃ upakārāya viniyujjamāne aṇumattopi micchāvitakko na uppādetabbo. Ko vā ettha viseso ajjhattikabāhiresu mahābhūtesu ekantabhedanavikiraṇaviddhaṃsanadhammesu, kevalaṃ pana sammohavijambhitametaṃ, yadidaṃ etaṃ mama esohamasmi eso me attāti abhiniveso. Tasmā bāhiresu viya ajjhattikesupi karacaraṇanayanādīsu maṃsādīsu ca anapekkhena hutvā ‘taṃ tadatthikā harantū’ti nissaṭṭhacittena bhavitabba’’nti.
菩萨这样反复思量,一心趋向正觉,对身体和性命都不再牵挂,身、语、意三业自然而然就变得非常清净。三业清净之后,他的谋生方式也清净了,安住在正道修行中,凭着远离恶趣的善巧方便,更加以广大的布施——把该布施的东西施舍出去,给人无畏,给人正法——这样就能够利益一切众生。这就是在布施波罗蜜中观察的方法。巴利
Evaṃ paṭisañcikkhato cassa sambodhāya pahitattassa kāyajīvitesu nirapekkhassa appakasireneva kāyavacīmanokammāni suvisuddhāni honti. So suvisuddhakāyavacīmanokammanto visuddhājīvo ñāyapaṭipattiyaṃ ṭhito apāyupāyakosallasamannāgamena bhiyyosomattāya deyyadhammapariccāgena abhayadānasaddhammadānehi ca sabbasatte anuggaṇhituṃ samattho hotīti ayaṃ tāva dānapāramiyaṃ paccavekkhaṇānayo.
对于戒波罗蜜,应当这样观察:这个戒,是能洗掉那些连恒河水等也洗不净的过失污垢的清洗之水;是能消除那些连檀香等也去不掉的贪等热恼的对治之法;是善士们独有的殊胜庄严,不同于一般人用璎珞、宝冠、耳环等做的装饰;是天然之香,不是人造的,无论何时都适宜,香气遍及各方;是最上的摄伏咒,能让刹帝利、大富长者乃至诸天都来礼敬;是登上四大王天等天界的阶梯;是证得禅那与神通的途径;是通往涅槃大城的道路;是声闻菩提、辟支菩提、正等菩提的立足之处。无论想要什么、希求什么,戒都能使那件事得以圆满成就,因此戒甚至超越了如意宝珠、如意树等。巴利
Sīlapāramiyaṃ pana evaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ – idañhi sīlaṃ nāma gaṅgodakādīhi visodhetuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa dosamalassa vikkhālanajalaṃ, haricandanādīhi vinetuṃ asakkuṇeyyassa rāgādipariḷāhassa vinayanaṃ, hāramakuṭakuṇḍalādīhi pacurajanālaṅkārehi asādhāraṇo sādhūnaṃ alaṅkāraviseso, sabbadisāvāyanato akittimo sabbakālānurūpo ca surabhigandho, khattiyamahāsālādīhi devatāhi ca vandanīyādibhāvāvahanato paramo vasīkaraṇamanto, cātumahārājikādidevalokārohaṇasopānapanti , jhānābhiññānaṃ adhigamūpāyo, nibbānamahānagarassa sampāpakamaggo, sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhīnaṃ patiṭṭhānabhūmi, yaṃ yaṃ vā panicchitaṃ patthitaṃ, tassa tassa samijjhanūpāyabhāvato cintāmaṇikapparukkhādike ca atiseti.
世尊确实这样说过:“比丘们,持戒的人因为心愿清净,所以能如愿成就。”(《长部》3.337;《增支部》8.35)另外还说过:“比丘们,如果一位比丘希望‘愿我被同修们喜爱、称心、敬重、尊重’,他就应当把戒律修到圆满。”(《中部》1.65)同样还说过:“阿难,善戒的目的就是让人没有后悔。”(《增支部》11.1)又有经文说:“居士们,持戒的人因为戒行圆满而有五种利益。”(《长部》2.150;3.316;《增支部》5.213;《大品》285)应当依据这些经文来观察戒的功德。同样,应当依据《火堆喻经》(《增支部》7.72)等经文,来观察缺少戒行的过患。还应当从这些角度来观察戒:戒是喜悦和满足生起的原因;持戒的人不会自我责备,也不会被他人责备,不会遭受刑罚,不会堕入恶趣,没有这些恐惧;持戒的人被智者称赞;戒是无悔的根源;戒是安稳的依靠;持戒的人在名声、财富、权势、寿命、色貌、地位、亲族、朋友等各方面的成就,都远远超过一般人。因为持戒的人由于自己戒行圆满,心中会生起极大的喜悦和满足:“我确实做了善行,做了好事,做了怖畏者的庇护。”巴利
Vuttañcetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhivisuddhattā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.337; a. ni. 8.35). Aparampi vuttaṃ – ‘‘ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca assaṃ manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.65). Tathā ‘‘avippaṭisāratthāni kho, ānanda, kusalāni sīlānī’’ti (a. ni. 11.1). ‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’tiādisuttānañca (dī. ni. 2.150; 3.316; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285) vasena sīlassa guṇā paccavekkhitabbā. Tathā aggikkhandhopamasuttādīnaṃ (a. ni. 7.72) vasena sīlavirahe ādīnavā. Pītisomanassanimittato attānuvādaparāpavādadaṇḍaduggatibhayābhāvato viññūhi pāsaṃsabhāvato avippaṭisārahetuto sotthiṭṭhānato atijanasāpateyyādhipateyyāyurūpaṭṭhānabandhumittasampattīnaṃ atisayanato ca sīlaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Sīlavato hi attano sīlasampadāhetu mahantaṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppajjati – ‘‘kataṃ vata mayā kusalaṃ, kataṃ kalyāṇaṃ, kataṃ bhīruttāṇa’’nti.
同样地,持戒者不会自责,也不会被其他有智慧的人批评,刑罚和恶趣的恐惧根本就不会出现。人们会说“持戒的人是有善法的人”,因此他受到智者的称赞。同样,破戒者心里会生起懊悔:“我确实做了恶事,做了粗恶的事,造了罪。”而持戒者不会有这种懊悔。戒以不放逸为根基,能通过避免财产损失等途径成办广大的利益,是吉祥的,所以是最上的安稳处。即使出身低贱,只要持戒,也会受到刹帝利、大富长者等的恭敬,因此戒的成就是超越了家世的成就。这里“大王,你怎么想?假如你有一个奴仆、佣工……”等经文也可以证明这一点。戒不像盗贼等那样能与他人共享,它会跟随到下一世,能产生大果报,又是寂止等功德的依处,因此戒超越了外在的财富。戒是最高心自在的依处,因此戒超越了刹帝利等的自在。实际上,各类众生各自的自在,都是以戒为因。比起最长百岁的寿命,持戒者即使只活一天,其生命也更为殊胜;而且如果还有寿命却舍弃了戒,那就等同于死亡,所以戒比寿命更殊胜。戒能让怨敌也感到可亲,不会被衰老、疾病、灾祸所压倒,因此戒超越了容貌的成就。戒能成为住在宫殿、高楼等殊胜处所的因,也能成为国王、王子、将军等殊胜地位的因,因为戒是殊胜快乐的依处。戒本质上清净柔和,即使在亲近的眷属和朋友之中,也因为能带来究竟的利益并跟随到后世而超越他们,《法句经》中“父母不能做这件事”等话可以证明。同样,用象兵、马兵、车兵、步兵等军力,以及咒语、药物、吉祥仪式等方法来保护自己,很难守护得好;而戒因能自我保护、不依赖他人、境界广大,所以更为殊胜。因此说:“法确实保护行法的人。”这样观察戒具有种种功德的人,戒的成就若还不圆满,就会走向圆满;若还不清净,就会走向清净。巴利
Tathā sīlavato attā na upavadati, na pare viññū, daṇḍaduggatibhayānaṃ sambhavo eva natthi. ‘‘Sīlavā purisapuggalo kalyāṇadhammo’’ti viññūnaṃ pāsaṃso hoti. Tathā sīlavato yvāyaṃ ‘‘kataṃ vata mayā pāpaṃ, kataṃ luddakaṃ, kataṃ kibbisa’’nti dussīlassa vippaṭisāro uppajjati, so na hoti. Sīlañca nāmetaṃ appamādādhiṭṭhānato bhogabyasanādiparihāramukhena mahato atthassa sādhanato maṅgalabhāvato ca paramaṃ sotthiṭṭhānaṃ, nihīnajaccopi sīlavā khattiyamahāsālādīnaṃ pūjanīyo hotīti kulasampattiṃ atiseti sīlasampadā, ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, mahārāja? Idha te assa dāso kammakaro’’tiādivacanañcettha (dī. ni. 1.186) sādhakaṃ. Corādīhi asādhāraṇato paralokānugamanato mahapphalabhāvato samathādiguṇādhiṭṭhānato ca bāhiradhanaṃ atiseti sīlaṃ. Paramassa cittissariyassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato khattiyādīnaṃ issariyaṃ atiseti sīlaṃ. Sīlanimittañhi taṃtaṃsattanikāyesu sattānaṃ issariyaṃ, vassasatadīghappamāṇato jīvitato ekāhampi sīlavato jīvitassa visiṭṭhatāvacanato sati ca jīvite sikkhānikkhipanassa maraṇatāvacanato sīlaṃ jīvitato visiṭṭhataraṃ . Verīnampi manuññabhāvāvahanato jarārogavipattīhi anabhibhavanīyato ca rūpasampattiṃ atiseti sīlaṃ. Pāsādahammiyādiṭṭhānavisese rājayuvarājasenāpatiādiṭṭhānavisese ca atiseti sīlaṃ sukhavisesādhiṭṭhānabhāvato. Sabhāvasiniddhe santikāvacarepi bandhujane mittajane ca atiseti ekantahitasampādanato paralokānugamanato ca ‘‘na taṃ mātāpitā kayirā’’tiādivacanañcettha (dha. pa. 43) sādhakaṃ. Tathā hatthiassarathapattibalakāyehi mantāgadasotthānappayogehi ca durārakkhaṃ attānaṃ ārakkhābhāvena sīlameva visiṭṭhataraṃ attādhīnato aparādhīnato mahāvisayato ca. Tenevāha – ‘‘dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāri’’ntiādi (jā. 1.10.102). Evamanekaguṇasamannāgataṃ sīlanti paccavekkhantassa aparipuṇṇā ceva sīlasampadā pāripūriṃ gacchati aparisuddhā ca pārisuddhiṃ.
如果因为长期串习,与戒相违背的嗔等法偶尔生起,那么以菩萨的誓愿就应该这样反思:你不是已经为了正觉而发下誓愿了吗?戒行有缺失的人,连世间的成就都无法获得,更何况出世间的成就?而一切成就中最殊胜的正等觉,正是以戒作为依止的根本,所以戒必须达到最高的圆满。因此,应当依照“如雉鸟护卵”等经文所说的方式,正确守护戒律,更应比从前成为柔和贤善者。巴利
Sace panassa dīgharattaṃ paricayena sīlapaṭipakkhā dhammā dosādayo antarantarā uppajjeyyuṃ, tena bodhisattapaṭiññena evaṃ paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – nanu tayā sambodhāya paṇidhānaṃ kataṃ, sīlavikalena ca na sakkā lokiyāpi sampattiyo pāpuṇituṃ, pageva lokuttarā, sabbasampattīnaṃ pana aggabhūtāya sammāsambodhiyā adhiṭṭhānabhūtena sīlena paramukkaṃsagatena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā ‘‘kikīva aṇḍa’’ntiādinā (visuddhi. 1.19; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7) vuttanayena sammā sīlaṃ rakkhantena suṭṭhutaraṃ tayā pesalena bhavitabbaṃ.
另外,你应当通过说法,在三乘中做接引和成熟众生的工作。而戒行有缺失的人,他的话不会被人相信,就像不考虑食物是否适宜的医生,他的治疗不会被人接受一样。因此,应当说“我将被相信,然后去接引和成熟众生”。所以,必须具足本性清净的戒。再者,通过禅那等殊胜德行的具足,我才有能力利益众生,并圆满智慧波罗蜜等。而禅那等德行,没有戒的清净就不可能生起,因此应当好好清净戒行。巴利
Api ca tayā dhammadesanāya yānattaye sattānaṃ avatāraṇaparipācanāni kātabbāni, sīlavikalassa ca vacanaṃ na paccetabbaṃ hoti, asappāyāhāravicārassa viya vejjassa tikicchanaṃ, tasmā kathāhaṃ saddheyyo hutvā sattānaṃ avatāraṇaparipācanāni kareyyanti sabhāvaparisuddhasīlena bhavitabbaṃ. Kiñca jhānādiguṇavisesayogena me sattānaṃ upakārakaraṇasamatthatā paññāpāramiādiparipūraṇañca, jhānādayo ca guṇā sīlapārisuddhiṃ vinā na sambhavantīti sammadeva sīlaṃ parisodhetabbaṃ.
同样地,应当以见到过患为先导来观察出离波罗蜜:对于居家生活,依据“居家生活是拥挤的,是尘垢之路”等(长部1.191;相应部2.154;中部1.291;2.10)的教导;对于诸欲,依据“诸欲如骸骨喻”等(中部1.234;波逸提175)以及“母亲与儿子也会争吵”等(中部1.178)的教导;对于欲贪等,依据“譬如有人借了钱去经营事业”等(长部1.218)的教导——这些都是先看到过患。然后反过来,依据“出家是开阔的”等(长部1.191;相应部2.154)的教导,对于出家等,以省察其功德的方式,来观察出离波罗蜜。这里只是简略说明,详细内容应当依据《苦蕴经》(中部1.163等)和《蛇喻经》(相应部4.238)等经典来了知。巴利
Tathā ‘‘sambādho gharāvāso rajopatho’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.191; saṃ. ni. 2.154; ma. ni. 1.291; 2.10) gharāvāse, ‘‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 175) ‘‘mātāpi puttena vivadatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.178) ca kāmesu, ‘‘seyyathāpi puriso iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojeyyā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.218) kāmacchandādīsu ādīnavadassanapubbaṅgamā vuttavipariyāyena ‘‘abbhokāso pabbajjā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.191; saṃ. ni. 2.154) pabbajjādīsu ānisaṃsapaṭisaṅkhāvasena nekkhammapāramiyaṃ paccavekkhaṇā veditabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana dukkhakkhandha- (ma. ni. 1.163 ādayo) āsivisopamasuttā- (saṃ. ni. 4.238) divasena veditabbo.
同样地,应当作意智慧的功德:“如果没有智慧,布施等法就不能清净,也不能各自胜任自己的作用。”就像没有命根,身体就不能庄严,也不能在自己的行为中正常运作;又像眼等诸根没有识,就不能在各自的对象上发挥各自的作用;同样,信等诸根没有智慧,就不能在各自的作用和修行上胜任。因此,在舍离等修行中,智慧是首要的原因。因为开启了智慧之眼的大菩萨,即使把自己的肢体施舍出去,也不自赞、不毁他,就像药树一样没有分别,在三时中都充满喜悦。正是依靠智慧、具备方便善巧,舍离才因为利益他人的行为而成为布施波罗蜜。因为为了自己的利益而布施,就像放贷生息一样。巴利
Tathā ‘‘paññāya vinā dānādayo dhammā na visujjhanti, yathāsakaṃ byāpārasamatthā ca na hontī’’ti paññāguṇā manasikātabbā. Yatheva hi jīvitena vinā sarīrayantaṃ na sobhati, na ca attano kiriyāsu paṭipattisamatthaṃ hoti, yathā ca cakkhādīni indriyāni viññāṇena vinā yathāsakaṃ visayesu kiccaṃ kātuṃ nappahonti, evaṃ saddhādīni indriyāni paññāya vinā sakiccapaṭipattiyaṃ asamatthānīti pariccāgādipaṭipattiyaṃ paññā padhānakāraṇaṃ. Ummīlitapaññācakkhukā hi mahābodhisattā attano aṅgapaccaṅgānipi datvā anattukkaṃsakā aparavambhakā ca honti, bhesajjarukkhā viya vikapparahitā kālattayepi somanassajātā. Paññāvasena hi upāyakosallayogato pariccāgo parahitappavattiyā dānapāramibhāvaṃ upeti. Attatthañhi dānaṃ vaḍḍhisadisaṃ hoti.
同样地,如果没有智慧,就无法脱离渴爱等烦恼杂染,连戒的清净本身都不可能做到,更不用说成为一切知者功德的所依处了。只有有智慧的人,才能好好观察到:在家生活、感官欲乐和轮回有什么过患,出家、禅那等至和涅槃有什么功德;于是他出家修行,生起禅那等至,朝向涅槃,也让别人安住在这条路上。缺乏智慧的精进,因为太难发起,所以无法达成想要的目标。与其难以发起,不如不发起。但和智慧相伴的精进,因为懂得方法和修行之道,就没有什么难以证得的。同样,只有有智慧的人,天性能够忍受他人的伤害等,愚笨的人则做不到。对缺乏智慧的人来说,别人加害只会助长与忍辱相反的烦恼;对有智慧的人来说,那些伤害反而能滋养忍辱,使它成就、稳固。只有有智慧的人,才能如实了知三谛、它们的原因以及对立面,从而不欺骗他人。巴利
Tathā paññāya abhāvena taṇhādisaṃkilesāviyogato sīlassa visuddhi eva na sambhavati, kuto sabbaññuguṇādhiṭṭhānabhāvo. Paññavā eva ca gharāvāse kāmaguṇesu saṃsāre ca ādīnavaṃ pabbajjāya jhānasamāpattiyaṃ nibbāne ca ānisaṃsaṃ suṭṭhu sallakkhento pabbajitvā jhānasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā nibbānābhimukho pare ca tattha patiṭṭhāpeti. Vīriyañca paññāvirahitaṃ yathicchitamatthaṃ na sādheti durārambhabhāvato. Varameva hi anārambho durārambhato, paññāsahitena pana vīriyena na kiñci duradhigamaṃ upāyapaṭipattito. Tathā paññavā eva parāpakārādīnaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti, na duppañño. Paññāvirahitassa ca parehi upanītā apakārā khantiyā paṭipakkhameva anubrūhenti, paññavato pana te khantisampattiyā paribrūhanavasena assā thirabhāvāya saṃvattanti. Paññavā eva tīṇipi saccāni nesaṃ kāraṇāni paṭipakkhe ca yathābhūtaṃ jānitvā paresaṃ avisaṃvādako hoti.
同样地,他依靠慧力来支撑自己,由于坚忍具足,在一切波罗蜜中都能坚定不移地立下誓愿和决意。只有有智慧的人,才能不区分亲爱、中立和怨敌,而在一切处都善于带来利益。同样地,凭借智慧,面对利得、失利等世间法的聚散时,因为心不摇摆而保持中舍。如此,一切波罗蜜都以智慧为清净的因——应当这样观察智慧的功德。再者,没有智慧就没有见的成就,没有见的成就就没有戒的成就;缺少戒与见的成就,就没有定的成就;心未得定的人,连自己的利益都无法成办,更何况殊胜的利他?所以,为了利他而修行的菩萨应当这样告诫自己:“你难道不该认真致力于智慧的增长吗?”正是凭借智慧的力量,大士安住于四种依处,以四种摄事来利益世间,引导众生进入出离之道,并使他们的根器成熟。巴利
Tathā paññābalena attānaṃ upatthambhetvā dhitisampadāya sabbapāramīsu acalasamādānādhiṭṭhāno hoti. Paññavā eva ca piyamajjhattaverivibhāgaṃ akatvā sabbattha hitūpasaṃhārakusalo hoti. Tathā paññāvasena lābhālābhādilokadhammasannipāte nibbikāratāya majjhatto hoti. Evaṃ sabbāsaṃ pāramīnaṃ paññāva pārisuddhihetūti paññāguṇā paccavekkhitabbā. Api ca paññāya vinā na dassanasampatti, antarena ca diṭṭhisampadaṃ na sīlasampadā , sīladiṭṭhisampadāvirahitassa na samādhisampadā, asamāhitena ca na sakkā attahitamattampi sādhetuṃ, pageva ukkaṃsagataṃ parahitanti parahitāya paṭipannena ‘‘nanu tayā sakkaccaṃ paññāya parivuddhiyaṃ āyogo karaṇīyo’’ti bodhisattena attā ovaditabbo. Paññānubhāvena hi mahāsatto caturadhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhito catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi lokaṃ anuggaṇhanto satte niyyānamagge avatāreti, indriyāni ca nesaṃ paripāceti.
同样地,以慧力在蕴、处等法上多作简择,如实遍知它们的生起与止息,引导布施等功德成为趋向殊胜解脱的部分,由此成为圆满实践菩萨学处的人。像这样以种种方式确定了智慧的功德之后,就应当修习智慧波罗蜜。巴利
Tathā paññābalena khandhāyatanādīsu pavicayabahulopavattinivattiyo yāthāvato parijānanto dānādayo guṇe visesanibbedhabhāgiyabhāvaṃ nayanto bodhisattasikkhāya paripūrakārī hotīti evamādinā anekākāravokāre paññāguṇe vavatthapetvā paññāpāramī anubrūhetabbā.
同样地,即使是世间看得见的工作,缺乏精进的人也做不成;但对不计较疲劳、已经发起精进的人来说,根本没有什么难以达到的事。因为缺乏精进的人,连“我要把一切众生从轮回的大洪流中救渡过去”这样的行动都发起不了。中等精进的人虽然发起了,中途却会停下来。只有最上等精进的人,不看重自己的快乐,才能达到精进的圆满。应当这样来观察精进的成就。此外还应当这样思维:一个人仅仅为了把自己从轮回的泥沼中救拔出来而发起行动,如果他的精进松弛了,尚且不能指望心愿达到顶点,更何况是发了大誓愿要救渡包括天人在内的整个世间的人呢?还应当这样思维:贪欲等烦恼群就像难以制伏的狂醉大象;由它们所引起的各种造业行为,好比举着剑的刽子手;由这些业所导致的恶趣,入口永远敞开着;而那些把人推入其中的恶友,又总是守在旁边;由于听从他们的教导,凡夫的愚痴状态随时可能出现,所以很自然地会冒出“我应该自己从轮回的痛苦中逃脱”这种错误想法——而这样的错误想法,会因精进的力量而远离消散。还应当这样思维:如果正觉可以靠自主的精进证得,那这里面还有什么难的呢?应当用这一类的方式来观察精进的功德。巴利
Tathā dissamānānipi lokiyāni kammāni nihīnavīriyena pāpuṇituṃ asakkuṇeyyāni, agaṇitakhedena pana āraddhavīriyena duradhigamaṃ nāma natthi. Nihīnavīriyo hi ‘‘saṃsāramahoghato sabbasatte santāressāmī’’ti ārabhitumeva na sakkuṇāti. Majjhimo ārabhitvā antarā vosānamāpajjati. Ukkaṭṭhavīriyo pana attasukhanirapekkho ārambhapāramimadhigacchatīti vīriyasampatti paccavekkhitabbā. Api ca ‘‘yassa attano eva saṃsārapaṅkato samuddharaṇatthamārambho, tassāpi na vīriyassa sithilabhāve manorathānaṃ matthakappatti sakkā sambhāvetuṃ, pageva sadevakassa lokassa samuddharaṇatthaṃ katābhinīhārenā’’ti ca ‘‘rāgādīnaṃ dosagaṇānaṃ mattamahāgajānaṃ viya dunnivārabhāvato tannidānānañca kammasamādānānaṃ ukkhittāsikavadhakasadisabhāvato tannimittānañca duggatīnaṃ sabbadā vivaṭamukhabhāvato, tattha niyojakānañca pāpamittānaṃ sadā sannihitabhāvato tadovādakāritāya ca bālassa puthujjanabhāvassa satisambhave yuttaṃ sayameva saṃsāradukkhato nissaritunti micchāvitakkā vīriyānubhāvena dūrībhavantī’’ti ca ‘‘yadi pana sambodhi attādhīnena vīriyena sakkā samadhigantuṃ, kimettha dukkara’’nti ca evamādinā nayena vīriyaguṇā paccavekkhitabbā.
同样地,这个叫做忍辱的德行,因为它能彻底消除与一切功德完全对立的忿怒,所以它是善士们成就功德时不可被击破的武器,是能战胜对手者的庄严,是沙门婆罗门的力量成就,是浇灭忿怒之火的流水,是美好名声与声誉生起的来源,是让恶人的嘴上毒语得以平息的真正咒药,是安住于防护中的人最高的坚定本性,因深沉如海而像大海,是嗔恚大海的岸边,是关闭恶趣之门的门扇,是登上天界与梵天世界的阶梯,是一切功德的安忍之地,是最高的身、语、意清净。应当这样在心中作意。巴利
Tathā khanti nāmāyaṃ niravasesaguṇapaṭipakkhassa kodhassa vidhamanato guṇasampādane sādhūnamappaṭihatamāyudhaṃ, parābhibhavasamatthānaṃ alaṅkāro, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ balasampadā, kodhaggivinayanaudakadhārā, kalyāṇassa kittisaddassa sañjātideso, pāpapuggalānaṃ vacīvisavūpasamakaro mantāgado, saṃvare ṭhitānaṃ paramā dhīrapakati, gambhīrāsayatāya sāgaro, dosamahāsāgarassa velā, apāyadvārassa pidahanakavāṭaṃ, devabrahmalokānaṃ ārohaṇasopānaṃ, sabbaguṇānaṃ adhivāsanabhūmi, uttamā kāyavacīmanovisuddhīti manasikātabbaṃ.
另外,还应当通过反复这样观察来修习忍辱的圆满:
这些众生因为不具备忍辱的功德,所以在今生受苦,来世也会因为继续从事那些令人受苦的法而受煎熬。
即使因为别人加害而产生了苦,但这苦所依托的我的身心,以及作为种子的业,都是我自己造作的。
这苦也是偿还旧业的原因。
如果没有加害我的人,我的忍辱功德又怎么能成就呢?
就算这个人现在加害我,但过去他也曾对我有过恩德。
或者说,加害本身就是成就忍辱的因缘,所以它其实就是一种帮助。
所有这些众生都像我的孩子一样,对于孩子犯的错,谁会真的生气呢?
这个人是被愤怒的鬼附了身才来冒犯我的,这个被愤怒鬼控制的状态,应该由我来帮他化解。
以这个加害为缘,才在我身上生起了这个苦,所以我也是这个苦的因缘之一。
那些构成加害行为的法,以及加害发生的地方,所有这一切在那一刹那就已经灭去了。现在,该对谁生气、又因为什么而生气呢?
因为一切法都是无我的,那到底谁能冒犯谁呢?
应当这样反复观察,来修习忍辱的圆满。巴利
Api ca ‘‘ete sattā khantisampattiyā abhāvato idhaloke tappanti, paraloke ca tapanīyadhammānuyogato’’ti ca ‘‘yadipi parāpakāranimittaṃ dukkhaṃ uppajjati, tassa pana dukkhassa khettabhūto attabhāvo bījabhūtañca kammaṃ mayāva abhisaṅkhata’’nti ca ‘‘tassa ca dukkhassa āṇaṇyakāraṇameta’’nti ca ‘‘apakārake asati kathaṃ mayhaṃ khantisampadā sambhavatī’’ti ca ‘‘yadipāyaṃ etarahi apakārako, ayaṃ nāma pubbe anena mayhaṃ upakāro kato’’ti ca ‘‘apakāro eva vā khantinimittatāya upakāro’’ti ca ‘‘sabbepime sattā mayhaṃ puttasadisā, puttakatāparādhesu ca ko kujjhissatī’’ti ca ‘‘yena kodhapisācāvesena ayaṃ mayhaṃ aparajjhati, svāyaṃ kodhabhūtāveso mayā vinetabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘yena apakārena idaṃ mayhaṃ dukkhaṃ uppannaṃ, tassa ahampi nimitta’’nti ca, ‘‘yehi dhammehi apakāro kato, yattha ca kato, sabbepi te tasmiṃ eva khaṇe niruddhā kassidāni kena kopo kātabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘anattatāya sabbadhammānaṃ ko kassa aparajjhatī’’ti ca paccavekkhantena khantisampadā anubrūhetabbā.
如果因为长期反复串习,以他人加害为因缘的愤怒已经占据并控制了他的心,那就应当这样反复思惟:
忍耐正是对治他人加害、反过来利益对方的方法。
加害是我受苦的近因,是信心,因为痛苦产生信心,并对整个世间生起厌离想,所以成为条件。
可爱和不可爱的境界相遇,本来就是诸根的自然状态。在这当中,不可爱的境界不遇到我,这怎么可能有呢?
被愤怒控制的有情,因愤怒而疯狂,心散乱颠倒,对他报复又有什么用呢?
所有这些众生,都被正等正觉者像亲生儿子一样护念着,因此我不应对他们生起愤怒。
如果加害者有功德,我不应对有功德的人生气;如果没有功德,就更应该特别悲悯他。
因为愤怒,我的功德和名声都会减损。
因为愤怒,丑陋、痛苦、睡卧不安等仇敌所喜欢的东西都会来到我身上。
愤怒这个东西,是作一切利益、摧毁一切利益的强大敌人。
但只要有忍耐,就没有任何敌人。
由于加害者的过错,未来本应得到的苦,如果我有忍耐,那苦就不会存在。
如果我思来想去而发怒,那我反而是在顺从敌人。
如果我以忍耐制伏了愤怒,那敌人就成了我的奴隶,才算真正被制伏。
因为愤怒而舍弃忍耐的功德,对我不合适。
如果有愤怒,与功德相违、与善法对立的心生起,我的戒等法怎么能圆满呢?如果没有戒等法,我又怎么能广泛利益众生,按照承诺获得最上的成就呢?
有忍耐时,因为对外境没有散乱,心得安定,就能以无常观照一切行,以苦观照一切行,以无我观照一切法,也能以涅槃的无为、不死、寂静、殊胜等状态而堪任思惟;佛陀的功德也是不可思议、不可衡量的。巴利
Yadi panassa dīgharattaṃ paricayena parāpakāranimittako kodho cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya, tena iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘khanti nāmesā parāpakārassa paṭipakkhapaṭipattīnaṃ paccupakārakāraṇa’’nti ca ‘‘apakāro ca mayhaṃ dukkhūpanisā saddhāti dukkhuppādanena saddhāya sabbaloke anabhiratisaññāya ca paccayo’’ti ca, ‘‘indriyapakati hesā yadidaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhavisayasamāyogo. Tattha aniṭṭhavisayasamāyogo mayhaṃ na siyāti taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti ca ‘‘kodhavasiko satto kodhena ummatto vikkhittacitto, tattha kiṃ paccapakārenā’’ti ca ‘‘sabbepime sattā sammāsambuddhena orasaputtā viya paripālitā, tasmā na tattha mayā cittakopo kātabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘aparādhake ca sati guṇe guṇavati mayā kopo na kātabbo’’ti ca, ‘‘asati guṇe visesena karuṇāyitabbo’’ti ca ‘‘kopena ca mayhaṃ guṇayasā nihīyantī’’ti ca, ‘‘kujjhanena mayhaṃ dubbaṇṇadukkhaseyyādayo sapattakantā āgacchantī’’ti ca, ‘‘kodho ca nāmāyaṃ sabbāhitakārako sabbahitavināsako balavā paccatthiko’’ti ca, ‘‘sati ca khantiyā na koci paccatthiko’’ti ca, ‘‘aparādhakena aparādhanimittaṃ yaṃ āyatiṃ laddhabbaṃ dukkhaṃ sati ca khantiyā mayhaṃ tadabhāvo’’ti ca, ‘‘cintanena kujjhantena ca mayā paccatthikoyeva anuvattito hotī’’ti ca, ‘‘kodhe ca mayā khantiyā abhibhūte tassa dāsabhūto paccatthiko sammadeva abhibhūto hotī’’ti ca, ‘‘kodhanimittaṃ khantiguṇapariccāgo mayhaṃ na yutto’’ti ca, ‘‘sati ca kodhe guṇavirodhapaccanīkadhamme kathaṃ me sīlādidhammā pāripūriṃ gaccheyyuṃ, asati ca tesu kathāhaṃ sattānaṃ upakārabahulo paṭiññānurūpaṃ uttamaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti ca, ‘‘khantiyā ca sati bahiddhā vikkhepābhāvato samāhitassa sabbe saṅkhārā aniccato dukkhato sabbe dhammā anattato nibbānañca asaṅkhatāmatasantapaṇītatādibhāvato nijjhānaṃ khamanti buddhadhammā ca acinteyyāparimeyyappabhāvā’’ti.
从此以后,他安住在随顺忍中,这些法纯粹只是脱离了“我”和“我所”性质的法而已,它们各自依自己的缘而生起、灭去,不从任何地方来,也不到任何地方去,也不在任何地方停留,在这里也没有谁对谁做什么运作。由于不执著、不安住于我作与我所作,他能接受此观照。由此,菩萨决定趣向正觉,成为不退转者。应当知道,像这样从“这些法纯粹只是脱离了‘我’和‘我所’性质的法而已”开始,直至“菩萨决定趣向正觉,成为不退转者”等,就是对忍耐波罗蜜的省察。巴利
Tato ca anulomiyaṃ khantiyaṃ ṭhito kevalā ime attattaniyabhāvarahitā dhammamattā yathāsakaṃ paccayehi uppajjanti vayanti, na kutoci āgacchanti, na kuhiñci gacchanti, na ca katthaci patiṭṭhitā, na cettha koci kassaci byāpāroti ahaṃkāramamaṃkārānadhiṭṭhānatā nijjhānaṃ khamati, yena bodhisatto bodhiyā niyato anāvattidhammo hotīti evamādinā khantipāramiyā paccavekkhaṇā veditabbā.
同样,对于真实波罗蜜的种种成就,应当这样省察:如果没有真实,戒等就不可能存在,也不会有与誓愿相符的修行;一旦违越真实法,一切恶法就会聚集而来;不真实的人没有依靠,未来还会导致说话不被人信受;而成就真实的人,则成为一切功德的依止处;以真实为依止,就能使一切菩提资粮清净、圆满;因为不违背真实法,就能完成一切菩提资粮的作用;菩萨的修行也因此得以究竟成就。应当以这样的方式来省察真实波罗蜜的成就。巴利
Tathā saccena vinā sīlādīnaṃ asambhavato paṭiññānurūpaṃ paṭipattiyā abhāvato ca, saccadhammātikkame ca sabbapāpadhammānaṃ samosaraṇato asaccasandhassa apaccayikabhāvato āyatiñca anādeyyavacanatāvahanato sampannasaccassa ca, sabbaguṇādhiṭṭhānabhāvato saccādhiṭṭhānena sabbabodhisambhārānaṃ pārisuddhipāripūrisāmatthiyato sabhāvadhammāvisaṃvādanena sabbabodhisambhārakiccakaraṇato bodhisattapaṭipattiyā ca, parinipphattitotiādinā saccapāramiyā sampattiyo paccavekkhitabbā.
同样,对于布施等,要有坚定的受持;当它们的对立面聚集时,对这些布施等的决意也要毫不动摇;而如果没有明智和勇敢,布施等资粮就不能成为正觉的因。应当以这样的方式,省察决意中的功德。巴利
Tathā dānādīsu daḷhasamādānaṃ taṃpaṭipakkhasannipāte ca nesaṃ acalādhiṭṭhānaṃ tattha ca dhīravīrabhāvaṃ vinā na dānādisambhārā sambodhinimittā sambhavantītiādinā adhiṭṭhāne guṇā paccavekkhitabbā.
同样地,应当这样观察慈的功德:即使一个人只安住在自利上,若没有对众生的利益之心,尚且不能获得今生与来世的成就,更何况是想要把一切众生安立在涅槃成就中的人呢?又说:将来希望一切众生获得出世间成就的人,现在先希望世间成就,也是合宜的。又说:现在我只是凭内心的意愿,还不能真正为他人带来利益和安乐,什么时候才能通过实际行动来成办这件事呢?又说:现在因我带来利益和安乐而成长起来的这些众生,将来会成为我分享佛法的助伴。又说:没有他们,我的菩提资粮就不能生起,因此他们是一切佛功德显现与成就的原因,对我来说是最高的福田、无上的善处、最殊胜的恭敬对象。应当这样特别地对一切众生建立利益之心。而且,也要从悲的决意出发,对一切众生修习慈。因为以没有界限的心,乐于为众生带来利益和安乐的人,想要拔除他们的不利与痛苦的心愿,就会强而有力地生起,根基牢固。而悲,是一切成佛之法的开端、依止、根本、首要和先导。应当以这些方式观察慈的功德。巴利
Tathā ‘‘attahitamatte avatiṭṭhantenāpi sattesu hitacittataṃ vinā na sakkā idhalokaparalokasampattiyo pāpuṇituṃ, pageva sabbasatte nibbānasampattiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmenā’’ti ca, ‘‘pacchā sabbasattānaṃ lokuttarasampattiṃ ākaṅkhantena idāni lokiyasampattiākaṅkhā yuttarūpā’’ti ca, ‘‘idāni āsayamattena paresaṃ hitasukhūpasaṃhāraṃ kātuṃ asakkonto kadā payogena taṃ sādhessāmī’’ti ca, ‘‘idāni mayā hitasukhūpasaṃhārena saṃvaḍḍhitā pacchā dhammasaṃvibhāgasahāyā mayhaṃ bhavissantī’’ti ca, ‘‘etehi vinā na mayhaṃ bodhisambhārā sambhavanti, tasmā sabbabuddhaguṇavibhūtinipphattikāraṇattā mayhaṃ ete paramaṃ puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ kusalāyatanaṃ uttamaṃ gāravaṭṭhāna’’nti ca, savisesaṃ sattesu sabbesu hitajjhāsayatā paccupaṭṭhapetabbā , kiñca karuṇādhiṭṭhānatopi sabbasattesu mettā anubrūhetabbā. Vimariyādīkatena hi cetasā sattesu hitasukhūpasaṃhāraniratassa tesaṃ ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā balavatī uppajjati daḷhamūlā. Karuṇā ca sabbesaṃ buddhakārakadhammānaṃ ādi caraṇaṃ patiṭṭhā mūlaṃ mukhaṃ pamukhanti evamādinā mettāya guṇā paccavekkhitabbā.
同样地,应当这样审察舍波罗蜜:如果没有舍,众生造成的种种伤害就会让心发生变异;一旦心发生变异,布施等资粮就根本不可能产生。又说:当心被慈爱所滋润时,如果没有舍,诸资粮就无法得到清净。又说:没有舍的人,无法把福德资粮及其果报回向为众生的利益。又说:如果没有舍,就无法不分别施物和受者而进行布施。又说:没有舍的人,无法不顾危及生命和活命资具的障碍,去修习戒的清净。同样地,依靠舍,才能在面对不喜不乐时成就出离之力;依靠对再生的观察,才能完成一切资粮的作用;若对过度精进不作舍,就不能成办正勤的作用;只有具备舍,忍耐与审察才能成立;依靠舍,才能不违背众生的种种行相;以平等心看待世间法,才能对已受持的诸法成就坚固的决意;对于他人的加害等,不加造作就能成就慈的安住。一切菩提资粮的受持、决意、圆满和成就,都是靠舍的力量而得以完成的。应当以这样的方式审察舍波罗蜜。如此,依次从不舍与舍等方面,审察诸波罗蜜的过患与功德,就是布施等波罗蜜的助缘,应当这样理解。巴利
Tathā ‘‘upekkhāya abhāve sattehi katā vippakārā cittassa vikāraṃ uppādeyyuṃ, sati ca cittavikāre dānādīnaṃ sambhārānaṃ sambhavo eva natthī’’ti ca, ‘‘mettāsinehena sinehite citte upekkhāya vinā sambhārānaṃ pārisuddhi na hotī’’ti ca, ‘‘anupekkhako sambhāresu puññasambhāraṃ tabbipākañca sattahitatthaṃ pariṇāmetuṃ na sakkotī’’ti ca, ‘‘upekkhāya abhāve deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakānaṃ vibhāgaṃ akatvā pariccajituṃ na sakkotī’’ti ca, ‘‘upekkhārahitena jīvitaparikkhārānaṃ jīvitassa ca antarāyaṃ amanasikaritvā sīlavisodhanaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotī’’ti ca, tathā upekkhāvasena aratiratisahasseva nekkhammabalasiddhito upapattito ikkhaṇavasena sabbasambhārakiccanipphattito accāraddhassa vīriyassa anupekkhaṇe padhānakiccākaraṇato upekkhato eva titikkhānijjhānasambhavato upekkhāvasena sattasaṅkhārānaṃ avisaṃvādanato lokadhammānaṃ ajjhupekkhaṇena samādinnadhammesu acalādhiṭṭhānasiddhito parāpakārādīsu anābhogavaseneva mettāvihāranipphattitoti sabbabodhisambhārānaṃ samādānādhiṭṭhānapāripūrinipphattiyo upekkhānubhāvena sampajjantīti evamādinā nayena upekkhāpāramī paccavekkhitabbā. Evaṃ apariccāgapariccāgādīsu yathākkamaṃ ādīnavānisaṃsapaccavekkhaṇā dānādipāramīnaṃ paccayoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
同样地,还有十五种行法连同它们的资具,以及五种神通。这里所说的行法,就是:戒律仪、守护根门、饮食知量、修习警寤、七种正法,以及四种禅那。其中,戒等前四种法的资具,是十三种头陀支以及少欲等功德。在七种正法当中,信的资具是:随念佛、随念法、随念僧、随念戒、随念舍、随念天、随念寂止,回避粗涩的人、亲近柔和的人、审察能生净信的法,以及全心倾向于这些。惭与愧的资具是:审察不善法的过患、审察恶趣的过患、审察善法的助益、回避无惭无愧的人、亲近具足惭愧的人、全心倾向于这些。多闻的资具是:先前长期用功、勤于请教、专心投入正法、熟悉各种没有过失的知识领域、使根门成熟、使烦恼远离、回避寡闻的人、亲近多闻的人、全心倾向于这些。精进的资具是:审察恶趣的怖畏、审察修行之道、审察法的广大、去除昏沉睡眠、回避懈怠的人、亲近已发起精进的人、审察正勤、全心倾向于这些。念的资具是:具备念与正知、回避失念的人、亲近正念现前的人、全心倾向于这些。慧的资具是:勤于请教、从事能令事理清净的实践、使诸根平衡、回避愚钝的人、亲近有智慧的人、审察甚深智慧的修行、全心倾向于这些。四种禅那的资具是:戒等四法这一组,以及在三十八种所缘上的前行修习,还有作意等自在的运用。在这里,依戒等而修行清净,就能给众生无畏布施;依内心清净,就能给财物布施;依两者都清净,就能给法布施。像这样,行法等与布施等资具之间的助缘关系,应当按各自的情况来判定。因为怕说得太广,我们就不一一判定了。同样地,成就轮等也应当知道是布施等的助缘。巴利
Tathā saparikkhārā pañcadasa caraṇadhammā pañca ca abhiññāyo. Tattha caraṇadhammā nāma sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, jāgariyānuyogo, satta saddhammā, cattāri jhānāni ca. Tesu sīlādīnaṃ catunnaṃ terasāpi dhutadhammā appicchatādayo ca parikkhārā. Saddhammesu saddhāya buddhadhammasaṅghasīlacāgadevatūpasamānussatilūkhapuggalaparivajjana- siniddhapuggalasevanapasādanīyadhammapaccavekkhaṇatadadhimuttatā parikkhāro. Hirottappānaṃ akusalādīnavapaccavekkhaṇaapāyādīnavapaccavekkhaṇakusaladhammūpatthambhana- bhāvapaccavekkhaṇahirottapparahitapuggalaparivajjanahirottappasampannapuggalasenatadadhimuttatā. Bāhusaccassa pubbayogaparipucchaka- bhāvasaddhammābhiyogaanavajjavijjāṭṭhānādiparicayaparipakkindriyatākilesadūrībhāvaappassuta- parivajjanabahussutasevanatadadhimuttatā. Vīriyassa apāyabhayapaccavekkhaṇa- gamanavīthipaccavekkhaṇadhammamahattapaccavekkhaṇathinamiddhavinodanakusītapuggalaparivajjana- āraddhavīriyapuggalasevanasammappadhānapaccavekkhaṇatadadhimuttatā . Satiyā satisampajaññamuṭṭhassatipuggalaparivajjanaupaṭṭhitassatipuggalasevanatadadhimuttatā. Paññāya paripucchakabhāravatthuvisadakiriyāindriyasamattapaṭipādanaduppaññapuggala- parivajjanapaññavantapuggalasevanagambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇatadadhimuttatā. Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ sīlādicatukkaṃ aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu pubbabhāgabhāvanā āvajjanādivasībhāvakaraṇañca parikkhāro. Tattha sīlādīhi payogasuddhiyā sattānaṃ abhayadāne āsayasuddhiyā āmisadāne ubhayasuddhiyā dhammadāne samattho hotītiādinā caraṇādīnaṃ dānādisambhārānaṃ paccayabhāvo yathārahaṃ niddhāretabbo. Ativitthārabhayena na niddhārayimhāti. Evaṃ sampatticakkādayopi dānādīnaṃ paccayoti veditabbā.
什么是杂染?总的来说,波罗蜜被贪爱等烦恼所执取的状态,就是波罗蜜的杂染。具体来说,对施物和受施者的种种分别,是布施波罗蜜的杂染;对有情的时节、时机的种种分别,是戒波罗蜜的杂染;对欲界存在及其止息,生起贪著或不贪著的种种分别,是出离波罗蜜的杂染;执著“我”和“我的”的种种分别,是慧波罗蜜的杂染;消沉和掉举的种种分别,是精进波罗蜜的杂染;分别自他的种种想法,是忍波罗蜜的杂染;把未见的说成见到的等等颠倒分别,是真谛波罗蜜的杂染;对菩提资粮和与之相反的法,生起这是过失、这是功德的种种分别,是决意波罗蜜的杂染;对有益和无益的种种分别,是慈波罗蜜的杂染;对可意和不可意的种种分别,是舍波罗蜜的杂染。应当这样理解。巴利
Ko saṃkilesoti? Avisesena taṇhādīhi parāmaṭṭhabhāvo pāramīnaṃ saṃkileso, visesena pana deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakavikappā dānapāramiyā saṃkileso. Sattakālavikappā sīlapāramiyā, kāmabhavatadupasamesu abhiratianabhirativikappā nekkhammapāramiyā, ahaṃ mamāti vikappā paññāpāramiyā, līnuddhaccavikappā vīriyapāramiyā, attaparavikappā khantipāramiyā, adiṭṭhādīsu diṭṭhādivikappā saccapāramiyā, bodhisambhāratabbipakkhesu dosaguṇavikappā adhiṭṭhānapāramiyā, hitāhitavikappā mettāpāramiyā, iṭṭhāniṭṭhavikappā upekkhāpāramiyā saṃkilesoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
什么是清净?不被贪爱等烦恼所损害,并且远离前面所说的种种分别,应当知道这就是诸波罗蜜的清净。因为布施等诸波罗蜜不被贪爱、慢、邪见、忿、恨、覆、恼、嫉、悭、诳、谄、顽固、激越、骄、放逸等种种烦恼所损害,又远离了对施物、受者等的分别,所以它们就是清净、光辉的。巴利
Kiṃ vodānanti? Taṇhādīhi anupaghāto yathāvuttavikappaviraho ca etāsaṃ vodānanti veditabbaṃ. Anupahatā hi taṇhāmānadiṭṭhikodhūpanāhamakkhapaḷāsaissāmacchariya- māyāsāṭheyyathambhasārambhamadappamādādīhi kilesehi deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakavikappādirahitā ca dānādipāramiyo parisuddhā pabhassarā bhavantīti.
什么是对立面?总的来说,一切染污、一切不善法都是这些波罗蜜的对立面;具体来说,应当知道就是前面所说的悭吝等。此外还可以这样理解:在施物和受施者、布施果报等方面,因为布施与无贪、无嗔、无痴的功德相应,所以布施是贪、嗔、痴的对立面;因为戒远离了身等恶行和歪曲,所以戒是贪等的对立面;因为出离避免了沉溺欲乐、伤害他人和自我折磨的苦行这三过,所以出离是三毒的对立面;因为慧能使贪等变得盲目,又能使智慧不盲目,所以慧是贪等的对立面;因为精进以不怯弱、不掉举的方式平等地发起正勤,所以精进是贪等的对立面;因为忍耐能忍受可意、不可意以及诸法空性,所以忍耐是贪等的对立面;因为即使他人对自己有利益或损害,真谛都能如实而行,所以真谛是贪等的对立面;因为决意能战胜世间法,在已受持的资粮中不动摇,所以决意是贪等的对立面;因为慈远离了盖障,所以慈是贪等的对立面;因为舍能破除对可意对象的贪随和不可意对象的嗔恨,平等而行,所以舍是贪等的对立面。应当这样了知。巴利
Ko paṭipakkhoti? Avisesena sabbepi saṃkilesā sabbepi akusalā dhammā etāsaṃ paṭipakkho, visesena pana pubbe vuttā maccherādayoti veditabbā. Api ca deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakadānaphalesu alobhādosāmohaguṇayogato lobhadosamohapaṭipakkhaṃ dānaṃ, kāyādidosavaṅkāpagamato lobhādipaṭipakkhaṃ sīlaṃ, kāmasukhaparūpaghātaattakilamathaparivajjanato dosattayapaṭipakkhaṃ nekkhammaṃ, lobhādīnaṃ andhīkaraṇato ñāṇassa ca anandhīkaraṇato lobhādipaṭipakkhā paññā , alīnānuddhatañāyārambhavasena lobhādipaṭipakkhaṃ vīriyaṃ, iṭṭhāniṭṭhasuññatānaṃ khamanato lobhādipaṭipakkhā khanti, satipi paresaṃ upakāre apakāre ca yathābhūtappavattiyā lobhādipaṭipakkhaṃ saccaṃ, lokadhamme abhibhuyya yathāsamādinnesu sambhāresu acalanato lobhādipaṭipakkhaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, nīvaraṇavivekato lobhādipaṭipakkhā mettā, iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu anunayapaṭighaviddhaṃsanato samappavattito ca lobhādipaṭipakkhā upekkhāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
什么是行道?先就布施波罗蜜来说,行道就是通过施舍能带来安乐的资具、自己的身体和性命,消除众生的恐惧,以及开示佛法等多种方式,广泛地饶益众生。其中,按所施之物来分,布施有三种:财施、无畏施、法施。对菩萨来说,所施之物又分为内在的和外在的两类。外在的则有十种:食物、饮料、衣服、车乘、花鬘、香、涂香、床座、住所、灯烛。而食物等又按嚼食、啖食等类别,分成无数种。同样,按所缘来分有六种:从色所缘一直到法所缘。色所缘等又按青、黄等颜色来区分,也有无数种。同样,还有摩尼宝珠、金、银、珍珠、珊瑚等珍宝,田地、宅地、园林等,男女奴仆、牛、水牛等牲畜,以种种资生用具来分,也有无数种。巴利
Kā paṭipattīti? Dānapāramiyā tāva sukhūpakaraṇasarīrajīvitapariccāgena bhayāpanudanena dhammopadesena ca bahudhā sattānaṃ anuggahakaraṇaṃ paṭipatti. Tattha āmisadānaṃ abhayadānaṃ dhammadānanti dātabbavatthuvasena tividhaṃ dānaṃ. Tesu bodhisattassa dātabbavatthu ajjhattikaṃ bāhiranti duvidhaṃ. Tattha bāhiraṃ annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyanti dasavidhaṃ. Annādīnaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyādivibhāgena anekavidhaṃ. Tathā rūpārammaṇaṃ yāva dhammārammaṇanti ārammaṇato chabbidhaṃ. Rūpārammaṇādīnañca nīlādivibhāgena anekavidhaṃ. Tathā maṇikanakarajatamuttāpavāḷādi, khettavatthuārāmādi, dāsidāsagomahiṃsādi nānāvidhavittūpakaraṇavasena anekavidhaṃ.
在这里,大士布施外物时,自己心里清楚:“谁需要什么,就给他什么;布施的时候,正是为了满足他的需要。”所以即使没人开口请求,他也会主动布施,更何况有人来求呢。他布施时是舍离了执着的,不会舍不得;有合适的东西可施时,他会施与适当的分量,不会给不适当的。他布施不是为了图对方回报。如果没有特别合适的东西可施,他就把合宜的物品分给那些值得分享的人。他不会布施刀、毒、火之类会伤害别人的东西,也不会布施那些没有意义、只会让人放逸的玩具。对患病的乞求者,他不会给不适宜的饮料食物,也不会给得没有节制,而是适量地施与恰当合宜的东西。巴利
Tattha mahāpuriso bāhiraṃ vatthuṃ dento ‘‘yo yena atthiko, taṃ tassa deti, dento ca tassa atthiko’’ti sayameva jānanto ayācitopi deti pageva yācito. Muttacāgo deti, no amuttacāgo, pariyattaṃ deti, no apariyattaṃ sati deyyadhamme. Na paccupakārasannissito deti. Asati deyyadhamme hi pariyatte saṃvibhāgārahaṃ saṃvibhajati. Na ca deti parūpaghātāvahaṃ satthavisamajjādikaṃ, nāpi kīḷanakaṃ yaṃ anatthūpasaṃhitaṃ pamādāvahañca. Na ca gilānassa yācakassa pānabhojanādiasappāyaṃ pamāṇarahitaṃ vā deti, pamāṇayuttaṃ pana sappāyameva deti.
同样地,当有人请求时,他给在家人适合在家人的东西,给出家人适合出家人的东西。对父母、亲属、血亲、朋友、同伴、妻子儿女、奴仆、佣工这些人当中的任何一个,他都不让他们受到伤害而布施。他不会先答应布施殊胜的东西,后来却给粗劣的;不会依靠利养、恭敬、名声而布施;不会依靠对方回报而布施;除了为了正等正觉之外,不会期待果报而布施。他不会对乞求者或所施之物心生厌恶而布施,也不会对未调伏的、甚至辱骂呵斥的乞求者,以像丢弃废物一样的心态来布施。相反,他以清净信心、心怀怜悯,恭恭敬敬地布施。他不是为了热闹或图吉利而布施,而是深信业果才布施。他也不会先让乞求者以侍奉等方式受尽劳累才布施,而是毫不折腾地直接布施。他布施时,没有欺骗他人或挑拨离间的意图,而是以不被染污的心来布施。他也不会以粗恶的言语、皱眉的脸色来布施,而是说爱语、先开口说话、言语有分寸地布施。对于某样所施之物,若因为它特别殊胜可爱,或因为长久相处,或因为内心本来就有贪着,使得贪欲特别强,菩萨知道了,就会赶快把它去除,甚至主动去寻找乞求者来布施。如果所施之物微薄,乞求者又已经来到面前,他也会不加犹豫,即使损害自己也要布施,以此恭敬乞求者,就像那位不贪名声的智者一样。这位大士不会在被人请求时,把自己的妻子儿女、奴仆、佣工、侍从在未使他们心甘情愿、满心欢喜的情况下施给乞求者,而是在妥善使他们心甘情愿、满心欢喜之后才施与。布施时,他明知对方是夜叉、罗刹、鬼魅等非人,或是从事残忍行业的人,就不会布施;同样,也不会把王位施给这类众生。对于那些行为对世间不利、带来痛苦、造成祸害的人,他不布施;而对于那些如法、以法护持世间的人,他才布施。以上应当了知的是外施的实践方式。巴利
Tathā yācito gahaṭṭhānaṃ gahaṭṭhānucchavikaṃ deti, pabbajitānaṃ pabbajitānucchavikaṃ deti, mātāpitaro ñātisālohitā mittāmaccā puttadāradāsakammakarāti etesu kassaci pīḷaṃ ajanento deti, na ca uḷāraṃ deyyadhammaṃ paṭijānitvā lūkhaṃ deti, na ca lābhasakkārasilokasannissito deti, na ca paccupakārasannissito deti, na ca phalapāṭikaṅkhī deti aññatra sammāsambodhiyā, na ca yācake deyyadhammaṃ vā jigucchanto deti, na ca asaññatānaṃ yācakānaṃ akkosakarosakānampi apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ deti, aññadatthu pasannacitto anukampanto sakkaccameva deti, na ca kotūhalamaṅgaliko hutvā deti, kammaphalameva pana saddahanto deti, napi yācake payirupāsanādīhi parikilesetvā deti, aparikilesanto eva pana deti, na ca paresaṃ vañcanādhippāyo bhedanādhippāyo vā dānaṃ deti, asaṃkiliṭṭhacitto eva deti, napi pharusavāco bhākuṭimukho dānaṃ deti, piyavādī pana pubbabhāsī mitavacano hutvā deti , yasmiñca deyyadhamme uḷāramanuññatāya vā ciraparicayena vā gedhasabhāvatāya vā lobhadhammo adhimatto hoti, jānanto bodhisatto taṃ khippameva paṭivinodetvā yācake pariyesitvāpi deti, yañca deyyavatthu parittaṃ yācakopi paccupaṭṭhito, taṃ acintetvāpi attānaṃ bādhetvā dento yācakaṃ sammāneti yathā taṃ akittipaṇḍito. Na ca mahāpuriso attano puttadāradāsakammakaraporise yācito te asaññāpite domanassappatte yācakānaṃ deti, sammadeva pana saññāpite somanassappatte deti. Dento ca yakkharakkhasapisācādīnaṃ vā manussānaṃ kurūrakammantānaṃ vā jānanto na deti, tathā rajjampi tādisānaṃ na deti. Ye lokassa ahitāya dukkhāya anatthāya paṭipajjanti, ye pana dhammikā dhammena lokaṃ pālenti, tesaṃ deti. Evaṃ tāva bāhiradāne paṭipatti veditabbā.
内物布施应当从两个方面来理解。哪两个方面呢?就像有人为了衣食,把自己完全交给别人,甘愿受人支配,处于奴仆的地位;同样,大士为了正觉之因,以无所执着的心,希望众生获得无上的利益与安乐,想要圆满自己的布施波罗蜜,便把自己完全交给众生,随顺众生的意愿而行。手、脚、眼等任何肢体,只要有人需要,他都毫不畏缩、毫不退怯地施予,对此既不贪着,也不吝惜,就像布施外物时一样。大士确实以两种方式舍离外物:或者为了随顺乞求者的心愿,让他们尽情受用;或者为了成就自己的自在。在布施中,他对一切物完全放下执着,心想:“我要通过这样修习无着,证得正觉。”对于内物之施,应当这样理解。巴利
Ajjhattikadānaṃ pana dvīhi ākārehi veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Yathā nāma koci puriso ghāsacchādanahetu attānaṃ parassa nissajjati, vidheyyabhāvaṃ upagacchati dāsabyaṃ, evameva mahāpuriso sambodhihetu nirāmisacitto sattānaṃ anuttaraṃ hitasukhaṃ icchanto attano dānapāramiṃ paripūretukāmo attānaṃ parassa nissajjati, vidheyyabhāvaṃ upagacchati yathākāmakaraṇīyataṃ. Karacaraṇanayanādiaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ tena tena atthikānaṃ akampito anolīno anuppadeti, na tattha sajjati na saṅkocaṃ āpajjati yathā taṃ bāhiravatthusmiṃ, tathā hi mahāpuriso dvīhi ākārehi bāhiravatthuṃ pariccajati yathāsukhaṃ paribhogāya vā yācakānaṃ tesaṃ manorathaṃ paripūrento, attano vasībhāvāya vā, tattha sabbena sabbaṃ muttacāgo, evamahaṃ nissaṅgabhāvanāya sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissāmīti. Evaṃ ajjhattikavatthusminti veditabbaṃ.
在这里,如果所施的内物确实能给乞求者带来利益,他就施予;否则就不给。大士明知对方是魔、魔众天神,或是怀着伤害之心的天神,就不会把自己的身体或肢体施给他们,心里想:“别让他们因此受害。”就像对魔众一样,对已被他们附身的人也不施予,对疯癫的人也不施予。但对其他乞求者,只要有人来求,他就立刻施予,因为这样的乞求极难遇到,而这样的布施也极难做到。巴利
Tattha yaṃ ajjhattikavatthu dīyamānaṃ yācakassa ekanteneva hitāya saṃvattati, taṃ deti, na itaraṃ. Na ca mahāpuriso mārassa mārakāyikānaṃ devatānaṃ vā vihiṃsādhippāyānaṃ attano attabhāvaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgāni vā jānamāno deti ‘‘mā tesaṃ anattho ahosī’’ti. Yathā ca mārakāyikānaṃ, evaṃ tehi anvāviṭṭhānampi na deti, napi ummattakānaṃ. Itaresaṃ pana yāciyamāno samanantarameva deti, tādisāya yācanāya dullabhabhāvato tādisassa ca dānassa dukkarabhāvato.
无畏施则要这样理解:当众生面临来自国王、盗贼、火灾、水灾、怨敌、狮子虎豹等猛兽,以及龙、夜叉、罗刹、毕舍遮等鬼类的恐惧时,以从这些危险中救护他们,便是无畏施。巴利
Abhayadānaṃ pana rājato corato aggito udakato veripuggalato sīhabyagghādivāḷamigato nāgayakkharakkhasapisācādito sattānaṃ bhaye paccupaṭṭhite tato parittāṇabhāvena veditabbaṃ.
再说“法施”:就是心清净者的不颠倒说法,是善巧地利益人的教导。它按现法、后法、究竟法的层面,让还没进入法教的人进入,让已经进入的人得以成熟。这里的方法是——简略来说,先讲布施论、戒论、生天论,讲欲望的过患和杂染,以及出离的功德。详细来说,对内心倾向于声闻菩提的人,随宜通过称述皈依、持戒、守护根门、饮食知量、精勤修行、七种正法、以三十八种所缘为对象修止、对色身等所缘以倾向为门修观,以及清净的修行道、正确的把握、三明、六神通、四无碍解、声闻菩提等这些功德,在各方面让他们安立、让他们清净。同样,对倾向于辟支菩提和正等正觉的众生,随宜通过称述布施等波罗蜜的自性、作用、相等方面,显示那些相应佛陀在三种状态中的大威力,从而在两种乘中让他们安立、清净。大士就是这样为众生作法施的。巴利
Dhammadānaṃ pana asaṃkiliṭṭhacittassa aviparītā dhammadesanā, opāyiko hitassa upadeso diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthavasena yena sāsane anotiṇṇānaṃ avatāraṇaṃ otiṇṇānaṃ paripācanaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ nayo – saṅkhepato tāva dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā kāmānaṃ ādīnavo saṃkileso ca nekkhamme ānisaṃso. Vitthārato pana sāvakabodhiyaṃ adhimuttacittānaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ sīlasaṃvaro indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo satta saddhammā aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu kammakaraṇavasena samathānuyogo rūpakāyādīsu vipassanābhinivesesu yathārahaṃ abhinivesamukhena vipassanānuyogo, tathā visuddhipaṭipadā sammattagahaṇaṃ tisso vijjā cha abhiññā catasso paṭisambhidā sāvakabodhīti etesaṃ guṇasaṃkittanavasena yathārahaṃ tattha tattha patiṭṭhāpanā pariyodapanā ca. Tathā paccekabodhiyaṃ sammāsambodhiyañca adhimuttānaṃ sattānaṃ yathārahaṃ dānādipāramīnaṃ sabhāvarasalakkhaṇādisaṃkittanamukhena tīsupi avatthāsu tesaṃ buddhānaṃ mahānubhāvatāvibhāvanena yānadvaye patiṭṭhāpanā pariyodapanā ca. Evaṃ mahāpuriso sattānaṃ dhammadānaṃ deti.
大士这样给众生做财物布施时,心里想:“愿我通过这份布施,让众生获得长寿、美貌、快乐、力量和辩才等种种圆满,也成就那令人欢喜的殊胜果报。”于是他布施食物;为了平息众生对欲望烦恼的渴求,他布施饮品;为了成就金色身和惭、愧这两种庄严,他布施衣服;为了成就神通变化和涅槃之乐,他布施车乘;为了成就戒德的芬芳,他布施香;为了成就佛德的辉耀,他布施花鬘和涂香;为了成就菩提座,他布施座具;为了成就如来的卧具,他布施床卧;为了成就皈依之处,他布施住所;为了获得五眼,他布施灯烛;为了成就一寻身光,他布施形色;为了成就梵音,他布施声音;为了成为一切世间所喜爱的人,他布施味道;为了成就佛身的细软,他布施触感;为了达到不老不死,他布施药物;为了把众生从烦恼的奴役中解救出来,他布施自由,让奴仆获得解放;为了让众生喜爱正法、获得无过失的游戏之乐,他布施相应的因缘;为了让一切众生经由圣洁的出生成为自己的孩子,他布施孩子;为了让整个世间得到依靠,他布施妻子;为了成就吉祥相好圆满,他布施黄金、摩尼宝珠、珍珠、珊瑚等物;为了成就随形好的圆满,他布施种种装饰品;为了证得正法之藏,他布施财富之藏;为了成为法王,他布施王位;为了成就禅定等圆满,他布施园林、花园、池塘和树林;为了以带有法轮纹的脚走向菩提座,他布施双脚;为了帮助众生渡过四种洪流,为了把正法亲手交到众生手中,他布施双手;为了获得信根等,他布施耳、鼻等;为了获得遍眼,他布施眼睛;他心里想:“在见、闻、随念、侍奉等一切时候,我都能给一切众生带来利益和快乐,而且我的身体应当成为一切世间所依靠的。”于是他布施血肉等物;他心里想:“愿我成为一切世间最尊贵者。”于是他布施自己的头。巴利
Tathā mahāpuriso sattānaṃ āmisadānaṃ dento ‘‘imināhaṃ dānena sattānaṃ āyuvaṇṇasukhabalapaṭibhānādisampattiñca ramaṇīyaṃ aggaphalasampattiñca nipphādeyya’’nti annadānaṃ deti, tathā sattānaṃ kāmakilesapipāsāvūpasamāya pānaṃ deti, tathā suvaṇṇavaṇṇatāya hirottappālaṅkārassa ca nipphattiyā vatthāni deti, tathā iddhividhassa ceva nibbānasukhassa ca nipphattiyā yānaṃ deti, tathā sīlagandhanipphattiyā gandhaṃ deti, tathā buddhaguṇasobhānipphattiyā mālāvilepanaṃ deti, bodhimaṇḍāsananipphattiyā āsanaṃ deti, tathāgataseyyānipphattiyā seyyaṃ deti, saraṇabhāvanipphattiyā āvasathaṃ deti, pañcacakkhupaṭilābhāya padīpeyyaṃ deti, byāmappabhānipphattiyā rūpadānaṃ deti, brahmassaranipphattiyā saddadānaṃ deti, sabbalokassa piyabhāvāya rasadānaṃ deti, buddhasukhumālabhāvāya phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ deti, ajarāmarabhāvāya bhesajjadānaṃ deti, kilesadāsabyavimocanatthaṃ dāsānaṃ bhujissatādānaṃ deti, saddhammābhiratiyā anavajjakhiḍḍāratihetudānaṃ deti, sabbepi satte ariyāya jātiyā attano puttabhāvūpanayanāya puttadānaṃ deti, sakalassapi lokassa patibhāvūpagamanāya dāradānaṃ deti, subhalakkhaṇasampattiyā suvaṇṇamaṇimuttāpavāḷādidānaṃ, anubyañjanasampattiyā nānāvidhavibhūsanadānaṃ, saddhammakosādhigamāya vittakosadānaṃ, dhammarājabhāvāya rajjadānaṃ, jhānādisampattiyā ārāmuyyānataḷākavanadānaṃ, cakkaṅkitehi pādehi bodhimaṇḍūpasaṅkamanāya caraṇadānaṃ, caturoghanittharaṇāya sattānaṃ saddhammahatthadānatthaṃ hatthadānaṃ, saddhindriyādipaṭilābhāya kaṇṇanāsādidānaṃ, samantacakkhupaṭilābhāya cakkhudānaṃ, ‘‘dassanasavanānussaraṇapāricariyādīsu sabbakālaṃ sabbasattānaṃ hitasukhāvaho, sabbalokena ca upajīvitabbo me kāyo bhaveyyā’’ti maṃsalohitādidānaṃ, ‘‘sabbalokuttamo bhaveyya’’nti uttamaṅgadānaṃ deti.
他这样布施时,不是通过不正当的谋生方式去给,也不是通过伤害别人去给,不是因为害怕才给,不是因为羞愧才给,不是因为对应当受供的人心怀不满才给,不会在有精致物品时却给粗糙的东西,不是为了抬高自己才给,不是为了贬低别人才给,不是为了盘算将来得到果报才给,不是因为讨厌乞讨者才给,不是以漫不经心的态度给。相反,他是认真恭敬地给,亲手给,按时给,怀着敬意给,不加分别地给。在布施前、布施时、布施后这三个时刻,他都满心欢喜,正因为如此,布施之后也不会后悔。他不会根据接受者的身份而摆出傲慢或轻蔑的态度;对接受者,他总是亲切相待,慷慨,乐于与人交往,布施时连附带的东西一起给。比如布施食物时,他会想“我要连同其他东西一起给”,于是连同衣服等物一起给。同样,布施衣服时,他会想“我要连同其他东西一起给”,于是连同食物等物一起给。布施车乘等其余物品时,也是同样的做法。巴利
Evaṃ dadanto ca na anesanāya deti, na ca paropaghātena, na bhayena, na lajjāya, na dakkhiṇeyyarosanena, na paṇīte sati lūkhaṃ, na attukkaṃsanena, na paravambhanena, na phalābhisaṅkhāya, na yācakajigucchāya, na acittīkārena deti, atha kho sakkaccaṃ deti, sahatthena deti, kālena deti, cittīkatvā deti, avibhāgena deti. Tīsu kālesu somanassito deti, tato eva ca datvā na pacchānutāpī hoti. Na paṭiggāhakavasena mānāvamānaṃ karoti, paṭiggāhakānaṃ piyasamudācāro hoti vadaññū yācayogo saparivāradāyako. Annadānañhi dento ‘‘taṃ saparivāraṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti vatthādīhi saddhiṃ deti. Tathā vatthadānaṃ dento ‘‘taṃ saparivāraṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti annādīhi saddhiṃ deti. Yānadānādīsupi eseva nayo.
同样地,在作色施时,他也把其他所缘一并作为它的附属物来布施;对其余各种布施也应这样理解。其中,所谓色施,就是从青、黄、红、白等颜色的花、布或元素中取得某一种之后,以颜色为所缘而作意,心想“我要作色施,这是我的色施”,然后把布施建立在具备这种条件的应受施者身上,使它成为有实物依据的布施。这就叫作色施。巴利
Tathā rūpadānaṃ dento itarārammaṇānipi tassa parivāraṃ katvā deti, evaṃ sesesupi. Tattha rūpadānaṃ nāma nīlapītalohitaodātādivaṇṇāsu pupphavatthadhātūsu aññataraṃ labhitvā rūpavasena ābhujitvā ‘‘rūpadānaṃ dassāmi, rūpadānaṃ mayha’’nti cintetvā tādise dakkhiṇeyye dānaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti savatthukaṃ katvā. Etaṃ rūpadānaṃ nāma.
至于声施,则要依据大鼓声等来理解。在这里,声音不像块根植物那样可以拔出来,也不像手持青莲花那样可以拿在手里去布施。但是,如果依托实物来做布施,那就叫作施舍声施。因此,当有人心想“我要行声施”,用鼓、大鼓等乐器中的某一种,亲自或让人向三宝作供养;心想“这是我的声施”,把鼓等乐器安置好或让人安置好。另外,当布施给说法者护喉的药物、油、糖蜜等,敲响法螺以宣告法会,唱诵音声,开示佛法,为近座者说法或作随喜,亲自做或让人做——那时候,就叫作声施。巴利
Saddadānaṃ pana bherisaddādivasena veditabbaṃ. Tattha saddaṃ kandamūlāni viya uppāṭetvā nīluppalahatthakaṃ viya ca hatthe ṭhapetvā dātuṃ na sakkā, savatthukaṃ pana katvā dento saddadānaṃ deti nāma. Tasmā yadā ‘‘saddadānaṃ dassāmī’’ti bherimudiṅgādīsu aññatarena tūriyena tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ upahāraṃ karoti kāreti ca, ‘‘saddadānaṃ me’’ti bheriādīni ṭhapeti ṭhapāpeti ca. Dhammakathikānaṃ pana sarabhesajjaṃ telaphāṇitādiṃ deti, dhammassavanaṃ ghoseti, sarabhaññaṃ bhaṇati, dhammakathaṃ katheti, upanisinnakakathaṃ anumodanakathañca karoti kāreti ca, tadā saddadānaṃ nāma hoti.
同样地,香施是这样:在根香等种种香当中,得到任何一种令人贪著的香物,或者已经研磨成粉的香,以香为所缘而作意之后,心想“我要行香施,这是我的香施”,便亲自或让人向佛宝等作供养;或者为了香供养,而施舍沉香、旃檀等能出香的物品。这就是香施。巴利
Tathā gandhadānaṃ mūlagandhādīsu aññataraṃ rajanīyaṃ gandhavatthuṃ piṃsitameva vā gandhaṃ yaṃkiñci labhitvā gandhavasena ābhujitvā ‘‘gandhadānaṃ dassāmi, gandhadānaṃ mayha’’nti buddharatanādīnaṃ pūjaṃ karoti kāreti ca, gandhapūjanatthāya agarucandanādike gandhavatthuke pariccajati. Idaṃ gandhadānaṃ.
同样地,在根味等味物当中,得到任何一种令人贪著的味物后,以味为所缘而作意,心想“我要行味施,这是我的味施”,便布施给应受供养的人;或者直接把味物本身施舍出去,比如谷物、牛等。这就是味施。巴利
Tathā mūlarasādīsu yaṃkiñci rajanīyaṃ rasavatthuṃ labhitvā rasavasena ābhujitvā ‘‘rasadānaṃ dassāmi, rasadānaṃ mayha’’nti dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ deti, rasavatthumeva vā dhaññagavādikaṃ pariccajati. Idaṃ rasadānaṃ.
同样地,触施要按床、椅等,以及铺具、盖布等来理解。当人得到床、椅、坐垫、枕头这类东西,或者内衣、外衣这类东西——也就是触感舒适、令人贪爱、没有过失的触物——然后以触的方式受持,心想“我要施触,这是我的触施”,把它布施给应受供养的人。像这样,得到所说的触物之后施舍出去,这就是触施。巴利
Tathā phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ mañcapīṭhādivasena attharaṇapāvuraṇādivasena ca veditabbaṃ. Yadā hi mañcapīṭhabhisibimbohanādikaṃ nivāsanapārupanādikaṃ vā sukhasamphassaṃ rajanīyaṃ anavajjaṃ phoṭṭhabbavatthuṃ labhitvā phoṭṭhabbavasena ābhujitvā ‘‘phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ dassāmi, phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ mayha’’nti dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ deti. Yathāvuttaṃ phoṭṭhabbavatthuṃ labhitvā pariccajati, idaṃ phoṭṭhabbadānaṃ.
法施则因为是以法为所缘,所以应当从施予食物、饮料和护生的角度来理解。在食物等当中,得到某种令人贪著的物品后,以法为所缘而作意,心想“我要作法施,这是我的法施”,便布施酥、生酥等食物;布施芒果饮等八种饮料;以“这是护生施”作意后,布施筹食、半月食等;为被病痛折磨的病人安排医生;让人拆掉渔网,捣毁鱼筌,捣毁鸟笼;让被捆绑的众生从束缚中解脱;让人击鼓巡行宣告不得杀生;还做其他这类为了保护众生生命的事情,也让人去做。这就叫法施。巴利
Dhammadānaṃ pana dhammārammaṇassa adhippetattā ojapānajīvitavasena veditabbaṃ. Ojādīsu hi aññataraṃ rajanīyaṃ vatthuṃ labhitvā dhammārammaṇavasena ābhujitvā ‘‘dhammadānaṃ dassāmi, dhammadānaṃ mayha’’nti sappinavanītādiojadānaṃ deti. Ambapānādiaṭṭhavidhapānadānaṃ deti, jīvitadānanti ābhujitvā salākabhattapakkhikabhattādīni deti, aphāsukabhāvena abhibhūtānaṃ byādhitānaṃ vejje paccupaṭṭhāpeti, jālaṃ phālāpeti, kuminaṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, sakuṇapañjaraṃ viddhaṃsāpeti, bandhanena baddhānaṃ sattānaṃ bandhanamokkhaṃ kāreti, māghātabheriṃ carāpeti, aññāni ca sattānaṃ jīvitaparittāṇatthaṃ evarūpāni kammāni karoti kārāpeti ca. Idaṃ dhammadānaṃ nāma.
他把上面所说的这一切布施成就,都回向给整个世间的利益与安乐;同时也为了自己证得正等正觉,为了不动摇的解脱,为了不灭的欲、不灭的精进、不灭的定、不灭的辩才、不灭的智、不灭的解脱,而回向。修习这布施波罗蜜的大士,应当对生命现起无常想,对财物也一样;还应当作意这些财物是众人共有的;对众生则要恒常不断地现起大悲心。这样,他就能取得财物中真正有价值的部分,像从着火的房子中把一切财产和自己都搬出来一样,什么都不留下,在任何地方都不分别执取,只是毫无顾恋地全部舍掉。这就是布施波罗蜜的修行次第。巴利
Sabbametaṃ yathāvuttaṃ dānasampadaṃ sakalalokahitasukhāya pariṇāmeti. Attano ca sammāsambodhiyā akuppāya vimuttiyā aparikkhayassa chandassa aparikkhayassa vīriyassa aparikkhayassa samādhissa aparikkhayassa paṭibhānassa aparikkhayassa ñāṇassa aparikkhayāya vimuttiyā pariṇāmeti . Imañca dānapāramiṃ paṭipajjantena mahāsattena jīvite aniccasaññā paccupaṭṭhāpetabbā tathā bhogesu, bahusādhāraṇatā ca nesaṃ manasikātabbā, sattesu ca mahākaruṇā satataṃ samitaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetabbā. Evañhi bhoge gahetabbasāraṃ gaṇhanto ādittato viya agārato sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ attānañca bahi nīharanto na kiñci seseti, na katthaci vibhāgaṃ karoti, aññadatthu nirapekkho nissajjati eva. Ayaṃ tāva dānapāramiyā paṭipattikkamo.
关于戒波罗蜜的修行次第是这样的:大士想要用一切知者的戒德庄严来庄严众生,首先必须从最初开始清净自己的戒。戒通过四个方面得到清净:意乐的清净、受持、不违犯,以及违犯之后重新恢复清净。
因为意乐清净,有的人以自己为尊,本性厌恶恶行,内心现起惭的善法,行为就变得极其清净。同样,在受持方面,有的人以世间为尊,对恶行感到恐惧,现起愧的善法,行为也变得极其清净。这两种人都因为不违犯而安住在戒上。
但假如有时候因为失去正念,戒出现了破损等情况,那就依靠前面所说的惭和愧的圆满,很快通过出罪等方式使戒恢复清净。巴利
Sīlapāramiyā pana ayaṃ paṭipattikkamo – yasmā sabbaññusīlālaṅkārehi satte alaṅkaritukāmena mahāpurisena ādito attano eva tāva sīlaṃ visodhetabbaṃ. Tattha ca catūhi ākārehi sīlaṃ visujjhati – ajjhāsayavisuddhito, samādānato, avītikkamanato, sati ca vītikkame puna paṭipākatikakaraṇato. Visuddhāsayatāya hi ekacco attādhipati hutvā pāpajigucchanasabhāvo ajjhattaṃ hiridhammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetvā suparisuddhasamācāro hoti. Tathā parato samādāne sati ekacco lokādhipati hutvā pāpato uttasanto ottappadhammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetvā suparisuddhasamācāro hoti. Iti ubhayathāpi ete avītikkamanato sīle patiṭṭhahanti. Atha pana kadāci satisammosena sīlassa khaṇḍādibhāvo siyā. Tāyayeva yathāvuttāya hirottappasampattiyā khippameva naṃ vuṭṭhānādinā paṭipākatikaṃ karoti.
这戒有两种:禁止戒和应行戒。其中,菩萨在禁止戒方面的修行次第是这样的:对一切众生都要怀着同样的慈悲心,连在梦里也不生起嗔恨。因为热衷于利益他人,所以对别人的财物要像对待毒蛇一样,不去碰触。如果他是出家人,就远离非梵行,彻底远离七种淫欲的结合,更不用说去侵犯别人的妻子了。如果他不是出家人,而是在家人,对别人的妻子,连一个恶念都永远不生起。说话的时候,只说真实、有益、让人爱听的话,而且有节制,按时说与法相应的开示。在一切处都不贪求,没有嗔恨心,没有颠倒的看法,具备“业属于自己的智”,对已入正道、正修行的人怀有坚定的信心和坚定的爱敬。巴利
Tayidaṃ sīlaṃ vārittaṃ, cārittanti duvidhaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ bodhisattassa vārittasīle paṭipattikkamo – sabbasattesu tathā dayāpannacittena bhavitabbaṃ, yathā supinantenapi na āghāto uppajjeyya. Parūpakāraniratatāya parasantako alagaddo viya na parāmasitabbo. Sace pabbajito hoti, abrahmacariyatopi ārācārī hoti sattavidhamethunasaṃyogavirahito, pageva paradāragamanato. Sace pana apabbajito gahaṭṭho samāno paresaṃ dāresu sadā pāpakaṃ cittampi na uppādeti. Kathento ca saccaṃ hitaṃ piyaṃ vacanaṃ parimitameva ca kālena dhammiṃ kathaṃ bhāsitā hoti, sabbattha anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto aviparītadassano kammassakatañāṇena ca samannāgato sammaggatesu sammāpaṭipannesu niviṭṭhasaddho hoti niviṭṭhapemo.
就这样,这位大士远离了作为四恶趣和轮回之苦根基的不善业道与不善法,立足于作为天界与解脱根基的善业道。由于他意乐清净、修行纯正,那些为众生带来利益与安乐的心愿就迅速迅速地实现,波罗蜜也得以圆满。他确实就是这样的人。其中,由于远离杀生,他给一切众生施无畏;毫不费力地修成慈心;获得十一种慈心的功德利益;少病、少恼、长寿、多乐;获得殊胜的身相特征;并且断除嗔恨的习气。巴利
Iti caturāpāyavaṭṭadukkhānaṃ pathabhūtehi akusalakammapathehi akusaladhammehi ca oramitvā saggamokkhānaṃ pathabhūtesu kusalakammapathesu patiṭṭhitassa mahāpurisassa parisuddhāsayapayogatāya yathābhipatthitā sattānaṃ hitasukhūpasaṃhitā manorathā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ abhinipphajjanti, pāramiyo paripūrenti. Evaṃbhūto hi ayaṃ. Tattha hiṃsānivattiyā sabbasattānaṃ abhayadānaṃ deti, appakasireneva mettābhāvanaṃ sampādeti, ekādasa mettānisaṃse adhigacchati, appābādho hoti appātaṅko, dīghāyuko sukhabahulo lakkhaṇavisese pāpuṇāti, dosavāsanañca samucchindati.
同样,由于远离不与取,他获得的财富不会被盗贼等夺走。他也不会被别人怀疑,让人喜爱、称心、值得信赖;面对丰厚的财富,内心不贪著,乐于施舍,并且断除贪的习气。巴利
Tathā adinnādānanivattiyā corādīhi asādhāraṇe bhoge adhigacchati. Parehi anāsaṅkanīyo piyo manāpo vissasanīyo vibhavasampattīsu alaggacitto pariccāgasīlo lobhavāsanañca samucchindati.
由于远离非梵行,他不贪求,身心寂静;众生喜爱他、对他心生欢喜,对他没有猜疑;他的好名声广泛传扬;面对女人,心不贪著,没有贪欲的习性;他多修出离,能证得殊胜之相,并断除贪的习气。巴利
Abrahmacariyanivattiyā alolo hoti santakāyacitto, sattānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo aparisaṅkanīyo , kalyāṇo cassa kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, alaggacitto hoti mātugāmesu aluddhāsayo, nekkhammabahulo lakkhaṇavisese adhigacchati, lobhavāsanañca samucchindati.
因为远离妄语,他成为众生可以信赖的衡量标准,说话可信、坚定、值得接受;天神们也喜爱他、对他心生欢喜;他口中散发芳香;身业和语业都守护得很好;还能获得种种殊胜的身相特征,并断除烦恼的习气。巴利
Musāvādanivattiyā sattānaṃ pamāṇabhūto hoti paccayiko theto ādeyyavacano, devatānaṃ piyo manāpo, surabhigandhamukho ārakkhitakāyavacīsamācāro, lakkhaṇavisese ca adhigacchati, kilesavāsanañca samucchindati.
由于远离离间语,即使遭到他人伤害,他的身体也不会被破坏,他的眷属也不会被离间;他对正法有不可动摇的信心,有稳固的友谊;就像宿世相识的众生一样,他成为众生绝对喜爱的人,烦恼杂染也很少。巴利
Pesuññanivattiyā parūpakkamehipi abhejjakāyo hoti abhejjaparivāro, saddhammesu ca abhejjanakasaddho, daḷhamitto bhavantaraparicitānaṃ viya sattānaṃ ekantapiyo asaṃkilesabahulo.
因为远离粗恶语,他会被众生喜爱、让人觉得可亲,性情温和,说话甜美,受人尊重;而且他的声音会具备八种特质。巴利
Pharusavācānivattiyā sattānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo sukhasīlo madhuravacano sambhāvanīyo, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato cassa saro nibbattati.
因为远离闲言碎语,他会被众生喜爱、让人觉得可亲,受人敬重、令人尊崇,说话让人信服,言语有分寸。他也具有大威势、大威力,凭着当场自然涌出的辩才,善于解答各种问题;尤其在佛的境界中,仅用一句话,就能为说不同语言的众多众生解答众多问题。巴利
Samphappalāpanivattiyā sattānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo garu bhāvanīyo ca ādeyyavacano parimitālāpo. Mahesakkho ca hoti mahānubhāvo, ṭhānuppattikena paṭibhānena pañhānaṃ byākaraṇakusalo, buddhabhūmiyañca ekāya eva vācāya anekabhāsānaṃ sattānaṃ anekesaṃ pañhānaṃ byākaraṇasamattho hoti.
由于没有贪欲,他想要的东西都能得到;对殊胜的财富也能生起欢喜心;会受到刹帝利大户等人士的称赞;不会被敌人压制;不会遭遇根残缺;而且无人能与他相比。巴利
Anabhijjhālutāya icchitalābhī hoti, uḷāresu ca bhogesu ruciṃ paṭilabhati, khattiyamahāsālādīnaṃ sammato hoti, paccatthikehi anabhibhavanīyo, indriyavekallaṃ na pāpuṇāti, appaṭipuggalo ca hoti.
因为不嗔,他看起来令人喜爱,也被众生所敬重;由于乐于利益他人,他能毫不费力地让众生生起净信;他性情不粗硬,常安住在慈心中,并且有大势力、大威德。巴利
Abyāpādena piyadassano hoti, sattānaṃ sambhāvanīyo parahitābhinanditāya ca satte appakasireneva pasādeti, alūkhasabhāvo ca hoti mettāvihārī, mahesakkho ca hoti mahānubhāvo.
因为没有邪见,他能遇到善友;即使遇到被杀头的危险,也不造恶业;由于看清了“业是自己所有”的道理,他不会沉迷于喧闹的吉兆仪式;他对正法的信心已经扎根稳固;他相信如来的菩提;在其他教法之间不会感到喜乐,就像皇家天鹅不会待在粪堆里一样;他善于辨明三相;最终获得无碍智;在证得菩提之前,他在每一类众生中都最为殊胜,获得极其超胜的成就。因此,这戒确实是一切成就的依止,是一切佛陀功德的生起之处,是一切成佛之法的开端、修行、入口和先导。应当生起极大的尊重,在身体和语言的约束、根门的调伏、活命的清净以及受用资具中,以念和正知的力量不放逸,把利养、恭敬、名声看作伪装成朋友的敌人,依照“如鸡护卵”等所说的方法,恭敬地圆满戒。以上就是防护戒中的修行次第。巴利
Micchādassanābhāvena kalyāṇe sahāye paṭilabhati, sīsacchedampi pāpuṇanto pāpakammaṃ na karoti, kammassakatādassanato akotūhalamaṅgaliko ca hoti, saddhamme cassa saddhā patiṭṭhitā hoti mūlajātā, saddahati ca tathāgatānaṃ bodhiṃ, samayantaresu nābhiramati ukkāraṭṭhāne viya rājahaṃso , lakkhaṇattayaparijānanakusalo hoti, ante ca anāvaraṇañāṇalābhī, yāva bodhiṃ na pāpuṇāti, tāva tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sattanikāye ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭho ca hoti, uḷāruḷārā sampattiyo pāpuṇāti. Iti hidaṃ sīlaṃ nāma sabbasampattīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, sabbabuddhaguṇānaṃ pabhavabhūmi, sabbabuddhakārakadhammānaṃ ādi caraṇaṃ mukhaṃ pamukhanti bahumānanaṃ uppādetvā kāyavacīsaṃyame indriyadamane ājīvavisuddhiyaṃ paccayaparibhogesu ca satisampajaññabalena appamattena lābhasakkārasilokaṃ mittamukhapaccatthikaṃ viya sallakkhetvā ‘‘kikīva aṇḍa’’ntiādinā (visuddhi. 1.19; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7) vuttanayena sakkaccaṃ sīlaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva vārittasīle paṭipattikkamo.
关于行戒,修行方法应当这样理解:在这里,菩萨会按时向善知识和值得尊敬的人行礼、起身迎接、合掌致敬、做合乎礼仪的事;同样,他也会按时去侍奉他们,照顾病人的身体需要。听到善妙的语句,他会赞叹说好;对有德行的人,他称赞他们的功德;对别人的伤害,他能忍耐;对别人给的恩惠,他常记不忘;对别人的福德,他心生随喜;把自己的福德回向于正等觉。他一切时中都安住在善法中,不放逸。如果有过失,他见到过失就把它看作过失,如实向同修梵行的人发露,进一步如实圆满正行道。巴利
Cārittasīle pana paṭipatti evaṃ veditabbā – idha bodhisatto kalyāṇamittānaṃ garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kālena kālaṃ kattā hoti, tathā tesaṃ kālena kālaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ kattā hoti, gilānānaṃ kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṃ. Subhāsitapadāni sutvā sādhukāraṃ kattā hoti, guṇavantānaṃ guṇe vaṇṇetā paresaṃ apakāre khantā, upakāre anussaritā, puññāni anumoditā, attano puññāni sammāsambodhiyā pariṇāmetā, sabbakālaṃ appamādavihārī kusalesu dhammesu, sati ca accaye accayato disvā tādisānaṃ sahadhammikānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā, uttari ca sammāpaṭipattiṃ sammadeva paripūretā.
同样,对于适合自己、能带来利益、众生应当去做的事,他善巧而不懈怠,承担起同伴的责任。当众生发生疾病等痛苦时,他随宜给予对治的方法。对于陷入亲友、财富等灾祸的人,他消除他们的忧伤,立足于救拔的本性,对应当呵责的人依法如理地呵责,目的只是让他们脱离不善、安住在善法中。对应当称赞的人,也依法如理地称赞。他听闻过去大菩萨们那些最殊胜、极难行、有不可思议威力、能给众生带来纯一利益与安乐的修行事迹——正是通过这些事迹,他们的菩提资粮才得以如实圆满成熟——听后心中不惊惶、不恐惧,他想:那些大人也同样是人,只是因为逐步修习圆满、调治了自身,才获得那样极为殊胜的威力成就,在菩提资粮上达到最高彼岸。因此,我也应当在戒等学处上如实修行;依靠这样的修行,我也能逐步圆满学处,最终必定证得那个境地。他以信心为先导,不放弃精进,在诸戒上如实圆满地行持。巴利
Tathā attano anurūpāsu atthūpasaṃhitāsu sattānaṃ itikattabbatāsu dakkho analaso sahāyabhāvaṃ upagacchati. Uppannesu ca sattānaṃ byādhiādidukkhesu yathārahaṃ patikāravidhāyako. Ñātibhogādibyasanapatitesu sokāpanodano ullumpanasabhāvāvaṭṭhito hutvā niggahārahānaṃ dhammeneva niggaṇhanako yāvadeva akusalā vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpanāya. Paggahārahānaṃ dhammeneva paggaṇhanako. Yāni purimakānaṃ mahābodhisattānaṃ uḷāratamāni paramadukkarāni acinteyyānubhāvāni sattānaṃ ekantahitasukhāvahāni caritāni, yehi nesaṃ bodhisambhārā sammadeva paripākaṃ agamaṃsu, tāni sutvā anubbiggo anutrāso tepi mahāpurisā manussā eva, kamena pana sikkhāpāripūriyā bhāvitattabhāvā tādisāya uḷāratamāya ānubhāvasampattiyā bodhisambhāresu ukkaṃsapāramippattā ahesuṃ, tasmā mayāpi sīlādisikkhāsu sammadeva tathā paṭipajjitabbaṃ, yāya paṭipattiyā ahampi anukkamena sikkhaṃ paripūretvā ekantato taṃ padaṃ anupāpuṇissāmīti saddhāpurecārikaṃ vīriyaṃ avissajjento sammadeva sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti.
同样地,他隐藏自己的善德,坦露自己的过失;少欲知足,远离尘嚣,不与俗众混杂;能安忍种种苦,天性不惊慌,不浮躁,不骄慢,不轻率,不饶舌,不说散乱的话;诸根寂静,心意寂静;远离诡诈等邪命,具足行处与行境;对极微小的过失也见到怖畏,受持学处并精勤修学;精进努力,心志坚定,对身体和生命都不贪恋。哪怕对身体和生命还有一丁点贪着,他也不能忍受,一定会舍弃、清除,更何况粗重的贪着?一切能导致破戒的忿怒、怨恨等随烦恼,他都舍弃、清除。他也不会因为一点点殊胜的证得就满足,不会退缩,而是为了证得更高、更上的殊胜而不断努力。巴利
Tathā paṭicchannakalyāṇo hoti vivaṭāparādho, appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho dukkhasaho aparitassanajātiko anuddhato anunnaḷo acapalo amukharo avikiṇṇavāco santindriyo santamānaso kuhanādimicchājīvarahito ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu āraddhavīriyo pahitatto kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkho, appamattakampi kāye jīvite vā apekkhaṃ nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti, pageva adhimattaṃ. Sabbepi dussīlyahetubhūte kodhūpanāhādike upakkilese pajahati vinodeti. Appamattakena ca visesādhigamena aparituṭṭho hoti, na saṅkocaṃ āpajjati, uparūpari visesādhigamāya vāyamati.
以所获得的成就不会成为退分或住分的方式,大丈夫成为盲人的引路者,为他们指示道路;对聋人用手势示意,让他们明白意思;对哑巴也是如此。对跛脚的人,他给座位、给车乘,或者亲自送他们。对没有信心的人,他努力让他们获得信心;对懈怠的人,他努力激发他们的精进;对失念的人,他努力让他们具足正念;对心散乱的人,他努力让他们成就定力;对智慧低劣的人,他努力让他们获得智慧。对被困在欲贪中的人,他努力帮他们去除欲贪。对被困在嗔恨、昏沉睡眠、掉举恶作、疑惑中的人,他努力帮他们去除疑惑。对被欲寻等邪寻所困扰的人,他努力帮他们去除欲寻等错误的念头。对曾经有恩于自己的人,他怀着感恩之心,主动先开口说话,说亲切的话,以摄受的方式,用同等或更多的回报来恭敬对待他们。巴利
Yena yathāladdhā sampatti hānabhāgiyā vā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na hoti, tathā mahāpuriso andhānaṃ pariṇāyako hoti, maggaṃ ācikkhati, badhirānaṃ hatthamuddāya saññaṃ deti, atthamanuggāheti, tathā mūgānaṃ. Pīṭhasappikānaṃ pīṭhaṃ deti yānaṃ deti vāheti vā. Assaddhānaṃ saddhāpaṭilābhāya vāyamati, kusītānaṃ ussāhajananāya, muṭṭhassatīnaṃ satisamāyogāya, vibbhantacittānaṃ samādhisampadāya, duppaññānaṃ paññādhigamāya vāyamati. Kāmacchandapariyuṭṭhitānaṃ kāmacchandapaṭivinodanāya vāyamati. Byāpādathinamiddhauddhaccakukkuccavicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitānaṃ vicikicchāvinodanāya vāyamati. Kāmavitakkādiapakatānaṃ kāmavitakkādimicchāvitakkavinodanāya vāyamati. Pubbakārīnaṃ sattānaṃ kataññutaṃ nissāya pubbabhāsī piyavādī saṅgāhako sadisena adhikena vā paccupakārena sammānetā hoti.
在危难时,他尽到朋友该尽的责任。他如实了解那些众生各自的本来性情,知道该以什么方式和他们相处,就以那种方式相处;知道对他们该怎么做,就那样去做。而且他这样做,是为了让他们从不善中出来、安立在善法中,不是为了别的。菩萨护念他人的心,只是为了增长善法。同样,即使出于想利益对方的心,也不该伤害他人,不该争吵,不该让人羞愧难堪,不该让人心生悔恨,不该在该呵责的时候不呵责,不该在对方行持比自己低劣时把自己摆得更高。也不该和他人完全不来往,不该过分亲密来往,不该在不合适的时候来往。巴利
Āpadāsu sahāyakiccaṃ anutiṭṭhati. Tesaṃ tesañca sattānaṃ pakatisabhāvañca parijānitvā yehi yathā saṃvasitabbaṃ hoti, tehi tathā saṃvasati. Yesu ca yathā paṭipajjitabbaṃ hoti, tesu tathā paṭipajjati. Tañca kho akusalato vuṭṭhāpetvā kusale patiṭṭhāpanavasena, na aññathā. Paracittānurakkhaṇā hi bodhisattānaṃ yāvadeva kusalābhivaḍḍhiyā. Tathā hitajjhāsayenāpi paro na hiṃsitabbo, na bhaṇḍitabbo, na maṅkubhāvamāpādetabbo, na parassa kukkuccaṃ uppādetabbaṃ, na niggahaṭṭhāne na codetabbo, na nīcataraṃ paṭipannassa attā uccatare ṭhapetabbo, na ca paresu sabbena sabbaṃ asevinā bhavitabbaṃ, na atisevinā bhavitabbaṃ, na akālasevinā.
对于应当交往的众生,他会根据地点和时间来交往。他不在别人面前指责对方喜欢的人,也不称赞对方不喜欢的人。他不会轻易就完全信任别人。他不会拒绝如法的邀请。他不会用暗示的方式去索取东西,也不会接受过多。对于具足信心的人,他用讲说信心功德的话让他们欢喜;对于具足戒、多闻、布施、智慧的人,他用讲说智慧功德的话让他们欢喜。如果菩萨已经获得了神通力,他就会用神通力,根据情况给那些放逸的众生展示地狱等景象,让他们感到警醒和恐惧,然后把没有信心等善法的人安立在信心等善法中,引导他们进入教法。对于已经具足信心等功德的人,他则帮助他们走向成熟。应当这样理解:这位大人就是以这样的行持,让无量无边的福德之流、善行之流不断向上增长。巴利
Sevitabbayutte pana satte desakālānurūpaṃ sevati. Na ca paresaṃ purato piye vigarahati, appiye vā pasaṃsati. Na avissaṭṭhavissāsī hoti. Na dhammikaṃ upanimantanaṃ paṭikkhipati. Na saññattiṃ upagacchati, nādhikaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Saddhāsampanne saddhānisaṃsakathāya sampahaṃsati. Sīlasutacāgapaññāsampanne paññāsampannakathāya sampahaṃsati. Sace pana bodhisatto abhiññābalappatto hoti, pamādāpanne satte abhiññābalena yathārahaṃ nirayādike dassento saṃvejetvā assaddhādike saddhādīsu patiṭṭhāpeti. Sāsane otāreti. Saddhādiguṇasampanne paripāceti. Evamayaṃ mahāpurisassa cārittabhūto aparimāṇo puññābhisando kusalābhisando uparūpari abhivaḍḍhatīti veditabbaṃ.
另外,关于“什么是戒?戒是以什么含义而称为戒?”这样提问之后,按照“远离杀生等,或者圆满履行义务行持的人,他的思等法就是戒”这样的方式,在《清净道论》等书中已经从各种角度对戒作了详细的论述,这些内容都应该引到这里来说。唯一的区别是:在那里,戒的论述是依声闻和菩萨的角度来讲的;而在这里,则应该依大菩萨的角度,以悲悯和方便善巧为先导来讲。因为这位大人的戒,不是为了让自己从恶趣中解脱、从烦恼中解脱,也不是为了转生善趣;不是为了王位成就,不是为了转轮王,不是为了天人,不是为了帝释,不是为了魔,不是为了梵天的成就;同样,也不是为了自己获得三明、六神通,不是为了证得四无碍解,不是为了声闻菩提,不是为了辟支菩提;而是为了以一切智性,为一切众生成就无上的戒庄严。这就是戒波罗蜜的修行次第。巴利
Api ca yā sā ‘‘kiṃ sīlaṃ kenaṭṭhena sīla’’ntiādinā pucchaṃ katvā ‘‘pāṇātipātādīhi viramantassa vattapaṭipattiṃ vā pūrentassa cetanādayo dhammā sīla’’ntiādinā nayena nānappakārato sīlassa vitthārakathā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.6 ādayo) vuttā, sā sabbāpi idha āharitvā vattabbā. Kevalañhi tattha sāvakabodhisattavasena sīlakathā āgatā, idha mahābodhisattavasena karuṇūpāyakosallapubbaṅgamaṃ katvā vattabbāti ayameva viseso. Yato idaṃ sīlaṃ mahāpuriso yathā na attano duggatiyaṃ parikkilesavimuttiyā sugatiyampi, na rajjasampattiyā, na cakkavatti, na deva, na sakka, na māra, na brahmasampattiyā pariṇāmeti, tathā na attano tevijjatāya, na chaḷabhiññatāya , na catuppaṭisambhidādhigamāya, na sāvakabodhiyā, na paccekabodhiyā, pariṇāmeti, atha kho sabbaññubhāvena sabbasattānaṃ anuttarasīlālaṅkārasampādanatthameva pariṇāmetīti. Ayaṃ sīlapāramiyā paṭipattikkamo.
同样地,因为以悲悯和善巧方便所摄持、以观见过患为先导、依从诸欲和诸有中出离而生起的善心,就是出离波罗蜜。所以,应当审察在家生活的种种过患:它是所有杂染的住处;因为儿女家眷等而极度拥挤逼迫;因为农耕、经商等各种各样的事业而心思散乱。因此,在家生活没有容纳出离之乐等功德的余地。诸欲就像刀刃上沾着的蜜滴,虽然有一点微少的滋味,却带来广大的祸害;又像闪电光中才能看见的景象,只能在极短的时间里得到;又像疯子身上的装饰,是在颠倒认知中才被享受的;又像覆盖粪便的东西,只是表面上的对治;又像用手指蘸一点水来解渴,根本不能让人满足;又像饥饿的人吃自己身上的肉,本身就带着痛苦;又像鱼钩上的饵,是招来灾祸的原因;又像大火烧身的热苦,在过去、现在、未来三时都是产生苦的根源;又像猕猴胶,是束缚的标志;又像杀人者的伪装,掩盖着无益之事;又像住在敌人的村庄,是充满恐惧的地方;又像养育仇敌,是烦恼魔等的食物;又像节庆时的所得,终将变坏而带来苦;又像树洞里的火,从内部烧灼;又像悬挂在旧井边的蜜团,有无数的过患;又像喝盐水,是产生渴的原因;又像饮酒,是下贱之人所亲近的;又因为快乐极少,所以像骨头一样。应当依照这些经论所说的方式,观察诸欲的过患,再从相反的方面看见出离的功德,然后以倾向、倾斜、偏向出离之乐、远离、寂止等的心,修行出离波罗蜜。然而,因为出离是以出家为根本的,所以首先应当出家。大士在修行出家时,如果遇上没有佛出世,就应当随顺那些主张有业、主张有行为的苦行者和游行者而出家。巴利
Tathā yasmā karuṇūpāyakosallapariggahitā ādīnavadassanapubbaṅgamā kāmehi ca bhavehi ca nikkhamanavasena pavattā kusalacittuppatti nekkhammapāramī, tasmā sakalasaṃkilesanivāsanaṭṭhānatāya puttadārādīhi mahāsambādhatāya kasivāṇijjādinānāvidhakammantādhiṭṭhānabyākulatāya ca gharāvāsassa nekkhammasukhādīnaṃ anokāsataṃ, kāmānañca satthadhārālaggamadhubindu viya ca avaliyhamānā parittassādā vipulānatthānubandhāti ca, vijjulatobhāsena gahetabbanaccaṃ viya parittakālūpalabbhā, ummattakālaṅkāro viya viparītasaññāya anubhavitabbā, karīsāvacchādanā viya patikārabhūtā, udakatemitaṅguliyā tanūdakapānaṃ viya atittikarā, chātajjhattabhojanaṃ viya sābādhā, baḷisāmisaṃ viya byasanasannipātakāraṇaṃ, aggisantāpo viya kālattayepi dukkhuppattihetubhūtā, makkaṭalepo viya bandhanimittaṃ, ghātakāvacchādanā viya anatthacchādanā, sapattagāmavāso viya bhayaṭṭhānabhūtā, paccatthikaposako viya kilesamārādīnaṃ āmisabhūtā, chaṇasampattiyo viya vipariṇāmadukkhā, koṭaraggi viya antodāhakā, purāṇakūpāvalambībīraṇamadhupiṇḍaṃ viya anekādīnavā, loṇūdakapānaṃ viya pipāsāhetubhūtā, surāmerayaṃ viya nīcajanasevitā, appassādatāya aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamātiādinā (ma. ni. 1.234; 2.42; pāci. 417; mahāni. 3; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 147) ca nayena ādīnavaṃ sallakkhetvā tabbipariyāyena nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ passantena nekkhammapavivekaupasamasukhādīsu ninnapoṇapabbhāracittena nekkhammapāramiyaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Yasmā pana nekkhammaṃ pabbajjāmūlakaṃ, tasmā pabbajjā tāva anuṭṭhātabbā. Pabbajjamanutiṭṭhantena ca mahāsattena asati buddhuppāde kammavādīnaṃ kiriyavādīnaṃ tāpasaparibbājakānaṃ pabbajjā anuṭṭhātabbā.
当正自觉者已经出现于世时,就应当只在他们(佛陀)的教法中出家。出家之后,要安住在前面所说的戒上,为了清净这戒波罗蜜,就应当受持头陀功德。因为受持头陀法的大士们,正确地护持这些法,以少欲、知足、减损、远离、不杂、精勤、易养等功德之水,洗掉烦恼的垢秽,具足无过失的戒行功德和一切清净的行为,安立在三种古代的圣种上;为了证得第四种称为“乐修”的圣种,在四十种所缘上,随宜成就近行定和安止定的禅那而安住。这样,他的出离波罗蜜就真正圆满成就了。巴利
Uppannesu pana sammāsambuddhesu tesaṃ sāsane eva pabbajitabbaṃ. Pabbajitvā ca yathāvutte sīle patiṭṭhitena tassā eva hi sīlapāramiyā vodāpanatthaṃ dhutaguṇā samādātabbā. Samādinnadhutadhammā hi mahāpurisā sammadeva te pariharantā appicchāsantuṭṭhāsallekhapavivekaasaṃsaggavīriyārambhasubharatādi- guṇasalilavikkhālitakilesamalatāya anavajjasīlavataguṇaparisuddhasabbasamācārā porāṇe ariyavaṃsattaye patiṭṭhitā catutthaṃ bhāvanārāmatāsaṅkhātaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ adhigantuṃ cattārīsāya ārammaṇesu yathārahaṃ upacārappanābhedaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharanti. Evaṃ hissa sammadeva nekkhammapāramī paripūritā hoti.
在这里,则应当把十三种头陀功德,连同十遍、十不净、十随念、四梵住、四无色定、一想、一差别,这四十种修定的业处以及修习方法,详细地加以说明。不过,这一切在《清净道论》里已经全面详尽地阐述过了,所以应当依照那里所说的方法来理解。唯一的区别是:在那里是就声闻菩萨而说的,而在这里则是就大菩萨而说,要以悲悯和善巧方便为先导来说明,这就是唯一的差别。应当知道,出离波罗蜜的修行次第就是这样的。巴利
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne terasahi dhutadhammehi saddhiṃ dasa kasiṇāni, dasa asubhāni, dasānussatiyo, cattāro brahmavihārā, cattāro āruppā, ekā saññā, ekaṃ vavatthānanti cattārīsāya samādhibhāvanāya kammaṭṭhānāni bhāvanāvidhānañca vitthārato vattabbāni. Taṃ panetaṃ sabbaṃ yasmā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.22 ādayo, 47, 55) sabbākārato vitthāretvā vuttaṃ, tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kevalañhi tattha sāvakabodhisattassa vasena vuttaṃ, idha mahābodhisattassa vasena karuṇūpāyakosallapubbaṅgamaṃ katvā vattabbanti ayameva visesoti. Evamettha nekkhammapāramiyā paṭipattikkamo veditabbo.
同样地,想要圆满慧波罗蜜的人,因为慧就像光明一样,不会和黑暗般的愚痴同时存在,所以菩萨首先要避开那些造成愚痴的原因。造成愚痴的原因有这些:不乐、懈怠、打呵欠、伸懒腰、懒惰、喜欢扎堆凑热闹、贪睡、没有决断的习惯、对智慧没有好奇心、错误的固执见解、不爱请教别人、不妥善保养身体、心不专一、亲近智慧低劣的人、不亲近有智慧的人、轻视自己、错误的思惟、颠倒的执著、过度贪著身体、缺乏紧迫感,以及五盖。简单来说,就是那些如果不断去做,就会让还没生起的慧生不起来、已经生起的慧退失的法。所以,避开这些造成迷惑的原因之后,就应该致力于多闻和禅那等的修习。巴利
Tathā paññāpāramiṃ sampādetukāmena yasmā paññā āloko viya andhakārena mohena saha na vattati, tasmā mohakāraṇāni tāva bodhisattena parivajjetabbāni. Tatthimāni mohakāraṇāni – arati tandi vijambhitā ālasiyaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikārāmatā niddāsīlatā anicchayasīlatā ñāṇasmiṃ akutūhalatā micchādhimāno aparipucchakatā kāyassa na sammāparihāro asamāhitacittatā duppaññānaṃ puggalānaṃ sevanā paññavantānaṃ apayirupāsanā attaparibhavo micchāvikappo viparītābhiniveso kāyadaḷhibahulatā asaṃvegasīlatā pañca nīvaraṇāni. Saṅkhepato ye vā pana dhamme āsevato anuppannā paññā nuppajjati, uppannā parihāyati. Iti imāni sammohakāraṇāni parivajjentena bāhusacce jhānādīsu ca yogo karaṇīyo.
在这里,多闻的范围可以这样分类:五蕴、十二处、十八界、四谛、二十二根、十二支缘起,以及念处等,以及善等诸法的种类分别;还有世间那些没有过失的知识技艺;以及能为众生带来利益和安乐、适合特殊的解说宣说。对于这样种种属于听闻范围内的内容,要以善巧方便为先导的慧,配合正念和精进,通过认真学习、听闻、记持、温习、追问来深入掌握,并且在这当中通过教导他人,从而生起闻所成慧。巴利
Tatthāyaṃ bāhusaccassa visayavibhāgo – pañcakkhandhā dvādasāyatanāni aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo cattāri saccāni bāvīsatindriyāni dvādasapadiko paṭiccasamuppādo tathā satipaṭṭhānādayo kusalādidhammappakārabhedā ca, yāni ca loke anavajjāni vijjāṭṭhānāni, ye ca sattānaṃ hitasukhavidhānayoggā byākaraṇavisesā, iti evaṃ pakāraṃ sakalameva sutavisayaṃ upāyakosallapubbaṅgamāya paññāya satiyā vīriyena ca sādhukaṃ uggahaṇasavanadhāraṇaparicayaparipucchāhi ogāhetvā tattha ca paresaṃ patiṭṭhāpanena sutamayā paññā nibbattetabbā.
同样地,依于求利益,菩萨随宜运用在众生应作之事上由处生现起辩才所成之慧,以及善趣与恶趣之方便善巧所成之慧。再者,通过对蕴等自性法的种种行相进行遍寻思,使心能够审察堪忍,从而生起思所成慧。然后,通过把握蕴等的自相与共相,生起世间遍知,成就前行修习慧。如此,他如实了知:这仅仅是名色,随因缘而生起,也随因缘而息灭,其中没有作者,也没有令作者。以生已还灭之义为无常,以生灭逼恼之义为苦,以不得自在之义为无我。他对内法与外法无差别地遍知,舍弃对它们的执著,也让别人舍弃对它们的执著。纯粹出于悲悯,只要佛陀的功德还没有像掌中之物那样现前,他就以三乘安立众生,令他们契入、成熟,成就世间的禅那、解脱、定、等至与神通,达到自在,以此到达慧的顶点。巴利
Tathā sattānaṃ itikattabbatāsu ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānabhūtā āyāpāyaupāyakosallabhūtā ca paññā hitesitaṃ nissāya tattha tattha yathārahaṃ pavattetabbā. Tathā khandhādīnaṃ sabhāvadhammānaṃ ākāraparivitakkanamukhena te nijjhānaṃ khamāpentena cintāmayā paññā nibbattetabbā. Khandhādīnaṃyeva pana salakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇapariggahaṇavasena lokiyapariññā nibbattentena pubbabhāgabhāvanāpaññā sampādetabbā. Evañhi nāmarūpamattamidaṃ yathārahaṃ paccayehi uppajjati ceva nirujjhati ca, na ettha koci kattā vā kāretā vā, hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccaṃ, udayabbayapaṭipīḷanaṭṭhena dukkhaṃ, avasavattanaṭṭhena anattāti ajjhattikadhamme bāhirakadhamme ca nibbisesaṃ parijānanto tattha āsaṅgaṃ pajahanto pare ca tattha taṃ jahāpento kevalaṃ karuṇāvaseneva yāva na buddhaguṇā hatthatalaṃ āgacchanti, tāva yānattaye satte avatāraṇaparipācanehi patiṭṭhapento jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattiyo abhiññāyo ca lokiyā vasībhāvaṃ pāpento paññāya matthakaṃ pāpuṇāti.
在这里,那些被称为五种世间神通的修慧,即神变智、天耳界智、他心智、宿住随念智、天眼智、随业趣智和未来分智,连同它们的附属部分;还有另一种修慧,分为世间和出世间两类。它的修习方法是:先以学习、提问的方式,对作为基础地带的蕴、处、界、根、谛、缘起等法反复熟悉、令智成熟,然后安住在戒清净和心清净这两个根本清净之上,再去圆满见清净、度疑清净、道非道知见清净、行道知见清净、知见清净这五个主体清净。关于圆满这些清净的具体方法,在《清净道论》里已经依据“其中,想要修神变的初学者瑜伽行者……”以及“什么是蕴?就是色蕴、受蕴、想蕴、行蕴、识蕴”等说法,连同所缘的分类,从各个方面详细展开了,所以应当按那部论典所讲的方式来理解。唯一的区别是:在那里,慧是就声闻菩萨来说的;而在这里,应当就大菩萨来说,以悲悯和方便善巧为先导;并且不使观达到知见清净,只把观安立在行道知见清净这一阶段。这就是差别所在。应当这样理解此处慧波罗蜜的修行次第。巴利
Tattha yā imā iddhividhañāṇaṃ dibbasotadhātuñāṇaṃ cetopariyañāṇaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ yathākammupagañāṇaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇanti saparibhaṇḍā pañcalokiyaabhiññāsaṅkhātā bhāvanāpaññā, yā ca khandhāyatanadhātuindriyasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedesu bhūmibhūtesu dhammesu uggahaparipucchāvasena ñāṇaparicayaṃ katvā sīlavisuddhicittavisuddhīti mūlabhūtāsu imāsu dvīsu visuddhīsu patiṭṭhāya diṭṭhivisuddhikaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhimaggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi- paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiñāṇadassanavisuddhīti sarīrabhūtā imā pañca visuddhiyo sampādentena bhāvetabbā lokiyalokuttarabhedā bhāvanāpaññā, tāsaṃ sampādanavidhānaṃ yasmā ‘‘tattha ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotītiādikaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ kātukāmena ādikammikena yoginā’’tiādinā ‘‘khandhāti rūpakkhandho vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho viññāṇakkhandho’’tiādinā ca visayavibhāgena saddhiṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.430 ādayo) sabbākārato vitthāretvā vuttaṃ, tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Kevalañhi tattha sāvakabodhisattassa vasena paññā āgatā, idha mahābodhisattassa vasena karuṇūpāyakosallapubbaṅgamaṃ katvā vattabbā, ñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ apāpetvā paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhiyaṃyeva vipassanā ṭhapetabbāti ayameva viseso. Evamettha paññāpāramiyā paṭipattikkamo veditabbo.
同样地,因为已经为成正觉发过愿的大士,为了圆满诸波罗蜜,必须时时刻刻精勤努力、时刻准备着,所以应当经常这样省察:“今天我到底积攒了多少福德资粮和智慧资粮?我为利益众生做了什么?”应当天天这样省察,为了众生的利益而发起精进。为了利益一切众生,属于自己的财物、身体和生命,都要以无所顾惜的心舍出去。无论做什么行为,不管是身体做的还是嘴上说的,一切都应当以心朝向正觉来做,都应当回向正觉。对于各种粗大的和细微的欲乐,都应当以远离的心来对待。在一切应当做的事情上,都要先运用善巧方便,然后才去实行。巴利
Tathā yasmā sammāsambodhiyā katābhinīhārena mahāsattena pāramiparipūraṇatthaṃ sabbakālaṃ yuttappayuttena bhavitabbaṃ ābaddhaparikaraṇena, tasmā kālena kālaṃ ‘‘ko nu kho ajja mayā puññasambhāro ñāṇasambhāro vā upacito, kiṃ vā mayā parahitaṃ kata’’nti divase divase paccavekkhantena sattahitatthaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Sabbesampi sattānaṃ upakārāya attano pariggahabhūtaṃ vatthu kāye jīvite ca nirapekkhacittena ossajitabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya vā, taṃ sabbaṃ sambodhiyaṃ ninnacitteneva kātabbaṃ, bodhiyā pariṇāmetabbaṃ. Uḷārehi ittarehi ca kāmehi vinivattacitteneva bhavitabbaṃ. Sabbāsupi itikattabbatāsu upāyakosallaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetvāva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
在利益每一种众生时,都应当发起精进,能忍受一切顺心与不顺心的事,不欺骗众生。应当以没有界限的慈心和悲心遍及一切众生。凡是众生所生起的任何痛苦,都应当希望它发生在自己身上。也应当随喜一切众生的福德。应当反复观察诸佛的伟大与广大威神力。无论以身或语做任何业,这一切都应当以心倾向菩提、以菩提为前导来做。因为靠这个方法,这位于布施等事中精勤相应、具足力量、坚定勇猛的大士菩萨,他的无量福德资粮和智慧资粮,就会一天比一天地积集增长。巴利
Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sattahite āraddhavīriyena bhavitabbaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhādisabbasahena avisaṃvādinā. Sabbepi sattā anodhiso mettāya karuṇāya ca pharitabbā. Yā kāci sattānaṃ dukkhuppatti, sabbā sā attani pāṭikaṅkhitabbā. Sabbesañca sattānaṃ puññaṃ abbhanumoditabbaṃ. Buddhānaṃ mahantatā mahānubhāvatā abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā. Yañca kiñci kammaṃ karoti kāyena vācāya vā, taṃ sabbaṃ bodhininnacittapubbaṅgamaṃ kātabbaṃ. Iminā hi upāyena dānādīsu yuttappayuttassa thāmavato daḷhaparakkamassa mahāsattassa bodhisattassa aparimeyyo puññasambhāro ñāṇasambhāro ca divase divase upacīyati.
再者,为了众生的受用与守护,要舍弃自己的身体和性命,去寻求并运用种种方法对治饥饿、口渴、寒冷、炎热、风吹、日晒等痛苦。他通过这样的除苦修行而获得的安乐,以及在可爱的园林、苑囿、殿堂、楼阁、池沼等处,或在森林旷野中,因为没有身心灼热之苦、内心完全清凉寂静而获得的安乐;还有他听闻诸佛、诸独觉佛和大菩萨们安住于出离修行,体验着被称为现法乐住的禅那等至之乐——他把这一切安乐,不加限定地、无差别地回向给一切众生。这就是安住在未得定阶段者的修行方式。巴利
Api ca sattānaṃ paribhogatthaṃ paripālanatthañca attano sarīraṃ jīvitañca pariccajitvā khuppipāsāsītuṇhavātātapādidukkhapatikāro pariyesitabbo upanetabbo ca. Yañca yathāvuttadukkhapatikārajaṃ sukhaṃ attanā paṭilabhati, tathā ramaṇīyesu ārāmuyyānapāsādataḷākādīsu araññāyatanesu ca kāyacittasantāpābhāvena abhinibbutattā attanā sukhaṃ paṭilabhati, yañca suṇāti buddhānubuddhapaccekabuddhā mahābodhisattā ca nekkhammapaṭipattiyaṃ ṭhitā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārabhūtaṃ īdisaṃ nāma jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ anubhavantīti, taṃ sabbaṃ sabbasattesu anodhiso upasaṃharatīti. Ayaṃ tāva nayo asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhitassa.
安住在定地的人,则把自己亲证的、由殊胜证悟所产生的喜、轻安、乐、定和如实智,以信解之心倾注、回向给众生。同样,当他看到众生沉没在巨大的轮回之苦以及作为其根源的烦恼与造作之苦中:看到地狱众生不间断地、长时感受着由切割、劈裂、刺穿、碾碎、火烧、灼热等所产生的苦、剧烈、粗恶、辛辣的受;看到畜生道众生因互相忿怒、烧恼、伤害、残杀、受他支配等而承受大苦;看到饿鬼道众生身体被火焰缠绕,被饥渴、风、日晒等烧灼、干枯,以呕吐物、唾液等为食,举臂哭号,感受着被极度渴爱等所烧的大苦;看到人类因营求而遭遇巨大的灾祸与毁灭,因断手等刑罚,因丑陋、难看、贫穷等处境,因饥渴等疾病,因被强者压制,因替他人负重、受他人支配等,而感受着与地狱、饿鬼、畜生道几乎没有差别的大苦;看到欲界天人因心被对感官对象的享用所散乱,被贪等烦恼之火所烧,就像被风吹旺的干柴堆聚成的大火堆一样,烦恼炽盛不息,同样被压制、不得自主;又看到色界、无色界天人,就像以大力飞入遥远虚空的飞鸟,又像被有力者远远投掷的箭,虽然长久存在,但因无常性,终将堕落,终究没有超越生、老、死。这样观察之后,生起极大的悚惧,并以无界限的慈与悲遍满众生。如此以身、语、意不断积聚菩提资粮,使诸波罗蜜得以圆满,就应当恭敬而行、持续而行、不退缩地发起精进,圆满精进波罗蜜。巴利
Samāhitabhūmiyaṃ pana patiṭṭhito attanā yathānubhūtaṃ visesādhigamanibbattaṃ pītiṃ passaddhiṃ sukhaṃ samādhiṃ yathābhūtañāṇañca sattesu adhimuccanto upasaṃharati pariṇāmeti. Tathā mahati saṃsāradukkhe tassa ca nimittabhūte kilesābhisaṅkhāradukkhe nimuggaṃ sattanikāyaṃ disvā tatrāpi chedanabhedanaphālanapiṃsanaggisantāpādijanitā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā nirantaraṃ cirakālaṃ vediyante nārake, aññamaññaṃ kujjhanasantāpanaviheṭhanahiṃsanaparādhīnatādīhi mahādukkhaṃ anubhavante tiracchānagate, jotimālākulasarīre khuppipāsāvātātapādīhi ḍayhamāne ca visussamāne ca vantakheḷādiāhāre uddhabāhuṃ viravante nijjhāmataṇhikādike mahādukkhaṃ vediyamāne pete ca, pariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ mahantaṃ anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇante hatthacchedādikāraṇāyogena dubbaṇṇaduddasikadaliddādibhāvena khuppipāsādiābādhayogena balavantehi abhibhavanīyato paresaṃ vahanato parādhīnato ca, nārake pete tiracchānagate ca, atisayante apāyadukkhanibbisesaṃ dukkhamanubhavante manusse ca, tathā visayavisaparibhogavikkhittacittatāya rāgādipariḷāhena ḍayhamāne vātavegasamuṭṭhitajālāsamiddhasukkhakaṭṭhasannipāte aggikkhandhe viya anupasantapariḷāhavuttike anupasantanihataparādhīne kāmāvacaradeve ca, mahatā vāyāmena vidūramākāsaṃ vigāhitasakuntā viya balavatā dūre pāṇinā khittasarā viya ca, satipi cirappavattiyaṃ aniccantikatāya pātapariyosānā anatikkantajātijarāmaraṇā evāti rūpārūpāvacaradeve ca passantena mahantaṃ saṃvegaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā mettāya karuṇāya ca anodhiso sattā pharitabbā. Evaṃ kāyena vācāya manasā ca bodhisambhāre nirantaraṃ upacinantena yathā pāramiyo pāripūriṃ gacchanti, evaṃ sakkaccakārinā sātaccakārinā anolīnavuttinā ussāho pavattetabbo, vīriyapāramī paripūretabbā.
不过,对于佛果来说——它不可思议、不可衡量、广大、清净、无瑕、无可比拟,是无数无烦恼功德的宝藏——与之相称、能令人欢喜振奋的精进,本身就是不可思议的威神力。这种精进,普通人连听都听不到,更别说去实践了。就像这样:三种发愿心的生起、四种佛地、四种摄众之法、一味悲心、通过对佛法的亲证而成为殊胜助缘的审察忍、对一切法无所执著、对一切众生视如爱子、对轮回之苦不感到疲惫、布施一切可施之物以及因此而不生骄慢、以增上戒等为依止且在其中毫不动摇、对善行充满喜悦欢欣、心倾向于远离、勤修禅定、对无过失之法永不满足、以利益他人的心意为人开示所闻之法、引导众生安住于正理、做事坚定稳固、具备雄毅勇猛的气魄、在遭人诽谤伤害时心不动摇、以真实为依止、于诸等至得自在、于神通得大力、通达三相(无常、苦、无我)、通过精勤修习四念处等加行来积集出世间道的资粮、进入九种出世间法——像这样的一切菩提资粮的修行,全都是依靠精进的威神力才能成就的。因此,从发愿开始直到证得大菩提,都不应放舍,应当恭敬地、不间断地修习精进,让精进一层比一层引生更殊胜的功德,应当这样去成就。当这样的精进成就时,忍辱、真实、依止等,以及布施、持戒等一切菩提资粮,也都因为随顺精进而得以成就。所以,在修习忍辱等其他波罗蜜时,也应依照这个道理去理解。巴利
Api ca acinteyyāparimeyyavipuloḷāravimalanirupamanirūpakkilesaguṇanicayanidhānabhūtassa buddhabhāvassa ussakkitvā sampahaṃsanayoggaṃ vīriyaṃ nāma acinteyyānubhāvameva, yaṃ na pacurajanā sotumpi sakkuṇanti, pageva paṭipajjituṃ. Tathā hi tividhā abhinīhāracittuppatti, catasso buddhabhūmiyo, cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, karuṇekarasatā, buddhadhammesu sacchikaraṇena visesappaccayo nijjhānakhanti, sabbadhammesu nirupalepo, sabbasattesu piyaputtasaññā, saṃsāradukkhehi aparikhedo, sabbadeyyadhammapariccāgo, tena ca niratimānatā, adhisīlādiadhiṭṭhānaṃ, tattha ca acañcalatā, kusalakiriyāsu pītipāmojjaṃ, vivekaninnacittatā, jhānānuyogo, anavajjadhammena atitti, yathāsutassa dhammassa paresaṃ hitajjhāsayena desanā, sattānaṃ ñāye nivesanā, ārambhadaḷhatā, dhīravīrabhāvo, parāpavādaparāpakāresu vikārābhāvo, saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ, samāpattīsu vasībhāvo, abhiññāsu balappatti, lakkhaṇattayāvabodho, satipaṭṭhānādīsu yogakammābhiyogena lokuttaramaggasambhārasambharaṇaṃ, navalokuttarāvakkantīti evamādikā sabbāpi bodhisambhārapaṭipatti vīriyānubhāveneva samijjhatīti abhinīhārato yāva mahābodhi anossajjantena sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ vīriyaṃ yathā uparūpari visesāvahaṃ hoti, evaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Sampajjamāne ca yathāvutte vīriye khantisaccādhiṭṭhānādayo ca dānasīlādayo ca sabbepi bodhisambhārā tadadhīnavuttitāya sampannā eva hontīti khantiādīsupi imināva nayena paṭipatti veditabbā.
就这样,菩萨以布施舍弃能带给众生安乐的资具,从多方面去帮助他们,这就是布施的修行;以持戒保护众生的生命、财产和妻室,不破坏、不伤害,说亲切有益的话等,这就是持戒的修行;以出离接受众生的供养,再为他们说法布施等,以种种方式利益他们,这就是出离的修行;以智慧善巧掌握利益众生的方法,这就是智慧的修行;以精进在利他事业上发起努力、着手去做、毫不退缩,这就是精进的修行;以忍辱忍受众生对自己的冒犯,这就是忍辱的修行;以真实不欺骗众生,去做利益他们的事,承诺了就一定做到、不食言等,这就是真实的修行;以决意在利益众生时,即使遇到对自己不利的灾祸也不动摇,这就是决意的修行;以慈心常为众生的利益和安乐着想,这就是慈的修行;以舍心面对众生的利益和损害,心都不受影响、不起变化,这就是舍的修行。应当这样理解:面对无量众生,悲悯一切众生的大菩萨,以这种方式积累起凡夫所没有的、不可估量的福德与智慧资粮,这就是这里的修行。而对于前面所说的这些修行所依靠的因缘,应当认真地去成就它。巴利
Iti sattānaṃ sukhūpakaraṇapariccāgena bahudhā anuggahakaraṇaṃ dānena paṭipatti, sīlena tesaṃ jīvitasāpateyyadārarakkhāabhedapiyahitavacanāvihiṃsādikāraṇāni, nekkhammena tesaṃ āmisapaṭiggahaṇadhammadānādinā anekavidhā hitacariyā, paññāya tesaṃ hitakaraṇūpāyakosallaṃ, vīriyena tattha ussāhārambhaasaṃhīrāni, khantiyā tadaparādhasahanaṃ, saccena nesaṃ avañcanatadupakārakiriyāsamādānāvisaṃvādanādi, adhiṭṭhānena tadupakārakaraṇe anatthasampātepi acalanaṃ, mettāya nesaṃ hitasukhānucintanaṃ, upekkhāya nesaṃ upakārāpakāresu vikārānāpattīti evaṃ aparimāṇe satte ārabbha anukampitasabbasattassa mahābodhisattassa puthujjanehi asādhāraṇo aparimeyyo puññañāṇasambhārūpacayo ettha paṭipattīti veditabbaṃ. Yo cetāsaṃ paccayo vutto, tassa ca sakkaccaṃ sampādanaṃ.
怎么区分呢?十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十最上义波罗蜜,合起来就是三十波罗蜜。其中,有些论师说:对于已经发愿的菩萨,在倾向利他、精勤修行的过程中,夹杂着不善法的善法,就是波罗蜜;不被那些不善法夹杂的善法,是近波罗蜜;既非不善也非善的,是最上义波罗蜜。或者说,在各个圆成时期中正在被圆满的,是波罗蜜;在菩萨地中已经圆满的,是近波罗蜜;在佛地中一切行相都圆满的,是最上义波罗蜜。或者说,在菩萨地中,因为行利他而修的是波罗蜜,因为行自利而修的是近波罗蜜,在佛地中因为证得十力和四无畏而使自他二利都圆满,所以是最上义波罗蜜。巴利
Ko vibhāgoti? Dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsapāramiyo. Tattha katābhinīhārassa bodhisattassa parahitakaraṇābhininnāsayapayogassa kaṇhadhammavokiṇṇā sukkadhammā pāramiyo eva, tehi avokiṇṇā sukkadhammā upapāramiyo, akaṇhaasukkā paramatthapāramiyoti keci. Samudāgamanakālesu vā pūriyamānā pāramiyo, bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ puṇṇā upapāramiyo, buddhabhūmiyaṃ sabbākāraparipuṇṇā paramatthapāramiyo. Bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ vā parahitakaraṇato pāramiyo, attahitakaraṇato upapāramiyo, buddhabhūmiyaṃ balavesārajjasamadhigamena ubhayahitaparipūraṇato paramatthapāramiyo.
关于这一点,另一些论师说:它们的区分,在于发愿、开始实行和最终完成这三个阶段。还有一些人说:对于那些以调伏嗔恚为本性、以悲悯为心,已经达到生有之乐、解脱之乐和最上乐的人,由于他们所积福德的不同,就有这三种区分。有些论师说:对于依止惭、念而无所依赖的人,以出世间法为最上的人,重视戒、定、慧的人,以及那些已经渡越、正在渡越、将要渡越的人——也就是随觉者、独觉者和正自觉者——他们的波罗蜜、近波罗蜜、最上义波罗蜜,是依据菩萨的出生来作如上区分的。另一些人说:从内心的发愿开始,直到口头的发愿为止,这期间所生起的资粮是波罗蜜;从口头发愿开始,直到身体付诸行动为止,这期间所生起的资粮是近波罗蜜;从身体行动开始之后,就是最上义波罗蜜。还有一些人说:以随喜他人福德而生的资粮是波罗蜜,以劝使他人去做而生的资粮是近波罗蜜,以自己亲自去做而生的资粮是最上义波罗蜜。巴利
Evaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānesu paṇidhānārambhapariniṭṭhānesu tesaṃ vibhāgoti apare. Dosūpasamakaruṇāpakatikānaṃ bhavasukhavimuttisukhaparamasukhappattānaṃ puññūpacayabhedato tabbibhāgoti aññe. Lajjāsatimānāpassayānaṃ lokuttaradhammādhipatīnaṃ sīlasamādhipaññāgarukānaṃ tāritataritatārayitūnaṃ anubuddhapaccekabuddhasammāsambuddhānaṃ pāramī, upapāramī, paramatthapāramīti bodhisattassuppattito yathāvuttavibhāgoti keci. Cittapaṇidhito yāva vacīpaṇidhi, tāva pavattā sambhārā pāramiyo, vacīpaṇidhito yāva kāyapaṇidhi, tāva pavattā upapāramiyo, kāyapaṇidhito pabhuti paramatthapāramiyoti apare. Aññe pana ‘‘parapuññānumodanavasena pavattā sambhārā pāramiyo, paresaṃ kārāpanavasena pavattā upapāramiyo, sayaṃkaraṇavasena pavattā paramatthapāramiyo’’ti vadanti.
同样地,有些人说:能带来生存之乐的福德与智慧资粮,是波罗蜜;能带来自身涅槃之乐的,是近波罗蜜;能带来他人这两种快乐的,是最上义波罗蜜。而施舍儿女、妻子、财物等生活用具,是布施波罗蜜;施舍身体的部分,是布施近波罗蜜;施舍自己的生命,是布施最上义波罗蜜。同样,为了不违越而守护儿女、妻子等这三种东西,就是三种戒波罗蜜;对这三种东西断除执著、舍离而去,就是三种出离波罗蜜;彻底根除对生活用具、身体部分和生命的渴爱,为众生判断什么是利、什么是害,就是三种智慧波罗蜜。按照前面所说的分类,为施舍等付出努力,就是三种精进波罗蜜;忍受那些损害生活用具、身体部分和生命的人,就是三种忍耐波罗蜜;为了生活用具、身体部分和生命也不舍弃真实,就是三种真实波罗蜜;布施等波罗蜜只有依靠不可动摇的决意才能成就,所以即使生活用具等被毁坏,也以坚定不移的决意来面对,就是三种决意波罗蜜;即使对损害生活用具等的人,也不舍弃慈心,就是三种慈爱波罗蜜;对前面说的三种东西,无论遇到帮助自己的人还是伤害自己的人,对众生和诸行都保持中舍,就是三种舍波罗蜜。应当通过这样的方式来了知这些波罗蜜的分类。巴利
Tathā bhavasukhāvaho puññañāṇasambhāro pāramī, attano nibbānasukhāvaho upapāramī, paresaṃ tadubhayasukhāvaho paramatthapāramīti eke. Puttadāradhanādiupakaraṇapariccāgo pana dānapāramī, aṅgapariccāgo dānaupapāramī, attano jīvitapariccāgo dānaparamatthapāramīti. Tathā puttadārādikassa tividhassāpi hetu avītikkamanavasena tisso sīlapāramiyo, tesu eva tividhesu vatthūsu ālayaṃ upacchinditvā nikkhamanavasena tisso nekkhammapāramiyo, upakaraṇaṅgajīvitataṇhaṃ samūhanitvā sattānaṃ hitāhitavinicchayakaraṇavasena tisso paññāpāramiyo. Yathāvuttabhedānaṃ pariccāgādīnaṃ vāyamanavasena tisso vīriyapāramiyo, upakaraṇaṅgajīvitantarāyakarānaṃ khamanavasena tisso khantipāramiyo, upakaraṇaṅgajīvitahetu saccāpariccāgavasena tisso saccapāramiyo, dānādipāramiyo akuppādhiṭṭhānavaseneva samijjhantīti, upakaraṇādivināsepi acalādhiṭṭhānavasena tisso adhiṭṭhānapāramiyo, upakaraṇādiupaghātakesupi sattesu mettāya avijahanavasena tisso mettāpāramiyo, yathāvuttavatthuttayassa upakārāpakāresu sattasaṅkhāresu majjhattatāpaṭilābhavasena tisso upekkhāpāramiyoti evamādinā etāsaṃ vibhāgo veditabbāti.
什么是摄集?在这里,这些波罗蜜从分类上说是三十种,从布施波罗蜜等的体性上说是十种,同样,从布施、持戒、忍辱、精进、禅那、智慧的体性上说是六种。在这些当中,出离波罗蜜被戒波罗蜜所摄;当它表现为出家时,以及表现为远离诸盖时,则被禅那波罗蜜所摄;当它表现为善法时,也被六种波罗蜜所摄。真实波罗蜜只是戒波罗蜜的一部分,即语真实方面;而在智真实方面,则被智慧波罗蜜所摄。慈波罗蜜只被禅那波罗蜜所摄。舍波罗蜜被禅那波罗蜜和智慧波罗蜜所摄。决意波罗蜜则被一切波罗蜜所摄。巴利
Ko saṅgahoti? Ettha pana yathā etā vibhāgato tiṃsavidhāpi dānapāramiādibhāvato dasavidhā, evaṃ dānasīlakhantivīriyajhānapaññāsabhāvena chabbidhā. Etāsu hi nekkhammapāramī sīlapāramiyā saṅgahitā, tassā pabbajjābhāve, nīvaraṇavivekabhāve pana jhānapāramiyā kusaladhammabhāve chahipi saṅgahitā. Saccapāramī sīlapāramiyā ekadeso eva vacīviratisaccapakkhe, ñāṇasaccapakkhe pana paññāpāramiyā saṅgahitā. Mettāpārami jhānapāramiyā eva. Upekkhāpāramī jhānapaññāpāramīhi. Adhiṭṭhānapāramī sabbāhipi saṅgahitāti.
这六种彼此关联的功德——布施等——能成就十五对以及更多成组的功德。具体来说:由布施与持戒这一对,成就作利益他人与不作损害他人这一对;由布施与忍辱这一对,成就无贪与无嗔这一对;由布施与精进这一对,成就舍与闻这一对;由布施与禅那这一对,成就断欲贪与断嗔恚这一对;由布施与智慧这一对,成就圣乘与轭这一对;由持戒与忍辱这两法,成就加行清净与意乐清净这两法;由持戒与精进这两法,成就止与观这两法;由持戒与禅那这两法,成就断恶戒与断缠这两法;由持戒与智慧这两法,成就布施与布施这两法;由忍辱与精进这一对,成就堪忍与威力这一对;由忍辱与禅那这一对,成就断违逆与断随顺这一对;由忍辱与智慧这一对,成就空性与忍通达这两法;由精进与禅那这两法,成就策励与不掉举这两法;由精进与智慧这两法,成就归依这两法;由禅那与智慧这两法,成就乘这两法;由布施、持戒、忍辱这三法,成就断贪、断嗔、断痴这三法;由布施、持戒、精进这三法,成就摄取财物精髓、生命精髓、身体精髓这三法;由布施、持戒、禅那这三法,成就福德行事处这三法;由布施、持戒、智慧这三法,成就财施、无畏施、法施这三施。如此,其余的三支组和四支组等,也应随其可能,与三支组、四支组等相应地配合。巴利
Etesañca dānādīnaṃ channaṃ guṇānaṃ aññamaññasambandhānaṃ pañcadasayugalādīni pañcadasayugalādisādhakāni honti. Seyyathidaṃ – dānasīlayugalena parahitāhitānaṃ karaṇākaraṇayugalasiddhi, dānakhantiyugalena alobhādosayugalasiddhi, dānavīriyayugalena cāgasutayugalasiddhi, dānajhānayugalena kāmadosappahānayugalasiddhi. Dānapaññāyugalena ariyayānadhurayugalasiddhi, sīlakhantidvayena payogāsayasuddhidvayasiddhi, sīlavīriyadvayena bhāvanādvayasiddhi, sīlajhānadvayena dussīlyapariyuṭṭhānappahānadvayasiddhi, sīlapaññādvayena dānadvayasiddhi, khantivīriyayugalena khamātejadvayasiddhi, khantijhānayugalena virodhānurodhappahānayugalasiddhi, khantipaññāyugalena suññatākhantipaṭivedhadukasiddhi, vīriyajhānadukena paggahāvikkhepadukasiddhi, vīriyapaññādukena saraṇadukasiddhi, jhānapaññādukena yānadukasiddhi , dānasīlakhantittikena lobhadosamohappahānattikasiddhi, dānasīlavīriyattikena bhogajīvitakāyasārādānattikasiddhi, dānasīlajhānattikena puññakiriyavatthuttikasiddhi, dānasīlapaññātikena āmisābhayadhammadānattikasiddhīti. Evaṃ itarehipi tikehi catukkādīhi ca yathāsambhavaṃ tikāni ca catukkādīni ca yojetabbāni.
应当知道,这六种波罗蜜同样可以由四种决意来统摄。因为从总摄一切波罗蜜的整体来说,有四种决意,即:谛决意、舍决意、寂止决意、慧决意。其中,依此而安住,或于此中安住,或只是安住本身,所以称为决意;而谛既是那决意,又以谛为决意,或者说谛是它的决意,所以叫谛决意。其余几种也是同样的道理。在这里,先从共通的意义来说:对于已经发愿追求出世间功德、悲悯一切众生的伟大行者,由于与他的誓愿相符而总摄一切波罗蜜,这就是谛决意;由于舍弃这些波罗蜜的对立面,这就是舍决意;由于一切波罗蜜的功德而归于寂止,这就是寂止决意;正是通过那些波罗蜜,具备善巧方便来利益他人,这就是慧决意。巴利
Evaṃ chabbidhānampi pana imāsaṃ pāramīnaṃ catūhi adhiṭṭhānehi saṅgaho veditabbo. Sabbapāramīnaṃ samūhasaṅgahato hi cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, seyyathidaṃ – saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ, cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānanti. Tattha adhitiṭṭhati etena, ettha vā adhitiṭṭhati, adhiṭṭhānamattameva vā tanti adhiṭṭhānaṃ, saccañca taṃ adhiṭṭhānañca, saccassa vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ, saccaṃ adhiṭṭhānametassāti vā saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Tattha avisesato tāva lokuttaraguṇe katābhinīhārassa anukampitasabbasattassa mahāsattassa paṭiññānurūpaṃ sabbapāramipariggahato saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tāsaṃ paṭipakkhapariccāgato cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ . Sabbapāramitāguṇehi upasamato upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tehi eva parahitopāyakosallato paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
从各别的角度看,布施之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:不欺骗乞求的人,也就是不违背“我要布施”这个承诺;实际给予,不违背承诺;随喜他人的布施,不违背承诺;舍弃悭吝等与布施对立的东西;对施物、接受施物的人、布施行为以及施物耗尽这些情况,都能平息贪、嗔、痴、怖;按照合适的方式、合适的时间、合适的规矩来布施;并且以智慧为引导——因此布施是四种依处的基础。同样,持戒之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:不违犯防护和受持的戒条;舍弃破戒;平息恶行;并且以智慧为引导——因此持戒是四种依处的基础。忍耐之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:按照承诺而安忍;舍弃对他人过失的分别计较;平息嗔怒的随眠;并且以智慧为引导——因此忍耐是四种依处的基础。精进之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:按照承诺去利益他人;舍弃懈怠;平息不善法;并且以智慧为引导——因此精进是四种依处的基础。禅那之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:按照承诺去思惟世间的利益;舍弃诸盖;平息心的躁动;并且以智慧为引导——因此禅那是四种依处的基础。慧之所以能成为四种依处的基础,是因为:按照承诺而善巧于利益他人的方法;舍弃不是方法的行为;平息由愚痴所生的热恼;以及获得一切知智——因此慧是四种依处的基础。巴利
Visesato pana yācakajanaṃ avisaṃvādetvā dassāmīti paṭijānanato paṭiññaṃ avisaṃvādetvā dānato dānaṃ avisaṃvādetvā anumodanato macchariyādipaṭipakkhapariccāgato deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakadānadeyyadhammakkhayesu lobhadosamohabhayavūpasamato yathārahaṃ yathākālaṃ yathāvidhānañca dānato paññuttarato ca kusaladhammānaṃ caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ dānaṃ. Tathā saṃvarasamādānassa avītikkamanato dussīlyapariccāgato duccaritavūpasamanato paññuttarato ca caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ sīlaṃ. Yathāpaṭiññaṃ khamanato, parāparādhavikappapariccāgato, kodhapariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanato, paññuttarato, ca caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānā khanti. Paṭiññānurūpaṃ parahitakaraṇato, visadapariccāgato, akusalavūpasamanato, paññuttarato ca caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vīriyaṃ. Paṭiññānurūpaṃ lokahitānucintanato, nīvaraṇapariccāgato, cittavūpasamanato, paññuttarato ca caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ jhānaṃ. Yathāpaṭiññaṃ parahitūpāyakosallato, anupāyakiriyāpariccāgato, mohajapariḷāhavūpasamanato, sabbaññutāpaṭilābhato ca caturadhiṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānā paññā.
在这里,通过“与所应了知的承诺相随顺”而成立真实依处;通过舍弃事欲和烦恼欲而成立舍弃依处;通过平息嗔恨与痛苦而成立寂静依处;通过随觉与通达而成立智慧依处。被三种真实所包含、与三种过失相违的,是真实依处。被三种舍弃所包含、与三种过失相违的,是舍弃依处。被三种寂静所包含、与三种过失相违的,是寂静依处。被三种智所包含、与三种过失相违的,是智慧依处。由真实依处所包含的舍弃、寂静、智慧三种依处,因为不欺诳、因为随顺承诺,所以成立。由舍弃依处所包含的真实、寂静、智慧三种依处,因为舍弃敌对面、因为是一切舍弃的结果,所以成立。由寂静依处所包含的真实、舍弃、智慧三种依处,因为平息烦恼的热恼、因为平息欲、因为平息欲的热恼,所以成立。由智慧依处所包含的真实、舍弃、寂静三种依处,因为以智为先导、因为智随后而行。这样一来,一切波罗蜜都以真实为根本,以舍弃为庄严,以寂静为增长,以智慧为清净。因为真实是它们生起的因,舍弃是它们摄持的因,寂静是它们增长的因,智慧是它们清净的因。同样,在最初阶段是真实依处,因为以真实作出承诺;在中间阶段是舍弃依处,因为已经发愿的人为了利益他人而舍弃自己;在最后阶段是寂静依处,因为以一切寂静为最终归宿。在初、中、后三个阶段都有智慧依处,因为它存在时这些才能存在,它不存在时这些就不存在,而且它是按照所承诺的那样去实行的。巴利
Tattha ñeyyapaṭiññānuvidhānehi saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Vatthukāmakilesakāmapariccāgehi cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Dosadukkhavūpasamehi upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Anubodhapaṭivedhehi paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tividhasaccapariggahitaṃ dosattayavirodhi saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tividhacāgapariggahitaṃ dosattayavirodhi cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tividhavūpasamapariggahitaṃ dosattayavirodhi upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tividhañāṇapariggahitaṃ dosattayavirodhi paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Saccādhiṭṭhānapariggahitāni cāgūpasamapaññādhiṭṭhānāni avisaṃvādanato paṭiññānuvidhānato ca, cāgādhiṭṭhānapariggahitāni saccūpasamapaññādhiṭṭhānāni paṭipakkhapariccāgato sabbapariccāgaphalattā ca, upasamādhiṭṭhānapariggahitāni saccacāgapaññādhiṭṭhānāni kilesapariḷāhavūpasamanato kāmūpasamanato kāmapariḷāhavūpasamanato ca, paññādhiṭṭhānapariggahitāni saccacāgūpasamādhiṭṭhānāni ñāṇapubbaṅgamato ñāṇānuparivattanato cāti evaṃ sabbāpi pāramiyo saccappabhāvitā cāgaparibyañjitā upasamopabrūhitā paññāparisuddhā. Saccañhi etāsaṃ janakahetu. Cāgo pariggāhakahetu, upasamo parivuddhihetu, paññā pārisuddhihetu. Tathā ādimhi saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ saccapaṭiññattā, majjhe cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ katapaṇidhānassa parahitāya attapariccāgato. Ante upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ sabbūpasamapariyosānattā. Ādimajjhapariyosānesu paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ tasmiṃ sati sambhavato asati abhāvato yathāpaṭiññañca bhāvato.
在这里,大人们中,在家者以能持续成办自他利益、令人敬重喜爱的真实与舍施等依处,用财物布施来摄受他人;出家者同样以能成办自他利益、令人敬重喜爱的寂静与智慧等依处,用法布施来摄受他人。巴利
Tattha mahāpurisā satatamattahitaparahitakarehi garupiyabhāvakarehi saccacāgādhiṭṭhānehi gihibhūtā āmisadānena pare anuggaṇhanti. Tathā attahitaparahitakarehi garupiyabhāvakarehi upasamapaññādhiṭṭhānehi ca pabbajitabhūtā dhammadānena pare anuggaṇhanti.
在这里,菩萨在最后一生中圆满了四种决定。有些人说:正因为圆满了四种决定,才有最后一生的投生。因为在入胎、住胎、出胎时,由于智慧决定的成就,他具念、正知;由于真实决定的圆满,他出生时面向北方,以七步行走,环视一切方向,用随顺真实的话语三遍发出狮子吼:“我是世间最上者,我是世间最胜者,我是世间最尊者。”巴利
Tattha antimabhave bodhisattassa caturadhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇaṃ. Paripuṇṇacaturadhiṭṭhānassa hi carimakabhavūpapattīti eke. Tatra hi gabbhokkantiṭhitiabhinikkhamanesu paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena sato sampajāno saccādhiṭṭhānapāripūriyā sampatijāto uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gantvā sabbā disā oloketvā saccānuparivattinā vacasā – ‘‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.31; ma. ni. 3.207) tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadi.
通过寂静依处的成就,他在见到老人、病人、死者和出家人时,通达四法句,于是对青春、健康、寿命和福报的骄慢就此止息。通过舍弃依处的成就,他对庞大的亲属圈以及已到手的转轮王位,毫不留恋地舍弃。巴利
Upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena jiṇṇāturamatapabbajitadassāvino catudhammapadesakovidassa yobbanārogyajīvitasampattimadānaṃ upasamo. Cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena mahato ñātiparivaṭṭassa hatthagatassa ca cakkavattirajjassa anapekkhapariccāgoti.
有人说:在第二处,也就是正觉时,四种依处圆满。因为在正觉时,通过真实依处的成就,如自己所誓愿的那样现观四圣谛,所以真实依处圆满;通过舍弃依处的成就,舍弃一切烦恼和随烦恼,所以舍弃依处圆满;通过寂静依处的成就,证得最上的寂静,所以寂静依处圆满;通过智慧依处的成就,获得无碍智,所以智慧依处圆满。这种说法不成立,因为正觉本身也属于胜义。巴利
Dutiye ṭhāne abhisambodhiyaṃ caturadhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti keci. Tattha hi yathāpaṭiññaṃ saccādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ abhisamayo, tato hi saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena sabbakilesūpakkilesapariccāgo, tato hi cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena paramūpasamappatti, tato hi upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena anāvaraṇañāṇapaṭilābho, tato hi paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti. Taṃ asiddhaṃ, abhisambodhiyāpi paramatthabhāvato.
另一些人说:在第三处,也就是转法轮时,四种决意圆满。确实,在这里,由真实决意所成就的,以十二种方式开示圣谛,所以真实决意圆满;由舍弃决意所成就的,通过做大布施正法,所以舍弃决意圆满;由寂静决意所成就的,自己已寂静,又使他人寂静,所以寂静决意圆满;由智慧决意所成就的,通过了解应受调伏者的根性倾向等,所以智慧决意圆满。但这种说法也不成立,因为佛陀的事业还没有完成。巴利
Tatiye ṭhāne dhammacakkappavattane caturadhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti aññe. Tattha hi saccādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa dvādasahi ākārehi ariyasaccadesanāya saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa saddhammamahāyāgakaraṇena cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa sayaṃ upasantassa paresaṃ upasamanena upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa veneyyānaṃ āsayādiparijānanena paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti. Tadapi asiddhaṃ, apariyositattā buddhakiccassa.
另一些人说:在第四处,也就是般涅槃时,四种决意达到圆满。因为在那里,由于已经般涅槃,胜义谛得以成就,所以真实决意圆满;由于彻底舍离一切依着,所以舍离决意圆满;由于一切行寂止,所以寂静决意圆满;由于智慧的作用究竟完成,所以智慧决意圆满。其中应当知道:对大人来说,特别是在慈田里,在圣生时,由真实决意所成就的真实决意圆满显得格外突出;特别是在悲田里,在正觉时,由智慧决意所成就的智慧决意圆满显得格外突出;特别是在喜田里,在转法轮时,由舍离决意所成就的舍离决意圆满显得格外突出;特别是在舍田里,在般涅槃时,由寂静决意所成就的寂静决意圆满显得格外突出。巴利
Catutthe ṭhāne parinibbāne caturadhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti apare. Tatra hi parinibbutattā paramatthasaccasampattiyā saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggena cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Sabbasaṅkhārūpasamena upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Paññāpayojanapariniṭṭhānena paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripuṇṇanti. Tatra mahāpurisassa visesena mettākhette abhijātiyaṃ saccādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa saccādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇamabhibyattaṃ, visesena karuṇākhette abhisambodhiyaṃ paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa paññādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇamabhibyattaṃ, visesena muditākhette dhammacakkappavattane cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa cāgādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇamabhibyattaṃ, visesena upekkhākhette parinibbāne upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa upasamādhiṭṭhānaparipūraṇamabhibyattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
在这里,从真实决意所产生的共住,可以知道一个人的戒行;从舍弃决意所产生的交往,可以知道一个人的清净;从寂静决意所产生的危难应对,可以知道一个人的力量;从智慧决意所产生的讨论,可以知道一个人的慧。如此,应当知道戒清净、活命清净、心清净、见清净。同样,由于真实决意的成就,他不会走上嗔恚的歧途,因为他不欺骗人;由于舍弃决意的成就,他不会走上贪欲的歧途,因为他不执著;由于寂静决意的成就,他不会走上恐惧的歧途,因为他没有过失;由于智慧决意的成就,他不会走上愚痴的歧途,因为他如实觉悟。巴利
Tatra saccādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa saṃvāsena sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ. Cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa saṃvohārena soceyyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa āpadāsu thāmo veditabbo. Paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgatassa sākacchāya paññā veditabbā. Evaṃ sīlājīvacittadiṭṭhivisuddhiyo veditabbā. Tathā saccādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena dosāgatiṃ na gacchati avisaṃvādanato. Cāgādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena lobhāgatiṃ na gacchati anabhisaṅgato. Upasamādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena bhayāgatiṃ na gacchati anaparādhato. Paññādhiṭṭhānasamudāgamena mohāgatiṃ na gacchati yathā bhūtāvabodhato.
同样地,以第一种决意,他不被嗔怒所动而能忍受;以第二种,他不被贪染所动而能受用;以第三种,他不被恐惧所动而能避开;以第四种,他不被愚痴所动而能清除。应当看到,由第一种决意成就出离之乐,由其余三种成就远离之乐、寂静之乐和正觉之乐。同样,远离所生的喜与乐、由定所生的喜与乐、无喜的身乐、由念清净所生的舍乐,也依次由这四种决意而成就。如此,应当了知:以这四种具足众多功德的决意,就统摄了一切波罗蜜。正如以四种决意统摄一切波罗蜜,也应当了知以悲与慧统摄一切波罗蜜,因为一切菩提资粮都被悲与慧所统摄。被悲与慧所摄持的布施等功德,就成为大菩提资粮,最终以成就佛果为归宿。应当这样了知这些波罗蜜的统摄。巴利
Tathā paṭhamena aduṭṭho adhivāseti, dutiyena aluddho paṭisevati, tatiyena abhīto parivajjeti, catutthena asammūḷho vinodeti. Paṭhamena nekkhammasukhappatti, itarehi pavivekaupasamasambodhisukhappattiyo hontīti daṭṭhabbā. Tathā vivekajapītisukhasamādhijapītisukhaapītijakāyasukhasatipārisuddhija- upekkhāsukhappattiyo etehi catūhi yathākkamaṃ honti. Evamanekaguṇānubandhehi catūhi adhiṭṭhānehi sabbapāramisamūhasaṅgaho veditabbo. Yathā ca catūhi adhiṭṭhānehi sabbapāramisaṅgaho, evaṃ karuṇāpaññāhipīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sabbopi hi bodhisambhāro karuṇāpaññāhi saṅgahito. Karuṇāpaññāpariggahitā hi dānādiguṇā mahābodhisambhārā bhavanti buddhattasiddhipariyosānāti. Evametāsaṃ saṅgaho veditabbo.
什么是成就的方法呢?为了正等觉,对一切福德等资粮毫无遗漏地积集,以不缺减的方式相应;其中,恭敬地做,是以尊重和崇敬的方式;持续地做,是以不间断的方式;长久地做,是以在中间不中断的方式。至于它的时间限度,后面会说明。这样,以四种支分相应,就是这些波罗蜜的成就方法。同样,大士在为了觉悟而修行时,为了正等觉,应当在诸佛之前先把自己奉献出去:“我把这个身体奉献给诸佛。”并且在获得各种所属物品之前,就应当先把它归入布施之门:“凡是我生起的任何活命资具,只要有乞求者,我就全部布施给他们;他们拿走后剩下的部分,我才自己受用。”巴利
Ko sampādanūpāyoti? Sakalassāpi puññādisambhārassa sammāsambodhiṃ uddissa anavasesasambharaṇaṃ avekallakāritāyogena, tattha ca sakkaccakāritā ādarabahumānayogena, sātaccakāritā nirantarayogena, cirakālādiyogo ca antarā avosānāpajjanenāti. Taṃ panassa kālaparimāṇaṃ parato āvi bhavissati. Iti caturaṅgayogo etāsaṃ pāramīnaṃ sampādanūpāyo. Tathā mahāsattena bodhāya paṭipajjantena sammāsambodhāya buddhānaṃ puretarameva attā niyyātetabbo – ‘‘imāhaṃ attabhāvaṃ buddhānaṃ niyyātemī’’ti. Taṃtaṃpariggahavatthuñca paṭilābhato puretarameva dānamukhe nissajjitabbaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci mayhaṃ uppajjanakaṃ jīvitaparikkhārajātaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ sati yācake dassāmi, tesaṃ pana dinnāvasesaṃ eva mayā paribhuñjitabba’’nti.
他这样为了彻底舍离而作意之后,无论生起的是有执着的资具——不管是没有心识的(无情物)还是有情识的(有情物)——如果其中存在这四种布施的障碍:过去没有修习布施的习惯、资具太少、资具殊胜可爱、担心耗尽,那么当大菩萨明明有可施之物现前、乞者也来到面前,心却不肯投入布施、不肯倾向布施时,他就应当由此得出结论:“我一定在过去没有修习布施的习惯,所以现在我想布施的意愿无法在心中建立起来。”于是他这样想:“从今以后,我要让心乐于布施。来吧,我从现在起就布施。我不是早就已经把资具舍给乞者了吗?”于是他行布施,成为放舍者、净手者、乐于弃舍者、有求必应者、乐于分施者。这样,大士的第一种布施障碍就被击败、被摧毁、被彻底断除了。巴利
Evaṃ hissa sammadeva pariccāgāya kate cittābhisaṅkhāre yaṃ uppajjati pariggahavatthu aviññāṇakaṃ saviññāṇakaṃ vā, tattha ye ime pubbe dāne akataparicayo, pariggahavatthussa parittabhāvo, uḷāramanuññatā, parikkhayacintāti cattāro dānavinibandhā, tesu yadā mahābodhisattassa saṃvijjamānesu deyyadhammesu paccupaṭṭhite ca yācakajane dāne cittaṃ na pakkhandati na kamati. Tena niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ ‘‘addhāhaṃ dāne pubbe akataparicayo, tena me etarahi dātukamyatā citte na saṇṭhātī’’ti. So evaṃ me ito paraṃ dānābhirataṃ cittaṃ bhavissati, handāhaṃ ito paṭṭhāya dānaṃ dassāmi, nanu mayā paṭikacceva pariggahavatthu yācakānaṃ pariccattanti dānaṃ deti muttacāgo payatapāṇī vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Evaṃ mahāsattassa paṭhamo dānavinibandho hato hoti vihato samucchinno.
同样,大士在可施之物微薄、有所欠缺时,这样思惟:我过去因为不布施的习气,如今才落得资具匮乏。所以现在,即使可施之物微薄、低劣,只能拿到什么就施什么,哪怕让自己受苦,也应当布施。这样我将来就能把布施波罗蜜修到圆满,达到顶点。他便把那些东西布施出去,成为放舍者、净手者、乐于弃舍者、有求必应者、乐于分施者。如此,大士的第二布施羁绊被击败、被破坏、被断除。巴利
Tathā mahāsatto deyyadhammassa parittabhāve sati vekalle ca iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘‘ahaṃ kho pubbe adānasīlatāya etarahi evaṃ paccayavikalo jāto , tasmā idāni mayā parittena vā hīnena vā yathāladdhena deyyadhammena attānaṃ pīḷetvāpi dānameva dātabbaṃ, yenāhaṃ āyatimpi dānapāramiṃ matthakaṃ pāpessāmī’’ti. So itarītarena taṃ dānaṃ deti muttacāgo payatapāṇī vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Evaṃ mahāsattassa dutiyo dānavinibandho hato hoti vihato samucchinno.
同样,当布施之物精美可爱,大士心里生起不想布施的念头时,他这样思量:“善士啊,你不是一直希求最殊胜、最上的正自觉吗?为了这个目标,你本来就应当布施精美可爱的东西。”于是他就布施精美可爱的东西,成为放舍者、净手者、乐于弃舍者、有求必应者、乐于分施者。这样,大士的第三种布施束缚就被击败、被摧毁、被断除了。巴利
Tathā mahāsatto deyyadhammassa uḷāramanuññatāya adātukamyatācitte uppajjamāne iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘‘nanu tayā sappurisa uḷāratamā sabbaseṭṭhā sammāsambodhi abhipatthitā, tasmā tadatthaṃ tayā uḷāramanuññe eva deyyadhamme dātuṃ yuttarūpa’’nti. So uḷāraṃ manuññañca deti muttacāgo payatapāṇī vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Evaṃ mahāpurisassa tatiyo dānavinibandho hato hoti vihato samucchinno.
同样,大士在布施时,如果看到要布施的东西快用完了,他就这样想:这就是财富的本性,注定会耗尽、注定会消失。再说,正因为我过去没有做过这样的布施,现在才会看到财富耗尽。那我就按得到的布施之物来布施吧,不管少还是多,只管布施就好。这样我将来就能把布施波罗蜜修到顶点。他就按得到的财物来布施,舍得放下,双手清净,乐于施舍,有求必应,喜欢与人分享。这样,大士的第四种布施束缚就被打败、摧毁、彻底断除了。像这样,对于布施波罗蜜中成为束缚的一切障碍,都按各自的情况加以省察并去除,这就是方法。正如对布施波罗蜜一样,对持戒波罗蜜等其余波罗蜜,也应当这样理解。巴利
Tathā mahāsatto dānaṃ dento yadā deyyadhammassa parikkhayaṃ passati, so iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘‘ayaṃ kho bhogānaṃ sabhāvo, yadidaṃ khayadhammatā vayadhammatā ca. Api ca me pubbe tādisassa dānassa akatattā evaṃ bhogānaṃ parikkhayo dissati, handāhaṃ yathāladdhena deyyadhammena parittena vā vipulena vā dānameva dadeyyaṃ, yenāhaṃ āyatiṃ dānapāramiyā matthakaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti. So yathāladdhena dānaṃ deti muttacāgo payatapāṇī vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Evaṃ mahāsattassa catuttho dānavinibandho hato hoti vihato samucchinno. Evaṃ ye ye dānapāramiyā vinibandhabhūtā anatthā, tesaṃ tesaṃ yathārahaṃ paccavekkhitvā paṭivinodanaṃ upāyo. Yathā ca dānapāramiyā, evaṃ sīlapāramiādīsupi daṭṭhabbaṃ.
而且,大士把自身完全奉献给诸佛,这正是圆满成就一切波罗蜜的方法。因为大士把自身奉献给诸佛之后,安住于这种奉献之中,为了在各方面圆满菩提资粮而精进努力时,即使遇到那些会损害身体安乐、难以忍受、难以实行、由众生业行所招感、有害、猛烈到能夺人性命的事情,他也会想:“这个身体我已经奉献给诸佛了,随它怎样都行。”因此,他对那件事不会动摇,不会颤抖,丝毫不会改变心态,在善法事业上唯是坚定不移,成为毫不动摇的决意者。这样看来,奉献自身也是成就这些波罗蜜的方法。巴利
Api ca yaṃ mahāsattassa buddhānaṃ attasanniyyātanaṃ, taṃ sammadeva sabbapāramīnaṃ sampādanūpāyo. Buddhānañhi attānaṃ niyyātetvā ṭhito mahāpuriso tattha tattha bodhisambhārapāripūriyā ghaṭento vāyamanto sarīrassa sukhūpakaraṇānañca upacchedakesu dussahesupi kicchesu durabhisambhavesupi sattasaṅkhārasamupanītesu anatthesu tibbesu pāṇaharesu ‘‘ayaṃ mayā attabhāvo buddhānaṃ pariccatto, yaṃ vā taṃ vā ettha hotū’’ti taṃnimittaṃ na kampati na vedhati, īsakampi aññathattaṃ na gacchati, kusalārambhe aññadatthu acalādhiṭṭhānova hoti, evaṃ attasanniyyātanampi etāsaṃ sampādanūpāyo.
不过,简略地说,对于已经立下誓愿的人,让对自己的贪爱干枯,同时让对其他众生的贪爱增长,这就是成就这些(波罗蜜)的方法。因为,为了证得正等正觉而发下大愿的大士,通过如实了知,对一切法都不执著,对自己的贪爱就走向消尽、灭尽;而由于不断修习大悲,把一切众生看作自己的爱子,对众生的慈爱和悲悯之贪爱就不断增长。由此,这位大士随顺各种具体情况,通过断除自他相续中的贪、嗔、痴,远离悭吝等与菩提资粮相违的法,以布施、爱语、利行、同事这四种摄事,配合四种决意,彻底地摄受众生,使他们进入三乘并得到成熟。巴利
Api ca samāsato katābhinīhārassa attani sinehassa parisosanaṃ paresu ca sinehassa parivaḍḍhanaṃ etāsaṃ sampādanūpāyo. Sammāsambodhisamadhigamāya hi katamahāpaṇidhānassa mahāsattassa yāthāvato parijānanena sabbesu dhammesu anupalittassa attani sineho parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gacchati, mahākaruṇāsamāsevanena pana piyaputte viya sabbasatte sampassamānassa tesu mettākaruṇāsineho parivaḍḍhati, tato ca taṃtadavatthānurūpaṃ attaparasantānesu lobhadosamohavigamena vidūrīkatamacchariyādibodhisambhārapaṭipakkho mahāpuriso dānapiyavacanaatthacariyāsamānattatāsaṅkhātehi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi caturadhiṭṭhānānugatehi accantaṃ janassa saṅgahakaraṇena upari yānattaye avatāraṇaṃ paripācanañca karoti.
大士们的大悲与大慧,由布施来庄严;布施由爱语来庄严;爱语由利行来庄严;利行由同事来庄严和统摄。这些大士把一切众生看作和自己没有差别,在修集菩提资粮时,因为对一切众生同苦同乐,所以成就了同事。对于已经成佛的他们来说,也是依靠这四种摄事,通过由四种决意所圆满增上的这四种摄事,对众生作究竟的摄受,从而成就教化。正自觉者的布施,由舍决意而圆满增上;爱语,由真实决意而圆满增上;利行,由慧决意而圆满增上;同事,由寂静决意而圆满增上。如来与一切声闻弟子、独觉佛在般涅槃上是平等的。因为在般涅槃中,他们无差别地成为一体。因此说“解脱没有差别”。关于这个道理,有以下偈颂:巴利
Mahāsattānañhi mahākaruṇā mahāpaññā ca dānena alaṅkatā, dānaṃ piyavacanena, piyavacanaṃ atthacariyāya, atthacariyā samānattatāya alaṅkatā saṅgahitā ca. Tesaṃ sabbepi satte attanā nibbisese katvā bodhisambhāresu paṭipajjantānaṃ sabbattha samānasukhadukkhatāya samānattatāya siddhi. Buddhabhūtānampi ca teheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi caturadhiṭṭhānaparipūritābhivuddhehi janassa accantikasaṅgahakaraṇena abhivinayanaṃ sijjhati. Dānañhi sammāsambuddhānaṃ cāgādhiṭṭhānena paripūritābhivuddhaṃ, piyavacanaṃ saccādhiṭṭhānena, atthacariyā paññādhiṭṭhānena, samānattatā upasamādhiṭṭhānena paripūritābhivuddhā. Tathāgatānañhi sabbasāvakapaccekabuddhehi samānattatā parinibbāne. Tatra hi nesaṃ avisesato ekībhāvo. Tenevāha ‘‘natthi vimuttiyā nānatta’’nti. Honti cettha –
他是真实的人,乐于施舍,内心寂静,有智慧,又常怀悲悯。
已经具足了一切资粮,还有什么事情办不成呢?
具足大悲的导师,寻求利他,并且保持中舍。
他对一切都不执着,真是稀有的胜者啊。
对一切法已离贪染,对众生也保持舍心;
他总是为了众生的利益而努力,啊,这位令人惊奇的胜者真是奇妙!
任何时候,都是为了所有众生的利益和安乐;
他精进不懈,从不懈怠——啊,胜者真是稀有难得!巴利
‘‘Sacco cāgī upasanto, paññavā anukampako; Sambhatasabbasambhāro, kaṃ nāmatthaṃ na sādhaye. ‘‘Mahākāruṇiko satthā, hitesī ca upekkhako; Nirapekkho ca sabbattha, aho acchariyo jino. ‘‘Viratto sabbadhammesu, sattesu ca upekkhako; Sadā sattahite yutto, aho acchariyo jino. ‘‘Sabbadā sabbasattānaṃ, hitāya ca sukhāya ca; Uyyutto akilāsū ca, aho acchariyo jino’’ti.
成就需要多长时间呢?先说最低的限度,是四阿僧祇又十万大劫;中等的,是八阿僧祇又十万大劫;最高的,则是十六阿僧祇又十万大劫。这些差别,应当依次按照慧增上、信增上、精进增上来理解。因为慧增上的人,信比较弱而慧锐利;信增上的人,慧是中等的;精进增上的人,慧比较弱。而正自觉是要靠慧的力量来证得的,这是注疏中说的。巴利
Kittakena kālena sampādananti? Heṭṭhimena tāva paricchedena cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni mahākappānaṃ satasahassañca, majjhimena aṭṭha asaṅkhyeyyāni mahākappānaṃ satasahassañca, uparimena pana soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni mahākappānaṃ satasahassañca. Ete ca bhedā yathākkamaṃ paññādhikasaddhādhikavīriyādhikavasena ñātabbā. Paññādhikānañhi saddhā mandā hoti paññā tikkhā, saddhādhikānaṃ paññā majjhimā hoti, vīriyādhikānaṃ paññā mandā, paññānubhāvena ca sammāsambodhi adhigantabbāti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
另一些人则说:菩萨修行时间的长短差别,是由精进力的锐利、中等、柔和来决定的。不过,从普遍意义上说,使解脱成熟的诸法有锐利、中等、柔和之分,按照前面所说的不同时间段,他们的菩提资粮得以圆满。因此,这三种时间差别也是合理的。确实,菩萨在发愿的那一刻就有三种类型,按略说知者、广说知者、可导知者的区别来分。其中,若是略说知者,他在正自觉者面前听闻四句偈颂,偈颂的第三句还没结束时,就已经具备了足够的资质——如果他倾向于声闻觉悟,就能证得具足六神通与无碍解的阿拉汉果。巴利
Apare pana ‘‘vīriyassa tikkhamajjhimamudubhāvena bodhisattānaṃ ayaṃ kālavibhāgo’’ti vadanti. Avisesena pana vimuttiparipācanīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ tikkhamajjhimamudubhāvena yathāvuttakālabhedena bodhisambhārā tesaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchantīti tayopete kālabhedā yuttātipi vadanti. Evaṃ tividhā hi bodhisattā abhinīhārakkhaṇe bhavanti ugghahaṭitaññūvipañcitaññūneyyabhedena. Tesu yo ugghaṭitaññū, so sammāsambuddhassa sammukhā catuppadikaṃ gāthaṃ suṇanto gāthāya tatiyapade apariyosite eva chahi abhiññāhi saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ samatthūpanissayo hoti, sace sāvakabodhiyaṃ adhimutto siyā.
第二类人,在世尊面前听闻四句偈颂时,偈颂的第四句还没说完,就已经具备了足够的能力,如果倾向于声闻觉悟,就能以六种神通证得阿罗汉果。巴利
Dutiyo bhagavato sammukhā catuppadikaṃ gāthaṃ suṇanto apariyosite eva gāthāya catutthapade chahi abhiññāhi arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ samatthūpanissayo hoti, yadi sāvakabodhiyaṃ adhimutto siyā.
另有一类人,在世尊面前听完那首四句偈颂,等到整首偈颂结束之后,才具备了足以证得阿罗汉果的成熟条件,能以六种神通证入阿罗汉果。巴利
Itaro pana bhagavato sammukhā catuppadikaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā pariyositāya gāthāya chahi abhiññāhi arahattaṃ pattuṃ samatthūpanissayo hoti.
这三类人,即使没有按时节差别而发愿,也能在诸佛面前得到授记,然后依次圆满诸波罗蜜,按各自所说的时节差别,如期证得正自觉。可是,在那些时节差别还没有圆满的时候,那些大士即使天天行持像须大拏布施那样的大布施,即使积累与布施相应的持戒等一切波罗蜜法,即使舍弃五种大舍,即使把利益亲族之行、利益世间之行、利益成佛之行修到极点,也不可能中途就成为正自觉者。为什么呢?因为智慧还没有成熟,成就正觉的诸法还没有究竟圆满。就像庄稼必须等到一定时节才能成熟一样,按所说的时节界限才能成就的正自觉,在此之前,即使拼尽全力精进,也不可能证得。因此应当知道:波罗蜜的圆满,正是依于所说的时节差别才能成办。巴利
Tayopete vinā kālabhedena katābhinīhāro buddhānaṃ santike laddhabyākaraṇā ca anukkamena pāramiyo paripūrentā yathākkamaṃ yathāvuttabhedena kālena sammāsambodhiṃ pāpuṇanti. Tesu tesu pana kālabhedesu aparipuṇṇesu te te mahāsattā divase divase vessantaradānasadisaṃ mahādānaṃ dentāpi tadanurūpe sīlādisabbapāramidhamme ācinantāpi pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajantāpi ñātatthacariyā lokatthacariyā buddhatthacariyā paramakoṭiṃ pāpentāpi antarā ca sammāsambuddhā bhavissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Ñāṇassa aparipaccanato buddhakārakadhammānaṃ apariniṭṭhānato. Paricchinnakālanipphāditaṃ viya hi sassaṃ yathāvuttakālaparicchedena parinipphāditā sammāsambodhi tadanantarā sabbussāhena vāyamantenāpi na sakkā adhigantunti pāramipāripūri yathāvuttakālavisesena sampajjatīti veditabbaṃ.
有什么好处呢?就是那些已经立下誓愿的菩萨们——巴利
Ko ānisaṃsoti? Ye te katābhinīhārānaṃ bodhisattānaṃ –
像这样具足一切支分、决定证得菩提的人们,
在漫长的轮回中流转,哪怕经历百千万劫。
不会生在无间地狱,也不会生在世界之间的缝隙里;
他们不会变成被渴爱烧灼、又饥又渴的卡拉甘吉卡鬼。
即使投生到恶趣,他们也不会变成微小的生命;
当他们投生在人间时,不会生来就是盲人。
没有耳朵缺陷,不存在哑巴偏瘫者。
双性人与阉人不会投生为女人。
这些人不再属于凡夫之列,他们已决定趣向菩提。
解脱者远离无间业,于一切处行境清净。
他们不亲近邪见,他们的见解是业与业的作用之见。
即使他们住在天界,也不会投生到无想天。
在净居天诸天之中,并不存在所谓的“因”。
善士们的心倾向于出离,已从一再诸有中解脱出来。
他们行持利益世间的事业,圆满一切波罗蜜。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannā, bodhiyā niyatā narā; Saṃsaraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, kappakoṭisatehipi. ‘‘Avīcimhi nuppajjanti, tathā lokantaresu ca; Nijjhāmataṇhā khuppipāsā, na honti kālakañjikā. ‘‘Na honti khuddakā pāṇā, upapajjantāpi duggatiṃ; Jāyamānā manussesu, jaccandhā na bhavanti te. ‘‘Sotavekallatā natthi, na bhavanti mūgapakkhikā; Itthibhāvaṃ na gacchanti, ubhatobyañjanapaṇḍakā. ‘‘Na bhavanti pariyāpannā, bodhiyā niyatā narā; Muttā ānantarikehi, sabbattha suddhagocarā. ‘‘Micchādiṭṭhiṃ na sevanti, kammakiriyadassanā; Vasamānāpi saggesu, asaññaṃ nūpapajjare. ‘‘Suddhāvāsesu devesu, hetu nāma na vijjati; Nekkhammaninnā sappurisā, visaṃyuttā bhavābhave; Caranti lokatthacariyāyo, pūrenti sabbapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
这些就是前面所说的种种利益。还有,像经典里说的“阿难,菩萨具念正知,从兜率天身殁后入母胎”等等,共有十六种稀有未曾有法;以及“寒冷消退,炎热止息”等等,和“舍利弗,菩萨诞生时,这十千世界震动、大震动、遍震动”等等,共有三十二种前兆之相;此外还有在《本生经》《佛种姓经》等各处所开示的其他种种利益,比如菩萨心愿成就、在业等各方面得自在等等——这一切也都属于这些利益。同样,像前面按类别所说的无贪、无嗔等一对对善德,也应当知道都属于这些利益。巴利
Evaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā ānisaṃsā. Ye ca ‘‘sato sampajāno, ānanda, bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā mātukucchiṃ okkamatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.200; dī. ni. 2.17) soḷasa acchariyabbhutadhammappakārā, ye ca ‘‘sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammatī’’tiādinā (bu. vaṃ. 2.83) ‘‘jāyamāne kho, sāriputta, bodhisatte ayaṃ dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.201; dī. ni. 2.32) ca dvattiṃsa pubbanimittappakārā, ye vā panaññepi bodhisattānaṃ adhippāyasamijjhanaṃ kammādīsu vasībhāvoti evamādayo tattha tattha jātakabuddhavaṃsādīsu dassitākārā ānisaṃsā, te sabbepi etāsaṃ ānisaṃsā. Tathā yathānidassitabhedā alobhādosādiguṇayugalādayo cāti veditabbā.
不过,菩萨从发愿之时起,就因为一心想要利益众生,而像一切众生的父亲一样;又因为具足殊胜的功德,所以成为值得供养的人、值得敬重的人、值得恭敬的人,也是最上的福田。大多数人都喜欢他,非人也喜欢他,天神都守护他;因为他的心相续不断被慈和悲所充满,所以猛兽等也不能伤害他。无论他转生在哪一类众生当中,都因为福德殊胜的缘故,能以殊胜的容貌、殊胜的名声、殊胜的快乐、殊胜的力量、殊胜的权威,胜过其他众生。巴利
Api ca yasmā bodhisatto abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya sabbasattānaṃ pitusamo hoti hitesitāya, dakkhiṇeyyako garu bhāvanīyo paramañca puññakkhettaṃ hoti guṇavisesayogena. Yebhuyyena ca manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatāhi anupālīyati, mettākaruṇāparibhāvitasantānatāya vāḷamigādīhi ca anabhibhavanīyo hoti, yasmiṃ yasmiñca sattanikāye paccājāyati, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ uḷārena vaṇṇena uḷārena yasena uḷārena sukhena uḷārena balena uḷārena ādhipateyyena aññe satte abhibhavati puññavisesayogato.
他少病、少恼,健康安泰;他的信极为清净明澈,精进、念、定、慧也都极为清净明澈;他烦恼微薄,焦躁微薄,热恼微薄;正因为烦恼微薄,他容易接受劝导,能恭敬领受教诲;他能忍耐,柔和,和蔼,善于与人交往;他不愤怒,不怀恨,不覆藏,不恼害;他不嫉妒,不悭吝;他不狡诈,不虚伪;他不刚硬,不骄慢;他不急躁,不放逸;他能承受他人加诸的痛苦,而不去伤害他人;他所居住的村落或地区,众生中的恐惧等灾患,大多数未生的不会生起,已生的则会平息;即使他投生于恶趣之中,也不会像那里的大多数众生那样遭受极度痛苦,反而会更加生起悚惧之心。因此应当知道,这些就是大人在各种生命中随其所宜而获得的、诸如堪受如众生之父般的供养等功德特胜,是众生的利益。巴利
Appābādho hoti appātaṅko, suvisuddhā cassa saddhā hoti suvisadā, suvisuddhaṃ vīriyaṃ, satisamādhipaññā suvisadā, mandakileso hoti mandadaratho mandapariḷāho, kilesānaṃ mandabhāveneva suvaco hoti padakkhiṇaggāhī, khamo hoti sorato, sakhilo hoti paṭisanthārakusalo, akkodhano hoti anupanāhī, amakkhī hoti apaḷāsī, anissukī hoti amaccharī, asaṭho hoti amāyāvī, athaddho hoti anatimānī, asāraddho hoti appamatto, parato upatāpasaho hoti paresaṃ anupatāpī, yasmiñca gāmakhette paṭivasati, tattha sattānaṃ bhayādayo upaddavā yebhuyyena anuppannā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca vūpasammanti, yesu ca apāyesu uppajjati, na tattha pacurajano viya dukkhena adhimattaṃ pīḷīyati, bhiyyosomattāya saṃvegamāpajjati. Tasmā mahāpurisassa yathārahaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhave labbhamānā ete sattānaṃ pitusamatādakkhiṇeyyatādayo guṇavisesā ānisaṃsāti veditabbā.
同样地,寿命具足、容貌具足、家族具足、自在具足、言语可信受、大威神力,这些也应当知道是大人波罗蜜的功德利益。其中,寿命具足,是指在每一次投生中寿命长久、住世长久,凭这个他能把已经发起的种种善行修到圆满,并积累许多善法。容貌具足,是指容貌端正、好看、令人欢喜,凭这个他能让那些以容貌来衡量的众生生起信心,成为受人敬重的人。家族具足,是指出生在高贵家族中,凭这个即使是那些被种姓骄慢等冲昏头脑的人也会来亲近他、侍奉他,因此他能让他们远离恶行。自在具足,是指拥有大财富、大势力、大随从,凭这些他有能力用四种摄受之法摄受应当摄受的人,也能如法地惩治应当惩治的人。巴利
Tathā āyusampadā rūpasampadā kulasampadā issariyasampadā ādeyyavacanatā mahānubhāvatāti etepi mahāpurisassa pāramīnaṃ ānisaṃsāti veditabbā. Tattha āyusampadā nāma tassaṃ tassaṃ upapattiyaṃ dīghāyukatā ciraṭṭhitikatā, tāya yathāraddhāni kusalasamādānāni pariyosāpeti, bahuñca kusalaṃ upacinoti. Rūpasampadā nāma abhirūpatā dassanīyatā pāsādikatā, tāya rūpappamāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ pasādāvaho hoti sambhāvanīyo. Kulasampadā nāma uḷāresu kulesu abhinibbatti, tāya jātimadādimadamattānampi upasaṅkamanīyo hoti payirupāsanīyo, tena te nibbisevane karoti. Issariyasampadā nāma mahāvibhavatā mahesakkhatā mahāparivāratā ca, tāhi saṅgaṇhitabbe catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi saṅgaṇhituṃ, niggahetabbe dhammena niggahetuñca samattho hoti.
所谓“言谈可信受”,就是值得信赖、可靠,因此他成为众生的衡量标准,他的命令谁也不能违越。所谓“大威德”,就是威德广大,因此不被别人压制,反而能以法、以平等、以如实的功德去降伏别人。应当知道,这些寿命成就等等,就是大士波罗蜜的利益,同时本身也是无量福德资粮增长的因,是引导众生进入三乘并使他们成熟的因缘。巴利
Ādeyyavacanatā nāma saddheyyatā paccayikatā, tāya sattānaṃ pamāṇabhūto hoti, alaṅghanīyā cassa āṇā hoti. Mahānubhāvatā nāma ānubhāvamahantatā, tāya parehi na abhibhūyati, sayameva pana pare aññadatthu abhibhavati dhammena samena yathābhūtaguṇehi ca, evamete āyusampadādayo mahāpurisassa pāramīnaṃ ānisaṃsā, sayañca aparimāṇassa puññasambhārassa parivuḍḍhihetubhūtā yānattaye sattānaṃ avatāraṇassa paripācanassa ca kāraṇabhūtāti veditabbā.
什么是果呢?简单来说,这些波罗蜜的果就是正等正觉。详细来说,就是以三十二大人相、八十随形好、丈光身等无数功德聚集所辉耀的色身成就,以及以决意之力、十力、四无畏、六不共智、十八不共佛法等为首的无边无量功德聚集所庄严的法身荣耀。再说,诸佛的功德,即使正等正觉者用多劫的时间以言语来宣说,也无法说尽,这就是它们的果。正如这样说:巴利
Kiṃphalanti? Samāsato tāva sammāsambuddhabhāvo etāsaṃ phalaṃ, vitthārato pana dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇaasītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādianekaguṇagaṇasamujjalarūpakāyasampatti- adhiṭṭhānasabalacatuvesārajjachaasādhāraṇañāṇaaṭṭhārasāveṇika- buddhadhammappabhutianantāparimāṇa guṇasamudayopasobhinī dhammakāyasirī. Yāvatā pana buddhaguṇā ye anekehipi kappehi sammāsambuddhenāpi vācāya pariyosāpetuṃ na sakkā, idametāsaṃ phalaṃ. Vuttañcetaṃ –
即使是佛陀,要赞叹另一位佛陀的功德,就算用一劫那么长的时间也不说别的话,
就算劫本身会在漫长岁月中耗尽,如来的功德也不会耗尽。巴利
‘‘Buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ, kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno; Khīyetha kappo ciradīghamantare, vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.304; 3.141; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.425; udā. aṭṭha. 53; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā);
关于波罗蜜的种种附带说明,在这里应当这样理解。巴利
Evamettha pāramīsu pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā.
不过,经典里先用“布施之后,所应布施的布施”这类话,把一切波罗蜜合在一起开示出来,接着又在后面用“看见懈怠的可怕”这类话说了结尾的两首偈颂。这两首偈颂,是由那些通过发起精进、修习慈心、安住于不放逸,而使前面所说的成佛之法变得清净明了,并使称为正等正觉的自身解脱得以成熟的人,为了给应当受教化的人作教诫,使他们的解脱也得以成熟,才说出来的。巴利
Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘datvā dātabbakaṃ dāna’’ntiādinā sabbāpi pāramī ekajjhaṃ dassetvā parato ‘‘kosajjaṃ bhayato disvā’’tiādinā pariyosānagāthādvayaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yehi vīriyārambhamettābhāvanā appamādavihārehi yathāvuttā buddhakārakadhammā visadabhāvaṃ gatā sammāsambodhisaṅkhātā ca attano vimutti paripācitā, tehi veneyyānampi vimuttiparipācanāya ovādadānatthaṃ vutthaṃ.
在这里,通过把懈怠看作危险、把开始精进看作安稳,是从显示对立面的过患这个角度,来说明精进的好处。而“你们要勤修精进”这句话,则是把人引导到精进上去。因为——巴利
Tattha kosajjaṃ bhayato disvā, vīriyārambhañca khematoti iminā paṭipakkhe ādīnavadassanamukhena vīriyārambhe ānisaṃsaṃ dasseti. Āraddhavīriyā hothāti iminā vīriyārambhe niyojeti. Yasmā ca –
不造作一切恶行,圆满成就善法;
净化自己的心,这就是诸佛的教法。巴利
‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā; Sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti. (dha. pa. 183; dī. ni. 2.90; netti. 30, 50) –
简要来说是这样。如果详细展开,那么按照全部佛语所开示的一切成就,都完全依靠正勤。因此,世尊先鼓励大家发起精进,然后说:这就是诸佛的教诫。巴利
Saṅkhepato . Vitthārato pana sakalena buddhavacanena pakāsitā sabbāpi sampattiyo ekanteneva sammappadhānādhīnā, tasmā bhagavā vīriyārambhe niyojetvā ‘‘esā buddhānusāsanī’’ti āha.
这里先讲一下要点:懈怠是一切烦恼的根本,会带来一切损害,所以要把它看成可怕的危险;而精进努力是它的反面,能通过四种轭成就没有灾患的安稳,所以要把它看成安稳。然后,通过成就增上戒学等来发起精进,这就是正勤的实践。其中,正确地这样策励——“你们要发起精进”——这就是诸佛世尊的教诫、教导和训示。其余各偈也应当按这个方式来理解其义。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yvāyaṃ sabbasaṃkilesamūlabhāvato sabbānatthavidhāyakanti kosajjaṃ bhayato tappaṭipakkhato catūhi yogehi anupaddavabhāvasādhanato vīriyārambhañca khemato disvā adhisīlasikkhādisampādanavasena vīriyassa ārambho sammappadhānānuyogo, tattha yaṃ sammadeva niyojana, ‘‘āraddhavīriyā hothā’’ti, esā buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ anusāsanī anusiṭṭhi ovādoti. Sesagāthāsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
这里说的差别是:“争论”指互相冲突的言论,也就是以争吵的由头彼此争论。“不争论”指与争论相反的慈爱语业,或者慈心修习。另外,“不争论”也可以指作为不争论之因的六种和敬法。“和合”指不分裂,就是身心相合、不相离、不分离。“柔和”指善巧温和,性情柔软,彼此以柔软之心相待。“这是诸佛的教诫”:在这里,完全不陷入争论,通过圆满六和敬法来劝勉和合共住,这就是诸佛的教导,应当这样理解。因为导师看到:和合共住、戒见一致、互不争论的人,能轻松地圆满三学,所以开示说:劝勉和合共住,就是我的教法。巴利
Ayaṃ pana viseso – vivādanti viruddhavādaṃ, chavivādavatthuvasena vivadananti attho. Avivādanti vivādapaṭipakkhaṃ mettāvacīkammaṃ, mettābhāvanaṃ vā. Atha vā avivādanti avivādahetubhūtaṃ chabbidhaṃ sāraṇīyadhammaṃ. Samaggāti avaggā, kāyena ceva cittena ca sahitā aviramitā aviyuttāti attho. Sakhilāti sakkīlā mudusīlā, aññamaññamhi muduhadayāti attho. Esā buddhānusāsanīti ettha sabbena sabbaṃ vivādamanupagamma yadidaṃ chasāraṇīyadhammaparipūraṇavasena samaggavāse niyojanaṃ, esā buddhānaṃ anusiṭṭhīti yojetabbaṃ. Samaggavāsañhi vasamānā sīladiṭṭhisāmaññagatā avivadamānā sukheneva tisso sikkhā paripūressantīti satthā samaggavāse niyojanaṃ attano sāsananti dassesi.
放逸,就是放逸的行为,也就是忘失善法,并把心投向不善法。关于这一点,经中这样说过:“其中,什么是放逸?对身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,或者在五种欲乐上,心的放任、放任的延续;或者在修习善法时,不恭敬地做、不悦意地做、不稳固地做、退缩消沉、放弃意愿、放弃承担、不亲近修习、不修习、不反复修习……像这样一类放逸、放逸的行为、放逸的状态,就称为放逸。”巴利
Pamādanti pamajjanaṃ, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pamussanaṃ akusalesu ca dhammesu cittavossaggaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamo pamādo, kāyaduccarite vā vacīduccarite vā manoduccarite vā pañcasu vā kāmaguṇesu cittassa vosaggo vosaggānuppadānaṃ kusalānaṃ vā dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asakkaccakiriyatā, asātaccakiriyatā, anaṭṭhitakiriyatā, olīnavuttitā, nikkhittachandatā, nikkhittadhuratā anāsevanā abhāvanā abahulīkammaṃ…pe… yo evarūpo pamādo pamajjanā pamajjitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati pamādo’’ti (vibha. 846).
不放逸,就是不放逸的状态。应当从它与放逸相对立的角度来理解。从含义上说,所谓不放逸,就是不让念远离;而“不让念远离”这个名称,其实就是针对一直现前安住的念而说的。不过另一些人说:“以念与正知为主导而如此运作的四种无色蕴,就是不放逸。”但由于并没有一种单独存在的、叫作“不放逸修习”的修法,所以无论哪一种福行、善行,这一切都应当理解为就是不放逸修习本身。巴利
Appamādanti appamajjanaṃ. Taṃ pamādassa paṭipakkhato veditabbaṃ. Atthato hi appamādo nāma satiyā avippavāso, ‘‘satiyā avippavāso’’ti ca niccaṃ upaṭṭhitāya satiyā evetaṃ nāmaṃ. Apare pana ‘‘satisampajaññappadhānā tathā pavattā cattāro arūpino khandhā appamādo’’ti vadanti. Yasmā pana appamādabhāvanā nāma visuṃ ekā bhāvanā natthi. Yā hi kāci puññakiriyā kusalakiriyā, sabbā sā appamādabhāvanātveva veditabbā.
更具体地说,从远离轮回的依止(vivaṭṭūpanissaya)之皈依以及身、语的防护开始,一切的戒修习、一切的定修习、一切的慧修习、一切的善修习、无过失的修习,都是不放逸修习。因为“不放逸”这个词显示广大的义理,统摄广大的义理而成立。即使把整部三藏佛语都引来解释“不放逸”这个词的义理而说法,说法师也不会被说成“未达其底而跳跃”。为什么?因为“不放逸”这个词的内涵实在太广大。正如正自觉者在拘尸那的双树之间,临般涅槃时,以卧姿开示,将自成等正觉以来四十五年间亲口所说的法,统摄于一个词,教导比丘们说:“你们当以不放逸而成就!”(《长部》2.218)又曾这样说:“比丘们,犹如一切有足众生的足迹,都能纳入象足迹之中,象足迹以其广大故,被称许为它们当中的最上者。正是如此,比丘们,任何善法,都以不放逸为根本,都汇归于不放逸,不放逸被称许为它们当中的最上者。”(《中部》1.300,稍异)在这里,为了显示已达究竟的不放逸修习,导师开示道:“你们应当修习八支圣道。”巴利
Visesato pana vivaṭṭūpanissayaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ kāyikavācasikasaṃvarañca upādāya sabbā sīlabhāvanā, sabbā samādhibhāvanā, sabbā paññābhāvanā, sabbā kusalabhāvanā, anavajjabhāvanā , appamādabhāvanā. ‘‘Appamādo’’ti hi idaṃ padaṃ mahantaṃ atthaṃ dīpeti, mahantaṃ atthaṃ pariggahetvā tiṭṭhati, sakalampi tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āharitvā appamādapadassa atthaṃ katvā kathento dhammakathiko ‘‘atitthena pakkhando’’ti na vattabbo. Kasmā? Appamādapadassa mahantabhāvato. Tathā hi sammāsambuddho kusinārāyaṃ yamakasālānamantare parinibbānasamaye nipanno abhisambodhito paṭṭhāya pañcacattālīsāya vassesu attanā bhāsitaṃ dhammaṃ ekeneva padena saṅgahetvā dassento ‘‘appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) bhikkhūnaṃ ovādamadāsi. Tathā cāha – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici jaṅgamānaṃ pāṇānaṃ padajātāni, sabbāni tāni hatthipade samodhānaṃ gacchanti, hatthipadaṃ tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati yadidaṃ mahantattena, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye keci kusalā dhammā, sabbe te appamādamūlakā appamādasamosaraṇā, appamādo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.300 thokaṃ visadisaṃ). Tattha appamādabhāvanaṃ sikhāppattaṃ dassento satthā ‘‘bhāvethaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ magga’’nti āha.
这段话的意思是:那个由戒蕴、定蕴、慧蕴所统摄、以正见为先导、依正见等八支而成立的八支圣道,你们要修习它,要在自己的心相续中让它生起。不要只停留在见道这一步,还要进一步让上面那三道生起,使它增长。这样,你们的不放逸修行就会达到顶点。所谓“这是诸佛的教诫”,说的就是:在善法中不放逸,并且为此精勤努力,修习圣道,这就是诸佛世尊的教导和训诫。巴利
Tassattho – yo esa sīlādikhandhattayasaṅgaho sammādiṭṭhipubbaṅgamo sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃyeva aṭṭhannaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena aṭṭhaṅgiko ariyamaggo, taṃ bhāvetha attano santāne uppādetha. Dassanamaggamatte aṭhatvā upari tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ uppādanavasena vaḍḍhetha, evaṃ vo appamādabhāvanā sikhāppattā bhavissatīti. Esā buddhānusāsanīti yadidaṃ kusalesu dhammesu appamajjanaṃ, tañca ussukkāpetvā ariyamaggassa bhāvanā esā buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ anusiṭṭhi ovādoti.
就这样,世尊以阿罗汉果为顶点,结束了《行藏》的教导。在“Itthaṃ sudaṃ”等语句中,“itthaṃ”是通过“劫以及十万劫”等这样的方式(《行藏》1.1)来说明的。“sudaṃ”只是一个不变词。“Bhagavā”(世尊):因为具足福德等种种原因,所以称为世尊。“Attano pubbacariyaṃ”(自己的往昔行):指在过去Akittipaṇḍita等本生故事中,自己亲身实践的难行苦行。“Sambhāvayamāno”(展示):像掌中的余甘子一样,完完全全地清楚开显出来。“Buddhāpadāniyaṃ nāma”:因为这部经是围绕诸佛过去的业行——古昔的难行苦行——而宣说、开显的,所以就叫这个名字“Buddhāpadāniya”(佛往昔事)。“Dhammapariyāyaṃ”:指法的教导,或者作为法的因。“Abhāsitthā”:意思是“说了”。这里没有加以解说的部分,因为前面已经说过其方式,而且含义清楚明了,所以就不再赘述,应当这样理解。巴利
Iti bhagavā arahattanikūṭeneva cariyāpiṭakadesanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Itthaṃ sudantiādīsu itthanti kappe ca satasahassetiādinā (cariyā. 1.1) pakārena. Sudanti nipātamattaṃ. Bhagavāti bhāgyavantatādīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā. Attano pubbacariyanti purimāsu akittipaṇḍitādijātīsu attano paṭipattidukkarakiriyaṃ. Sambhāvayamānoti hatthatale āmalakaṃ viya sammadeva pakāsento. Buddhāpadāniyaṃ nāmāti buddhānaṃ purātanakammaṃ porāṇaṃ dukkarakiriyaṃ adhikicca pavattattā desitattā buddhāpadāniyanti evaṃnāmakaṃ. Dhammapariyāyanti dhammadesanaṃ dhammabhūtaṃ vā kāraṇaṃ. Abhāsitthāti avoca. Yaṃ panettha na vuttaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca na vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
导师具备清净的行为,已经通过智慧的行为到达彼岸。
在一切修行中都善巧,是世间无与伦比的导师。
稀有法中的一项,是超越一切悭吝者;
自己过去所行之威神之力的显现。
导师宣说了《行藏》,以及那位如如者的……
结集法的长老们,也同样地进行了结集。
为了说明它的含义,我依据古注的传统方法;
我依靠这些,着手撰写了解释意义的注释。
在那里,那诸究竟义的,按合适的方式拣选出来之后,
名为《阐明胜义之灯》。
已经达到圆满,决断清晰而不杂乱;
连同多出的部分,巴利圣典共有二十八个诵分。
就这样,由我整理它时,我所证得的那个;
愿以这份福德之力,让世间导师的教法……
深入清净的戒等修行之后,
愿一切有身体的众生,都能成为解脱味的分享者。
愿正自觉者的教法在世间长久住立。
愿一切众生永远对那教法怀着恭敬。
愿天应时降下好雨,愿大地之主治理世间;
愿乐于正法的人,以正法来称赞世间。巴利
Visuddhacarito satthā, buddhicariyāya pāragū; Sabbacariyāsu kusalo, lokācariyo anuttaro. Yaṃ acchariyadhammānaṃ, sabbamacchariyātigo; Attano pubbacariyānaṃ, ānubhāvavibhāvanaṃ. Desesi nātho cariyā-piṭakaṃ yañca tādino; Dhammasaṅgāhakā therā, saṅgāyiṃsu tatheva ca. Tassa atthaṃ pakāsetuṃ, porāṇaṭṭhakathānayaṃ; Nissāya yā samāraddhā, atthasaṃvaṇṇanā mayā. Yā tattha paramatthānaṃ, niddhāretvā yathārahaṃ; Pakāsanā paramattha-dīpanī nāma nāmato. Sampattā pariniṭṭhānaṃ, anākulavinicchayā; Sādhikāyaṭṭhavīsāya, pāḷiyā bhāṇavārato. Iti taṃ saṅkharontena, yaṃ taṃ adhigataṃ mayā; Puññaṃ tassānubhāvena, lokanāthassa sāsanaṃ. Ogāhetvā visuddhāya, sīlādipaṭipattiyā; Sabbepi dehino hontu, vimuttirasabhāgino. Ciraṃ tiṭṭhatu lokasmiṃ, sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ; Tasmiṃ sagāravā niccaṃ, hontu sabbepi pāṇino. Sammā vassatu kālena, devopi jagatīpati; Saddhammanirato lokaṃ, dhammeneva pasāsatūti.